Annual Report 18-19

e L&T Financial Services
»
July 01, 2019
National Stock Exchange of India Limited SSE Limited

Exchange Plaza, Corporate Relations Department,
Plot No . C/1, G Block, 1st Floor, New Trading Ring,
Bandra - Kurla Complex, Bandra (East), P. J. Towers , Dalal Street,
Mumbai - 400 051. Mumbai - 400 001.
Symbol: L&TFH Security Code No.: 533519
Kind Attn: Head - Listing Department I Dept of Corporate Communications
Sub: Submission of the Annual Report for the financial year 2018-19 and Notice of Annual
General Meeting
Dear Sir / Madam,
Pursuant to the requirements of Regulation 34 of the SEBI (Listing Obligations and Disclosure
Requirements) Regulations, 2015, please find enclosed the Annual Report of the Company for the
financial year 2018-19 along with the Notice of Eleventh Annual General Meeting of the Company to be
held on Monday, July 29, 2019 at 3:00 p.m. at Swatantryaveer Savarkar Rashtriya Smarak, 252
Swatantryaveer Savarkar Marg, Shivaji Park, Dadar, Mumbai - 400 028 which are being dispatched/
sent to the Members by the permitted mode(s).
Further, the aforesaid Annual Report along with Notice of Annual General Meeting has also been
uploaded on the website of the Company at https:/lwww.ltfs.comlinvestors.html
We request you to take the aforesa id on records.
Thanking you ,
Yours faithfully,
For L& T Finance Holdings Limited

r-;;J
~.
Apurva Rathod
Company Secretary and Compliance Officer
Encl: as above .
L & T Fi n a nce Holdings Limite d

Reg i ster e d Office
Brind ava n, Plot No. 177, C.s. T Road
Ka lin a, Santac ru z (E ast) T ... 91 2262 125000
Mumba i 400 098, M a h a ras h t ra, Indi a F + 91 22 62 12 5553
Board’s Report
Dear Members,
The Directors of your Company have the pleasure in presenting the Eleventh Annual Report together with the
audited financial statements for the financial year (“FY”) ended March 31, 2019.
FINANCIAL RESULTS
The summary of the Company’s financial performance, both on a consolidated and standalone basis, for
FY 2018-19 as compared to the previous FY 2017-18 is given below:
(R cr)
Particulars Consolidated Standalone
2018-19 2017-18 2018-19 2017-18
Total income 13,301.52 10,266.26 526.48 477.82
Less: Total expenses 10,249.54 8,820.50 222.45 185.12
Profit before tax 3,051.98 1,445.76 304.03 292.70
Less: Tax expense 819.95 168.24 36.97 26.65
Profit after tax 2,232.03 1,277.52 267.06 266.05
Add: Share in profit of associate company – 0.83 – –
Net profit after tax and share in profit of associate 2,232.03 1,278.35 267.06 266.05
company
Profit for the year (owners of the Company) 2,226.30 1,254.68 267.06 266.05
Actuarial gain on defined benefit plan (gratuity) (1.50) (0.94) (0.32) 0.62
net of income tax
Total comprehensive income for the year (owners 2,224.80 1,253.74 266.74 266.67
of the Company)
Add: Balance brought forward from previous year 1,300.94 580.68 189.57 142.21
Balance Available 3,525.74 1,834.42 456.31 408.88
Appropriations
Dividend paid 199.71 145.74 199.70 145.74
Additional tax on dividend paid 70.67 76.73 – –
Transfer to Reserve u/s 45-IC of Reserve Bank of 295.32 176.66 53.41 73.57
India Act, 1934
Transfer to Debenture Redemption Reserve 62.41 48.07 – –
Transfer to Reserve u/s 36(1)(viii) of Income Tax 114.35 85.62 – –
Act, 1961
Transfer to Reserve u/s 29-C of National Housing 11.87 0.66 – –
Bank Act, 1987
Surplus in the Statement of Profit and Loss 2,771.41 1,300.94 203.20 189.57
44 L&T FINANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED Annual Report 2018 - 19

FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE Appropriations
Your Company has adopted Indian Accounting Standards The Company proposes to transfer R 53.41 cr (previous
(“Ind AS”) pursuant to notification dated March 30, 2016 year R 73.57 cr) to Special Reserve created u/s 45–IC of
issued by the Ministry of Corporate Affairs (“MCA”) the Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934.
and under Section 133 of the Companies Act, 2013 (the The Company is not required to maintain cost records as
“Act”) read with the Companies (Indian Accounting per the provisions of Section 148(1) of the Act.
Standards) Rules, 2015 from April 1, 2018 and the INFORMATION ON THE STATE OF AFFAIRS OF THE
effective date of such transition is April 1, 2017. Such
About Us
COMPANY
transition has been carried out from the erstwhile The information on the affairs of the Company has been
Accounting Standards notified under the Act, read with given as part of the Management Discussion & Analysis
relevant rules issued thereunder and guidelines issued
Report forming part of this Report.
by the Reserve Bank of India (“RBI”) (collectively referred
to as the “Previous GAAP”). The figures have been MATERIAL CHANGES AND COMMITMENTS
presented in accordance with the format prescribed for There were no material changes and commitments
financial statements for NBFC whose financial statements affecting the financial position of the Company which
are drawn up in compliance with the Companies (Indian occurred between the end of the financial year to which
Accounting Standards) Rules, 2015, in Division III of these financial statements relate and the date of this
Notification No. GSR1022 (E) dated October 11, 2018,
MD&A
Report.
issued by MCA.
DIVIDEND
Being a Core Investment Company, the Company’s The Dividend Distribution Policy of the Company
standalone revenue is, substantially, dividend from its approved by the Board is in line with the Securities
subsidiaries and hence, it is meaningful to look at the and Exchange Board of India (Listing Obligations
consolidated performance. and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015
Consolidated (“SEBI Listing Regulations”). The Policy has
• Total income grew by 29.57% from R 10,266.26 cr in been uploaded on the Company’s website at
Board’s Report
FY 2017-18 to R 13,301.52 cr in FY 2018-19. https://www.ltfs.com/investors.html.
• Profit before taxes grew from R 1,445.76 cr in The Board of Directors had declared and paid an interim
FY 2017-18 to R 3,051.68 cr in FY 2018-19. dividend @ 9.00%, 8.50%, 8.35%, 8.15% and 8.95%
• Profit for the year attributable to owners of per share (on a pro rata basis for the issuances made
the Company also grew from R 1,254.68 cr in during the year), as applicable, on the five series of
FY 2017-18 to R 2,226.30 cr in FY 2018-19. Cumulative Compulsorily Redeemable Non-Convertible
During the year, the net loan book size grew from Preference Shares (“CCRPS”) of face value of
R 77,088.34 cr to R 91,324.63 cr reflecting a growth of R 100 each of the Company, during FY 2018-19,
Corporate Governance
18.47%. entailing an outflow of R 88.60 cr (excluding Dividend
Distribution Tax).
The Average Assets Under Management (“AAUM”)
in the Mutual Fund business stood at R 70,944.36 cr The Board of Directors is pleased to recommend
for the quarter ended March 31, 2019 as against a final dividend of R 1 per Equity Share of
R 65,931.65 cr for the quarter ended March 31, 2018, R 10 each (previous year R 1 per Equity Share) subject to
reflecting a growth of around 8%. approval of the Members in the ensuing Annual General
Meeting (“AGM”). In terms of Ind AS-10, events after
The Assets Under Service (“AUS”) of the Wealth
the reporting period as notified by the MCA, the
Management business stood at R 28,164.05 cr
for the quarter ended March 31, 2019 as against proposed dividend of R 199.88 cr is not recognised as
R 18,353.66 cr for the quarter ended March 31, 2018, liability as on March 31, 2019.
reflecting a growth of around 53%. The dividend, if approved at the ensuing AGM, would
be paid to those Members whose names appear in the
Financials
Standalone
Register of Members / Beneficial Owners maintained by
• Total income grew by 10.18% from R 477.82 cr in the depositories as stated in Notice of the ensuing AGM.
FY 2017-18 to R 526.48 cr in FY 2018-19.
CREDIT RATING
• Profit before taxes grew from R 292.70 cr in
FY 2017-18 to R 304.03 cr in FY 2018-19. During the year under review, CARE Ratings Limited
(“CARE”), ICRA Limited (“ICRA”) and India Ratings and
• Profit for the year also grew from R 266.05 cr in Research Private Limited (“India Ratings”) reviewed the
FY 2017-18 to R 267.06 cr in FY 2018-19. ratings on various debt instruments of the Company.
L&T FINANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED Annual Report 2018 - 19 45

CARE reaffirmed its rating on the Non-Convertible INVESTMENT IN SUBSIDIARIES
Debentures (“NCD”) at “CARE AAA / Stable” (Triple A; During the year under review, the Company has infused
Outlook: Stable by CARE) and the rating on CCRPS capital in its following subsidiaries by subscribing to the
was reaffirmed at “CARE AAA (RPS) / Stable” (Triple Equity Shares offered by them:
A [Redeemable Preference Shares]; Outlook: Stable
by CARE). CARE has also reaffirmed the rating on Name of the subsidiary Amount of capital
the commercial papers issued by the Company at company subscribed
“CARE A1+” (A One Plus by CARE). (R cr)
ICRA upgraded its ratings on NCDs to “ICRA AAA / Stable” L&T Infrastructure Finance 265.39
(Triple A; Outlook: Stable by ICRA) from “ICRA AA+ / Company Limited
Stable” (Double A Plus; Outlook: Stable by ICRA). ICRA has L&T Capital Markets 5.41
also reaffirmed the rating on the commercial papers issued (Middle East) Limited
by the Company at “ICRA A1+” (A One Plus by ICRA).
REGISTRATION AS A CORE INVESTMENT COMPANY
India Ratings has reaffirmed its rating on NCDs at
“IND AAA / Stable” (Triple A; Outlook: Stable by India The Company is a registered Non-Banking Financial
Ratings) and a rating of “IND A1+” (A One Plus by India Institution - Core Investment Company (“NBFC-CIC”)
Ratings) to the commercial paper issued by the Company. pursuant to the receipt of Certificate of Registration
from the RBI dated September 11, 2013, under Section
The instruments / bank facilities with long term ratings
45-IA of the Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934.
of AAA are considered to have highest degree of safety
regarding timely servicing of financial obligations. Such STATUTORY DISCLAIMER
instruments carry lowest credit risk. The Company is having a valid Certificate of Registration
The instruments with short term ratings of A1+ are dated September 11, 2013 issued by RBI under Section
considered to have very strong degree of safety 45-IA of the Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934. However,
regarding timely payment of financial obligations. Such RBI does not accept any responsibility or guarantee about
instruments carry lowest credit risk. the present position as to the financial soundness of the
Company or for the correctness of any of the statements
SHARE CAPITAL
or representations made or opinions expressed by the
During the year under review, the Company has issued Company and for repayment of deposits / discharge of
3,85,800 Equity Shares and 27,49,600 Equity Shares liabilities by the Company.
to employees of the Company and its subsidiary
companies pursuant to the exercise of stock options FIXED DEPOSITS
under the Employee Stock Option Scheme - 2010 The Company being non-deposit taking NBFC-CIC, has
and Employee Stock Option Scheme – 2013 (“ESOP not accepted any deposits from the public during the
Scheme”) respectively. year under review.
During the year under review, to maintain adequate DIRECTORS
working capital including redemption of Preference The composition of the Board is in accordance with the
Shares and funding the operation of the Company provisions of Section 149 of the Act and Regulation 17 of the
and that of its subsidiaries, the Company had issued SEBI Listing Regulations, with an appropriate combination
2,50,00,000 CCRPS of face value R 100 each for cash of Non-Executive Directors and Independent Directors.
at par aggregating to R 250 cr on a private placement The complete list of Directors of the Company has been
basis which were subsequently listed on BSE Limited in provided as part of the Corporate Governance Report.
accordance with the Securities and Exchange Board of During the year under review, Ms. Vaishali Kasture
India (Issue and Listing of Non-Convertible Redeemable resigned from the Board of Directors due to personal
Preference Shares) Regulations, 2013. reasons and other commitments and accordingly,
During the year under review, 2,50,00,000 CCRPS ceased to be a Director of the Company with effect from
amounting to R 250 cr, which were due for redemption May 29, 2018. Mr. Harsh Mariwala, an Independent
were duly redeemed by the Company. Director whose term expired on March 31, 2019, did
not seek re-appointment as an Independent Director of
Pursuant to the allotment of Equity Shares under
the Company due to other commitments and ceased to
ESOP Scheme and CCRPS and subsequent redemption
be an Independent Director effective April 1, 2019.
of CCRPS, the paid-up share capital of the Company
was R 3,033.21 cr (including preference share capital The Board places on record its appreciation of the
of R 1,034.40 cr) as at March 31, 2019 as compared valuable services rendered by Ms. Kasture and
to R 3,030.08 cr (including preference share capital of Mr. Mariwala during their tenure as Independent
R 1,034.40 cr) as at March 31, 2018. Directors of the Company.

During the year under review, the Company appointed continuing / getting appointed as Independent Directors.
Dr. (Mrs.) Rajani R. Gupte as an Independent Director Familiarization Programme
in accordance with the provisions of Sections 149,
The Company has familiarized the Independent Directors
152 and 161 of the Act and Mr. Prabhakar B. as
with the Company, their roles, responsibilities in the
the Non-Executive Director in accordance with the
Company, nature of industry in which the Company
provisions of Sections 152 and 161 of the Act, with
operates, business model of the Company, etc. The
effect from June 28, 2018, pursuant to approval of the
details relating to the familiarization programme
Members at the Tenth AGM held on August 28, 2018.
About Us
are available on the website of the Company at
Mr. S. V. Haribhakti and Mr. P. V. Bhide were appointed https://www.ltfs.com/investors.html.
as Independent Directors of the Company at the
Fit and Proper Criteria & Code of Conduct
Sixth AGM, held on July 24, 2014 for a term of 5
consecutive years, from April 1, 2014 to March 31, All the Directors meet the fit and proper criteria
2019. Pursuant to the provisions of Section 149 of stipulated by RBI.
the Act read with relevant rules made thereunder, an All the Directors and Senior Management of the
Independent Director can hold the office for a term of Company have affirmed compliance with the Code of
upto 5 consecutive years on the Board of a company, Conduct of the Company.
but is eligible for re-appointment on passing of a special
KEY MANAGERIAL PERSONNEL (“KMPs”)
MD&A
resolution by the company, based on the report of
evaluation of their performance for another term of There was no change in the KMPs of the Company
upto 5 years. No independent director can hold office during the year under review. As at March 31, 2019,
for more than two consecutive terms. the Company had following KMPs:
1) Mr. Dinanath Dubhashi – Managing Director &
Further to the aforesaid and based on the
Chief Executive Officer
recommendation of the Nomination and Remuneration
Committee of the Company (“NRC”), the Board at its 2) Mr. Sachinn Joshi – Chief Financial Officer
Meeting held on March 19, 2019 has approved the 3) Ms. Apurva Rathod – Company Secretary
Board’s Report
re-appointment of Mr. S. V. Haribhakti and Mr. P. V. Bhide COMPANY’S POLICY ON DIRECTORS’
as Independent Directors for a second term of upto 5 APPOINTMENT AND REMUNERATION FOR
consecutive years from April 1, 2019 to March 31, 2024, DIRECTORS, KEY MANAGERIAL PERSONNEL AND
subject to the approval of the shareholders by way of a OTHER EMPLOYEES
special resolution, and continuation of Mr. S. V. Haribhakti
A. Background and objectives
as the Non-Executive Chairman of the Company.
Section 178 of the Act and Regulation 19 read with
Section 152 of the Act provides that unless the Articles
Part D of Schedule II of the SEBI Listing Regulations,
of Association provide for the retirement of all directors
requires the NRC to formulate a policy relating to the
at every AGM, not less than two-third of the total
remuneration of the Directors, Senior Management
number of directors of a public company (excluding the
/ KMPs and other employees of the Company and
independent directors) shall be persons whose period
recommend the same for approval of the Board.
of office is liable to determination by retirement of
directors by rotation, of which one-third are liable to Further, Section 134 of the Act stipulates that the
retire by rotation. Accordingly, Mr. R. Shankar Raman, Board’s Report is required to include a statement
Non-Executive Director will retire by rotation at the on Company’s Policy on Directors’ appointment
ensuing AGM and being eligible, has offered himself for and remuneration including criteria for determining
re-appointment. qualifications, positive attributes, independence
of director and remuneration for KMPs and other
The terms and conditions of appointment of
employees.
Independent Directors are also available on the website
of the Company at https://www.ltfs.com/investors.html. The Board of Directors has, based on the
Financials
recommendation of the NRC of the Company,

Declaration by Independent Directors
approved the policy on Directors’ appointment
All Independent Directors have submitted the declaration and remuneration for Directors, KMP and other
of independence, as required pursuant to the provisions employees, which is available on the website of the
of Section 149(7) of the Act, stating that they meet the Company at https://www.ltfs.com/investors.html.
criteria of independence as provided in Section 149(6)
of the Act and Regulations 16(1)(b) and 25(8) of the B. Brief framework of the Policy
SEBI Listing Regulations and are not disqualified from The objective of this Policy is :
a) to determine inter-alia, qualifications, positive

attributes and independence of a Director; matters of strategic importance; and
b) to guide on matters relating to appointment and e) Such other matters, as the NRC / Board
removal of Directors and Senior Management; may determine from time to time.
c) to lay down criteria / evaluate performance of • Executive Directors
the Directors; and
The NRC carries out evaluation of performance
d) to guide on determination of remuneration of of Executive Directors (“EDs”) every year ending
the Directors, Senior Management / KMPs and March 31st. The evaluation is on the basis of
other employees. Key Performance Indicators (“KPIs”), which are
C. Appointment of Director(s) – Criteria identified well in advance for EDs and weights
Identification assigned for each measure of performance
The NRC identifies and ascertains the integrity, keeping in view the distinct roles of EDs. The
professional qualification, expertise and experience identified KPIs for EDs are approved by the
of the person, who is proposed to be appointed as a Board, pursuant to recommendation of the
director and appropriate recommendation is made NRC, if required.
to the Board with respect to his / her appointment. • Senior Management / KMPs / Employees
Appointment of Independent Directors is subject The HR Department carries out the evaluation of
to the provisions of Section 149 of the Act read the aforementioned persons every year ending
with Schedule IV and rules thereunder and SEBI March 31st, with the Department Head(s) /
Listing Regulations. The NRC satisfies itself that Management concerned. KPIs are identified
the proposed person satisfies the criteria of well in advance at the commencement of the
independence as stipulated under Section 149(6) financial year. Performance benchmarks are set
of the Act and SEBI Listing Regulations, before the and evaluation of employees is done by the
appointment as an Independent Director. respective reporting Manager(s) / Management
No person is eligible to be appointed as a Director, / Department Head(s) to determine whether
if he / she is subject to any disqualifications as the performance benchmarks are achieved. The
stipulated under the Act or any other law(s) for the payment of remuneration / annual increment
time being in force. to the aforementioned persons is determined
after the satisfactory completion of evaluation
Appointment of Managing Director and Whole-
process.
time Director is subject to the provisions of
Sections 196, 197, 198 and 203 of the Act read with The HR Department of the Company is
Schedule V and rules thereunder. The NRC ensures authorised to design the framework for
that a person does not occupy the position as a evaluating the EDs / Senior Management /
Managing Director / Whole-time Director beyond KMPs / employees. The objective of carrying
the age of seventy years, unless the appointment out the evaluation by the Company is to
is approved by a special resolution passed by the identify and reward those with exceptional
Company in general meeting. No re-appointment is performances during a financial year. Training
made earlier than one year before the expiry of term. and Development Orientation programmes on
D. Evaluation criteria of Directors and Senior a need basis are provided to employees, whose
Management / KMPs / Employees performance during any financial year does not
meet the benchmark criteria.
• Independent Directors / Non-Executive
Directors E. Criteria for Remuneration
The NRC carries out evaluation of performance NRC while determining and / or recommending
of Independent Directors / Non-Executive the criteria for remuneration / remuneration for
Directors every year ending March 31st on the Directors, Senior Management / KMPs and other
basis of the following criteria: employees ensure that:
a) Membership & Attendance - Board and a) the level and composition of remuneration is
Committee Meetings; reasonable and sufficient to attract, retain and
motivate Directors of the quality required to run
b) Contribution during such meetings;
the Company successfully;
c) Active participation in strategic decision
b) relationship of remuneration to performance
making;
is clear and meets appropriate performance
d) Inputs to executive management on

benchmarks; and appended as Annexure A to this Report.
c) remuneration to Directors, Senior Management SUSTAINABILITY REPORT AND BUSINESS
/ KMPs involves a balance between fixed and RESPONSIBILITY REPORT
incentive pay reflecting short and long-term The Company has issued its first Sustainability Report
performance objectives appropriate to the for FY 2018-19. The information disclosed is aligned
working of the Company and its goals. to the Global Reporting Initiative’s (GRI) Standards
During the year under review, the changes as for sustainability reporting, and is in accordance with
About Us
mandated under regulatory provisions have been the core option. The principles applied for defining
duly carried out in the Policy. contents of the report and quality are as prescribed
by the GRI Standards. The detailed Sustainability
PERFORMANCE EVALUATION Report is available on the website of the Company at
https://www.ltfs.com/investors.html.
Pursuant to the provisions of the Act and the SEBI
Listing Regulations, the Board has carried out an annual Further, in terms of Regulation 34(2)(f) of the SEBI
evaluation of its own performance, performance of the Listing Regulations, top 500 listed entities based on
Directors individually and the Committees of the Board. their market capitalisation as on March 31, 2019 are
required to submit a Business Responsibility Report
Manner of Evaluation (“BRR”) as a part of the Annual Report. The Company’s
MD&A
The NRC and the Board have laid down the manner in BRR describing the initiatives taken by the Company
which formal annual evaluation of the performance of has been hosted on the website of the Company at
the Board, its Committees and individual directors has https://www.ltfs.com/investors.html. Any Member
to be made. interested in obtaining a copy of the BRR may write
to the Company Secretary of the Company at the
It includes circulation of evaluation forms separately for registered office address.
evaluation of the Board and its Committees, Independent
Directors / Non-Executive Directors / Managing Director REPORT ON CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
and Chief Executive Officer and Chairperson of the The Report on Corporate Governance for the year under
Board’s Report
Company. review, is forming part of the Annual Report. The certificate
The process of the annual performance evaluation from the Statutory Auditors of the Company confirming
broadly comprises: compliance with the conditions of Corporate Governance
is appended to the Corporate Governance Report.
a) Board and Committee Evaluation:
• Evaluation of Board as a whole and the STATUTORY AUDITORS
Committees is done by the individual directors / Pursuant to the provisions of Section 139(2) of the Act
members, followed by submission of collation to and the rules made thereunder, the Members at their
NRC and feedback to the Board. Eighth AGM held on August 23, 2016, had appointed
b) Independent / Non-Executive Directors Evaluation: M/s. B. K. Khare & Co., Chartered Accountants
(ICAI Firm’s Registration Number 105102W) and
• Evaluation done by Board members excluding M/s. Deloitte Haskins & Sells LLP, Chartered Accountants
the Director being evaluated is submitted to (ICAI Firm’s Registration Number 117366W/W-100018)
the Chairperson of the Company and individual
as the Joint Statutory Auditors of the Company for a term
feedback provided to each Director.
of five years, i.e. from the conclusion of Eighth AGM till
c) Chairperson / Managing Director & Chief the conclusion of the Thirteenth AGM. Joint Statutory
Executive Officer Evaluation: Auditors have confirmed that they are not disqualified
• Evaluation as done by the individual directors is from continuing as Auditors of the Company.
submitted to the Chairperson of the NRC and AUDITORS’ REPORT
Chairperson of the NRC provides feedback to Financials
the NRC and subsequently to the Board. The Auditors’ Report to the Members for the year under
review does not contain any qualification. The Notes
EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTION SCHEME to the Accounts referred to in the Auditors’ Report are
The disclosures required to be made under the Securities self-explanatory and therefore do not call for any further
and Exchange Board of India (Share Based Employee clarifications under Section 134(3)(f) of the Act.
Benefits) Regulations, 2014 is available on the website
SECRETARIAL AUDIT
of the Company at https://www.ltfs.com/investors.html.
The certificate from the Statutory Auditors, confirming Pursuant to the provisions of Section 204 of the Act,
compliance with the aforesaid provisions has been the Companies (Appointment and Remuneration of

Managerial Personnel) Rules, 2014 and Regulation 24A Some of the steps taken at the group level for
of the SEBI Listing Regulations, the Company had conservation of energy includes:
appointed Ms. Naina R. Desai, Practicing Company - Installation of sensor-based lighting within the
Secretary to undertake the Secretarial Audit of the office premises which automatically turns the lights
Company for FY 2018-19. off when not in use.
Further, in terms of the provisions of the Circular No. - Set up of variable frequency drives for air handling
CIR/CFD/CMD1/27/2019 dated February 8, 2019 issued units and pumps for optimum use of electricity.
by SEBI, Ms. Desai has issued the Annual Secretarial
Compliance Report, confirming compliance by the - Installation of LED-based energy efficient lighting
Company of the applicable SEBI Regulations and fixtures in the office premises.
circulars / guidelines issued thereunder. - Installation of a sewage treatment plant for
The Secretarial Audit Report is appended as Annexure B treatment of waste water to be reused for gardening
to this Report. and air conditioning.
There is no adverse remark, qualification, reservation or
There were no foreign exchange earnings during the
disclaimer in the Secretarial Audit Report.
year (previous year also Nil); while the expenditure in
PARTICULARS OF EMPLOYEES foreign currency by the Company during the year was
The information required pursuant to the provisions R 0.30 cr (previous year R 1.47 cr) towards professional
of Section 197 of the Act read with Rule 5(1) of the fees and travelling expenses.
Companies (Appointment and Remuneration of
DEPOSITORY SYSTEM
Managerial Personnel) Rules, 2014 in respect of
employees of the Company has been appended as The Company’s Equity Shares are compulsorily tradable
Annexure C to this Report. in electronic form. As on March 31, 2019, out of the
In terms of first proviso to Section 136 of the Act, the Company’s total equity paid-up share capital comprising
Report and Accounts are being sent to the Members of 1,99,88,12,360 Equity Shares, only 7,926 Equity
and others entitled thereto, excluding the information Shares were in physical form and the remaining capital
on employees’ particulars as required pursuant to is in dematerialized form. As per SEBI Notification No.
provisions of Rule 5(2) and 5(3) of the Companies SEBI/LAD-NRO/GN/2018/24 dated June 8, 2018 and
(Appointment and Remuneration of Managerial further amendment vide Notification No. SEBI/LAD-
Personnel) Rules, 2014. The said Annexure is available NRO/GN/2018/49 dated November 30, 2018, requests
for inspection by the Members at the registered office of for effecting transfer of securities (except in case of
the Company during the business hours on any working transmission or transposition of securities) cannot be
day of the Company till the date of the ensuing AGM. processed from April 1, 2019 unless the securities are
If any Member is interested in obtaining a copy thereof, held in the dematerialized form with the depositories.
such Member may write to the Company Secretary at Therefore, Members are requested to take necessary
the registered office address. action to dematerialize their holdings.
The Board of Directors affirms that the remuneration paid SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
to the employees of the Company is as per the Policy on
The Company conducts its business through its
Directors’ appointment and remuneration for Directors,
subsidiaries in the various business segments. As of
KMPs and other employees and is in accordance with
March 31, 2019, the Company had 12 subsidiaries
the requirements of the Act and SEBI Listing Regulations
(including step down subsidiaries).
and none of the employees listed in the said Annexure
are related to any Directors of the Company. L&T Capital Markets (Middle East) Limited, wholly
CONSERVATION OF ENERGY, TECHNOLOGY owned subsidiary of the Company was incorporated
ABSORPTION AND FOREIGN EXCHANGE EARNINGS under the Companies Law, Dubai International Financial
AND OUTGO Centre (DIFC) Law No. 2 of 2009 on July 1, 2018. Dubai
Financial Authority Services Authority has granted a
Considering that the Company is a Core Investment
license to L&T Capital Markets (Middle East) Limited to
Company carrying out its activities through its
operate as an authorized firm w.e.f. December 12, 2018.
subsidiaries, the particulars regarding conservation of
energy and technology absorption as required to be MATERIAL SUBSIDIARIES
disclosed pursuant to the Rule 8(3) of the Companies As required under Regulations 16(1)(c) and 46 of the SEBI
(Accounts) Rules, 2014 are not relevant to its activities. Listing Regulations, the Board of Directors has approved

the Policy for determining Material Subsidiaries (“Policy”). by the Internal Audit (“IA”) function. The scope and
The details of the Policy are available on the website of authority of the IA function is defined in the IA Charter.
the Company at https://www.ltfs.com/investors.html. The IA function of L&T Financial Services Group (“LTFS”)
PERFORMANCE AND FINANCIAL POSITION OF monitors and evaluates the efficacy and adequacy of the
EACH SUBSIDIARY / ASSOCIATE AND JOINT internal control system in the Company and its compliance
VENTURE COMPANIES with operating systems, accounting procedures and
As required under Rule 5 and Rule 8(1) of the policies of the Company. Based on the report of the IA
About Us
Companies (Accounts) Rules, 2014, a report on the function, process owners undertake corrective action, if
performance and financial position of each of the any, in their respective areas and thereby strengthen the
subsidiaries and associates of the Company has been controls. Significant audit observations and corrective
appended as Annexure D to this Report. The highlights actions thereon are presented to the Audit Committee
of performance of subsidiaries and the contribution by (“AC”) of the Company from time to time.
such subsidiaries is given as a part of the Management BOARD MEETINGS
Discussion & Analysis Report forming part of this Report. The details of the Board meetings held during
DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITY STATEMENT FY 2018-19 are disclosed in the Corporate Governance
Pursuant to the provisions of Section 134(5) of the Act, Report appended to this Report.
MD&A
the Board of Directors confirms that, to the best of its COMPOSITION OF AUDIT COMMITTEE
knowledge and belief: The Company has constituted an AC in terms of the
1) in the preparation of the annual accounts, the requirements of the Act, Regulation 18 of the SEBI Listing
applicable accounting standards have been Regulations and RBI Regulations. The details of the same
followed along with proper explanation relating to are disclosed in the Corporate Governance Report.
material departures, if any; CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY
2) the Directors have selected such accounting In accordance with the requirements of the provisions of
Board’s Report
policies and applied them consistently and made Section 135 of the Act, the Company has constituted a
judgments and estimates that are reasonable Corporate Social Responsibility (“CSR”) Committee. The
and prudent so as to give a true and fair view composition and terms of reference of the CSR Committee
of the state of affairs of the Company as at are provided in the Corporate Governance Report.
March 31, 2019 and of the profit of the Company
for that period; The Company has also formulated a CSR Policy
(“Policy”) in accordance with the requirements of
3) the Directors have taken proper and sufficient the Act and containing details specified therein
care for the maintenance of adequate accounting which is available on the website of the Company at
records in accordance with the provisions of the
https://www.ltfs.com/csr.html. During the year under
Act for safeguarding the assets of the Company review, the Policy has been updated to include some
and for preventing and detecting fraud and other components within the already approved thrust areas like
irregularities; providing aid to women entrepreneurs, digital financial
4) the Directors have prepared the annual accounts inclusion and adding of sustainable development goals
on a going concern basis; as per United Nations. An annual report on activities
5) the Directors have laid down internal financial as required under Companies (Corporate Social
controls to be followed by the Company and that Responsibility Policy) Rules, 2014 has been appended as
such internal financial controls are adequate and Annexure E to this Report.
operating effectively; and VIGIL MECHANISM
6) the Directors have devised proper systems to ensure Pursuant to Rule 7 of the Companies (Meetings of Financials
compliance with the provisions of all applicable Board and its Powers) Rules, 2014 read with Section
laws including applicable secretarial standards and 177(9) of the Act, the Company has adopted a Vigil
that such systems were adequate and operating Mechanism Framework, under which the “Whistle
effectively. Blower Investigation Committee” (“the Committee”)
INTERNAL CONTROL SYSTEMS AND THEIR ADEQUACY has been set up. The objective of the framework is to
establish a redressal forum, which addresses all concerns
The Company has an internal control system, raised on questionable practices and through which the
commensurate with the size, scale and complexity of its Directors and employees can raise actual or suspected
operations. Testing of such systems forms a part of review violations.

The Chief Internal Auditor of LTFS acts as an Where any contract or arrangement is entered
Ombudsman. The role of Ombudsman is to review the into by a director or any other employee
grievance at the initial stage and in case the grievance without obtaining the consent of the Board or
is material, the same is forwarded to the Committee, approval by ordinary resolution in the general
for investigation. After investigation, the complaint with meeting, it is to be ratified by the Board or the
investigation report is forwarded to AC / Managing shareholders at a meeting, as the case may be,
Director / Whole-time Director as the case may be. At within three months from the date on which
the AC, brief update is presented to the Members for such contract or arrangement was entered into.
their review. The Committee takes necessary actions The related parties are abstained from voting on
to maintain confidentiality within the organization on such resolutions whether the entity is a related
matters brought to its attention. party to the particular transaction or not.
The mechanism framed by the Company is in compliance • All RPTs that were entered into during FY 2018-19
with the requirements of the Act and SEBI Listing were on an arm’s length basis and were in the
Regulations and the same is available on the website ordinary course of business and disclosed in the
of the Company at https://www.ltfs.com/investors.html. Financial Statements. There were no materially
PARTICULARS OF LOANS GIVEN, INVESTMENTS significant RPTs made by the Company with
MADE, GUARANTEES GIVEN OR SECURITY Promoters, Directors, KMPs or Body Corporate(s),
PROVIDED BY THE COMPANY which had a potential conflict with the interest of
Details of loans, guarantees and investments are given the Company at large. Accordingly, the disclosure
in the Notes to the Financial Statements, as applicable. of RPTs as required under the provisions of
Section 134(3)(h) of the Act in Form AOC-2 is not
PARTICULARS OF CONTRACTS OR ARRANGEMENTS applicable. The Directors draw attention of the
WITH RELATED PARTIES Members to Notes to the Financial Statements
The Board of Directors has approved the policy on which sets out related party disclosures.
transactions with related parties (“RPT Policy”), RISK MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK
pursuant to the recommendation of the AC. In line with
the requirements of the Act, RBI Regulations and the The Company has constituted a Risk Management
SEBI Listing Regulations, the Company has formulated Committee (“RMC”) in terms of the requirements of
the RPT Policy which is also available on the Company’s Regulation 21 of the SEBI Listing Regulations. The details
website at https://www.ltfs.com/investors.html. The RPT of the same are disclosed in the Corporate Governance
Policy intends to ensure that proper reporting, approval Report.
and disclosure processes are in place for all transactions The Company and its subsidiaries have a risk management
between the Company and the related parties. framework and Board members are informed about risk
Key features of the RPT Policy are as under: assessment and minimization procedures and periodical
review to ensure management controls risk by means of
• All transactions with related parties (“RPTs”) are a properly designed framework. The AC is kept apprised
referred to the AC of the Company for approval, of the proceedings of the meetings of the RMC and
irrespective of its materiality. The AC, also approves also apprised about the risk management framework
any subsequent modification in the RPTs. The process at subsidiaries.
of approval of RPTs by the Board and Shareholders is
as under: PREVENTION, PROHIBITION AND REDRESSAL OF
SEXUAL HARASSMENT AT WORKPLACE
a) Board:
Generally, all RPTs are in the ordinary course of The Company has in place a policy for prevention,
business and at arm’s length price. prohibition and redressal of sexual harassment at work
place. Further, the Company has constituted an Internal
RPTs which are not at arm’s length and which Complaints Committee under the Sexual Harassment
are not in the ordinary course of business are of Women at Workplace (Prevention, Prohibition and
approved by the Board. Redressal) Act, 2013, where employees can register
b) Shareholders: their complaints against sexual harassment. Appropriate
All material RPTs require prior approval of the reporting mechanisms are in place for ensuring
shareholders, based on recommendation of the protection against sexual harassment and the right to
Board, through ordinary resolution passed at work with dignity.
the general meeting. During the year under review, the Company has not
received any complaints in this regard.

ANNUAL RETURN AS PRESCRIBED UNDER THE ACT ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
AND RULES MADE THEREUNDER The Directors express their sincere gratitude to the
The extract of Annual Return in Form MGT-9 as required Reserve Bank of India, Securities and Exchange Board
under Section 92(3) of the Act and as prescribed in Rule of India, BSE Limited, National Stock Exchange of India
12 of the Companies (Management and Administration) Limited, Ministry of Finance, Ministry of Corporate
Rules, 2014, is enclosed as Annexure F to this Report. Affairs, Registrar of Companies, other government and
The Annual Return in Form MGT-7 as required under regulatory authorities, lenders, financial institutions and
About Us
Section 92(3) of the Act shall be hosted on the website of the Company’s bankers for the ongoing support extended
the Company viz. https://www.ltfs.com/investors.html. by them. The Directors also place on record their sincere
appreciation for the continued support extended by
SIGNIFICANT AND MATERIAL ORDERS PASSED BY the Company’s stakeholders and trust reposed by them
THE REGULATORS OR COURTS in the Company. The Directors sincerely appreciate the
There are no significant and material orders passed commitment displayed by the employees of the Company
by the Regulators / Courts which would impact the and its subsidiaries across all levels, resulting in successful
going concern status of the Company and its future performance during the year.
operations.
Further, no penalties have been levied by RBI / any other
MD&A
Regulators during the year under review. For and on behalf of the Board of Directors
RBI REGULATIONS
The Company has complied with all the applicable
regulations of RBI as on March 31, 2019. S. V. Haribhakti Dinanath Dubhashi
OTHER DISCLOSURES Chairperson Managing Director &
DIN: 00007347 Chief Executive Officer
During the year under review, except as specified in this DIN: 03545900
Board’s Report
Report, the Company has not obtained any registration
/ license / authorisation, by whatever name called from Place: Mumbai
any other financial sector regulators. Date: April 28, 2019
Financials

ANNUAL REPORT 2018-19 - ANNEXURE A TO BOARD’S REPORT
UDIN: 19039826AAAAAH4846
TO THE MEMBERS OF
L&T FINANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ CERTIFICATE IN RESPECT OF THE IMPLEMENTATION OF EMPLOYEE STOCK
OPTION SCHEMES OF THE COMPANY
1. This certificate is issued in accordance with the terms of our engagement letter reference no. SVP/2018-2019/6685
dated September 05, 2018.
2. We, Deloitte Haskins & Sells LLP, Chartered Accountants (Firm Registration Number 117366W/W-100018),
the Statutory Auditors of L&T Finance Holdings Limited (the “Company”), pursuant to the requirement of
clause 13 of Securities and Exchange Board of India (Share Based Employee Benefits) Regulations, 2014 and
amendments thereto (the “Regulations”) are required to certify for the year ended March 31, 2019 that the
Employee Stock Option Schemes, L&T Finance Holdings Limited ESOP Scheme - 2010 and L&T Finance Holdings
Limited ESOP Scheme - 2013 (the “Schemes”) have been implemented in accordance with the Regulations and
in accordance with the special resolution passed by the Shareholders of the Company at the Extra Ordinary
General Meeting held on November 29, 2010 for approval of the L&T Finance Holdings Limited ESOP Scheme
2010; special resolution passed by the shareholders of the Company through Postal Ballot on June 14, 2012
for ratification of L&T Finance Holdings Limited ESOP Scheme - 2010 instituted by the Company prior to the
Initial Public Offer and special resolution passed by the shareholders of the Company through Postal Ballot on
April 04, 2014 for approval of the L&T Finance Holdings Limited ESOP Scheme 2013 (the “Resolutions”).
Managements’ Responsibility
3. The Management is responsible for implementation of the Schemes in accordance with the Regulations and
Resolutions. This responsibility includes the design, implementation and maintenance of internal control relevant
to the implementation of the Schemes in accordance with the Regulations and Resolutions. The Management
is also responsible for ensuring compliance with the terms and conditions contained in the Regulations and for
providing all relevant information to us in this regard.
Auditor’s Responsibility
4. It is our responsibility to provide a certificate on compliance with the Regulations and Resolutions by the
Company while implementing the Schemes during the year ended March 31, 2019, based on our examination
of the books of accounts and other records of the Company for the year on that date, which been subjected
to our audit vide our report dated April 28, 2019.
5. We conducted our examination and obtained the explanations in accordance with the Guidance Note on
Reports or Certificates for Special Purposes issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India (“ICAI”)
and the Standards on Auditing specified under Section 143(10) of the Companies Act, 2013 which includes
test check and materiality. The Guidance Note requires that we comply with the ethical requirements of the
Code of Ethics issued by the ICAI.
6. We have complied with the relevant applicable requirements of the Standard on Quality Control (SQC) 1,
Quality Control for Firms that Perform Audits and Reviews of Historical Financial Information, and Other
Assurance and Related Services Engagements.
Criteria and Scope
7. The criteria against which the information is evaluated are the following:
a. the Regulations;
b. the Schemes;
c. the Resolution; and
d. written representation from the Management.

Opinion
8. Based on our examination, as stated above, and according to the information, explanations and representations
provided to us by the Management of the Company, in our opinion, the Schemes implemented by the Company
are in accordance with the Regulations and the Resolutions.
Restriction on Use
9. This certificate is addressed to and provided to the Members of the Company solely for the purpose of
About Us
compliance with Clause 13 of the Regulations. This certificate should not be circulated, copied, used /referred
to for any other purpose, without our prior written consent. Accordingly, we do not accept or assume any
liability or any duty of care of for any other purpose or to any other party to whom it is shown or into whose
hands it may come without our prior consent in writing.
For Deloitte Haskins & Sells LLP

Chartered Accountants
(Firm‘s Registration No. 117366W/W-100018)
MD&A
Sanjiv V. Pilgaonkar
Partner
(Membership No. 39826)
Mumbai, April 28, 2019
UDIN : 19039826AAAAAH4846
Board’s Report
Financials

ANNUAL REPORT 2018-19 - ANNEXURE B TO BOARD’S REPORT
FORM NO. MR-3
Secretarial Audit Report
for the financial year ended March 31, 2019
[Pursuant to section 204(1) of the Companies Act, 2013 and Rule No. 9 of the Companies (Appointment and
Remuneration of Managerial Personnel) Rules, 2014]
To,
The Members,
I have conducted the secretarial audit of the compliance of applicable statutory provisions and the adherence to
good corporate practices by L&T FINANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED (hereinafter called the “Company”). Secretarial
Audit was conducted in a manner that provided me, a reasonable basis for evaluating the corporate conducts/
statutory compliances and expressing my opinion thereon.
Based on my verification of the Company’s books, papers, minute books, forms and returns filed and other records
maintained by the Company and also the information provided by the Company, its officers, agents and authorized
representatives during the conduct of secretarial audit, I hereby report that in my opinion, the Company has, during
the audit period covering the financial year ended on March 31, 2019, complied with the statutory provisions listed
hereunder and also that the Company has proper Board-processes and compliance-mechanism in place to the
extent, in the manner and subject to the reporting made hereinafter.
I have examined the books, papers, minute books, forms and returns filed and other records maintained by the
Company for the financial year ended on March 31, 2019, according to the provisions of:
(i) The Companies Act, 2013 (“the Act”) and the rules made thereunder;
(ii) The Securities Contracts (Regulation) Act, 1956 (”SCRA”) and the rules made thereunder;
(iii) The Depositories Act, 1996 and the Regulations and Bye-laws framed thereunder;
(iv) Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999 and the rules and regulations made thereunder to the extent of
Foreign Direct Investment, Overseas Direct Investment and External Commercial Borrowings;
(v) The following Regulations and Guidelines prescribed under the Securities and Exchange Board of India Act,
1992 (“SEBI Act”), as applicable:-
a) The Securities and Exchange Board of India (Substantial Acquisition of Shares and Takeovers) Regulations,
2011;
b) The Securities and Exchange Board of India (Prohibition of Insider Trading) Regulations, 1992; presently,
the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Prohibition of Insider Trading) Regulations, 2015;
c) The Securities and Exchange Board of India (Issue of Capital and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations,
2018;
d) The Securities and Exchange Board of India (Employee Stock Option Scheme and Employee Stock Purchase
Scheme) Guidelines, 1999; presently (Share Based Employee Benefits) Regulations, 2014;
e) The Securities and Exchange Board of India (Issue and Listing of Debt Securities) Regulations, 2008;
f) The Securities and Exchange Board of India (Registrars to an Issue and Share Transfer Agents) Regulations,
1993 regarding the Companies Act and dealing with client;
g) The Securities and Exchange Board of India (Delisting of Equity Shares) Regulations, 2009; and
h) The Securities and Exchange Board of India (Buyback of Securities) Regulations, 2018;
(vi) Other specific business/industry related laws that are applicable to the Company, viz.
NBFC – CIC – The Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934 and all applicable Laws, Rules, Regulations,
Guidelines, Circulars, Notifications, etc.
I have also examined compliance with the applicable clauses of the following:
i. Secretarial Standards issued by The Institute of Company Secretaries of India;

ii. The Securities and Exchange Board of India (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements)
Regulations, 2015 as amended from time to time and the Uniform Listing Agreements entered into by the
Company with Stock Exchange(s), applicable as follows:
a. Equity Shares listed on BSE Limited and National Stock Exchange of India Limited (NSE);
b. Cumulative Compulsorily Redeemable Non-Convertible Preference Shares listed on BSE Limited.
During the period under review the Company has complied with the provisions of the Act, Rules, Regulations,
Guidelines, Standards, etc. mentioned above.
About Us
I further report that the Board of Directors of the Company as on the date of this report is constituted
with 1 Executive Director, 2 Non-Executive Directors, 5 Independent Directors and 1 Investor Director. The
Independent Directors are more than 1/3rd of the required Board strength. The changes in the composition
of the Board of Directors that took place during the period under review were carried out in compliance with the
provisions of the Act.
Adequate notice is given to all directors to schedule the Board Meetings, agenda and detailed notes on agenda
were sent at least seven days in advance, and a system exists for seeking and obtaining further information and
clarifications on the agenda items before the meeting and for meaningful participation at the meeting. Majority
decision is carried through while the dissenting members’ views are captured and recorded as part of the minutes,
MD&A
in case of dissent.
I further report that, based on review of the compliance mechanism established by the Company and the
Compliance Certificates taken on record by the Board of Directors at their meetings, there are adequate
systems and processes in the Company commensurate with the size and operations of the Company to monitor and
ensure compliance with applicable laws, rules, regulations and guidelines.
I further report that during the audit period the following events / actions have taken place, having a major
bearing on the Company’s affairs in pursuance of the above referred laws, rules, regulations, guidelines, standards,
etc., like -
Board’s Report
(i) Public/Right/Preferential issue of shares / debentures/sweat equity, etc., viz. –
Issue of 2,50,00,000 Cumulative Compulsorily Redeemable Non-Convertible Preference Shares
(“CCRPS”) of face value R 100 each for cash at par aggregating to R 2,50,00,00,000 on a private
placement basis, which were subsequently listed on BSE Limited.
(ii) Redemption / buy-back of securities-
Redemption of 2,50,00,000 CCRPS of face value R 100 each aggregating to R 2,50,00,00,000.
(iii) Major decisions taken by the members in pursuance to section 180 of the Companies Act, 2013 – NIL.
(iv) Merger / amalgamation / reconstruction, etc.- NIL
(v) Foreign technical collaborations – NIL.
(vi) Other Events
Subscription /acquisition of Equity Shares of the following subsidiary companies of the Company:
Sr. No. Name of the Company No. of Shares

1 L&T Infrastructure Finance Company Limited 26,53,86,914 Equity Shares
2 L&T Capital Markets (Middle East) Limited 750,000 Ordinary Class Shares
NAINA R DESAI Financials

Practicing Company Secretary
Place: Mumbai Membership No. 1351
Date: April 22, 2019 Certificate of Practice No.13365
This report is to be read with our letter of even date which is annexed as Annexure-A and forms an
integral part of this report.

Annexure-A
To,
The Members
Our report of even date is to be read along with this letter.
1) Maintenance of secretarial record is the responsibility of the management of the Company. Our responsibility
is to express an opinion on these secretarial records based on our audit.
2) We have followed the audit practices and processes as were appropriate to obtain reasonable assurance about
the correctness of the contents of the Secretarial records. The verification was done on test basis to ensure
that correct facts are reflected in secretarial records. We believe that the processes and practices, we followed
provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
3) We have not verified the correctness and appropriateness of financial records and Books of Accounts of the
Company.
4) Wherever required, we have obtained the Management representation about the compliance of laws, rules
and regulations and happening of events etc.
5) The compliance of the provisions of Corporate and other applicable laws, rules, regulations, standards is the
responsibility of management. Our examination was limited to the verification of procedures on test basis.
6) The Secretarial Audit report is neither an assurance as to the future viability of the Company nor of the efficacy
or effectiveness with which the management has conducted the affairs of the Company.
NAINA R DESAI
Practicing Company Secretary
Place: Mumbai Membership No. 1351
Date: April 22, 2019 Certificate of Practice No.13365

ANNUAL REPORT 2018-19 - ANNEXURE C TO BOARD’S REPORT
PARTICULARS OF EMPLOYEES
Information required pursuant to Section 197 read with Rule 5(1) of the Companies (Appointment and Remuneration
of Managerial Personnel) Rules, 2014:
Sr. No. Particulars Disclosure
About Us
1 The ratio of the remuneration of each director to N.A.(2)
the median remuneration of the employees of the
Company for the financial year.(1)
2 The percentage increase in remuneration of each Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer –
Director, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Executive 14%
Officer, Company Secretary or Manager, if any, in Chief Financial Officer – 8%
the financial year.(1) Company Secretary – 20%
3 The percentage increase in the median remuneration 11.8%
of employees in the financial year.
MD&A
4 The number of permanent employees on the rolls 2
of Company.
5 Average percentile increase already made in the Employees other than Managerial personnel
salaries of employees other than the managerial managerial personnel
personnel in the last financial year and its comparison
with the percentile increase in the managerial
remuneration and justification(3) thereof and point 8% 14%
Board’s Report
out if there are any exceptional circumstances for
increase in the managerial remuneration.
6 Affirmation that the remuneration is as per We affirm that the remuneration is as per the
remuneration policy of the Company. nomination and remuneration policy of the
Company
(1)
For the purpose of determining the ratio of remuneration and percentage increase in remuneration of directors as stipulated in Sr. No. 1 & 2 above, only
remuneration of Executive Director is considered.
(2)
Considering that the Company is a Core Investment Company which carries on its business through its underlying subsidiaries and in view of the fact that the
Executive Director is entrusted with group level responsibilities, comparing the ratio of the remuneration of the Director to the median remuneration of the
employees of the Company would not be meaningful.
(3)
Increase in remuneration is after taking into consideration performance of an individual and the Company.
For and on behalf of the Board of Directors
S. V. Haribhakti Dinanath Dubhashi

Chairperson Managing Director &
Financials
DIN: 03545900
Place: Mumbai
Date: April 28, 2019

ANNUAL REPORT 2018-19 - ANNEXURE D TO BOARD’S REPORT
Form AOC - I
[Statement pursuant to first proviso to sub-section (3) of Section 129 read with Rule 5 of the Companies (Accounts) Rules, 2014]
60
Statement containing salient features of the financial statement of subsidiaries, associate companies and joint ventures
Part - A: Subsidiaries (R cr)
Sr. No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Name of the L&T L&T Finance L&T Housing L&T Infra L&T L&T Mutual L&T Capital L&T Financial L&T Infra L&T Infra Mudit Cement L&T Capital
subsidiary Infrastructure Limited Finance Limited Debt Fund Investment Fund Trustee Markets Consultants Investment Investment Private Limited Markets
Finance Limited Management Limited Limited Limited Partners Advisory Partners Trustee (Middle East)
Company Limited Private Limited Private Limited Limited (1)
Limited
Financial year ending on March 31, 2019
Currency - - - - - - - - - - - USD
Exchange rate on the - - - - - - - - - - - 69.16
last day of financial year
Date of acquisition - December 31, 2012 October 9, 2012 - - - - - - - December 27, 2013 -
Share capital 1,255.30 1,599.14 165.37 490.18 251.82 0.15 52.31 18.75 5.00 0.10 2.10 5.41
Other equity 2,675.06 7,301.29 1,366.55 571.05 275.40 1.28 30.14 48.55 6.21 (0.05) (28.30) (3.87)
Total assets 28,408.78 55,836.72 13,095.05 8,606.40 604.37 1.49 99.62 482.19 12.72 0.06 38.36 19.79
Total liabilities 24,478.42 46,936.29 11,563.14 7,545.17 77.15 0.07 17.16 414.89 1.51 0.01 64.56 18.24
Investments 2,080.54 4,684.30 1,617.18 167.04 277.79 1.11 68.50 4.26 8.23 0.03 - -

Turnover 2,817.18 7,182.81 1,510.37 754.81 628.94 0.13 79.88 81.05 7.37 0.03 - 1.90
Profit before taxation 421.87 1,303.08 394.04 131.66 88.35 (0.08) 40.89 16.60 (5.91) 0.00 (6.25) (1.56)
Provision for taxation 189.98 457.12 124.59 - - 0.02 7.62 4.66 (1.64) (0.00) 0.63 -
Profit after taxation 231.89 845.96 269.45 131.66 88.35 (0.10) 33.27 11.93 (4.26) 0.00 (6.88) (1.56)
Proposed dividend - 191.90 61.19 - 30.22 - - 6.75 - - - -
% of shareholding 100%
(1)
Annual
Wholly owned subsidiary of the Company incorporated under the Companies Law, Dubai International Financial Centre (DIFC) Law No. 2 of 2009 on July 1, 2018.
Name of subsidiaries which are yet to commence operations: Mudit Cement Private Limited
Name of subsidiaries which have been liquidated or sold during the year: –
Part - B: Associate and Joint Venture
Report
[Statement pursuant to Section 129(3) of the Companies Act, 2013 related to Associate Company and Joint Venture]
Name of Associate Grameen Capital India Private Limited
1. Latest audited Balance Sheet Date March 31, 2018
2. Date on which the Associate was associated June 5, 2015
3. Shares of Associate held by the company as at March 31, 2019
Number of shares 21,26,000
2018 - 19
Amount of equity investment in Associate (R cr) 2.12
Amount of preference investment in Associate (R cr) 3.87
4. Holding % / Description of significant influence 26% of shareholding
5. Reason of non consolidation of the associate No Significance influence as per IndAS 28
6. Networth attributable to Shareholding as per latest Audited Balance Sheet (R cr) -
7. Profit/Loss for the year:
i. Considered in Consolidation (R cr) -
ii. Not Considered in Consolidation (R cr) -
Name of associates or joint ventures which are yet to commence operations –
Name of associates or joint ventures which have been liquidated or sold during the year –
For and on behalf of board of directors of L&T Finance Holdings Limited
Chairperson Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer
(DIN: 00007347) (DIN: 03545900)
Place: Mumbai Sachinn Joshi Apurva Rathod
Date: April 28, 2019 Chief Financial Officer Company Secretary
ANNUAL REPORT 2018-19 - ANNEXURE E TO BOARD’S REPORT
Annual Report on Corporate Social Responsibility (“CSR”)
[Pursuant to Companies (Corporate Social Responsibility Policy) Rules, 2014]
As required under Section 135(4) of the Companies Act, 2013 and Rule 9 of Companies (Accounts) Rules, 2014,
the details with respect to CSR are as follows:
1) A brief outline of the Company’s CSR policy, including overview of projects or programmes proposed
to be undertaken and a reference to the web-link to the CSR policy and projects or programmes:
About Us
L&T Financial Services aspires to bring in inclusive social transformation of the rural communities by nurturing
and creating opportunities for sustainable livelihoods. The policy clearly states the organization’s core CSR thrust
areas as Integrated Water Resource Management and Financial Inclusion. The policy defines the Company’s
CSR vision with a clear implementation methodology. The CSR Policy has been formulated in accordance with
the provisions of Section 135 of the Companies Act, 2013 and is available on the website of the Company at
https://www.ltfs.com/csr.html.
2) Composition of the CSR Committee:
The composition of CSR Committee is disclosed in the Corporate Governance Report.
3) Average Net Profit of the Company for the last three financial years: R 34.22 cr.
MD&A
4) Prescribed CSR expenditure and details of CSR spend during the financial year:
Particulars Amount (R cr)
Prescribed CSR Expenditure 0.68
Amount spent as CSR 0.68
Amount unspent -
5) Manner in which amount spent during the financial year:
Board’s Report
(R cr)
Sr. CSR project or activity Sector in which Projects or Amount Amount spent Cumulative Amount
No. identified project is programme outlay on the projects expenditure spent - Direct
covered coverage (budget) or programmes. upto the or through
project or Sub heads: reporting implementing
programme (a) Direct period agencies
wise expenditure &
(b) Overheads
1. Integrated Water (i) eradicating State: 0.50 (a) 0.48 0.50 Indirect**
Resource Management extreme hunger Maharashtra (b) 0.02
(IWRM) and poverty; Districts:
Improve the crop yield for (iv) ensuring Solapur,
the marginalized farmers environmental Latur,
in the semi-arid regions sustainability Osmanabad
through Integrated Water x) rural
Resource Management, development
reaching to 15,000 project
farmers from 30 villages of
Solapur, Latur, Osmanabad
2. Digital Sakhi - iii) Promoting State: 0.15 (a) 0.14 0.15 Indirect**
Maharashtra gender equality, Maharashtra (b) 0.01
• Interventions of Digital empowering Districts:
Financial Literacy & women for Osmanabad,
Entrepreneurship reducing Pune and
Financials
Development by inequalities faced Solapur

100 Digital Sakhis in by socially and
Maharashtra economically
• Inclusion of 1,000 backward groups
women (micro- x) rural
entrepreneurs) in digital development
payments space
project
• Community reach to 1
lakh rural population in
Maharashtra

Sr. CSR project or activity Sector in which Projects or Amount Amount spent Cumulative Amount
No. identified project is programme outlay on the projects expenditure spent - Direct
covered coverage (budget) or programmes. upto the or through
project or Sub heads: reporting implementing
programme (a) Direct period agencies
wise expenditure &
(b) Overheads
3. Digital Sakhi –Madhya iii) Promoting State: 0.02 (a) 0.02 0.02 Indirect**
Pradesh gender equality, Madhya (b) 0#
• Interventions of Digital empowering Pradesh
Financial Literacy & women for District: Dhar
Entrepreneurship reducing and Barwani
Development by 100 inequalities faced
Digital Sakhis in Madhya by socially and
Pradesh economically
• Inclusion of 1,000 backward groups
women (micro- x) rural
entrepreneurs) in digital development
payments space
project
• Community reach to
50,000 rural population
in Madhya Pradesh
4. CSR Administration, Capacity building - 0.01 (a) 0.01 0.01 Direct*
NGO capacity building (b) -
Total CSR Spend in FY 2018-19 0.68 0.68 0.68

#
Indicates figures less than R 50,000.
Note:
Direct* = CSR projects/ initiatives directly implemented by the Company.
Indirect** = CSR activities/ projects have been carried out by partnering with several Non-Governmental Organizations/ Charitable Institutions like Action for
Agricultural Renewal in Maharashtra (AFARM) and SEWA Bharat.
6) Responsibility Statement:
The CSR Committee confirms that the implementation and monitoring of CSR Policy, is in compliance with CSR
objectives and policy of the Company.

CSR Committee Chief Executive Officer
DIN: 00007347 DIN: 03545900
Place: Mumbai

ANNUAL REPORT 2018-19 - ANNEXURE F TO BOARD’S REPORT
FORM NO. MGT 9
EXTRACT OF ANNUAL RETURN
as on the financial year ended on March 31, 2019
[Pursuant to Section 92(3) of the Companies Act, 2013 and Rule 12(1) of the
Companies (Management and Administration) Rules, 2014]
About Us
I. REGISTRATION AND OTHER DETAILS
i) CIN L67120MH2008PLC181833
ii) Registration Date May 1, 2008
iii) Name of the Company L&T Finance Holdings Limited
iv) Category/Sub-category of the Company Company limited by shares / Indian Non-Government
Company
v) Address of the Registered office & contact Brindavan, Plot No. 177, C.S.T Road, Kalina,
details Santacruz (East), Mumbai – 400 098,
MD&A
Maharashtra, India.
Phone: +91 22 6212 5000
Fax: +91 22 6212 5553
E-mail: igrc@ltfs.com
Website: www.ltfs.com
vi) Whether listed company Yes
vii) Name, Address & contact details of the M/s. Link Intime India Private Limited
Board’s Report
Registrar & Transfer Agent, if any. C-101, 247 Park, L.B.S. Marg, Vikhroli (West),
Mumbai - 400 083, Maharashtra, India.
Tel: +91 22 4918 6270
Fax: +91 22 4918 6060
E-mail: rnt.helpdesk@linkintime.co.in
Toll Free: 1800 102 7796
II. PRINCIPAL BUSINESS ACTIVITY OF THE COMPANY
Sr. No. Name & Description of main products/ NIC Code of the Product % to total turnover of
services /service the company
1 Non-Banking Financial Institution – 64200 91.57%
Core Investment Company (NBFC-CIC)
III. PARTICUALRS OF HOLDING, SUBSIDIARY AND ASSOCIATE COMPANIES
Sr. Name & Address of the Company CIN/GLN Holding/ % of Shares Applicable
No. Subsidiary/ Held Section
Associate
1 Larsen and Toubro Limited L99999MH1946PLC004768 Holding 63.91 2(46)

L&T House, N. M. Marg, Ballard Estate, Company
Mumbai – 400 001, Maharashtra, India. Financials
2 L&T Infrastructure Finance Company Limited U67190MH2006PLC299025 Subsidiary 100 2(87)(ii)
Brindavan, Plot No. 177, C.S.T Road, Kalina, Company
Santacruz (East), Mumbai – 400 098,
Maharashtra, India.
3 L&T Investment Management Limited U65991MH1996PLC229572 Subsidiary 100 2(87)(ii)

Maharashtra, India.

Sr. Name & Address of the Company CIN/GLN Holding/ % of Shares Applicable
No. Subsidiary/ Held Section
Associate
4 L&T Mutual Fund Trustee Limited U65993MH1996PLC211198 Subsidiary 100 2(87)(ii)

Maharashtra, India.
5 L&T Financial Consultants Limited U65100MH2011PLC299024 Subsidiary 100 2(87)(ii)

Santacruz (East), Mumbai–400 098,
Maharashtra, India.
6 L&T Housing Finance Limited U45200MH1994PLC259630 Subsidiary 100 2(87)(ii)

Maharashtra, India.
7 L&T Finance Limited U65910WB1993FLC060810 Subsidiary 100 2(87)(ii)

Technopolis, 7th Floor, A - Wing, Plot No. - 4, Company
Block - BP, Sector - V, Salt Lake,
Kolkata – 700 091, West Bengal, India.
8 L&T Capital Markets Limited U67190MH2013PLC240261 Subsidiary 100 2(87)(ii)

Maharashtra, India.
9 L&T Infra Investment Partners Advisory Private U67190MH2011PTC218046 Subsidiary 100 2(87)(ii)
Limited Company
Plot No. 177, Vidyanagari Marg, C.S.T Road, Kalina,
Maharashtra, India.
10 L&T Infra Investment Partners Trustee Private U67190MH2011PTC220896 Subsidiary 100 2(87)(ii)
Limited Company
Plot No. 177, Vidyanagari Marg, C.S.T Road, Kalina,
Maharashtra, India.
11 L&T Infra Debt Fund Limited L67100MH2013PLC241104 Subsidiary 100* 2(87)(ii)

Plot No. 177, Vidyanagari Marg, C.S.T Road, Kalina, Company
Maharashtra, India.
12 Mudit Cement Private Limited U26942DL1990PTC041941 Subsidiary 100 2(87)(ii)

5th Floor, DCM Building, 16, Barakhamba Road, Company
Cannaught Place, New Delhi - 110 001.
13 L&T Capital Markets (Middle East) Limited 2908** Subsidiary 100 2(87)(ii)
Office No. 501-502, Level 5, Liberty House, Company
DIFC, Dubai, United Arab Emirates.
14 Grameen Capital India Private Limited U65923MH2007PTC168721 Associate 26 2(6)

306, A Wing, 3rd Floor, 36 Turner Road, Company
Opp. Tavaa Restaurant, Bandra West,
Mumbai – 400 050, Maharashtra, India.
* Company along with its wholly-owned subsidiaries.

** DIFC registration number.

IV. SHARE HOLDING PATTERN (EQUITY SHARE CAPITAL BREAKUP AS % OF TOTAL EQUITY)
(i) Category – wise Shareholding :-
Category of Shareholders No. of Shares held at the beginning of the year No. of Shares held at the end of the year %
(As on April 1, 2018) (As on March 31, 2019) change
during
Demat Physical Total % of Total Demat Physical Total % of Total
the
Shares Shares
year*
A. Promoters
About Us
(1) Indian
a) Individual/HUF. – – – – – – – – –
b) Central Govt. – – – – – – – – –
c) State Govt (s). – – – – – – – – –
d) Bodies Corporate 1,27,75,20,203 – 1,27,75,20,203 64.01 1,27,75,20,203 – 1,27,75,20,203 63.91 -0.10
e) Bank/FI – – – – – – – – –
f) Any other – – – – – – – – –
MD&A
Sub-total: (A) (1) 1,27,75,20,203 – 1,27,75,20,203 64.01 1,27,75,20,203 – 1,27,75,20,203 63.91 -0.10
(2) Foreign
a) NRIs- Individuals – – – – – – – – –
b) Other– Individuals – – – – – – – – –
c) Bodies Corporate – – – – – – – – –
d) Banks/FI – – – – – – – – –
e) Any other – – – – – – – – –
Board’s Report
Sub-total (A) (2) – – – – – – – – –
Total Shareholding of Promoter 1,27,75,20,203 – 1,27,75,20,203 64.01 1,27,75,20,203 – 1,27,75,20,203 63.91 -0.10
(A)= (A)(1)+(A)(2)
B. Public Shareholding
(1) Institutions
a) Mutual Funds 10,43,97,227 – 10,43,97,227 5.23 4,90,40,817 – 4,90,40,817 2.45 -2.78
b) Banks/FI 97,57,141 – 97,57,141 0.49 87,88,514 – 87,88,514 0.44 -0.05
c) Central Govt. – – – – – – – – –
d) State Govt(s). – – – – – – – – –
e) Venture Capital Fund – – – – – – – – –
f) Insurance Companies – – – – – – – – –
g) FIIs / FPIs 18,35,03,993 – 18,35,03,993 9.20 22,76,95,268 22,76,95,268 11.39 2.20
h) Foreign Venture Capital Funds – – – – – – – – –
i) Others (specify)
i) Alternate Investment 14,47,478 – 14,47,478 0.07 13,41,150 – 13,41,150 0.07 -0.01
Funds
Sub-total (B)(1): 29,91,05,839 – 29,91,05,839 14.99 28,68,65,749 28,68,65,749 14.35 -0.64
Financials
(2) Non - Institutions

(a) Bodies corporate 9,49,07,392 – 9,49,07,392 4.76 9,06,63,447 – 9,06,63,447 4.54 -0.22
i) Indian – – – – – – – – –
ii) Overseas – – – – – – – – –

Category of Shareholders No. of Shares held at the beginning of the year No. of Shares held at the end of the year %
(As on April 1, 2018) (As on March 31, 2019) change
during
Demat Physical Total % of Total Demat Physical Total % of Total
the
Shares Shares
year*
(b) Individuals
i) Individual shareholders holding 15,84,79,672 20,313 15,84,99,985 7.94 17,42,93,154 7,926 17,43,01,080 8.72 0.78
nominal share capital upto
R 1 Lakh
ii) Individuals shareholders 5,32,96,805 – 5,32,96,805 2.67 5,42,84,275 – 5,42,84,275 2.79 0.05
holding nominal share capital
in excess of R 1 Lakh
(c) Others (specify)
i) Non-Resident Repatriates 61,10,429 – 61,10,429 0.31 74,65,009 – 74,65,009 0.37 0.07
ii) Foreign Companies 9,56,57,961 – 9,56,57,961 4.79 9,56,57,961 – 9,56,57,961 4.79 –0.01
iii) Foreign Nationals 2,397 – 2,397 ~ 1,923 – 1,923 ~ ~
iv) Non-Resident Non Repatriates 18,86,472 – 18,86,472 0.09 26,23,426 – 26,23,426 0.13 0.04
v) Trusts 72,65,716 – 72,65,716 0.36 77,06,845 – 77,06,845 0.39 0.02
vi) Directors & their Relatives & 14,23,761 – 14,23,761 0.07 15,82,422 – 15,82,422 0.08 0.01
Friends
vii) NBFCs registered with RBI – – – – 1,40,020 – 1,40,020 0.01 0.01
Sub-total (B)(2): 41,90,30,605 20,313 41,90,50,918 21.00 43,42,78,462 7,926 43,42,86,388 21.73 0.73
Total Public Shareholding (B)= 71,81,36,444 20,313 71,81,56,757 35.99 72,12,84,231 7,926 72,12,92,157 36.09 0.10
(B)(1)+(B)(2)
C. Shares held by Custodian – – – – – – – – –
for GDRs & ADRs
Grand Total (A+B+C) 1,99,56,56,647 20,313 1,99,56,76,960 100.00 1,99,88,04,434 7,926 1,99,88,12,360 100.00 –
*After considering increase in paid up share capital of the Company on allotment of shares pursuant to exercise of options granted under ESOP scheme(s).
~ less than 0.01%
(ii) Shareholding of Promoters

Sr. Shareholder’s Name Shareholding at the beginning of the year Shareholding at the end of the year % change
No (As on April 1, 2018) (As on March 31, 2019) in share
No of shares % of total % of shares No of shares % of total % of shares holding
shares pledged shares pledged during the
of the encumbered to of the encumbered year
company total shares company to total shares
1 Larsen and Toubro Limited 1,27,75,20,203 64.01 – 1,27,75,20,203 63.91 – -0.10*
Total 1,27,75,20,203 64.01 – 1,27,75,20,203 63.91 – -0.10
* After considering increase in paid up share capital of the Company on allotment of shares pursuant to exercise of options granted under ESOP scheme(s).
(iii) Change in Promoters’ Shareholding

Sr. Name of the Promoter Date Shareholding at the beginning Cumulative Shareholding
No. of the Year during the year
(As on April 1, 2018) (April 1, 2018 to March 31, 2019)
No. of Shares % of total shares No of shares % of total shares
of the company of the company
1 Larsen and Toubro Limited
At the beginning of the year April 01, 2018 1,27,75,20,203 64.01 – –
At the end of the year March 31, 2019 – – 1,27,75,20,203 63.91*

(iv) Shareholding Pattern of top ten Shareholders (other than Directors, Promoters & Holders of GDRs
& ADRs)
Sr. Name of the Shareholder Date# Shareholding at the beginning Cumulative Shareholding during
No. of the year the year
No. of shares % of total No. of shares % of total
shares of the shares of the
Company Company*
About Us
1 BC Asia Growth Investments
At the beginning of the year April 01, 2018 6,38,20,990 3.20 - -
At the end of the year March 31, 2019 - - 6,38,20,990 3.19
2 ICICI Prudential Life Insurance
Company Limited
Purchase April 06, 2018 16,745 ~ 2,52,03,761 1.26
Purchase April 13, 2018 16,662 ~ 2,52,20,423 1.26
Purchase April 27, 2018 1,90,925 0.01 2,54,11,348 1.27
Purchase May 04, 2018 5,283 ~ 2,54,16,631 1.27
MD&A
Purchase May 11, 2018 4,20,354 0.02 2,58,36,985 1.29
Purchase May 18, 2018 12,301 ~ 2,58,49,286 1.30
Purchase May 25, 2018 3,32,037 0.02 2,61,81,323 1.31
Purchase June 01, 2018 18,98,178 0.10 2,80,79,501 1.41
Purchase June 08, 2018 9,72,434 0.05 2,90,51,935 1.46
Purchase June 15, 2018 1,21,058 0.01 2,91,72,993 1.46
Purchase June 22, 2018 2,11,185 0.01 2,93,84,178 1.47
Purchase June 30, 2018 5,80,393 0.03 2,99,64,571 1.50
Board’s Report
Purchase July 06, 2018 24,11,302 0.12 3,23,75,873 1.62
Purchase July 13, 2018 8,37,743 0.04 3,32,13,616 1.66
Purchase July 20, 2018 8,67,641 0.04 3,40,81,257 1.71
Purchase July 27, 2018 1,93,605 0.01 3,42,74,862 1.72
Purchase August 03, 2018 2,45,447 0.01 3,45,20,309 1.73
Purchase August 10, 2018 3,11,209 0.02 3,48,31,518 1.74
Purchase August 17, 2018 37,908 ~ 3,48,69,426 1.75
Purchase August 24, 2018 1,06,403 0.01 3,49,75,829 1.75
Purchase August 31, 2018 10,03,221 0.05 3,59,79,050 1.80
Purchase September 07, 2018 27,32,777 0.14 3,87,11,827 1.94
Purchase October 05, 2018 30,26,407 0.15 4,83,56,871 2.42
Sale October 26, 2018 -11,716 ~ 5,06,79,190 2.54
Sale November 02, 2018 -9,962 ~ 5,06,69,228 2.54
Purchase November 09, 2018 15,27,982 0.08 5,21,97,210 2.61
Sale November 23, 2018 -48,885 ~ 5,21,48,325 2.61
Financials
Sale November 30, 2018 -15,05,374 -0.08 5,06,42,951 2.54

Sale December 07, 2018 -3,86,392 -0.02 5,02,56,559 2.52
Sale December 14, 2018 -6,52,299 -0.03 4,96,04,260 2.48
Sale December 21, 2018 -1,31,195 -0.01 4,94,73,065 2.48
Sale December 28, 2018 -1,70,756 -0.01 4,93,02,309 2.47
Sale December 31, 2018 -91,415 ~ 4,92,10,894 2.46
Purchase January 04, 2019 3,12,296 0.02 4,95,23,190 2.48

Company Company*
Purchase January 11, 2019 59,249 ~ 4,95,82,439 2.48
Sale January 18, 2019 -2,88,239 -0.01 4,92,94,200 2.47
Sale January 25, 2019 -6,66,362 -0.03 4,86,27,838 2.43
Purchase February 01, 2019 54,946 ~ 4,86,82,784 2.44
Purchase March 01, 2019 38,139 ~ 4,88,90,795 2.45
Purchase March 08, 2019 10,36,922 0.05 4,99,27,717 2.50
Purchase March 15, 2019 38,33,390 0.19 5,37,61,107 2.69
Purchase March 22,2019 17,72,604 0.09 5,55,33,711 2.78
Purchase March 29, 2019 38,03,596 0.19 5,93,37,307 2.97
At the end of the year - - 5,93,37,307 2.97
3 Citigroup Global Markets
Mauritius Private Limited
Sale April 13, 2018 -2,00,000 -0.01 5,81,11,354 2.91
Sale June 08, 2018 -2,07,068 -0.01 5,79,04,286 2.90
Sale June 30, 2018 -34,294 ~ 5,78,69,992 2.90
Sale February 15, 2019 -2,08,338 -0.01 5,78,69,992 2.90
4 Smallcap World Fund, Inc
At the beginning of the year April 01, 2018 Nil - - -
Purchase November 30, 2018 61,72,552 0.31 61,72,552 0.31
Purchase December 07,2018 1,01,54,758 0.51 1,63,27,310 0.82
Purchase December 14, 2018 76,62,580 0.38 2,39,89,890 1.20
Purchase March 08, 2019 24,38,939 0.12 2,78,89,292 1.40
Purchase March 15, 2019 33,62,473 0.17 3,12,51,765 1.56
Purchase March 22, 2019 41,21,669 0.21 3,53,73,434 1.77
Purchase March 29, 2019 8,03,419 0.04 3,61,76,853 1.81
5 Aditya Birla Sun Life Trustee
Private Limited A/C Aditya Birla
Sun Life Frontline Equity Fund
Sale April 06, 2018 -4,00,000 -0.02 6,21,47,292 3.11
Sale April 13, 2018 -11,98,834 -0.06 6,09,48,458 3.05
Sale April 20, 2018 -2,79,000 -0.01 6,06,69,458 3.04
Sale April 27, 2018 -26,917 ~ 6,06,42,541 3.04
Sale May 18, 2018 -5,00,000 -0.03 6,01,42,541 3.01
Sale May 25, 2018 -20,27,000 -0.10 5,81,15,541 2.91
Sale June 01, 2018 -3,50,000 -0.02 5,77,65,541 2.89
Sale June 08, 2018 -54,768 ~ 5,77,10,773 2.89
Sale June 15, 2018 -3,50,000 -0.02 5,73,60,773 2.87
Purchase June 30, 2018 1,50,000 0.01 5,75,10,773 2.88
Purchase July 06, 2018 6,73,000 0.03 5,81,83,773 2.92

Company Company*
Purchase July 20, 2018 77,500 ~ 5,82,61,273 2.92
Purchase July 27, 2018 6,90,000 0.03 5,89,51,273 2.95
About Us
Sale August 10, 2018 -5,34,400 -0.03 5,84,16,873 2.93
Sale August 24, 2018 -12,65,600 -0.06 5,71,51,273 2.86
Sale August 31, 2018 -9,00,000 -0.05 5,62,51,273 2.82
Sale September 07, 2018 -10,34,083 -0.05 5,52,17,190 2.76
Sale September 14, 2018 -11,48,000 -0.06 5,40,69,190 2.71
Sale September 21, 2018 -43,81,349 -0.22 4,96,87,841 2.49
Sale September 29, 2018 -19,36,776 -0.10 4,77,51,065 2.39
Sale October 05, 2018 -18,46,100 -0.09 4,59,04,965 2.30
Sale October 12, 2018 -12,97,000 -0.06 4,46,07,965 2.23
Sale October 19, 2018 -2,62,000 -0.01 4,43,45,965 2.22
MD&A
Sale November 02, 2018 -8,94,500 -0.04 4,55,39,465 2.28
Purchase November 23, 2018 50,000 ~ 4,94,19,465 2.47
Sale November 30, 2018 -7,78,500 -0.04 4,86,40,965 2.44
Sale December 07, 2018 -21,51,000 -0.11 4,64,89,965 2.33
Sale December 14, 2018 -10,58,484 -0.05 4,54,31,481 2.27
Board’s Report
Purchase December 21, 2018 7,32,897 0.04 4,61,64,378 2.31
Sale December 28, 2018 -11,38,960 -0.06 4,50,25,418 2.25
Sale January 04, 2019 -16,21,100 -0.08 4,34,04,318 2.17
Sale January 11, 2019 -25,08,822 -0.13 4,08,95,496 2.05
Sale January 18, 2019 -12,60,500 -0.06 3,96,34,996 1.98
Sale January 25, 2019 -7,11,000 -0.04 3,89,23,996 1.95
Purchase February 01, 2019 13,73,000 0.07 4,02,96,996 2.02
Sale February 08, 2019 -7,16,900 -0.04 3,95,80,096 1.98
Sale February 15, 2019 -5,02,000 -0.03 3,90,78,096 1.96
Purchase February 22, 2019 2,30,500 0.01 3,93,08,596 1.97
Purchase March 01, 2019 11,046 ~ 3,93,19,642 1.97
Purchase March 08, 2019 2,49,488 0.01 3,95,69,130 1.98
Sale March 15, 2019 -29,99,211 -0.15 3,65,69,919 1.83
Sale March 22, 2019 -16,43,000 -0.08 3,49,26,919 1.75
Sale March 29, 2019 -30,80,678 -0.15 3,18,46,241 1.59
6 BC Investments VI Limited
7 East Bridge Capital Master Fund
Financials
I Ltd
At the beginning of the year April 01, 2018 Nil N.A. - -
Purchase October 05, 2018 32,38,663 0.16 32,38,663 0.16

Company Company*
8 ITPL - Invesco India Contra Fund
At the beginning of the year April 01, 2018 31,79,084 0.16 - -
Purchase April 06, 2018 3,53,104 0.02 35,32,188 0.18
Purchase April 13, 2018 7,06,741 0.04 42,38,929 0.21
Purchase April 20, 2018 1,92,524 0.01 44,31,453 0.22
Purchase April 27, 2018 4,40,782 0.02 48,72,235 0.24
Purchase May 04, 2018 1,63,099 0.01 50,35,334 0.25
Purchase May 11, 2018 17,17,317 0.09 67,52,651 0.34
Purchase May 18, 2018 54,456 ~ 68,07,107 0.34
Purchase May 25, 2018 29,710 ~ 68,36,817 0.34
Purchase June 22, 2018 14,25,714 0.07 82,62,531 0.41
Purchase June 30 2018 71,808 ~ 83,34,339 0.42
Purchase July 06, 2018 1,57,316 0.01 84,91,655 0.43
Purchase July 13, 2018 5,12,029 0.03 90,03,684 0.45
Purchase July 20, 2018 2,16,051 0.01 92,19,735 0.46
Purchase July 27, 2018 1,20,087 0.01 93,39,822 0.47
Purchase August 24, 2018 2,09,351 0.01 95,49,173 0.48
Purchase August 31, 2018 3,60,809 0.02 99,09,982 0.50
Sale September 07, 2018 -7,76,150 -0.04 91,33,832 0.46
Purchase September 14, 2018 3,94,297 0.02 95,28,129 0.48
Sale October 26, 2018 -34,37,001 -0.17 79,96,147 0.40
Sale November 09, 2018 -1,94,855 -0.01 80,30,908 0.40
Purchase December 07, 2018 7,526 ~ 80,38,434 0.40
Sale December 28, 2018 -4,03,435 -0.02 76,92,869 0.39
Sale December 31, 2018 -1,97,771 -0.01 74,95,098 0.38
Purchase January 04, 2019 32,764 ~ 75,27,862 0.38
Sale January 11, 2019 -2,63,913 -0.01 72,63,949 0.36
Purchase February 01, 2019 1,06,775 0.01 73,70,724 0.37
Purchase March 01, 2019 30,901 ~ 75,12,635 0.38
Purchase March 08, 2019 30,394 ~ 75,43,029 0.38
Purchase March 15, 2019 6,38,328 0.03 81,81,357 0.41
Purchase March 22, 2019 2,81,815 0.01 84,63,172 0.42
Purchase March 29, 2019 71,215 ~ 85,34,387 0.43
At the end of the year March 31, 2019 - - 85,34,387 0.43
9 Vanguard Total International
Stock Index Fund
Purchase June 08, 2018 4,43,878 0.02 63,09,234 0.32
Purchase June 22, 2018 3,04,835 0.02 66,14,069 0.33
Purchase July 20, 2018 3,73,553 0.02 69,87,622 0.35

Company Company*
Purchase March 01, 2019 3,93,957 0.02 77,29,636 0.39
About Us
10 Matthews Emerging Asia Fund
Purchase January 25, 2019 42,56,869 0.21 42,56,869 0.21
11 Vanguard Emerging Markets
Stock Index Fund, A Series of
Vanguard International Equity
Index Funds
MD&A
Sale May 04, 2018 -12,700 ~ 70,27,443 0.35
Sale May 11, 2018 -12,065 ~ 70,15,378 0.35
Sale June 01, 2018 -9,525 ~ 70,05,853 0.35
Sale June 15, 2018 -9,525 ~ 69,96,328 0.35
Sale June 22, 2018 -30,053 ~ 69,66,275 0.35
Sale June 30, 2018 -48,378 ~ 69,17,897 0.35
Sale July 06, 2018 -19,791 ~ 68,98,106 0.35
Sale July 13, 2018 -31,519 ~ 68,66,587 0.34
Board’s Report
Purchase November 16, 2018 13,125 ~ 68,79,712 0.34
Purchase November 23, 2018 34,125 ~ 69,13,837 0.35
Purchase February 01, 2019 44,370 ~ 70,22,082 0.35
Purchase March 29, 2019 17,595 ~ 71,81,202 0.36
12 Morgan Stanley India
Investment Fund, Inc.
Sale July 13, 2018 -3,78,885 -0.02 77,31,446 0.39
Purchase October 05, 2018 4,460 ~ 77,35,906 0.39
Purchase October 12, 2018 1,88,758 0.01 79,24,664 0.40
Sale November 09, 2018 -12,72,849 -0.06 66,51,815 0.33
Sale January 18, 2019 -5,75,388 -0.03 60,76,427 0.30
Sale January 25, 2019 -1,81,798 -0.01 58,94,629 0.29
13 Morgan Stanley Investment
Funds Indian Equity Fund
At the beginning of the year April 01, 2018 1,13,51,419 0.57 - - Financials
Purchase April 27, 2018 7,60,592 0.04 1,21,12,011 0.61
Sale June 01, 2018 -4,65,442 -0.02 1,16,46,569 0.58
Sale June 08, 2018 -13,37,409 -0.07 1,03,09,160 0.52
Sale June 30, 2018 -7,37,383 -0.04 95,71,777 0.48
Sale July 06, 2018 -6,53,089 -0.03 89,18,688 0.45
Sale July 13, 2018 -9,53,349 -0.05 79,65,339 0.40
Sale July 20, 2018 -7,67,062 -0.04 71,98,277 0.36
Purchase September 29, 2018 9,879 ~ 72,08,156 0.36

Company Company*
Sale October 05, 2018 -18,28,555 -0.09 53,79,601 0.27
Sale October 12, 2018 -16,43,515 -0.08 37,36,086 0.19
Sale January 04, 2019 -2,19,530 -0.01 35,16,556 0.18
Sale February 01, 2019 -5,27,483 -0.03 29,89,073 0.15
14 HDFC Life Insurance Company
Limited
Purchase April 06, 2018 1,70,000 0.01 1,08,52,478 0.54
Sale April 13, 2018 -4,891 ~ 1,08,47,587 0.54
Purchase April 20, 2018 34,741 ~ 1,08,82,328 0.55
Sale May 11, 2018 -2,34,355 -0.01 1,06,47,973 0.53
Sale May 18, 2018 -3,064 ~ 1,06,44,909 0.53
Sale June 01, 2018 -16,145 ~ 1,06,28,764 0.53
Purchase June 30, 2018 2,00,000 0.01 1,08,28,764 0.54
Purchase July 06, 2018 2,50,000 0.01 1,10,78,764 0.56
Purchase July 20, 2018 2,46,298 0.01 1,13,25,062 0.57
Sale July 27, 2018 -45,63,412 -0.23 67,61,650 0.34
Sale August 03, 2018 -34,28,702 -0.17 33,32,948 0.17
Sale August 10, 2018 -30,04,305 -0.15 3,28,643 0.02
Sale August 31, 2018 -1,220 ~ 3,27,423 0.02
Purchase October 05, 2018 1,538 ~ 3,28,961 0.02
Purchase October 12, 2018 159 ~ 3,29,120 0.02
Purchase November 02, 2018 605 ~ 3,30,501 0.02
Sale November 30, 2018 -2,688 ~ 3,28,323 0.02
Purchase December 14, 2018 67 ~ 3,62,342 0.02
Purchase January 11, 2019 2,634 ~ 3,64,994 0.02
Sale January 18, 2019 -1,048 ~ 3,63,946 0.02
Sale February 08, 2019 -10,527 ~ 3,53,419 0.02
Sale March 08, 2019 -1,245 ~ 3,52,174 0.02
15 Prazim Trading and Investment
Co. Pvt. Ltd.
Sale Jun 08, 2018 -44,15,000 -0.22 86,48,722 0.43
Sale June 30, 2018 -41,47,327 -0.21 45,01,395 0.23
Sale July 06, 2018 -45,01,395 -0.23 Nil NA
At the end of the year March 31, 2019 - - Nil NA
Note: All figures rounded off upto two decimals
#
As stated in the beneficiary position data of Depositories.
~ less than 0.01%

(v) Shareholding of Directors and Key Managerial Personnel (KMP)
Sr. Name of Director/KMP Date Shareholding at the beginning Cumulative Shareholding during
Company Company*
1 Mr. S. V. Haribhakti (Chairperson)
About Us
2 Mr. Dinanath Dubhashi
(Managing Director & Chief
Executive Officer)
Sale May 14, 2018 -1,00,000 -0.01 6,86,087 0.03
Sale July 25, 2018 -1,00,000 -0.01 5,86,087 0.03
MD&A
Sale August 01, 2018 -1,00,000 -0.01 4,86,087 0.02
Sale December 04, 2018 -1,45,000 -0.01 3,41,087 0.02
Sale December 04, 2018 -55,000 ~ 2,86,087 0.01
ESOP January 21, 2019 2,00,000 0.01 4,86,087 0.02
3 Mr. R. Shankar Raman
(Non-Executive Director)
At the beginning of the year April 01, 2018 24,461 ~ - -
Board’s Report
At the end of the year March 31, 2019 - - 24,461 ~
4 Mr. P. V. Bhide
(Independent Director)
At the beginning of the year April 01, 2018 4,990 ~ - -
5 Mr. Thomas Mathew T.
At the end of the year March 31, 2019 - - Nil N.A.
6 Ms. Nishi Vasudeva
Purchase October 05, 2018 1,703 ~
7 Dr. (Mrs.) Rajani R. Gupte (1)
At the time of joining June 28, 2018 Nil N.A. - -
8 Mr. Pavninder Singh
(Nominee Director)
At the beginning of the year April 01, 2018 Nil N.A. - - Financials
9 Mr. Prabhakar B.(2)
(Non-Executive Director)
At the time of joining June 28, 2018 353 ~ - -
At the end of the year March 31, 2019 - - 353 ~

Sr. Name of Director/KMP Date Shareholding at the beginning Cumulative Shareholding during
Company Company*
10 Mr. Harsh Mariwala(3)
11 Mr. Sachinn Joshi (Chief Financial
Officer)
Purchase August 02, 2018 286 ~ 183,786 0.01
Purchase August 03, 2018 275 ~ 184,061 0.01
Purchase August 06, 2018 279 ~ 184,340 0.01
Purchase August 08, 2018 286 ~ 184,626 0.01
At the end of the year March 31, 2019 - - 184,626 0.01
12 Ms. Apurva Rathod (Company
Secretary)
At the beginning of the year April 1, 2018 200 ~ - -
At the end of the year March 31, 2019 - - 200 ~
* After considering increase in paid up share capital of the Company on allotment of shares pursuant to exercise of option granted under ESOP Scheme(s).
(1)
Appointed as Independent Director with effect from June 28, 2018.
(2)
Appointed as Non-Executive Director with effect from June 28, 2018.
(3)
Ceased to be an Independent Director with effect from April 1, 2019.
~ less than 0.01%.
V. INDEBTEDNESS
Indebtedness of the Company including interest outstanding/accrued but not due for payment
(R cr)
Particulars Secured Loans Unsecured Deposits Total
excluding deposits Loans Indebtedness
Indebtedness at the beginning of the financial year
i) Principal Amount - 404.96 - 404.96
ii) Interest due but not paid - - - -
iii) Interest accrued but not due - 63.73 - 63.73
Total (i+ii+iii) - 468.70 468.70
Change in Indebtedness during the financial year
i) Additions - 7,401.41 - 7,401.41
ii) Reduction - 6,638.89 - 6,638.89
iii) Interest accrued but not due - (63.73) - (63.73)
Net Change - 698.78 - 698.78
Indebtedness at the end of the financial year
i) Principal Amount - 1,167.48 - 1,167.48
ii) Interest due but not paid - - - -
iii) Interest accrued but not due - - - -
Total (i+ii+iii) - 1,167.48 - 1,167.48

VI. REMUNERATION OF DIRECTORS AND KEY MANAGERIAL PERSONNEL
A. Remuneration to Managing Director (MD), Whole time director (WTD) and/or Manager
(Amount in R)
Sr. No. Particulars of Remuneration Name of the MD/WTD/Manager

Mr. Dinanath Dubhashi
(Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer)
About Us
1. Gross salary:
(a) Salary as per provisions contained in Section 17(1) 4,71,16,100
of the Income Tax, 1961.
(b)
Value of perquisites under section 17(2) of the 1,16,39,800
Income Tax Act, 1961(1)
(c) Profit in lieu of salary under section 17(3) of the -
Income Tax Act, 1961
2. Stock option (Number of options) 20,00,000
3. Sweat Equity -
4. Commission -
MD&A
- as % of profit -
- others (specify) -
5. Others, please specify -
Total (A) 5,87,55,900
Ceiling as per the Act R 15.20 cr (being 5% of Net Profits of the Company calculated as
per Section 198 of the Companies Act, 2013)
(1)
Board’s Report
Includes perquisite on ESOPs exercised during the year.
B. Remuneration to other Directors

(Amount in R)
Particulars of Name of the Directors

Remuneration Independent Directors Non-Executive Directors
Total
Independent Mr. S. V. Mr. P. V. Mr. Thomas Ms. Nishi Dr. (Mrs.) Mr. Harsh Ms. Vaishali Mr. R. Mr. Pavninder Mr. Prabhakar Amount
Directors Haribhakti Bhide Mathew T. Vasudeva Rajani R. Mariwala (2)
Kasture (3)
Shankar Singh B. (4)
Gupte(1) Raman
(a) Fee for 7,00,000 4,50,000 5,80,000 3,90,000 2,00,000 4,20,000 1,00,000 - 1,90,000 2,00,000 32,30,000
attending Board
and Committee
meetings
(b) Commission 50,00,000 11,25,000 13,87,000 11,32,000 6,00,000 12,60,000 1,50,000 - 5,85,000 6,00,000 1,18,39,000
(c) Others, please - - - - - - - - - - -
specify
Total (B) 57,00,000 15,75,000 19,67,000 15,22,000 8,00,000 16,80,000 2,50,000 - 7,75,000 8,00,000 1,50,69,000
Total Managerial 7,38,24,900
Remuneration =
(A) + (B)
Overall Ceiling as R 33.44 cr (being 11% of Net Profits of the Company calculated as per Section 198 of the Companies Act, 2013)
per the Act Financials
(1)
Appointed as an Independent Director with effect from June 28, 2018.
(2)
(3)
Ceased to be an Independent Director with effect from May 29, 2018.
(4)
Appointed as Non-Executive Director with effect from June 28, 2018.

C. Remuneration to Key Managerial Personnel other than MD / MANAGER / WTD
(Amount in R)
Sr. No. Particulars of Remuneration Name of the Key Managerial Personnel Total Amount
Mr. Sachinn Joshi Ms. Apurva Rathod
(CFO) (CS)
1 Gross Salary:
a)
Salary as per provisions contained in Section 2,11,23,088 85,54,782 2,96,77,870
17(1) of the Income Tax Act, 1961
b) Value of perquisites under Section 17(2) of the 28,800 - 28,800
c) Profits in lieu of salary under Section 17(3) of - - -
the Income Tax Act, 1961
2 Stock Option (Number of options) 4,00,000 2,50,000 6,50,000
3 Sweat Equity - - -
4 Commission - - -
- as % of profit - - -
- others, specify - - -
5 Others, please specify - - -
Total 2,11,51,888 85,54,782 2,97,06,670
VII. PENALTIES / PUNISHMENT / COMPOUNDING OF OFFENCES: NONE
For and on behalf of the Board of Directors

DIN: 03545900
Place: Mumbai

Corporate Governance Report
[Pursuant to the SEBI (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015]
A. L&T Finance Holdings Limited (“the Company”) with effect from May 29, 2018. Mr. Prabhakar B.
Philosophy on Corporate Governance was appointed as the Non-Executive Director on
At L&T Financial Services Group (“LTFS”), we the Board of the Company in accordance with
believe that corporate governance is a continuous the provisions of Sections 152 and 161 of the Act
About Us
journey towards sustainable value creation for all and Dr. (Mrs.) Rajani R. Gupte was appointed as
the stakeholders, which is driven by our values. Our an Independent Director in accordance with the
Corporate Governance principles are a reflection provisions of Sections 149, 152 and 161 of the
of our culture, our policies, our relationship with Act with effect from June 28, 2018, pursuant to
stakeholders and our commitment to values. The approval of the Members at the Tenth Annual
Board of Directors (“Board”) helps ensure that we General Meeting held on August 28, 2018.
have appropriate governance in place, both to Mr. Harsh Mariwala, an Independent Director
support our operations and protect our Members’ whose term expired on March 31, 2019, did not
interest. As a good corporate citizen, the Company seek re-appointment as an Independent Director
is committed to sound corporate practices based of the Company and ceased to be an Independent
MD&A
on conscience, openness, fairness, professionalism Director effective April 1, 2019. The Board at
and accountability in building confidence of its its Meeting held on March 19, 2019 approved
various stakeholders in it thereby paving the way the re-appointment of Mr. S. V. Haribhakti and
for its long term success. Mr. P. V. Bhide as Independent Directors for a second
term of upto 5 consecutive years from April 1, 2019
The requirements under the Securities and to March 31, 2024, subject to the approval of the
Exchange Board of India (Listing Obligations and shareholders by a special resolution and continuance
Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015 (“SEBI of Mr. Haribhakti as the Non-Executive Chairman
Board’s Report
Listing Regulations”) mandated by the Securities of the Company. Commensurate with the size of
and Exchange Board of India (“SEBI”) have been the Company, complexity and nature of various
fully complied with. A report on compliance with underlying businesses, the composition of the
the SEBI Listing Regulations as prescribed by SEBI is Board represents an optimal mix of professionalism,
given below: knowledge and experience and enables the Board
B. Board of Directors to discharge its responsibilities and provide effective
The members of the Board of the Company are leadership to the businesses carried on through its
eminent personalities from various fields and are subsidiaries. All the Independent Directors have
confirmed to the Board that they meet the criteria
entrusted with the responsibilities of management,
general affairs, direction and performance of for independence in terms of the definition of
the Company. The Board is responsible for and ‘Independent Director’ stipulated under Regulation
committed to sound principles of Corporate 16(1)(b) of the SEBI Listing Regulations and Section
Governance in the Company. 149(6) of the Act. These confirmations have been
placed before the Board. Further, no Whole-time
1. Composition of Board: Director / Managing Director of the Company is
The composition of Board is in compliance with the serving as an Independent Director in any company.
provisions of Section 149 of the Companies Act, None of the Directors of the Company are inter-se
2013 (“the Act”) and Regulation 17 of the SEBI related to each other.
Listing Regulations. As on the date of this Report, 2. Board Procedure:
the Board consists of nine Directors comprising
The Board meets at regular intervals to discuss and
Financials
five Independent Directors (including two women
Independent Directors), one Executive Director, two decide on policy of the Company / business and
Non-Executive Directors and one Nominee Director. strategy apart from other Board business. The Board
On the date of this Report, Mr. S. V. Haribhakti is meetings (including Committee meetings) of the
the Non-Executive Chairman of the Company. Company as well as of its subsidiaries are scheduled
Ms. Vaishali Kasture an Independent Director of the in advance and a tentative annual calendar of the
Company, resigned from the Board due to personal Board and Committee meetings is circulated to the
reasons and several other commitments and Directors in advance to facilitate them to plan their
accordingly ceased to be a Director of the Company schedule and to ensure meaningful participation

in the meetings. However, in case of a special and With a view to leveraging technology and reducing
urgent business need, the Board’s approval is taken paper consumption, the Company has adopted
by passing resolution(s) by circulation, as permitted by a web-based application for transmitting Board /
law, which is noted in the subsequent Board meeting. Committee agenda and minutes. The Directors of
The business / department heads communicate the Company receive the agenda in electronic form
with the Company Secretary in advance with regard through this application, which can be accessed
to matters requiring the approval of the Board to only through i-Pad. The application meets the high
enable inclusion of the same in the agenda for the standards of security and integrity that is required
Board meetings. The detailed agenda together with for storage and transmission of Board / Committee
the relevant attachments is circulated amongst the agenda in electronic form.
Directors in advance. All major agenda items are The draft minutes of the proceedings of the
backed by comprehensive background information meetings of the Board / Committee(s) are circulated
to enable the Board to take informed decisions. to all the members of the Board or the Committee
Where it is not practicable to circulate any document for their perusal, within fifteen days from the date
in advance or if the agenda is of a confidential of the conclusion of the meeting. Comments, if
nature, the same is tabled at the meeting. In special any, received from the Directors are incorporated
and exceptional circumstances, consideration of in the minutes. The minutes are approved by
additional or supplementary items is taken up with the members of the Board / Committee(s) and
the approval of the Chair and majority of Directors. confirmed.
Senior Management Personnel are invited to the 3. Meeting of Independent Directors:
Board / Committee meeting(s) to provide additional Section 149(8) of the Act read with Schedule IV
inputs for the items being discussed by the Board / of the Act and Regulation 25(3) of SEBI Listing
Committee(s) thereof as and when necessary. The Regulations require the Independent Directors of
Board members interact with the Chief Executive the Company to hold at least one meeting as per
of the various operating subsidiary companies regulatory requirements without the attendance
frequently at the Board meetings. of non-independent directors and members of the
Further, presentations are made on business management. In view of the aforesaid requirements,
operations to the Board by the respective the Independent Directors of the Company met on
Chief Executives of various businesses of LTFS. May 3, 2018.
Additionally, presentations are made on various 4. Meetings & Attendance:
matters including the financial statements, fund
raising program, operations related issues, the During the financial year ended March 31, 2019,
regulatory environment or any other issue which 5 (five) Board meetings were held on May 3, 2018,
the Board wants to be apprised of. July 20, 2018, October 24, 2018, January 21,
2019 and March 19, 2019. The meetings of the
The Company Secretary is responsible for Board are generally held at 8th Floor, Brindavan,
preparation of the agenda and convening of the Plot No. 177, C.S.T. Road, Kalina, Santacruz (East),
Board and Committee meetings. The Company Mumbai – 400 098, Maharashtra, India.
Secretary attends all the meetings of the Board
and its Committees, advises / assures the Board on
compliance and governance principles and ensures
appropriate recording of minutes of the meetings.

The attendance of the members of the Board at the meetings held during the year and at the last AGM and
also the number of other Directorships and Memberships / Chairmanships of Committees held by them as on
March 31, 2019 is as follows:
Name of the Director DIN Nature of Board No. of Attendance No. of No. of Committee No. of
Directorship Meetings Board at last Directorships Memberships / Independent
held/ Meetings AGM in other Chairmanships Directorships
conducted attended companies(1) (including in (including in
during the Company) (2) Company) (3)
About Us
tenure of
Director / Member Chairman
year
Mr. S. V. Haribhakti 00007347 C (ID) 5 5 Present 15 10 5 7

Mr. Dinanath Dubhashi 03545900 MD & CEO 5 5 Present 7 6 2 -
Mr. R. Shankar Raman 00019798 NED 5 3 Present 8 4 - -
Mr. P. V. Bhide 03304262 ID 5 5 Absent 10 10 4 6
Mr. Thomas Mathew T. 00130282 ID 5 5 Present 4 4 2 2
MD&A
Ms. Nishi Vasudeva 03016991 ID 5 5 Present 4 6 1 2
Dr (Mrs.) Rajani R Gupte(4) 03172965 ID 4 4 Present 3 3 1 1
Mr. Pavninder Singh (5)
03048302 NED/ND 5 3 Present - - - -
Mr. Prabhakar B. (6)
02101808 NED 4 4 Present 4 5 4 1
Mr. Harsh Mariwala (7)
00210342 ID 5 4 Absent 14 1 - 4
Ms. Vaishali Kasture (8)
01837395 ID 1 1 N.A - - - -
Notes:
Board’s Report
(1)
Excludes Directorship in foreign company.
(2)
Memberships include Chairmanships. Only memberships of Audit Committee and Stakeholders Relationship Committee are considered. This includes memberships
in deemed public company.
(3)
Only equity listed companies are considered.
(4)
Appointed as an Independent Director with effect from June 28, 2018.
(5)
Nominee Director of BC Investment VI Limited and BC Asia Growth Investments (Equity Investors).
(6)
Appointed as an Non-Executive Director with effect from June 28, 2018.
(7)
Ceased to be a Director with effect from April 1, 2019.
(8)
Ceased to be a Director with effect from May 29, 2018.
C – Chairperson MD – Managing Director CEO – Chief Executive Officer ND – Nominee Director
NED – Non-Executive Director ID – Independent Director
The details pertaining to the directorships held by a Director in listed companies other than the Company as on
March 31, 2019 is as follows:
Name of the Director Name of the listed entity(1) Category of Directorship
Mr. S. V. Haribhakti Torrent Pharmaceuticals Limited Independent Director
Future Lifestyle Fashions Limited Independent Director
Blue Star Limited Independent Director
Mahindra Life Space Developers Limited Independent Director
Ambuja Cements Limited Independent Director
ACC Limited Independent Director
Mr. Dinanath Dubhashi - -
Financials
Mr. R. Shankar Raman Larsen & Toubro Limited Whole Time Director & CFO
Larsen & Toubro Infotech Limited Non-Executive Director
Mr. P. V. Bhide Nocil Limited Independent Director
Tube Investments of India Limited Independent Director
Glaxosmithkline Pharmaceuticals Limited Independent Director
Heidelberg Cement India Limited(2) Independent Director
Quick Heal Technologies Limited(2) Independent Director
VST Industries Limited Non-Executive Director
Mr. Thomas Mathew T. Larsen & Toubro Limited Independent Director

Name of the Director Name of the listed entity(1) Category of Directorship
Ms. Nishi Vasudeva HCL Technologies Limited Independent Director
Dr (Mrs.) Rajani R Gupte - -
Mr. Pavninder Singh - -
Mr. Prabhakar B. The Karnataka Bank Limited Independent Director
Mr. Harsh Mariwala(3) Thermax Limited Independent Director
Zensar Technologies Limited Independent Director
JSW Steel Limited Independent Director
Marico Limited Chairman and Non-Executive Director
Kaya Limited Chairman and Managing Director
(1)
Only equity listed companies are considered.
(2)
(3)
5. Information to the Board: Sr. No. Skills/Expertise/Competencies

The Board of Directors has access to the information 1. Leadership qualities
within the Company, which inter alia includes –
2. Industry knowledge and experience
• Annual revenue budgets and capital
3. Experience and exposure in policy shaping and
expenditure plans of the Company and its industry advocacy
subsidiaries.
4. Understanding of relevant laws, rules, regulations
• Quarterly results and results of operations of and policies
subsidiaries. 5. Corporate governance
• Minutes of the meetings of the Board of 6. Financial expertise
Directors and Committees of the Board.
7. Risk Management
• Minutes of the Board meetings of subsidiaries.
8. Global experience /International exposure
• Details of potential acquisitions or collaboration
agreement, if any. 9. Information Technology
• Material default, if any, in the financial 8. Performance Evaluation:

obligations to and by the Company or
substantial non-payment for services rendered, The Nomination and Remuneration Committee
if any. has approved a policy for evaluation of the Board,
its Committees and Directors and the same has
• Any issue, which involves possible public
been approved by the Board of the Company. The
liability claims of substantial nature, including
any judgment or order, if any, which may have process for the aforesaid board evaluation is given
strictures on the conduct of the Company. in the Board’s Report.
• Developments in respect of human resources. 9. Succession Planning:
• Non-compliance of any regulatory, statutory The Company has a mechanism in place for
nature or listing requirements and investor ensuring orderly succession for appointments to
service such as non-payment of dividend, the Board and to Senior Management.
delay in share transfer, etc., if any. 10. Familiarization programme:
6. Post-meeting internal communication system: All new Independent Directors inducted on the
The important decisions taken at the Board / Board are given an orientation. Presentations are
Committee meetings are communicated to the made by Chief Executives and Senior Management
departments / subsidiary companies concerned giving an overview regarding the group structure,
promptly. its businesses including that of its subsidiaries,
the environment in which it operates, its various
7. Board-skills/expertise/competencies:
regulators, Board constitution and guidelines.
The core skills / expertise / competencies identified
The details relating to the familiarization programme
by the Board pursuant to Regulation 34(3) read
are available on the website of the Company at
with Schedule V of the SEBI Listing Regulations and
https://www.ltfs.com/investors.html.
available with the Board are as given below:

11. Confirmation of Independent Directors: • Reviewing, with the management, the Annual
In the opinion of the Board, both the existing Financial Statements and auditor’s report
thereon before submission to the Board for
Independent Directors and those who are proposed
approval, with particular reference to:
to be re-appointed at the Annual General Meeting
of the Company fulfill the conditions required a. Matters required to be included in the
for independent directors as per the provisions Director’s Responsibility Statement to be
of the Act, the SEBI Listing Regulations and all included in the Board’s report in terms of
Section 134(3)(c) of the Act
About Us
other applicable laws and are independent of the
management. b. Changes, if any, in the accounting policies
C. Board Committees and practices and reasons for the same
The structure of a Board and the planning of c. Major accounting entries involving
the Board’s work are key elements to effective estimates based on the exercise of
governance. Establishing Committees is one way judgment by management
of managing the work of the Board, thereby d. Significant adjustments made in the
strengthening the Board’s governance role. financial statements arising out of audit
The Board Committees play a crucial role in the findings
MD&A
governance structure of the Company and have
been constituted to deal with specific areas / e. Compliance with listing and other
activities of the Company. The business transacted legal requirements relating to financial
by the Committees of the Board is placed before statements
the Board for noting. f. Disclosure of any related party transactions
The Board has currently constituted the following g. Qualifications in the draft audit report
Committees including pursuant to the provisions of • Reviewing, with the management, the quarterly
the Act, SEBI Listing Regulations and Reserve Bank financial statements before submission to the
Board’s Report
of India regulations: Board for approval;
• Audit Committee (“AC”); • Reviewing, with the management, the
• Stakeholders Relationship Committee (“SRC”); statement of uses / application of funds raised
through an issue (public issue, rights issue,
• Nomination and Remuneration Committee
preferential issue, etc.), the statement of funds
(“NRC”);
utilized for purposes other than those stated in
• Corporate Social Responsibility Committee the offer document / prospectus / notice and
(“CSR”); the report submitted by the monitoring agency
monitoring the utilisation of proceeds of a
• Committee of Directors (“COD”);
public or rights issue, and making appropriate
• Asset Liability Management Committee recommendations to the Board to take up
(“ALCO”); steps in this matter;
• Risk Management Committee (“RMC”); • Reviewing and monitoring the auditor’s
• IT Strategy Committee (“ITC”). independence and performance, and
1. Audit Committee (“AC”) effectiveness of audit process;
Terms of reference: • Approval or any subsequent modification of

transactions of the Company with related
The role of the AC includes the following: parties;
• Oversight of the Company’s financial reporting • Scrutiny of inter-corporate loans and
process and the disclosure of its financial investments;
Financials
information to ensure that the financial
statement is correct, sufficient and credible; • Valuation of undertakings or assets of the
Company, wherever it is necessary;
• Recommendation for appointment,
remuneration and terms of appointment of • Evaluation of internal financial controls and
the auditors of the Company; risk management systems;
• Approval of payment to statutory auditors for • Reviewing, with the management,

any other services rendered by the statutory
auditors;

performance of statutory and internal auditors, subsidiary, whichever is lower including
adequacy of the internal control systems; loans / advances / investments existing as on
• Reviewing the adequacy of internal audit April 1, 2019 (effective April 1, 2019); and
function, if any, including the structure • Carrying out any other function as may be
of the internal audit department, staffing mentioned in the terms of reference of the
and seniority of the official heading the AC.
department, reporting structure coverage and Composition:
frequency of internal audit;
The AC as on March 31, 2019 comprises:
• Discussion with internal auditors of any
significant findings and follow up there on; Name of the Director Designation in Nature of
the Committee Directorship
• Reviewing the findings of any internal
investigations by the internal auditors into Mr. S. V. Haribhakti Chairperson ID
matters where there is suspected fraud or Mr. R. Shankar Raman Member NED
irregularity or a failure of internal control
Mr. Thomas Mathew T. Member ID
systems of a material nature and reporting the
matter to the Board; Meetings and Attendance:
• Discussion with statutory auditors before the The AC met four times during the year on
audit commences, about the nature and scope May 3, 2018, July 20, 2018, October 23, 2018,
of audit as well as post-audit discussion to and January 21, 2019. The attendance of members at
ascertain any area of concern; the meetings was as follows:
• Looking into the reasons for substantial Name of the Director No. of Meetings No. of
defaults in the payment to the depositors, held during the Meetings
debenture holders, shareholders (in case of year attended
non-payment of declared dividends) and Mr. S. V. Haribhakti 4 4
creditors; Mr. R. Shankar Raman 4 4
• Reviewing the functioning of the Whistle Mr. Thomas Mathew T. 4 4
Blower Mechanism / Vigil Mechanism;
All the members of the AC are financially literate and
• Approval of appointment of CFO (i.e., the have accounting or related financial management
whole-time Finance Director or any other
expertise. The Company Secretary is the Secretary to
person heading the finance function or
the Committee.
discharging that function) after assessing the
qualifications, experience and background, 2. Stakeholders Relationship Committee (“SRC”)
etc. of the candidate; Terms of reference:
• Investigating into any matter in relation to The role of the SRC includes the following:
the items given above or referred to it by the
Board and power to obtain professional advice • Reviewing of cases for refusal of transfer /
from external sources and have full access to transmission of shares, debentures and other
information contained in the records of the securities, if any;
Company; • Redressal of stakeholders and investor
• Right to call for the comments of the auditors complaints like transfer of shares, non-receipt
on internal control systems, the scope of audit, of balance sheet, non-receipt of declared
including the observations of the auditors and dividends, non-receipt of interest, etc.;
review of financial statements before their • Reference to statutory and regulatory
submission to the Board and discuss any related authorities regarding security holders’
issues with the internal and statutory auditors grievances;
and the management of the Company; • Ensuring proper and timely attendance and
• Reviewing of information as prescribed under redressal of security holders’ queries and
the SEBI Listing Regulations; grievances;
• Reviewing the utilization of loans and / or • Reviewing of measures taken for effective
advances from / investment by the holding exercise of voting rights by shareholders
company in the subsidiary exceeding (effective April 1, 2019);
r 100 cr or 10% of the asset size of the • Reviewing of adherence to the service

standards adopted by the Company in respect 3. Nomination and Remuneration Committee
of various services being rendered by the (“NRC”)
Registrar & Share Transfer Agent (effective Terms of reference:
April 1, 2019); and
The role of the NRC includes the following:
• Reviewing of the various measures and
initiatives taken by the Company for reducing • Identifying persons who are qualified to
the quantum of unclaimed dividends become directors and who may be appointed
in senior management in accordance with the
About Us
and ensuring timely receipt of dividend
warrants / annual reports / statutory notices criteria laid down, recommend to the Board
by the shareholders of the company (effective their appointment and removal and carrying
April 1, 2019). out evaluation of every director’s performance;
Composition: • Formulating the criteria for determining
qualifications, positive attributes and
The SRC as on March 31, 2019 comprises: independence of a director and recommend to
Name of the Director Designation in Nature of the Board a policy, relating to the remuneration
the Committee Directorship for the directors, key managerial personnel
Mr. P. V. Bhide Chairperson ID and other employees;
MD&A
Mr. R. Shankar Raman Member NED • Ensuring that:
Ms. Nishi Vasudeva Member ID a. the level and composition of remuneration
Mr. Harsh Mariwala(1) Member ID is reasonable and sufficient to attract,
(1)
Ceased to the member of the Committee with effect from April 1, 2019. retain and motivate directors of the quality
Meetings and Attendance: required to run the Company successfully.
The SRC met once during the year on May 3, 2018 and b. relationship of remuneration to
all the members of the SRC had attended the meeting. performance is clear and meets
Board’s Report
appropriate performance benchmarks.
Details of Shareholders’ requests / complaints:
c. remuneration to directors, key managerial
The Company resolves investor grievances expeditiously. personnel and senior management
The Company / its Registrar and Share Transfer Agents involves a balance between fixed and
received the following complaints from SEBI / Stock incentive pay reflecting short and long-
Exchanges and queries from the shareholders, which term performance objectives appropriate
were resolved within the time frame laid down by SEBI: to the working of the Company and its
Particulars Opening Received Resolved Pending goals.
Complaints :
• Laying down the evaluation criteria for
SEBI/Stock Exchanges(1) 0 2 2 0 performance evaluation of Independent
Queries : 0 0 0 0 Directors and the Board;
Transmission/Transfer 0 0 0 0
• Devising a policy on Board diversity;
Demat/Remat 0 0 0 0
(1)
• Formulating the Employee Stock Option Scheme
SEBI-1, Stock Exchange-1
(ESOS), decide the terms and conditions,
The Board has delegated the powers to approve make appropriate recommendations to the
transfer / transmissions of physical shares and to remat Board of Directors and administering and
of shares to a Share Transfer Committee comprising superintending ESOS; and
of three Senior Executives. This Committee held two
• Determining the remuneration payable to
meetings during the year for conducting the business
the senior management as defined under
Financials
delegated to it. Ms. Apurva Rathod, Company Secretary
the SEBI Listing Regulations including Chief
of the Company, is the Compliance Officer / Investor
Financial Officer and Company Secretary of
Relations Officer, who deals with matters pertaining to
the Company (effective April 1, 2019).
Shareholders’ grievances.

Composition: performance evaluation criteria for Independent
The NRC as on March 31, 2019 comprises: Directors as required under Schedule V of the SEBI
Listing Regulations is contained in the Board’s Report.
Name of the Director Designation in Nature of
the Committee Directorship Details of remuneration paid to Directors for the
financial year ended March 31, 2019:
Mr. Thomas Mathew T. Chairperson ID
Mr. S. V. Haribhakti Member ID
a) Remuneration to Executive Director(s)
Mr. P. V. Bhide Member ID
Mr. Dinanath Dubhashi was paid remuneration
during FY 2018-19 in accordance with the terms
Mr. Pavninder Singh Member ND
and conditions of the agreement entered into by
Mr. Harsh Mariwala(1) Member ID
the Company with him.
(1)
Ceased to the member of the Committee with effect from April 1, 2019.
The details of remuneration paid to Mr. Dubhashi
Meetings and Attendance: are as follows:
(R cr)
The NRC met thrice during the year on
May 3, 2018, October 23, 2018 and March 19, 2019. Name of the Salary and Variable Retirement Total
The attendance of members at the meetings was as Director Perquisites(1) Remuneration(2) Benefits
follows: Mr. Dinanath 3.95 1.68 0.25 5.88
Dubhashi
Name of the Director No. of Meetings No. of
(1)
held during the year Meetings Includes perquisite on ESOPs exercised during the year.
(2)
attended Based on policy formulated by the NRC and approved by the Board.
Mr. Thomas Mathew T. 3 3 • Notice period for termination of appointment of Managing Director and Chief
Executive Officer is six months on either side.
Mr. S. V. Haribhakti 3 3 • No severance pay is payable on termination of appointment.
Mr. P. V. Bhide 3 3 • Details of options granted under Employees Stock Options Schemes are provided
Mr. Pavninder Singh 3 1 on the website of the Company at https://www.ltfs.com/investors.html.
Mr. Harsh Mariwala(1) 3 2 b) Remuneration to Non-Executive Directors

(1)
Ceased to the member of the Committee with effect from April 1, 2019. The Company follows a transparent process for
Remuneration Policy: determining the remuneration of NEDs. Their
The remuneration of the Board members is based remuneration is governed by the role assumed,
on the Company’s size, its economic and financial number of meetings of the Board and the Committees
position, industrial trends and compensation paid by thereof attended by them, active participation in
peer companies. The compensation reflects each Board strategic decision making and inputs to executive
member’s responsibility and performance. The Directors management on matters of strategic importance.
on the Board who are in the service of Larsen & Toubro Besides these, the Board also takes into consideration
Limited / LTFS Group draw remuneration from Larsen the external competitive environment, track record,
& Toubro Limited / LTFS Group and are not paid any individual performance of such Directors and
commission or sitting fees for attending the meetings performance of the Company as well as the industry
of the Board and / or any Committee of the Company. standards in determining the remuneration of NEDs
including Independent Directors.
While the Company pays remuneration to Executive
Director(s) by way of salary, perquisites, retirement In the backdrop of growing complexities and
benefits (fixed components) and variable remuneration, increasing regulatory requirements, the NEDs have
the Non-Executive Directors (“NEDs”) are paid contributed significantly and given useful feedback
remuneration by way of commission and sitting fees. The from time to time. The commission paid in respect
remuneration to NEDs is based on the recommendations of NEDs for the year is mentioned below. The
of the NRC and approval of the Board, subject to the commission paid is as per the limits approved by
limits approved by the Members, to the extent required the Members, subject to the limit not exceeding
as per regulatory requirements. 1% p.a. of the net profits of the Company.
None of the Non-Executive Directors have any pecuniary In addition to the commission, the Company pays
relationship with the Company. sitting fees of R 50,000 per Board and Independent
Directors meetings, R 40,000 per Audit Committee
As required under Schedule V of the SEBI Listing and Nomination and Remuneration Committee
Regulations, the criteria for payment to NEDs is meeting and R 30,000 per meeting for other
available on the website of the Company at Committee meetings.
https://www.ltfs.com/investors.html. Further, the

The details of remuneration to the NEDs are as follows:
(R cr)
Name of the Director Sitting Fees for Board Sitting Fees Commission(1) Total
Meetings/ Independent for Committee
Director Meeting Meetings
Mr. S. V. Haribhakti 0.03 0.04 0.50 0.57
About Us
Mr. R. Shankar Raman (2)
- - - -
Mr. P. V. Bhide 0.03 0.02 0.11 0.16
Mr. Thomas Mathew T. 0.03 0.03 0.14 0.20
Ms. Nishi Vasudeva 0.03 0.01 0.11 0.15
Dr. (Mrs.) Rajani R Gupte 0.02 - 0.06 0.08
Mr. Pavninder Singh 0.02 -* 0.06 0.08
Mr. Prabhakar B. 0.02 - 0.06 0.08
MD&A
Mr. Harsh Mariwala(3) 0.02 0.02 0.13 0.17
Ms. Vaishali Kasture 0.01 - 0.02(4) 0.03
(1)
Based on guidelines formulated by the NRC and approved by the Board.
(2)
Draws remuneration from Larsen & Toubro Limited.
(3)
(4)
Upto May 29, 2018.
* R 40,000
Board’s Report
Details of shares / convertible instruments, if any, held Composition:
by the NEDs as on March 31, 2019 are as follows: The CSR Committee as on March 31, 2019 comprises:
Name of the Director No. of Equity Shares Name of the Director Designation in Nature of
Mr. S. V. Haribhakti 5,00,000
Mr. S. V. Haribhakti Chairperson ID
Mr. R. Shankar Raman 24,461
Mr. Dinanath Dubhashi Member MD & CEO
Mr. P. V. Bhide 4,990
Mr. R. Shankar Raman Member NED
Ms. Nishi Vasudeva 1,703
Ms. Nishi Vasudeva Member ID
Mr. Prabhakar B. 353 Mr. Harsh Mariwala(1) Member ID
(1)
Mr. Harsh Mariwala(1) 5,30,000 Ceased to the member of the Committee with effect from April 1, 2019.
(1)
Ceased to be a Director with effect from April 1, 2019. Meetings and Attendance:
4. Corporate Social Responsibility (“CSR”) The Committee met twice during the year on May 3, 2018
Committee and July 20, 2018. The attendance of members at the
meetings was as follows:
Terms of reference:
Name of the Director No. of Meetings No. of
The role of CSR Committee includes the following: held during the Meetings
• Formulation of CSR policy indicating the year attended
activities to be undertaken by the Company Mr. S. V. Haribhakti 2 2
Financials
as specified in Schedule VII of the Act and Mr. Dinanath Dubhashi 2 2
recommendation of the same to the Board;
Mr. R. Shankar Raman 2 2
• Recommending to the Board the amount to
Ms. Nishi Vasudeva 2 2
be spent on CSR activities from time to time;
and Mr. Harsh Mariwala (1)
2 2
• Monitoring the CSR Policy of the Company (1)

Ceased to the member of the Committee with effect from April 1, 2019.
from time to time.

5. Committee of Directors (“COD”) Composition:
Terms of reference: The ALCO as on March 31, 2019 comprises:
The COD of the Company was constituted to facilitate Details of the Member Designation in the Committee
the operational decisions within the broad framework Managing Director and Chief Chairperson
laid down by the Board such as day to day operational Executive Officer
decisions of the Company in terms of borrowing power, Mr. Vipul Chandra(1) Member
additional investment in subsidiaries, etc. Chief Investment Officer Member
Group Chief Economist Member
Composition:
Chief Financial Officer Member
The COD as on March 31, 2019 comprises:
Group Head-Treasury Member
Name of the Director Designation in Nature of Chief - Risk Officer Member
Inducted as a Member with effect from January 21, 2019.
(1)
Mr. S. V. Haribhakti Member ID
Mr. Dinanath Dubhashi Member MD & CEO Meeting details:
Mr. R. Shankar Raman Member NED The Committee met twelve times during the year
on April 23, 2018, May 23, 2018, June 18, 2018,
Meetings and Attendance: July 16, 2018, August 21, 2018, September 17, 2018,
The Committee met twice during the year on October 17, 2018, November 16, 2018, December 12, 2018,
October 8, 2018 and October 23, 2018. The attendance January 14, 2019, February 15, 2019 and March 22, 2019.
of members at the meetings was as follows: 7. Risk Management Committee (“RMC”)
Name of the Director No. of Meetings No. of Terms of reference:
held during the Meetings
year attended The role of the RMC includes the following:
Mr. S. V. Haribhakti 2 2 • Managing the integrated risk which would
Mr. Dinanath Dubhashi 2 2 include Liquidity Risk, Interest Rate Risk,
Mr. R. Shankar Raman 2 2 Currency risk, etc;
• Reviewing risk pertaining to cyber security
6. Asset Liability Management Committee (effective April 1, 2019); and
(“ALCO”) • Such other functions as the Board may from
Terms of reference: time to time delegate to it.
The role of the ALCO includes the following: Composition:
• Monitoring market risk management systems, The RMC as on March 31, 2019 comprises:
compliance with the asset liability management
Details of the Member Designation in Nature of
policy and prudent gaps and tolerance limits the Committee Directorship
and reporting systems set out by the Board of
Managing Director and Member -
Directors and ensuring adherence to the RBI Chief Executive Officer
Guidelines issued in this behalf from time to Mr. R. Shankar Raman Member NED
time; Mr. Pavninder Singh Member ND
• Monitoring the business strategy of the Chief Risk Officer Member -
Company (on the assets and liabilities sides) in
line with the Company’s budget and decided Meetings and Attendance:
risk management objectives; The Committee met twice during the year on
• Reviewing the effects of various possible September 7, 2018 and March 18, 2019. The attendance
of members at the meetings was as follows:
changes in the market conditions related to
the balance sheet and recommend the action Details of the Member No. of Meetings No. of
held during the Meetings
needed to adhere to the Company’s internal
year attended
limits; and
Managing Director and 2 2
• Balance Sheet planning from risk-return Chief Executive Officer
perspective including the strategic management Mr. R. Shankar Raman 2 1
of interest rate and liquidity risks. Mr. Pavninder Singh 2 0
Chief Risk Officer 2 2

8. IT Strategy Committee (“ITC”): D. Directors on Boards of Material Subsidiaries
As a part of good corporate governance, the Board At least one Independent Director of the Company
of Directors of the Company at its meeting held on is a Director on the Board of each Material Subsidiary
July 21, 2018, constituted an ITC on a voluntary of the Company. As on the date of this Report,
Mr. P. V. Bhide and Dr. (Mrs.) Rajani R. Gupte are
basis.
Directors on the Board of L&T Finance Limited and
Terms of Reference: L&T Housing Finance Limited. Mr. Thomas Mathew T.
The role of ITC includes the following: and Ms. Nishi Vasudeva are Directors on the Board
About Us
of L&T Infrastructure Finance Company Limited.
• Approving Information Technology (“IT”)
strategy and policy documents and ensuring E. Other Information
that the management has put an effective Training of Directors:
strategic planning process in place; All Directors of the Company are aware and are
also updated as and when required, of their roles,
• Ascertaining that management has responsibilities and liabilities.
implemented processes and practices that
ensure that the IT delivers value to the business; Information to Directors:
The Directors have access to the information
• Ensuring IT investments represent a balance within the Company, which inter alia, includes
of risks and benefits and that budgets are items as mentioned in point no. B5 of the
MD&A
acceptable; Corporate Governance Report. Presentations are
• Monitoring the method that management made regularly to the Board and its Committees,
uses to determine the IT resources needed to where Directors get an opportunity to interact
achieve strategic goals and provide high-level with the management. Independent Directors
direction for sourcing and use of IT resources; have the freedom to interact with the Company’s
management. Interactions happen during Board /
• Ensuring proper balance of IT investments
Committee meetings, when Senior Management
for sustaining NBFC’s growth and becoming
Personnel are asked to make presentations about
aware about exposure towards IT risks and the performance of the Company / business to the
Board’s Report
controls; and Board.
• Instituting an effective governance mechanism Statutory Auditors:
and risk management processes for all Mr. Sanjiv V. Pilgaonkar, Partner of M/s. Deloitte
outsourced IT operations. Haskins & Sells LLP, Chartered Accountants and
Composition: Ms. Padmini Khare Kaicker, Partner of
Details of the Member Designation in the Committee
M/s. B. K. Khare & Co., Chartered Accountants,
Joint Statutory Auditors of the Company have
Mr. S. V. Haribhakti Chairperson
(Independent Director) signed the Audit Report for FY 2018-19.
Code of Conduct:
Managing Director and Chief Member
Executive Officer The Company has laid down a Code of Conduct
Chief Information Officer Member for all the Board members including Independent
Chief Technology Officer Member Directors and Senior Management Personnel. The
Chief Risk Officer Member Code of Conduct is available on the website of the
Chief Information Security Member Company at https://www.ltfs.com/investors.html.
Officer The declaration of Managing Director and Chief
Meetings and Attendance: Executive Officer is given below:
The Committee met twice during the year on To the Members of
September 7, 2018 and March 18, 2019. The attendance L&T Finance Holdings Limited
of members at the meetings was as follows:
Sub: Compliance with Code of Conduct
Details of the Member No. of No. of
I hereby declare that all the Board members and
Financials
Meetings held Meetings
during the year attended Senior Management Personnel have affirmed
Mr. S. V. Haribhakti 2 2 compliance with the Code of Conduct of the
(Independent Director) Company as adopted by the Board of Directors.
Managing Director and Chief 2 2
Dinanath Dubhashi
Executive Officer
Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer
Chief Information Officer 2 2
Chief Technology Officer 2 2
Chief Risk Officer 2 2 Date: April 28, 2019
Chief Information Security Officer 2 2 Place: Mumbai

Vigil Mechanism Framework/Whistle Blower Company at https://www.ltfs.com/investors.html.
Mechanism: As on March 31, 2019, no complaint has been
The Company has Vigil Mechanism Framework for received by the Company from any directors or
directors and employees to report genuine concern employees of the Company with respect to any
about unethical behavior, actual or suspected fraud wrongdoings that may have an adverse impact on
or violation of the Company’s code of conduct or the Company’s image or financials of the Company.
ethics policy. The details of establishment of such During the year, no person has been declined access
mechanism have been disclosed on the website of the to the Audit Committee, wherever desired.
General Body Meetings:

The details of AGM of the Company for the previous three years are as under:
Year Date Time Venue

2015-16 August 23, 2016 3.00 P.M. Patkar Hall, SNDT Women’s University, New Marine
Lines, Churchgate, Mumbai – 400 020
2016-17 August 28, 2017 3.00 P.M. ST. Andrew’s Auditorium, ST. Dominic Road, Bandra
(West), Mumbai – 400 050
2017-18 August 28, 2018 3.00 P.M. Y. B. Chavan Center, General Jagannathrao Bhonsale
Marg, Opposite Mantralaya, Mumbai – 400 021
The following special resolutions were passed by the Shareholders during the past three Annual General
Meetings:
Year Date Resolution
2015-16 August 23, 2016  Issue of Non-Convertible Debentures / Bonds on a private
placement basis during FY 2016-17 for an amount not exceeding
R 2,000 cr.
 Issue of Cumulative Compulsorily Non-Convertible Redeemable
Preference Shares by way of public offer or on a private placement
basis for an amount not exceeding R 1,500 cr.
R 2,000 cr.
R 2,000 cr.
Postal Ballot: • Details of all related party transactions form a

The Company had not passed any Resolution through part of the Financial Statements as required under
Ind AS-24 and the same forms part of the Annual
Postal Ballot during FY 2018-19.
Report.
Other Disclosures:
• The Company has followed all relevant Accounting
• During the year, there were no transactions of Standards notified by the Companies (Accounting
material nature with the Directors, management, Standards) Rules, 2006 as amended from time to
their relatives or the subsidiaries, which had time while preparing the Financial Statements.
potential conflict with the interests of the Company.

• There were no instances of non-compliance on any M/s Deloitte Haskins & Sells LLP and M/s B. K. Khare
matter relating to capital markets, during the last & Co.) and all entities in the network firm/network
three years nor any penalties, strictures imposed on entity of which the Statutory Auditors are a part of,
the Company by the Stock Exchange(s) or SEBI or for all the services rendered to the Company and its
any Statutory Authority. subsidiaries.
• The Company has complied with the Corporate • There were no complaints of sexual harassment
Governance requirements specified in Regulations of women at workplace received by the Company
during FY 2018-19 and FY 2017-18.
About Us
17 to 27 and clauses (b) to (i) of Regulation 46(2)
of the SEBI Listing Regulations. • In terms of amendments made to the SEBI Listing
• The web link with respect to the policy for Regulations, the Board of Directors confirm that
determining ‘material subsidiaries’ and policy on during the year, it has accepted all recommendations
dealing with related party transactions is mentioned received from its mandatory committees.
in the Board’s Report. • For disclosure pertaining to credit rating, please
• The Company has also substantially complied with refer the Board’s Report.
the discretionary requirements stipulated under Means of Communication:
Regulation 27 of the SEBI Listing Regulations.
• Quarterly Results are communicated through a
•
MD&A
As on March 31, 2019, there were no funds Press Release and Newspaper Advertisements
unutilized requiring disclosure as specified under in prominent national and regional dailies like
Regulation 32(7A) of the SEBI Listing Regulations. Financial Express and Loksatta.
• Ms. Naina R. Desai, Practising Company Secretary • The financial results, official news releases and
has certified that none of the Directors of the presentations are also displayed on the website of the
Company have been debarred or disqualified from Company at https://www.ltfs.com/investors.html.
being appointed or continuing as a Director of the • The Annual Report is circulated to all the Members
Company by SEBI or Ministry of Corporate Affairs and all others like auditors, equity analysts, etc.
Board’s Report
or any other statutory authority. The said certificate
forms part of this report. • Management Discussion and Analysis forms a part
of the Annual Report which is mailed / dispatched
• During FY 2018-19, total consolidated fees of to the Members of the Company.
R 3.28 cr was paid to the Statutory Auditors (i.e.
General Shareholders’ Information
Annual General Meeting Monday, July 29, 2019 at 3.00 P.M.
Financial Year April 1, 2018 to March 31, 2019.
Date of Book Closure Tuesday, July 23, 2019 to Monday, July 29, 2019 (both days inclusive).
Dividend Payment The dividend of R 1 per Equity Share of face value of R 10 each, if approved by
the Members at the ensuing AGM, will be credited / dispatched before August
28, 2019.
Listing on Stock Exchanges 1. BSE Limited, Phiroze Jeejeebhoy Towers, Dalal Street, Mumbai- 400 001.
(Equity Shares) 2. National Stock Exchange of India Limited, Exchange Plaza, Plot No. C/1,
G Block, Bandra - Kurla Complex, Bandra (East), Mumbai - 400 051.
The Company has paid the listing fees to the Stock Exchanges.
Listing of Preference Shares All the series of Cumulative Compulsorily Redeemable Non-Convertible
Financials
Preference Shares (“CCRPS”) issued by the Company on a private placement

basis till date are listed on BSE Limited.
Stock Code (Equity) BSE : 533519
NSE : L&TFH
Stock Code (Preference) BSE : 715010, 715012, 715014, 715027
CIN L67120MH2008PLC181833

Market Price Data and Performance in comparison to broad based indices
Month LTFH BSE Price (R) BSE SENSEX

High Low Month High Low Month
Close Close
Apr-2018 175.05 157.10 173.00 35,213.30 32,972.56 35,160.36
May-2018 183.95 159.65 170.35 35,993.53 34,302.89 35,322.38
Jun-2018 171.05 147.75 151.45 35,877.41 34,784.68 35,423.48
Jul-2018 185.45 140.60 175.80 37,644.59 35,106.57 37,606.58
Aug-2018 189.55 172.65 181.85 38,989.65 37,128.99 38,645.07
Sep-2018 186.30 120.80 129.50 38,934.35 35,985.63 36,227.14
Oct-2018 136.30 111.20 127.60 36,616.64 33,291.58 34,442.05
Nov-2018 145.50 127.95 144.20 36,389.22 34,303.38 36,194.30
Dec-2018 159.20 131.25 152.95 36,554.99 34,426.29 36,068.33
Jan-2019 154.35 124.55 131.45 36,701.03 35,375.51 36,256.69
Feb-2019 137.05 119.05 124.30 37,172.18 35,287.16 35,867.44
Mar-2019 155.45 124.70 152.45 38,748.54 35,926.94 38,672.91
100.00% 100.00%
90.00% LTFH-BSE 90.00%
80.00% BSE Sensex 80.00%
70.00% 70.00%
60.00% 60.00%
50.00% 50.00%
40.00% 40.00%
30.00% 30.00%
20.00% 20.00%
10.00% 10.00%
0.00% 0.00%
-10.00% -10.00%
-20.00% -20.00%
-30.00% -30.00%
Apr-18
May-18
Jun-18
Jul-18
Aug-18
Sep-18
Dec-18
Feb-19
Jan-19
Mar-19
Nov-18
Oct-18

Month LTFH NSE Price (R) CNX-NIFTY
High Low Month High Low Month Close
Close
Apr-2018 175.45 157.05 173.20 10,759.00 10,111.30 10,739.35
May-2018 184.10 159.25 169.85 10,929.20 10,417.80 10,736.15
About Us
Jun-2018 170.95 147.25 151.65 10,893.25 10,550.90 10,714.30
Jul-2018 185.85 140.55 176.00 11,366.00 10,604.65 11,356.50
Aug-2018 189.50 172.40 181.40 11,760.20 11,234.95 11,680.50
Sep-2018 184.20 120.50 129.60 11,751.80 10,850.30 10,930.45
Oct-2018 136.35 110.65 127.75 11,035.65 10,004.55 10,386.60
Nov-2018 145.65 127.75 144.20 10,922.45 10,341.90 10,876.75
Dec-2018 159.25 130.65 152.60 10,985.15 10,333.85 10,862.55
MD&A
Jan-2019 154.35 124.45 131.45 10,987.45 10,583.65 10,830.95
Feb-2019 137.05 120.10 124.20 11,118.10 10,585.65 10,792.50
Mar-2019 155.15 124.50 152.55 11,630.35 10,817.00 11,623.90
100% 100%
Board’s Report
90% 90%
LTFH-NSE
80% 80%
CNX-Nifty
70% 70%
60% 60%
50% 50%
40% 40%
30% 30%
20% 20%
10% 10%
0% 0%
-10% -10%
-20% -20%
-30% -30%
Jun-18
Aug-18
Jul-18
Sep-18
Jan-19
Feb-19
Apr-18
Dec-18
Mar-19
May-18
Oct-18
Nov-18
Financials

In case the securities are suspended Not applicable
from trading, the Board’s Report shall
explain the reason thereof
Registrar and Share Transfer Agent M/s. Link Intime India Private Limited
(“RTA”) C-101, 247 Park,
L. B. S. Marg, Vikhroli (West),
Mumbai 400 083,
Maharashtra, India.
Tel: +91 22 4918 6000 Fax:+91 22 4918 6060
Toll Free: 1800 102 7796
Share Transfer System The Board has delegated the authority for approving transfer,
transmission etc. of the Company’s securities to the Share Transfer
Committee.
The Company ensures that the half yearly Compliance Certificate
pursuant to Regulations 40(9) and 40(10) of the SEBI Listing
Regulations are filed with the Stock Exchanges.
As per SEBI Notification No. SEBI/LAD-NRO/GN/2018/24
dated June 8, 2018 and further amendment vide Notification
No. SEBI/LAD-NRO/GN/2018/49 dated November 30, 2018, requests
for effecting transfer of securities (except in case of transmission or
transposition of securities) cannot be processed from April 1, 2019
unless the securities are held in the dematerialized form with the
depositories. Therefore, Members holding shares in physical form are
requested to take necessary action to dematerialize the holdings.
Pursuant thereto, the Company has sent letters to those shareholders
holding shares in physical form advising them to dematerialize their
holding.
Distribution of Shareholding as on March 31, 2019:
Category (Shares) Shareholders Shareholding

Number % Number %
Up to 500 4,15,442 83.97 6,40,57,705 3.20
501-1000 42,181 8.53 3,29,39,699 1.65
1001-2000 20,763 4.20 3,02,09,587 1.51
2001-3000 6,357 1.28 1,61,64,454 0.81
3001-4000 2,731 0.55 97,64,343 0.49
4001-5000 1,989 0.40 93,46,199 0.47
5001-10000 2,944 0.59 2,12,81,586 1.06
10001 and above 2,361 0.48 1,81,50,48,787 90.81
TOTAL 4,94,768 100.00% 1,99,88,12,360 100.00%

Categories of the Shareholders as on March 31, 2019:
Category No. of Shares %

Promoters 1,27,75,20,203 63.91%
Financial Institutions 86,78,433 0.43%
Foreign Institutional Investors, Foreign Portfolio Investors &
32,46,94,379 16.24%
Alternate Investment Funds
About Us
Mutual Funds 4,90,40,817 2.45%
Bodies Corporate 9,06,63,447 4.54%
Directors & Relatives 15,82,422 0.08%
Resident Individuals & Others 23,62,94,123 11.82%
Banks 2,50,101 0.01%
Non-Resident Indians 1,00,88,435 0.50%
TOTAL 1,99,88,12,360 100.00%
MD&A
Dematerialization of Shares:
The Company’s shares are required to be compulsorily traded on the Stock Exchanges in dematerialized form. The
number of shares held in dematerialized and physical form are as under:
Particulars No. of Shares %

NSDL 1,91,25,95,274 95.69%
CDSL 8,62,09,160 4.31%
Board’s Report
Physical 7,926 ~
TOTAL 1,99,88,12,360 100.00%
~ less than 0.01%
Shares held in Demat/Physical Form
CDSL Physical
4.31% <0.01%
NSDL
CDSL
Physical
Financials
NSDL
95.69%

Dematerialization of shares and liquidity As on March 31, 2019 almost the entire equity capital was held
in the dematerialized form with NSDL and CDSL. Only 7,926
shares were held in physical form.
Outstanding GDRs / ADRs / Warrants or The Company does not have any outstanding GDRs / ADRs /
any convertible instruments, conversion warrants or any convertible instruments as on March 31, 2019.
date and likely impact on equity
Commodity price risk or foreign exchange Not Applicable
risk and hedging activities
Plant Locations As the Company is engaged in the business of Non-Banking
Financial Services, this section is not applicable.
Address for correspondence Link Intime India Private Limited
C-101, 247 Park, L. B. S. Marg, Vikhroli (West),
Tel: +91 22 4918 6000 Fax: +91 22 4918 6060
Toll Free: 1800 102 7796
Name and address of the Compliance Ms. Apurva Rathod
Officer Company Secretary and Compliance Officer
L&T Finance Holdings Limited
Brindavan, Plot No. 177, C.S.T Road, Kalina, Santacruz (East),
Phone: +91 22 6212 5000
Fax: +91 22 6212 5553
E-mail: igrc@ltfs.com
Unclaimed shares lying in the Suspense Account:

In terms of Regulation 34 and Schedule V of the SEBI Listing Regulations, the Company reports the following details
in respect of Equity Shares lying in the suspense account which were issued in dematerialized form:
Sr. No. Particulars No. of No. of Equity

Shareholders Shares
Outstanding
(i) Aggregate number of shareholders and the outstanding

shares in the suspense account lying at the beginning of 6 689
the year April 1, 2018.
(ii) Number of shareholders who approached the Company for
transfer of shares from suspense account during the year Nil Nil
2018-19.
(iii) Number of shareholders to whom shares were transferred
Nil Nil
from suspense account during the year 2018-19.
(iv) Aggregate number of shareholders and the outstanding
shares in the suspense account lying at the end of the year 6 689
March 31, 2019.
• The voting rights on these shares shall remain frozen till the rightful owner of such shares claims the shares.

Transfer of Amounts/ Shares to Investor Education Insider Trading) Regulations, 2015. The objective of the
and Protection Fund (“IEPF”) Code is to prevent purchase and / or sale of shares of
Pursuant to the provisions of Sections 124 and 125 of the Company by an Insider on the basis of unpublished
the Act read with the IEPF (Accounting, Audit, Transfer price sensitive information.
and Refund) Rules, 2016, dividend / interest / refund Under this Code, Designated Persons are prohibited
of applications which remains unclaimed / unpaid for from dealing in the shares of the Company during the
a period of 7 years is required to be transferred to closure of Trading Window. They are required to obtain
About Us
IEPF. Further, the IEPF Rules mandate the companies to compliance approval when trading in securities beyond
transfer all shares on which dividend remains unclaimed a specified limit. They are prohibited from executing
/ unpaid for a period of 7 consecutive years to the demat a contra trade for a period of six months and from
account of the IEPF Authority. taking positions in the derivatives segment. They are
During the year under review, the Company has also required to make relevant periodic disclosures as
transferred to IEPF a sum of r 40,05,022, being the defined in the Code.
amount towards unpaid / unclaimed application money Ms. Vinda Wagh, Head – Group Regulatory
received for allotment of Equity Shares in FY 2011-12 Compliance has been designated as the Compliance
and due for refund. Officer for monitoring compliances with this Code.
Ms. Apurva Rathod, Company Secretary has been
MD&A
For the Company, the amount which is unpaid /
unclaimed for a period exceeding 7 years is now designated as the Chief Investor Relations Officer under
due to be transferred to IEPF by August 11, 2020. the Code to deal with dissemination of information and
Subsequently, the shares in respect of which dividend disclosure of unpublished price sensitive information.
is unpaid / unclaimed for a period of 7 consecutive Secretarial Audit
years will also be transferred to IEPF. The details The Board of Directors of the Company at
of unpaid and unclaimed amounts lying with the its meeting held on July 20, 2018 appointed
Company as on August 28, 2018 (date of last AGM) are Ms. Naina R. Desai, Practising Company Secretary as
available on the website of the Company at
Board’s Report
the Secretarial Auditor of the Company for FY 2018-19.
https://www.ltfs.com/investors.html and Ministry Ms. Naina R. Desai was appointed as a Secretarial
of Corporate Affairs at www.iepf.gov.in. The Auditor for its material unlisted subsidiary company
Company requests the Members to claim the i.e. L&T Finance Limited and L&T Infrastructure Finance
unclaimed dividend within the prescribed period. Company Limited, for FY 2018-19.
Members can contact Link Intime India Private
Limited, the Registrar and Share Transfer Agent of As stipulated by the SEBI, a qualified Practicing Company
the Company for claiming the unclaimed amount Secretary carries out Reconciliation of Share Capital
standing to the credit in their account. The Members Audit to reconcile the total admitted capital with NSDL
/ claimants whose shares or unclaimed dividends get and CDSL and the total issued and listed capital. This
transferred to IEPF may claim the shares or apply for audit is carried out every quarter and the report thereon
refund from the IEPF Authority by following the refund is submitted to the Stock Exchanges. The Audit confirms
procedure as detailed on the website of IEPF Authority that the total listed and paid up capital is in agreement
at http://www.iepf.gov.in/IEPF/refund.html. with the aggregate of the total number of shares in
dematerialized form and in physical form.
Securities Dealing Code
The Company has framed the Securities Dealing Code
in line with the requirements of SEBI (Prohibition of
Financials

Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and Chief Financial Officer (CFO) Certification
[Issued in accordance with the provisions of Regulation 17(8) of the SEBI (Listing Obligations & Disclosure
Requirements) Regulations, 2015]
To the Board of Directors of L&T Finance Holdings Limited

Dear Sirs / Madams,
We have reviewed the financial statements read with the cash flow statement of L&T Finance Holdings Limited for
the year ended March 31, 2019 and that to the best of our knowledge and belief, we state that;
a) (i) these statements do not contain any materially untrue statement or omit any material fact or contain
statements that might be misleading;
(ii) these statements together present a true and fair view of the Company’s affairs and are in compliance
with existing accounting standards, applicable laws and regulations.
b) There are, to the best of our knowledge and belief, no transactions entered into by the Company during the
period which are fraudulent, illegal or in violation of the Company’s code of conduct.
c) We accept responsibility for establishing and maintaining internal controls for financial reporting. We have
evaluated the effectiveness of internal control systems of the Company pertaining to financial reporting and
have disclosed to the Auditors and the Audit Committee, deficiencies, if any, in the design or operation of
such internal controls of which we are aware and steps taken or proposed to be taken for rectifying these
deficiencies.
d) We have indicated to the Auditors and the Audit Committee:
(i) that there were no significant changes in internal control over financial reporting during the period;
(ii) that there were no significant changes in accounting policies made during the period; and
(iii) that there were no instances of significant fraud of which we have become aware of.
Yours sincerely,
Dinanath Dubhashi Sachinn Joshi

Managing Director & Chief Financial Officer
Place: Mumbai

UDIN: 19039826AAAAAI780S
TO THE MEMBERS OF
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S CERTIFICATE ON CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

1. This certificate is issued in accordance with the terms of our engagement letter reference no. SVP/2018-2019/6685
dated September 05, 2018.
About Us
2. We, Deloitte Haskins & Sells LLP, Chartered Accountants, the Statutory Auditors of L&T Finance Holdings
Limited (the “Company”), have examined the compliance of conditions of Corporate Governance by the
Company, as at and for the year ended on March 31 2019, as stipulated in regulations 17 to 27 and clauses
(b) to (i) of regulation 46(2) and para C and D of Schedule V of the SEBI (Listing Obligations and Disclosure
Requirements) Regulations, 2015 as amended from time to time (the “Listing Regulations”).
Managements’ Responsibility
3. The compliance of conditions of Corporate Governance is the responsibility of the Management. This
responsibility includes the design, implementation and maintenance of internal control and procedures to
ensure the compliance with the conditions of the Corporate Governance stipulated in Listing Regulations.
MD&A
Auditor’s Responsibility
4. Our responsibility is limited to examining the procedures and implementation thereof, adopted by the Company
for ensuring compliance with the conditions of the Corporate Governance. It is neither an audit nor an expression
of opinion on the financial statements of the Company.
5. We have examined the books of account and other relevant records and documents maintained by the
Company for the purposes of providing reasonable assurance on the compliance with Corporate Governance
requirements by the Company.
Board’s Report
6. We have carried out an examination of the relevant records of the Company in accordance with the Guidance
Note on Certification of Corporate Governance issued by the Institute of the Chartered Accountants of India
(the ICAI), the Standards on Auditing specified under Section 143(10) of the Companies Act 2013, in so far as
applicable for the purpose of this certificate and as per the Guidance Note on Reports or Certificates for Special
Purposes issued by the ICAI which requires that we comply with the ethical requirements of the Code of Ethics
issued by the ICAL.
7. We have complied with the relevant applicable requirements of the Standard on Quality Control (SQC) 1, Quality
Control for Firms that Perform Audits and Reviews of Historical Financial Information, and Other Assurance and
Related Services Engagements.
Opinion
8. Based on our examination of the relevant records and according to the information and explanations provided
to us and the representations provided by the Management, we certify that the Company has complied with
the conditions of Corporate Governance as stipulated in the Listing Regulations as at and for the year ended
March 31, 2019.
9. We state that such compliance is neither an assurance as to the future viability of the Company nor the
efficiency or effectiveness with which the Management has conducted the affairs of the Company.
For Deloitte Haskins & Sells LLP

Chartered Accountants Financials
(Firm‘s Registration No. 117366W/W-100018)
Partner
(Membership No. 39826)
Mumbai, April 28, 2019
UDIN: 19039826AAAAAI780S

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
To
The Members of L&T Finance Holdings Limited
I have examined the relevant records of L&T Finance Holdings Limited for the purpose of certifying compliance
of requirements in Schedule V (C) 10(i) under the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Listing Obligations and
Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015, for the financial year ended March 31, 2019.
In my opinion, to the best of my knowledge and belief, according to the explanations and information furnished to
me and based on the confirmation received from the Company and each of the Directors of the Company, I certify
that, none of the Directors on the Board of the Company have been debarred or disqualified from being appointed
or continuing as Director of companies, by the Board / Ministry of Company Affairs or any such statutory authority.
NAINA R DESAI
Practising Company Secretary
FCS No. 1351
Mumbai, April 25, 2019 Certificate of Practice No.13365

DELOITTE HASKINS & SELLS LLP B. K. KHARE & CO.
Chartered Accountants Chartered Accountants
Indiabulls Finance Centre, Tower 3 706/708, Sharda Chambers
27th – 32nd Floor, Senapati Bapat Marg New Marine Lines
Elphinstone Road (West) Mumbai 400004.
Mumbai 400013.
Independent Auditors’ Report
About Us
To The Members of L&T Finance Holdings Limited provide a basis for our audit opinion on the standalone
financial statements.
Report on the Audit of the Standalone Financial
Statements Key Audit Matters
Opinion Key audit matters are those matters that, in our
professional judgment, were of most significance in
We have audited the accompanying standalone
our audit of the standalone financial statements of
financial statements of L&T Finance Holdings Limited
the current period. These matters were addressed in
MD&A
(“the Company”), which comprise the Balance Sheet as
the context of our audit of the standalone financial
at March 31, 2019, and the Statement of Profit and Loss
statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion
(including Other Comprehensive Income), the Statement
thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion
of Cash Flows and the Statement of Changes in Equity
on these matters. We have determined the matters
for the year then ended, and a summary of significant
described below to be the key audit matters to be
accounting policies and other explanatory information
communicated in our report.
In our opinion and to the best of our information and
according to the explanations given to us, the aforesaid Key Audit Matter Auditor’s Response
Board’s Report
standalone financial statements give the information Impairment of Principal audit procedures
required by the Companies Act, 2013 (“the Act”) in Investments The performed:
the manner so required and give a true and fair view impairment review
• Benchmarking
in conformity with the Indian Accounting Standards of unquoted equity
assumptions:
prescribed under section 133 of the Act read with the instruments in
Comparing the
Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Rules, 2015, subsidiaries, is considered
Company’s assumptions
as amended, (“Ind AS”) and other accounting principles to be a risk area due
to externally derived
generally accepted in India, of the state of affairs of the to the size of the
data in relation to key
Company as at March 31, 2019, and its profit, total balances as well as
inputs such as long-
comprehensive income, its cash flows and the changes the judgmental nature
term growth rates and
in equity for the year ended on that date. of key assumptions,
discount rates.
which may be subject to
Basis for Opinion management override. • Our experience:
We conducted our audit of the standalone financial Assessing the
statements in accordance with the Standards on The carrying value of
appropriateness of the
Auditing specified under section 143(10) of the Act such unquoted equity
forecasted cash flows
(SAs). Our responsibilities under those Standards are instruments is at risk of
within the budgeted
further described in the Auditor’s Responsibility for the recoverability. The net
period based on our
Audit of the Standalone Financial Statements section worth of the underlying
understanding of the
of our report. We are independent of the Company entity has significantly
business and sector
in accordance with the Code of Ethics issued by the eroded. The estimated
experience.
Financials
Institute of Chartered Accountants of India (ICAI) recoverable amount is

together with the ethical requirements that are relevant subjective due to the • Sensitivity analysis:
to our audit of the standalone financial statements inherent uncertainty Performing sensitivity
under the provisions of the Act and the Rules made involved in forecasting analysis in relation to
thereunder, and we have fulfilled our other ethical and discounting future the key assumptions.
responsibilities in accordance with these requirements cash flows and there
and the ICAI’s Code of Ethics. We believe that the audit is limited headroom
evidence obtained by us is sufficient and appropriate to available.

Information Other than the Financial Statements or to cease operations, or has no realistic alternative but
and Auditor’s Report Thereon to do so.
The Company’s Board of Directors is responsible for the Those Board of Directors are also responsible for
other information. The other information comprises the overseeing the Company’s financial reporting process.
information included in the Management Discussion
and Analysis of Board’s report, but does not include the Auditor’s Responsibility for the Audit of the
consolidated financial statements, standalone financial Standalone Financial Statements
statements and our auditor’s report thereon. Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about
whether the standalone financial statements as a whole
Our opinion on the standalone financial statements
are free from material misstatement, whether due to
does not cover the other information and we do not
fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that
express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.
includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high
In connection with our audit of the standalone financial level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit
statements, our responsibility is to read the other conducted in accordance with SAs will always detect a
information and, in doing so, consider whether the material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can
other information is materially inconsistent with the arise from fraud or error and are considered material if,
standalone financial statements or our knowledge individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably
obtained during the course of our audit or otherwise be expected to influence the economic decisions of
appears to be materially misstated. users taken on the basis of these standalone financial
statements.
If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude
that there is a material misstatement of this other As part of an audit in accordance with SAs, we exercise
information, we are required to report that fact. We professional judgment and maintain professional
have nothing to report in this regard. skepticism throughout the audit. We also:
Management’s Responsibility for the Standalone • Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement
Financial Statements of the standalone financial statements, whether
The Company’s Board of Directors is responsible due to fraud or error, design and perform audit
for the matters stated in section 134(5) of the Act procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain
with respect to the preparation of these standalone audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate
financial statements that give a true and fair view of to provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not
the financial position, financial performance including detecting a material misstatement resulting from
other comprehensive income, cash flows and changes fraud is higher than for one resulting from error,
in equityof the Company in accordance with the Ind AS as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional
and other accounting principles generally accepted in omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of
India. This responsibility also includes maintenance of internal control.
adequate accounting records in accordance with the • Obtain an understanding of internal financial
provisions of the Act for safeguarding the assets of control relevant to the audit in order to design
the Company and for preventing and detecting frauds audit procedures that are appropriate in the
and other irregularities; selection and application of circumstances. Under section 143(3)(i) of the
appropriate accounting policies; making judgments and Act, we are also responsible for expressing our
estimates that are reasonable and prudent; and design, opinion on whether the Company has adequate
implementation and maintenance of adequate internal internal financial controls system in place and the
financial controls, that were operating effectively operating effectiveness of such controls.
for ensuring the accuracy and completeness of the
accounting records, relevant to the preparation and • Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting
presentation of the standalone financial statement that policies used and the reasonableness of accounting
give a true and fair view and are free from material estimates and related disclosures made by the
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. management.
In preparing the standalone financial statements, • Conclude on the appropriateness of management’s
management is responsible for assessing the Company’s use of the going concern basis of accounting and,
ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, based on the audit evidence obtained, whether
as applicable, matters related to going concern and a material uncertainty exists related to events or
using the going concern basis of accounting unless conditions that may cast significant doubt on the
management either intends to liquidate the Company Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, Other Matters
we are required to draw attention in our auditor’s The comparative financial information of the Company
report to the related disclosures in the standalone for the year ended March 31, 2018 and the related
financial statements or, if such disclosures are transition date opening balance sheet as at April 1,
inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions 2017 included in these standalone financial statements,
are based on the audit evidence obtained up to have been prepared after adjusting previously issued the
the date of our auditor’s report. However, future standalone financial statements prepared in accordance
events or conditions may cause the Company to with the Companies (Accounting Standards) Rules,
About Us
cease to continue as a going concern. 2006 to comply with Ind AS. The previously issued
• Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and standalone financial statements were audited by us
content of the standalone financial statements, and we expressed an unmodified opinion on those
including the disclosures, and whether the standalone financial statements. Adjustments made to
standalone financial statements represent the the previously issued standalone financial statements to
underlying transactions and events in a manner comply with Ind AS have been audited by us.
that achieves fair presentation. Our opinion on the standalone financial statements is
Materiality is the magnitude of misstatements in the not modified in respect of this the above matters on the
comparative financial information.
MD&A
standalone financial statements that, individually or
in aggregate, makes it probable that the economic Report on Other Legal and Regulatory
decisions of a reasonably knowledgeable user of the Requirements
standalone financial statements may be influenced. 1. As required by Section 143(3) of the Act, based on
We consider quantitative materiality and qualitative our audit we reportthat:
factors in (i) planning the scope of our audit work
and in evaluating the results of our work; and (ii) to a) We have sought and obtained all the
evaluate the effect of any identified misstatements in information and explanations which to the
the standalone financial statements. best of our knowledge and belief were
Board’s Report
necessary for the purposes of our audit.
We communicate with those charged with governance
regarding, among other matters, the planned scope b) In our opinion, proper books of account
and timing of the audit and significant audit findings, as required by law have been kept by the
including any significant deficiencies in internal control Company so far as it appears from our
that we identify during our audit. examination of those books.
We also provide those charged with governance with c) The Balance Sheet, the Statement of Profit and
a statement that we have complied with relevant Loss including Other Comprehensive Income,
ethical requirements regarding independence, and to the Statement of Cash Flows and Statement
communicate with them all relationships and other of Changes in Equity dealt with by this Report
matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on are in agreement with the books of account.
our independence, and where applicable, related d) In our opinion, the aforesaid standalone
safeguards. financial statements comply with the Ind AS
From the matters communicated with those charged specified under Section 133 of the Act.
with governance, we determine those matters that e) On the basis of the written representations
were of most significance in the audit of the standalone received from the directors as on March
financial statements of the current period and are 31, 2019 taken on record by the Board of
therefore the key audit matters. We describe these Directors, none of the directors is disqualified
matters in our auditor’s report unless law or regulation as on March 31, 2019 from being appointed
precludes public disclosure about the matter or when,
Financials
as a director in terms of Section 164(2) of the
in extremely rare circumstances, we determine that a Act.
matter should not be communicated in our report
because the adverse consequences of doing so would f) With respect to the adequacy of the internal
reasonably be expected to outweigh the public interest financial controls over financial reporting of
benefits of such communication. the Company and the operating effectiveness

of such controls, refer to our separate Report opinion and to the best of our information
in “Annexure A”. Our report expresses an and according to the explanations given to us:
unmodified opinion on the adequacy and
i. The Company does not have any pending
operating effectiveness of the Company’s
litigations which would impact its
internal financial controls over financial
financial position.
reporting.
ii. The Company did not have any long-term
g) With respect to the other matters to be
contracts including derivative contracts
included in the Auditor’s Report in accordance
for which there were any material
with the requirements of section 197(16) of
foreseeable losses.
the Act, as amended:
iii. There were no amounts which were
In our opinion and to the best of our
required to be transferred to the Investor
information and according to the explanations
Education and Protection Fund by the
given to us, the remuneration paid by the
Company.
Company to its directors during the year is in
accordance with the provisions of section 197 2. As required by the Companies (Auditor’s Report)
of the Act. Order, 2016 (“the Order”) issued by the Central
Government in terms of Section 143(11) of the
h) With respect to the other matters to be
Act, we give in “Annexure B” a statement on the
included in the Auditor’s Report in accordance
matters specified in paragraphs 3 and 4 of the
with Rule 11 of the Companies (Audit and
Order.
Auditors) Rules, 2014, as amended in our
For DELOITTE HASKINS & SELLS LLP For B. K. KHARE & CO.
(Firm’s Registration No. 117366W/W-100018) (Firm’s Registration No. 105102W)
Sanjiv V. Pilgaonkar Padmini Khare Kaicker

(Partner) (Partner)
(Membership No. 39826) (Membership No. 044784)
Mumbai, April 28, 2019 Mumbai, April 28, 2019

Annexure ‘A’ to the Independent Auditors’ Report
(Referred to in paragraph 1(f) under ‘Report on Our audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit
Other Legal and Regulatory Requirements’ section evidence about the adequacy of the internal financial
of our report of even date) controls system over financial reporting and their
operating effectiveness. Our audit of internal financial
Report on the Internal Financial Controls Over
controls over financial reporting included obtaining
Financial Reporting under Clause (i) of Sub-
About Us
an understanding of internal financial controls over
section 3 of Section 143 of the Companies Act,
financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material
2013 (“the Act”)
weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design
We have audited the internal financial controls over and operating effectiveness of internal control based
financial reporting of L&T Finance Limited (“the on the assessed risk. The procedures selected depend
Company”) as of March 31, 2019 in conjunction with on the auditor’s judgement, including the assessment
our audit of the standalone Ind AS financial statements of the risks of material misstatement of the financial
of the Company for the year ended on that date statements, whether due to fraud or error.
which includes internal financial controls over financial
reporting. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained
MD&A
is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for
Management’s Responsibility for Internal our audit opinion on the Company’s internal financial
Financial Controls controls system over financial reporting.
The Company’s management is responsible for
establishing and maintaining internal financial controls Meaning of Internal Financial Controls Over
based on the internal control over financial reporting Financial Reporting
criteria established by the Company considering the A company’s internal financial control over financial
essential components of internal control stated in the reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable
Guidance Note on Audit of Internal Financial Controls assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting
Board’s Report
Over Financial Reporting issued by the Institute of and the preparation of financial statements for external
Chartered Accountants of India These responsibilities purposes in accordance with generally accepted
include the design, implementation and maintenance of accounting principles. A company’s internal financial
adequate internal financial controls that were operating control over financial reporting includes those policies
effectively for ensuring the orderly and efficient conduct and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of
of its business, including adherence to company’s records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly
policies, the safeguarding of its assets, the prevention reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets
and detection of frauds and errors, the accuracy and of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance
that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit
completeness of the accounting records, and the timely
preparation of reliable financial information, as required preparation of financial statements in accordance
under the Companies Act, 2013. with generally accepted accounting principles, and
that receipts and expenditures of the company are
Auditor’s Responsibility being made only in accordance with authorisations of
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the management and directors of the company; and (3)
Company’s internal financial controls over financial provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or
reporting of the Company based on our audit. We timely detection of unauthorised acquisition, use, or
conducted our audit in accordance with the Guidance disposition of the company’s assets that could have a
Note on Audit of Internal Financial Controls Over material effect on the financial statements.
Financial Reporting (the “Guidance Note”) issued by
the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India and the Inherent Limitations of Internal Financial Controls
Standards on Auditing prescribed under Section 143(10) Over Financial Reporting
Financials
of the Companies Act, 2013, to the extent applicable to Because of the inherent limitations of internal financial
an audit of internal financial controls. Those Standards controls over financial reporting, including the possibility
and the Guidance Note require that we comply with of collusion or improper management override of
ethical requirements and plan and perform the audit to controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud
obtain reasonable assurance about whether adequate may occur and not be detected. Also, projections of
internal financial controls over financial reporting any evaluation of the internal financial controls over
was established and maintained and if such controls financial reporting to future periods are subject to the
operated effectively in all material respects. risk that the internal financial control over financial

reporting may become inadequate because of changes such internal financial controls over financial reporting
in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the were operating effectively as at March 31, 2019, based
policies or procedures may deteriorate. on the criteria for internal financial control over financial
reporting established by the Company considering the
Opinion
essential components of internal control stated in the
In our opinion, to the best of our information and Guidance Note on Audit of Internal Financial Controls
according to the explanations given to us, the Company Over Financial Reporting issued by the Institute of
has, in all material respects, an adequate internal Chartered Accountants of India.
financial controls system over financial reporting and

(Partner) (Partner)
Annexure ‘B’ to the Independent Auditors’ Report

(Referred to in paragraph 2 under ‘Report on Other investments or provide guarantees and hence
Legal and Regulatory Requirements’ section of our reporting under clause (iv) of the Order is not
report of even date) applicable.
(i) (a) The Company has maintained proper records (v) According to the information and explanations
showing full particulars, including quantitative given to us, the Company has not accepted
details and situation of fixed assets. any deposit during the year. According to the
information and explanations given to us, no order
(b) The fixed assets were physically verified
has been passed by the Company Law Board or
during the year by the Management in
the National Company Law Tribunal or the Reserve
accordance with a regular programme of
Bank of India or any Court or any other Tribunal.
verification which, in our opinion, provides
for physical verification of all the fixed assets (vi) The maintenance of cost records has not been
at reasonable intervals. According to the specified by the Central Government under
information and explanation given to us, no section 148(1) of the Companies Act, 2013.
material discrepancies were noticed on such
(vii) According to the information and explanations
verification.
given to us, in respect of statutory dues:
(c) The Company does not have any immovable
(a) The Company has generally been regular
properties of freehold or leasehold land and
in depositing undisputed statutory dues,
building and hence reporting under clause (i)
including Provident Fund, Employees’ State
(c) of the Order is not applicable.
Insurance, Income-tax, Sales Tax, Service Tax,
(ii) The Company does not have any inventory and Value Added Tax, Goods and Service Tax, cess
hence reporting under clause (ii) of the Order is and other material statutory dues applicable
not applicable. to it to the appropriate authorities. To the best
of our knowledge and belief, the Company
(iii) The Company has not granted any loans, secured
was not required to deposit or pay any dues
or unsecured, to companies, firms, Limited
in respect of Custom Duty, Excise Duty and
Liability Partnerships or other parties covered in
corresponding cess during the year.
the register maintained under section 189 of the
Companies Act, 2013. (b) There were no undisputed amounts payable
in respect of Provident Fund, Employees’
(iv) The Company has not granted any loans, made

State Insurance, Income-tax, Sales Tax, Service accordance with the requisite approvals mandated
Tax, Customs Duty, Excise Duty, Value Added by the provisions of section 197 read with Schedule
Tax, Goods and Service Tax, cess and other V to the Companies Act, 2013.
material statutory dues in arrears as at March
(xii) The Company is not a Nidhi Company and hence
31, 2019 for a period of more than six months
reporting under clause (xii) of the Order is not
from the date they became payable.
applicable.
(c) There are no dues of Income-tax, Sales Tax,
(xiii) In our opinion and according to the information
About Us
Service Tax, Customs Duty, Excise Duty, Goods
and explanations given to us the Company is
and Service Tax and Value Added Tax as on
in compliance with Section 188 and 177 of the
March 31, 2019 on account of disputes.
Companies Act, 2013, where applicable, for all
(viii) In our opinion and according to the information transactions with the related parties and the details
and explanations given to us, the Company of related party transactions have been disclosed
has not defaulted in the repayment of loans or in the financial statements etc. as required by the
borrowings to financial institutions, banks and applicable accounting standards.
government. The Company has not issued any
(xiv) According to the information and explanations
debentures.
given to us, the Company has not made any
MD&A
(ix) The Company has not raised moneys by way of preferential allotment or private placement of
initial public offer or further public offer (including shares or fully or partly convertible debentures and
debt instruments) or term loans and hence hence reporting under clause (xiv) of the Order is
reporting under clause (ix) of the Order is not not applicable.
applicable.
(xv) In our opinion and according to the information
(x) To the best of our knowledge and according to and explanations given to us, during the year
the information and explanations given to us, the Company has not entered into any non-cash
no fraud by the Company and no fraud on the transactions with its directors or persons connected
Board’s Report
Company by its officers or employees has been with him and hence provisions of section 192 of
noticed or reported during the year. the Companies Act, 2013 are not applicable.
(xi) In our opinion and according to the information (xvi) The Company is required to be registered under
and explanations given to us, the Company section 45-IA of the Reserve Bank of India Act,
has paid/provided managerial remuneration in 1934 and it has obtained the registration.

(Partner) (Partner)
Financials

Balance Sheet as at March 31, 2019
(R in crore)
Note As at March As at March As at April 01,
Particulars
No. 31, 2019 31, 2018 2017
ASSETS:
(1) Financial assets
(a) Cash and cash equivalents 2 0.49 11.26 0.53
(b) Bank balance other than (a) above 3 1.87 1.00 1.69
(c) Receivables 4
(I) Trade receivables 9.17 57.63 26.99
(II) Other receivables – – –
(d) Loans 5 563.98 1,014.08 585.58
(e) Investments 6 9,146.19 7,840.39 5,644.75
(f) Other financial assets 7 290.62 224.01 86.26
(2) Non-financial assets
(a) Current tax assets (net) 8 1.21 1.54 14.04
(b) Deferred tax assets (net) 9 33.66 34.76 41.96
(c) Property, plant and equipment 10 0.79 0.01 0.01
(d) Other intangible assets 10 – – 0.02
(e) Other non-financial assets 11 0.90 2.18 0.69
TOTAL ASSETS 10,048.88 9,186.86 6,402.52
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY:
LIABILITIES
(1) Financial liabilities
(a) Payables
(I) Trade payables
(i) Total outstanding dues of micro enterprises and – – –
small enterprises
(ii) Total outstanding dues of creditors other than 12 0.01 0.02 0.19
micro enterprises and small enterprises
(II) Other payables
(i) Total outstanding dues of micro enterprises and – – –
small enterprises
(ii) Total outstanding dues of creditors other than – – –
(b) Debt securities 13 1,162.49 – 568.97
(c) Borrowings (other than debt securities) 14 4.99 468.70 433.99
(d) Subordinated liabilities 15 1,032.29 1,030.12 1,206.24
(e) Other financial liabilities 16 5.95 10.80 8.02
(2) Non-financial liabilities
(a) Current tax liabilities (net) 17 7.85 – –
(b) Provisions 18 2.08 1.83 2.86
(c) Other non-financial liabilities 19 2.87 1.70 37.94
(3) Equity
(a) Equity share capital 20 1,998.81 1,995.68 1,755.72
(b) Other equity 21 5,831.54 5,678.01 2,388.59
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY 10,048.88 9,186.86 6,402.52
Significant accounting policies 1
See accompanying notes forming part of the financial statements 2 to 52
In terms of our report attached In terms of our report attached For and on behalf of the Board of Directors of
For DELOITTE HASKINS & SELLS LLP For B. K. KHARE & CO. L&T Finance Holdings Limited
Padmini Khare Kaicker S. V. Haribhakti Dinanath Dubhashi
Partner
Partner Non-Executive Chairman Managing Director &
Membership no. 044784 (DIN: 00007347) Chief Executive Officer
(DIN: 03545900)
Apurva Rathod Sachinn Joshi

Company Secretary Chief Financial Officer
Place : Mumbai Place : Mumbai Place : Mumbai

Date : April 28, 2019 Date : April 28, 2019 Date : April 28, 2019

Statement of Profit and Loss for the year ended March 31, 2019
(R in crore)
Note Year ended Year ended

Particulars
No. March 31, 2019 March 31, 2018
Revenue from operations
About Us
(i) Interest income 22 137.94 73.01
(ii) Dividend income 23 343.79 376.92
(iii) Net gain on fair value changes 24 0.38 4.65
(I) Total revenue from operations 482.11 454.58
(II) Other income 25 44.37 23.24
(III) Total income (I+II) 526.48 477.82
Expenses
(i) Finance costs 26 202.05 161.96
(ii) Impairment on financial instruments 27 (3.91) 1.98
MD&A
(iii) Employee benefit expenses 28 15.08 10.03
(iv) Depreciation, amortization and impairment 10 0.11 0.02
(v) Other expenses 29 9.12 11.13
(IV) Total expenses 222.45 185.12
(V) Profit before tax (III-IV) 304.03 292.70
(VI) Tax expense: 30
(1) Current tax 35.87 7.02
Board’s Report
(2) Deferred tax 1.10 7.19
(3) Provision for tax related to earlier years – 12.44
(VII) Profit for the year (V - VI) 267.06 266.05
Other comprehensive income
(i) Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss
(a) Remeasurements of defined benefit plans (net) (0.32) 0.62
(VIII) Other comprehensive income (0.32) 0.62
(IX) Total comprehensive income for the year (VII+VIII) 266.74 266.67
(X) Earnings per equity share 40
Basic (R) 1.34 1.46
Diluted (R) 1.33 1.44
Financials
Partner
(DIN: 03545900)



Statement of changes in equity for the year ended March 31, 2019
A. Equity share capital
As at March 31, 2019 As at March 31, 2018
Particulars
No. of Shares (R in crore) No. of Shares (R in crore)
Issued, subscribed and fully paid 1,99,56,76,960 1,995.68 1,75,57,21,861 1,755.72
up equity shares outstanding at the
beginning of the year
Add: Shares issued during the year:
- On a preferential basis – – 17,16,31,889 171.64
- On a qualified institutional placement – – 6,30,51,702 63.05
- Against employee stock option 31,35,400 3.13 52,71,508 5.27
Issued, subscribed and fully paid up 1,99,88,12,360 1,998.81 1,99,56,76,960 1,995.68
equity shares outstanding at the end
of the year
B. Other equity
(R in crore)
Reserve
Money
u/s 45-IC Employee
Securities received
General of Reserve stock option Retained
Particulars premium against Total
reserve Bank of outstanding earnings
account share
India Act, account
warrants
1934
Balance as at April 01, 2017 1,800.35 1.60 294.29 32.07 142.21 118.07 2,388.59
Profit for the year (a) – – – – 266.05 – 266.05
Actuarial gain on defined – – – – 0.62 – 0.62
benefit plan (gratuity) net of
income tax (b)
Total comprehensive – – – – 266.67 – 266.67
income for the year (a+b)
Issue of equity shares 3,273.29 – – – – – 3,273.29
Share issue expenses (18.53) – – – – – (18.53)
Employee stock option (net) – – – 31.80 – – 31.80
Shares issued against share – – – – – (118.07) (118.07)
warrants
Transfer to general reserve – 0.23 – (0.23) – – –
Transfer from retained – – 73.57 – (73.57) – –
earnings
Dividend paid – – – – (145.74) – (145.74)
Balance as at March 31, 5,055.11 1.83 367.86 63.64 189.57 – 5,678.01
2018
Profit for the year (a) – – – – 267.06 – 267.06
Actuarial loss on defined – – – – (0.32) – (0.32)
benefit plan (gratuity) net of
income tax (b)
Total comprehensive – – – – 266.74 – 266.74
income for the year (a+b)
Issue of equity shares 28.15 – – – – – 28.15

Statement of changes in equity for the year ended March 31, 2019
(R in crore)
Reserve
Money
u/s 45-IC Employee
Securities received
General of Reserve stock option Retained
Particulars premium against Total
reserve Bank of outstanding earnings
About Us
account share
India Act, account
warrants
1934
Share issue expenses (0.02) – – – – – (0.02)
Employee stock option (net) – – – 58.36 – – 58.36
Transfer to general reserve – 0.06 – (0.06) – – –
Transfer from retained – – 53.41 – (53.41) – –
earnings
Dividend paid – – – – (199.70) – (199.70)
Balance as at March 31, 5,083.24 1.89 421.27 121.94 203.20 – 5,831.54
MD&A
2019
Partner
Board’s Report
(DIN: 03545900)


Financials

Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended March 31, 2019
(R in crore)
Year ended Year ended
Particulars
March 31, 2019 March 31, 2018
A. Cash flow from operating activities
Profit before tax 304.03 292.70
Adjustments for:
Depreciation and amortisation expense 0.11 0.02
Impairment loss allowance (3.91) 1.98
Fair value (gain)/loss on investment – 0.57
Expenses on employee stock options 7.66 5.25
Contribution to gratuity 0.11 (0.42)
Contribution to superannuation fund 0.22 0.20
Gain on sale of investments (net) (0.38) (5.22)
Operating profit before working capital changes 307.84 295.08
Changes in working capital:
(Increase) / decrease in financial assets 435.86 (564.18)
(Increase) / decrease in non-financial assets 1.28 (1.48)
Increase / (decrease) in financial liabilities (3.78) 5.99
Increase / (decrease) in non-financial liabilities 61.48 (0.48)
Cash generated from / (used in) operations 802.68 (265.07)
Net income tax paid (27.69) (6.96)
Net cash generated from / (used in) operating activities (A) 774.99 (272.03)
B. Cash flow from investing activities
Purchase of property, plant and equipment (0.90) –
Investment in subsidiaries (1,305.80) (2,466.36)
Purchase of investments (665.00) (3,060.47)
Proceeds from sale of investments 665.38 3,335.83
Net cash used in investing activities (B) (1,306.32) (2,191.00)

Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended March 31, 2019
(R in crore)
Particulars
March 31, 2019 March 31, 2018
C. Cash flow from financing activities
About Us
Proceeds from issue of equity shares including securities premium 21.50 3,385.97
Proceeds from issue of preference shares 250.00 –
Payment on redemption of preference shares (250.00) (179.00)
Share issue expenses (0.02) (18.53)
Dividend paid (199.70) (145.74)
Repayment of borrowings (463.71) (568.94)
Proceeds from borrowings 1,162.49 –
MD&A
Net cash generated from financing activities (C) 520.56 2,473.76
Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents (A+B+C) (10.77) 10.73
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year 11.26 0.53
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year 0.49 11.26
Notes:
1. Statement of cash flows has been prepared under the indirect
Board’s Report
method as set out in the Ind AS 7 ”Statement of Cash Flows” as
specified in the Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Rules,
2015.
2. Net cash used in operating activity is determined after adjusting the
following:
Interest received 133.55 63.51
Dividend received 277.46 239.20
Interest paid 261.85 123.48
Partner
(DIN: 03545900)

Company Secretary Chief Financial Officer Financials


Notes forming part of the Financial Statements
Brief Profile: measurements are observable and the significance
L&T Finance Holdings Limited (the “Company” or of the inputs to the fair value measurement in its
“LTFH”) is a subsidiary of Larsen & Toubro Limited. entirety, which are described as follows:
The Company is registered with the Reserve Bank of • Level 1 inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted)
India (“RBI”) as a Systemically Important Non-Deposit in active markets for identical assets or
Accepting Core Investment Company (“NBFC-CIC”). liabilities that the Company can access at
As an NBFC-CIC, the Company is a primary holding reporting date
company, holding investments in its subsidiaries and
other group companies and carries out only such • Level 2 inputs are inputs, other than quoted
activities as are permitted under the guidelines issued prices included within level 1, that are
by RBI for NBFC-CICs. The Company’s subsidiaries are observable for the asset or liability, either
engaged in a businesses in the financial services sector. directly or indirectly; and
• Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the
1. Significant Accounting Policies:
valuation of assets or liabilities
1.1. Statement of compliance:
The financial statements have been prepared in 1.3. Presentation of financial statements:
accordance with the provisions of the Companies The Balance Sheet and the Statement of Profit
Act, 2013 and the Indian Accounting Standards and Loss are prepared and presented in the
(Ind AS) notified under the Companies (Indian format prescribed in the Division III to Schedule
Accounting Standards) Rules, 2015 (as amended III to the Companies Act, 2013 (“the Act”)
from time to time) issued by Ministry of Corporate applicable for Non-Banking Finance Companies
Affairs in exercise of the powers conferred by (“NBFC”). The Statement of Cash Flows has been
section 133 read with sub-section (1) of section prepared and presented as per the requirements
210A of the Companies Act, 2013. In addition, of Ind AS 7 “Statement of Cash Flows”. The
the guidance notes/announcements issued by disclosure requirements with respect to items
the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India in the Balance Sheet and Statement of Profit
(ICAI) are also applied along with compliance with and Loss, as prescribed in the Schedule III to
other statutory promulgations require a different the Act, are presented by way of notes forming
treatment. part of the financial statements along with the
other notes required to be disclosed under the
The financial statements for the year ended March notified accounting Standards and the SEBI
31, 2019 of the Company is the first financial (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements)
statements prepared in compliance with Ind AS. Regulations, 2015.
The date of transition to Ind AS is April 1, 2017.
The financial statements upto the year ended Amounts in the financial statements are presented
March 31, 2018, were prepared in accordance in Indian Rupees in Crore rounded off to two
with the accounting standards notified under the decimal places as permitted by Schedule III to
Companies (Accounting Standards) Rules, 2006 the Companies Act, 2013. Per share data are
(“Previous GAAP”) and other relevant provisions presented in Indian Rupee to two decimal places.
of the Act. The figures for the year ended March
1.4. Revenue recognition:
31, 2018 have now been restated under Ind AS
to provide comparability. Refer Note 43 for the Revenue is recognised to the extent that it is
details of first-time adoption exemptions availed probable that the economic benefits will flow to
by the Company. the Company and the revenue can be reliably
measured and there exists reasonable certainty of
1.2. Basis of preparation: its recovery. Revenue is measured at the fair value
The financial statements have been prepared on of the consideration received or receivable as
the historical cost basis except for certain financial reduced for estimated customer credits and other
instruments that are measured at fair values at the similar allowances.
end of each reporting period.
(i) Interest and dividend income
Fair value measurements under Ind AS are Interest income is recognised in the Statement
categorised into Level 1, 2, or 3 based on the of Profit and Loss and for all financial
degree to which the inputs to the fair value instruments except for those classified as held
for trading or those measured or designated

as at fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL) is profit and loss. In cases there is a net gain in
measured using the effective interest method aggregate, the same is recognised in “Net
(EIR). gains or fair value changes” under revenue
from operations and if there is a net loss
The calculation of the EIR includes all fees
the same is disclosed “Expenses”, in the
and points paid or received between parties
About Us
to the contract that are incremental and statement of profit and loss.
directly attributable to the specific lending (iv) Other operational revenue:
arrangement, transaction costs, and all other Other operational revenue represents income
premiums or discounts. For financial assets earned from the activities incidental to the
at FVTPL transaction costs are recognised in
business and is recognised when the right to
profit or loss at initial recognition.
receive the income is established as per the
The interest income is calculated by applying terms of the contract.
the EIR to the gross carrying amount of
non-credit impaired financial assets (i.e. at 1.5. Property, plant and equipment (PPE):
the amortised cost of the financial asset PPE is recognised when it is probable that future
MD&A
before adjusting for any expected credit economic benefits associated with the item
loss allowance). For credit-impaired financial will flow to the Company and the cost of the
assets the interest income is calculated by item can be measured reliably. PPE is stated at
applying the EIR to the amortised cost of original cost net of tax/duty credits availed, if any,
the credit-impaired financial assets (i.e. the less accumulated depreciation and cumulative
gross carrying amount less the allowance for impairment, if any. Cost includes all direct cost
expected credit losses (ECLs)). For financial related to the acquisition of PPE and, for qualifying
assets originated or purchased credit-impaired assets, borrowing costs capitalised in accordance
Board’s Report
(POCI) the EIR reflects the ECLs in determining with the Company’s accounting policy.
the future cash flows expected to be received For transition to Ind AS, the Company has elected
from the financial asset. to adopt as deemed cost, the carrying value of PPE
Dividend income is recognised when the measured as per Previous GAAP less accumulated
Company’s right to receive dividend is depreciation and cumulative impairment on
established by the reporting date and no the transition date of April 1, 2017. In respect
significant uncertainty as to collectability of revalued assets, the value as determined by
exists. valuers as reduced by accumulated depreciation
and cumulative impairment is taken as cost on
(ii) Fee and commission income: transition date.
Fee and commission income and expense
Land and buildings held for use are stated in
include fees other than those that are an
the balance sheet at cost less accumulated
integral part of EIR. The fees included in the depreciation and accumulated impairment losses.
Company statement of profit and loss include Freehold land is not depreciated.
among other things fees charged for servicing
a loan, non-utilisation fees relating to loan PPE not ready for the intended use on the date of
commitments when it is unlikely that these the Balance Sheet are disclosed as “capital work-
will result in a specific lending arrangement in-progress”.
and loan advisory fees. Depreciation is recognised using straight line
Fee and commission expenses with regards to method so as to write off the cost of the assets
(other than freehold land)) less their residual values
Financials
services are accounted for as the services are
received. over their useful lives specified in Schedule II to the
Companies Act, 2013, or in case of assets where the
(iii) Net gain or fair value change: useful life was determined by technical evaluation,
Any differences between the fair values of the over the useful life so determined. Depreciation
financial assets classified as fair value through method is reviewed at each financial year end to
the profit or loss, held by the Company on reflect expected pattern of consumption of the
the balance sheet date is recognised as an future economic benefits embodied in the asset.
unrealised gain/loss in the statement of The estimated useful life and residual values are

also reviewed at each financial year end with the in profit or loss when the asset is derecognised.
effect of any change in the estimates of useful life/
residual value is accounted on prospective basis. 1.7. Impairment of tangible and intangible assets
other than goodwill
Depreciation for additions to/deductions from, As at the end of each accounting year, the
owned assets is calculated pro rata to the period Company reviews the carrying amounts of its PPE
of use. Depreciation charge for impaired assets and intangible assets to determine whether there
is adjusted in future periods in such a manner is any indication that those assets have suffered
that the revised carrying amount of the asset is an impairment loss. If such indication exists, the
allocated over its remaining useful life. PPE, investment property and intangible assets
Assets held under finance leases are depreciated are tested for impairment so as to determine
over the shorter of lease term and their useful life the impairment loss, if any. Goodwill and the
on the same basis as owned assets. However, when intangible assets with indefinite life are tested for
there is no reasonable certainty that the Company impairment each year.
shall obtain ownership of the assets at the end of Impairment loss is recognised when the carrying
the lease term, such assets are depreciated based amount of an asset exceeds its recoverable
on the useful life prescribed under Schedule II to amount. Recoverable amount is determined:
the Companies Act, 2013 or based on the useful
life adopted by the Company for similar assets. (i) in the case of an individual asset, at the higher
of the net selling price and the value in use;
An item of property, plant and equipment is and
derecognised upon disposal or when no future
economic benefits are expected to arise from (ii) in the case of a cash generating unit (the
the continued use of the asset. Any gain or loss smallest identifiable Company of assets that
arising on the disposal or retirement of an item generates independent cash flows), at the
of property, plant and equipment is recognised in higher of the cash generating unit’s net selling
profit or loss. price and the value in use.
1.6. Intangible assets: Recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less
Intangible assets are recognised when it is costs of disposal and value in use. In assessing
probable that the future economic benefits value in use, the estimated future cash flows are
that are attributable to the asset will flow to discounted to their present value using a pre-
the enterprise and the cost of the asset can be tax discount rate that reflects current market
measured reliably. Intangible assets are stated at assessments of the time value of money and the
original cost net of tax/duty credits availed, if any, risks specific to the asset for which the estimates
less accumulated amortisation and cumulative of future cash flows have not been adjusted.
impairment. Direct expenses and administrative If recoverable amount of an asset (or cash
and other general overhead expenses that are generating unit) is estimated to be less than
specifically attributable to acquisition of intangible its carrying amount, such deficit is recognised
assets are allocated and capitalised as a part of the immediately in the Statement of Profit and Loss
cost of the intangible assets. as impairment loss and the carrying amount of
Intangible assets not ready for the intended use the asset (or cash generating unit) is reduced
on the date of Balance Sheet are disclosed as to its recoverable amount. For this purpose, the
“Intangible assets under development”. impairment loss recognised in respect of a cash
generating unit is allocated first to reduce the
Intangible assets are amortised on straight line carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to
basis over the estimated useful life. The method such cash generating unit and then to reduce the
of amortisation and useful life are reviewed at the carrying amount of the other assets of the cash
end of each accounting year with the effect of any generating unit on a pro-rata basis.
changes in the estimate being accounted for on a
prospective basis. When an impairment loss subsequently reverses,
the carrying amount of the asset (or cash
An intangible asset is derecognised on disposal, or generating unit), except for allocated goodwill, is
when no future economic benefits are expected increased to the revised estimate of its recoverable
from use or disposal. Gains or losses arising from amount, but so that the increased carrying amount
derecognition of an intangible asset are recognised

does not exceed the carrying amount that would and any change in the effect of asset
have been determined had no impairment loss is ceiling (if applicable) is recognised in other
recognised for the asset (or cash generating unit) comprehensive income and is reflected in
in prior years. A reversal of an impairment loss retained earnings and the same is not eligible
(other than impairment loss allocated to goodwill) to be reclassified to profit or loss.
About Us
is recognised immediately in the Statement of
Defined benefit costs comprising current
Profit and Loss.
service cost, past service cost and gains or
1.8. Employee benefits: losses on settlements are recognised in the
(i) Short term employee benefits: Statement of Profit and Loss as employee
benefit expenses. Interest cost implicit in
Employee benefits falling due wholly within
defined benefit employee cost is recognised
twelve months of rendering the service are in the Statement of Profit and Loss under
classified as short term employee benefits finance cost. Gains or losses on settlement
and are expensed in the period in which the of any defined benefit plan are recognised
employee renders the related service. Liabilities when the settlement occurs. Past service cost
MD&A
recognised in respect of short-term employee is recognised as expense at the earlier of the
benefits are measured at the undiscounted plan amendment or curtailment and when
amount of the benefits expected to be paid in the Company recognises related restructuring
exchange for the related service. costs or termination benefits.
(ii) Post-employment benefits: In case of funded plans, the fair value of
(a) Defined contribution plans: The the plan assets is reduced from the gross
Company’s superannuation scheme, obligation under the defined benefit plans to
state governed provident fund scheme, recognise the obligation on a net basis.
Board’s Report
employee state insurance scheme and (iii) Long term employee benefits:
employee pension scheme are defined The obligation recognised in respect of long
contribution plans. The contribution paid/ term benefits such as long term compensated
payable under the schemes is recognised absences is measured at present value of
during the period in which the employee estimated future cash flows expected to be
renders the related service. made by the Company and is recognised in
(b) Defined benefit plans: The employees’ a similar manner as in the case of defined
gratuity fund schemes and employee benefit plans vide (ii) (b) above.
provident fund schemes managed by
(iv) Termination benefits:
board of trustees established by the
Company, the post-retirement medical Termination benefits such as compensation
care plan and the Parent Company under employee separation schemes are
pension plan represent defined benefit recognised as expense when the Company’s
plans. The present value of the obligation offer of the termination benefit is accepted
under defined benefit plans is determined or when the Company recognises the related
based on actuarial valuation using the restructuring costs whichever is earlier.
Projected Unit Credit Method.
1.9. Leases:
The obligation is measured at the present The determination of whether an agreement is, or
value of the estimated future cash flows using contains, a lease is based on the substance of the
a discount rate based on the market yield on agreement at the date of inception.
Financials
government securities of a maturity period

(i) Finance leases:
equivalent to the weighted average maturity
profile of the defined benefit obligations at A. Leases where the Company has
the Balance Sheet date. substantially transferred all the risks and
rewards of ownership of the related assets
Remeasurement, comprising actuarial are classified as finance leases. Assets
gains and losses, the return on plan assets under finance lease are capitalised at the
(excluding amounts included in net interest commencement of the lease at the lower
on the net defined benefit liability or asset)

of the fair value or the present value of (i) Financial assets
minimum lease payments and a liability is (a) Financial assets at amortised cost
created for an equivalent amount.
Financial assets are subsequently
Each lease rental paid is allocated measured at amortised cost using the
between the liability and the interest cost, effective interest rate (EIR) if these
so as to obtain a constant periodic rate financial assets are held within a business
of interest on the outstanding liability for model whose objective is to hold these
each period. assets in order to collect contractual cash
B. Assets given under a finance lease are flows and the contractual terms of the
recognised as a receivable at an amount financial asset give rise on specified dates
equal to the net investment in the lease. to cash flows that are solely payments
Lease income is recognised over the period of principal and interest on the principal
of the lease so as to yield a constant rate amount outstanding.
of return on the net investment in the
lease. (b) Financial assets at fair value through
other comprehensive income (FVTOCI)
(ii) Operating leases:
Financial assets are measured at fair value
The leases which are not classified as finance through other comprehensive income
lease are operating leases. if these financial assets are held within
A. Lease rentals on assets under operating a business model whose objective is
lease are charged to the Statement of achieved by both collecting contractual
Profit and Loss on a straight line basis cash flows that give rise on specified dates
over the term of the relevant lease. to sole payments of principal and interest
on the principal amount outstanding and
B. Assets leased out under operating leases by selling financial assets.
are continued to be shown under the
respective class of assets. Rental income (c) Debt instruments at amortised cost or
is recognised on a straight line basis over at FVTOCI
the term of the relevant lease. The Company assesses the classification
and measurement of a financial asset
1.10. Financial instruments:
based on the contractual cash flow
Financial assets and financial liabilities are characteristics of the asset and the
recognised in the Company’s balance sheet when Company’s business model for managing
the Company becomes a party to the contractual the asset.
provisions of the instrument.
For an asset to be classified and measured
Recognised financial assets and financial liabilities at amortised cost, its contractual terms
are initially measured at fair value. Transaction should give rise to cash flows that are
costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition solely payments of principal and interest
or issue of financial assets and financial liabilities on the principal outstanding (SPPI).
(other than financial assets and financial liabilities
at FVTPL) are added to or deducted from the fair For an asset to be classified and measured
value of the financial assets or financial liabilities, at FVTOCI, the asset is held within
as appropriate, on initial recognition. Transaction a business model whose objective is
costs directly attributable to the acquisition of achieved both by collecting contractual
financial assets or financial liabilities at FVTPL are cash flows and selling financial assets;
recognised immediately in profit or loss. and the contractual terms of instrument
give rise on specified dates to cash flows
A financial asset and a financial liability is offset that are solely payments of principal
and presented on net basis in the balance sheet and interest on the principal amount
when there is a current legally enforceable right to outstanding.
set-off the recognised amounts and it is intended
to either settle on net basis or to realise the asset The Company has more than one
and settle the liability simultaneously. business model for managing its financial

instruments which reflect how the Debt instruments that are subsequently
Company manages its financial assets measured at amortised cost or at FVTOCI
in order to generate cash flows. The are subject to impairment.
Company’s business models determine
(d) Financial assets at fair value through
whether cash flows will result from
profit or loss (FVTPL)
About Us
collecting contractual cash flows, selling
financial assets or both. Financial assets are measured at fair value
through profit or loss unless it is measured
The Company considers all relevant
at amortised cost or at fair value through
information available when making the
other comprehensive income on initial
business model assessment. However
recognition. The transaction costs directly
this assessment is not performed on the
attributable to the acquisition of financial
basis of scenarios that the Company
assets and liabilities at fair value through
does not reasonably expect to occur,
profit or loss are immediately recognised
such as so-called ‘worst case’ or ‘stress
in profit or loss.
case’ scenarios. The Company takes into
MD&A
account all relevant evidence available (e) De-recognition
such as:
A financial asset (or, where applicable,
• how the performance of the business a part of a financial asset or part of a
model and the financial assets held Company of similar financial assets) is
within that business model are primarily de-recognised when:
evaluated and reported to the entity’s • The rights to receive cash flows from
key management personnel; the asset have expired, or
Board’s Report
• the risks that affect the performance • The Company has transferred its
of the business model (and the rights to receive cash flows from the
financial assets held within that asset or has assumed an obligation
business model) and, in particular, to pay the received cash flows in full
the way in which those risks are without material delay to a third party
managed; and under a ‘pass-through’ arrangement;
• how managers of the business are and
compensated (e.g. whether the • either (a) the Company has
compensation is based on the fair
transferred substantially all the risks
value of the assets managed or on and rewards of the asset, or (b) the
the contractual cash flows collected). Company has neither transferred
The Company reassess its business models nor retained substantially all the risks
each reporting period to determine and rewards of the asset, but has
whether the business models have transferred control of the asset.
changed since the preceding period. For The transferred asset and the associated
the current and prior reporting period the liability are measured on a basis that
Company has not identified a change in reflects the rights and obligations that the
its business models. Company has retained.
When a debt instrument measured at (ii) Financial liabilities
FVTOCI is derecognised, the cumulative
Financials
(a) Financial liabilities, including derivatives,
gain/loss previously recognised in OCI is
which are designated for measurement at
reclassified from equity to profit or loss.
In contrast, for an equity investment FVTPL are subsequently measured at fair
designated as measured at FVTOCI, the value. Financial guarantee contracts are
cumulative gain/loss previously recognised subsequently measured at the amount of
in OCI is not subsequently reclassified to impairment loss allowance or the amount
profit or loss but transferred within equity. recognised at inception net of cumulative
amortisation, whichever is higher.

All other financial liabilities including not otherwise consider;
loans and borrowings are measured at
• the disappearance of an active market for a
amortised cost using Effective Interest
security because of financial difficulties; or
Rate (EIR) method.
• the purchase of a financial asset at a deep
(b) A financial liability is derecognised
discount that reflects the incurred credit
when the related obligation expires or is
losses.
discharged or cancelled.
It may not be possible to identify a single discrete
1.11. Write off:
event—instead, the combined effect of several
Loans and debt securities are written off when events may have caused financial assets to
the Company has no reasonable expectations become credit-impaired. The Company assesses
of recovering the financial asset (either in its whether debt instruments that are financial
entirety or a portion of it). This is the case when assets measured at amortised cost or FVTOCI
the Company determines that the borrower are credit-impaired at each reporting date. To
does not have assets or sources of income that assess if corporate debt instruments are credit
could generate sufficient cash flows to repay impaired, the Company considers factors such as
the amounts subject to the write-off. A write-off bond yields, credit ratings and the ability of the
constitutes a derecognition event. The Company borrower to raise funding.
may apply enforcement activities to financial
assets written off. Recoveries resulting from the A loan is considered credit-impaired when a
Company’s enforcement activities will result in concession is granted to the borrower due to a
impairment gains. deterioration in the borrower’s financial condition,
unless there is evidence that as a result of granting
1.12. Impairment: the concession the risk of not receiving the
The Company recognises loss allowances for ECLs contractual cash flows has reduced significantly
on the following financial instruments that are not and there are no other indicators of impairment.
measured at FVTPL: For financial assets where concessions are
contemplated but not granted the asset is
• Loans and advances to customers;
deemed credit impaired when there is observable
• Debt investment securities; evidence of credit-impairment including meeting
the definition of default. The definition of default
• Trade and other receivable; (see below) includes unlikeliness to pay indicators
• Lease receivables; and a back-stop if amounts are overdue for 90
days or more.
• Irrevocable loan commitments issued; and
Significant increase in credit risk
• Financial guarantee contracts issued.
The Company monitors all financial assets and
Credit-impaired financial assets financial guarantee contracts that are subject to
A financial asset is ‘credit-impaired’ when one or the impairment requirements to assess whether
more events that have a detrimental impact on the there has been a significant increase in credit
estimated future cash flows of the financial asset risk since initial recognition. If there has been a
have occurred. Credit-impaired financial assets are significant increase in credit risk the Company
referred to as Stage 3 assets. Evidence of credit- will measure the loss allowance based on lifetime
impairment includes observable data about the rather than 12-month ECL.
following events: In assessing whether the credit risk on a financial
• significant financial difficulty of the borrower instrument has increased significantly since initial
or issuer; recognition, the Company compares the risk of a
default occurring on the financial instrument at the
• a breach of contract such as a default or past reporting date based on the remaining maturity of
due event; the instrument with the risk of a default occurring
• the lender of the borrower, for economic or that was anticipated for the remaining maturity
contractual reasons relating to the borrower’s at the current reporting date when the financial
financial difficulty, having granted to the instrument was first recognised. In making
borrower a concession that the lender would this assessment, the Company considers both

quantitative and qualitative information that is to reflect different characteristics of different types
reasonable and supportable, including historical of assets.
experience and forward-looking information that
When assessing if the borrower is unlikely to pay its
is available without undue cost or effort, based
credit obligation, the Company takes into account
on the Company’s historical experience and expert
both qualitative and quantitative indicators. The
About Us
credit assessment.
information assessed depends on the type of
Given that a significant increase in credit risk since the asset, for example in corporate lending a
initial recognition is a relative measure, a given qualitative indicator used is the admittance of
change, in absolute terms, in the Probability of bankruptcy petition by National Company Law
Default will be more significant for a financial Tribunal, which is not relevant for retail lending.
instrument with a lower initial PD than compared Quantitative indicators, such as overdue status and
to a financial instrument with a higher PD. non-payment on another obligation of the same
counterparty are key inputs in this analysis. The
As a back-stop when loan asset not being a
Company uses a variety of sources of information
corporate loans becomes 30 days past due, the
to assess default which are either developed
Company considers that a significant increase in
MD&A
internally or obtained from external sources. The
credit risk has occurred and the asset is in stage 2
definition of default is applied consistently to all
of the impairment model, i.e. the loss allowance
financial instruments unless information becomes
is measured as the lifetime ECL in respect of all
available that demonstrates that another default
retail assets. In respect of the corporate loan
definition is more appropriate for a particular
assets, shifting to Stage 2 has been rebutted
financial instrument.
using historical evidence from own portfolio to a
threshold of 60 days past due, which is reviewed With the exception of POCI financial assets
annually. (which are considered separately below), ECLs are
Board’s Report
required to be measured through a loss allowance
Purchased or originated credit-impaired
at an amount equal to:
(POCI) financial assets
POCI financial assets are treated differently because • 12-month ECL, i.e. lifetime ECL that result
the asset is credit-impaired at initial recognition. from those default events on the financial
For these assets, the Company recognises all instrument that are possible within 12 months
changes in lifetime ECL since initial recognition as after the reporting date, (referred to as Stage
a loss allowance with any changes recognised in 1); or
profit or loss. A favourable change for such assets
creates an impairment gain. • full lifetime ECL, i.e. lifetime ECL that result
from all possible default events over the life of
Definition of default the financial instrument, (referred to as Stage
Critical to the determination of ECL is the 2 and Stage 3).
definition of default. The definition of default A loss allowance for full lifetime ECL is
is used in measuring the amount of ECL and in required for a financial instrument if the
the determination of whether the loss allowance credit risk on that financial instrument has
is based on 12-month or lifetime ECL, as default increased significantly since initial recognition
is a component of the probability of default (PD) (and consequently to credit impaired financial
which affects both the measurement of ECLs and assets). For all other financial instruments,
the identification of a significant increase in credit ECLs are measured at an amount equal to the
risk. 12-month ECL.
The Company considers the following as
Financials
ECLs are a probability-weighted estimate
constituting an event of default: of the present value of credit losses. These
• the borrower is past due more than 90 days are measured as the present value of the
on any material credit obligation to the difference between the cash flows due to the
Company; or Company under the contract and the cash
flows that the Company expects to receive
• the borrower is unlikely to pay its credit arising from the weighting of multiple future
obligations to the Company in full. economic scenarios, discounted at the asset’s
The definition of default is appropriately tailored EIR.

• for financial guarantee contracts, the ECL • The extent of change in interest rates,
is the difference between the expected maturity, covenants.
payments to reimburse the holder of the If these do not clearly indicate a substantial
guaranteed debt instrument less any amounts modification, then;
that the Company expects to receive from the
holder, the debtor or any other party. (a) In the case where the financial asset is
derecognised the loss allowance for ECL is
The Company measures ECL on an individual remeasured at the date of derecognition to
basis, or on a collective basis for portfolios of loans
determine the net carrying amount of the
that share similar economic risk characteristics.
asset at that date. The difference between
1.13. Modification and derecognition of financial this revised carrying amount and the fair value
assets of the new financial asset with the new terms
A modification of a financial asset occurs when will lead to a gain or loss on derecognition.
the contractual terms governing the cash flows The new financial asset will have a loss
of a financial asset are renegotiated or otherwise allowance measured based on 12-month
modified between initial recognition and maturity ECL except in the rare occasions where the
of the financial asset. A modification affects the new loan is considered to be originated-credit
amount and/or timing of the contractual cash impaired. This applies only in the case where
flows either immediately or at a future date. the fair value of the new loan is recognised
In addition, the introduction or adjustment at a significant discount to its revised par
of existing covenants of an existing loan may amount because there remains a high risk of
constitute a modification even if these new or default which has not been reduced by the
adjusted covenants do not yet affect the cash modification. The Company monitors credit
flows immediately but may affect the cash flows
risk of modified financial assets by evaluating
depending on whether the covenant is or is not
qualitative and quantitative information, such
met (e.g. a change to the increase in the interest
as if the borrower is in past due status under
rate that arises when covenants are breached).
the new terms.
The Company renegotiates loans to customers
in financial difficulty to maximise collection and (b) When the contractual terms of a financial
minimise the risk of default. A loan forbearance asset are modified and the modification does
is granted in cases where although the borrower not result in derecognition, the Company
made all reasonable efforts to pay under the determines if the financial asset’s credit
original contractual terms, there is a high risk of risk has increased significantly since initial
default or default has already happened and the recognition by comparing:
borrower is expected to be able to meet the revised • the remaining lifetime PD estimated
terms. The revised terms in most of the cases based on data at initial recognition and
include an extension of the maturity of the loan, the original contractual terms; with
changes to the timing of the cash flows of the loan
(principal and interest repayment), reduction in the • the remaining lifetime PD at the reporting
amount of cash flows due (principal and interest date based on the modified terms.
forgiveness) and amendments to covenants.
For financial assets modified, where modification
When a financial asset is modified the Company did not result in derecognition, the estimate
assesses whether this modification results in of PD reflects the Company’s ability to collect
derecognition. In accordance with the Company’s the modified cash flows taking into account
policy a modification results in derecognition when the Company’s previous experience of similar
it gives rise to substantially different terms. To forbearance action, as well as various behavioural
determine if the modified terms are substantially indicators, including the borrower’s payment
different from the original contractual terms the performance against the modified contractual
Company considers the following: terms. If the credit risk remains significantly higher
than what was expected at initial recognition the
• Qualitative factors, such as contractual cash loss allowance will continue to be measured at an
flows after modification are no longer SPPI, amount equal to lifetime ECL. The loss allowance
• Change in currency or change of counterparty, on forborne loans will generally only be measured

based on 12-month ECL when there is evidence recognised and any cumulative gain/loss allocated
of the borrower’s improved repayment behaviour to it that had been recognised in OCI is recognised
following modification leading to a reversal of the in profit or loss. A cumulative gain/loss that had
previous significant increase in credit risk. been recognised in OCI is allocated between the
part that continues to be recognised and the
Where a modification does not lead to
About Us
part that is no longer recognised on the basis of
derecognition the Company calculates the
the relative fair values of those parts. This does
modification gain/loss comparing the gross
not apply for equity investments designated as
carrying amount before and after the modification
measured at FVTOCI, as the cumulative gain/loss
(excluding the ECL allowance). Then the Company
previously recognised in OCI is not subsequently
measures ECL for the modified asset, where the
reclassified to profit or loss.
expected cash flows arising from the modified
financial asset are included in calculating the 1.14. Presentation of allowance for ECL in the
expected cash shortfalls from the original asset. Balance Sheet
The Company derecognises a financial asset Loss allowances for ECL are presented in the
only when the contractual rights to the asset’s statement of financial position as follows:
MD&A
cash flows expire (including expiry arising from a • for financial assets measured at amortised
modification with substantially different terms), cost: as a deduction from the gross carrying
or when the financial asset and substantially all amount of the assets;
the risks and rewards of ownership of the asset
are transferred to another entity. If the Company • for debt instruments measured at FVTOCI: no
neither transfers nor retains substantially all the loss allowance is recognised in Balance Sheet
risks and rewards of ownership and continues as the carrying amount is at fair value.
to control the transferred asset, the Company
1.15. Cash and bank balances:
Board’s Report
recognises its retained interest in the asset and an
associated liability for amounts it may have to pay. Cash and bank balances also include fixed
If the Company retains substantially all the risks deposits, margin money deposits, earmarked
and rewards of ownership of a transferred financial balances with banks and other bank balances
asset, the Company continues to recognise the which have restrictions on repatriation. Short
financial asset and also recognises a collateralised term and liquid investments being subject to more
borrowing for the proceeds received. than insignificant risk of change in value, are not
included as part of cash and cash equivalents.
On derecognition of a financial asset in its entirety,
the difference between the asset’s carrying amount 1.16. Securities premium account:
and the sum of the consideration received and (i) Securities premium includes:
receivable and the cumulative gain/loss that had • The difference between the face value of
been recognised in OCI and accumulated in equity the equity shares and the consideration
is recognised in profit or loss, with the exception received in respect of shares issued
of equity investment designated as measured at pursuant to Stock Option Scheme.
FVTOCI, where the cumulative gain/loss previously
recognised in OCI is not subsequently reclassified • The fair value of the stock options which
to profit or loss. are treated as expense, if any, in respect of
shares allotted pursuant to Stock Options
On derecognition of a financial asset other than
Scheme.
in its entirety (e.g. when the Company retains an
option to repurchase part of a transferred asset), (ii) The issue expenses of securities which qualify
the Company allocates the previous carrying as equity instruments are written off against
Financials
amount of the financial asset between the part securities premium account.
it continues to recognise under continuing
involvement, and the part it no longer recognises 1.17. Borrowing costs:
on the basis of the relative fair values of those Borrowing costs include interest expense
parts on the date of the transfer. The difference calculated using the effective interest method,
between the carrying amount allocated to the finance charges in respect of assets acquired on
part that is no longer recognised and the sum of finance lease and exchange differences arising
the consideration received for the part no longer from foreign currency borrowings, to the extent
they are regarded as an adjustment to interest

costs. on initial recognition using the exchange rate
at the transaction date. At each Balance Sheet
Borrowing costs net of any investment income
date, foreign currency monetary items are
from the temporary investment of related
reported at the prevailing closing spot rate.
borrowings, that are attributable to the acquisition,
Non-monetary items that are measured in
construction or production of a qualifying asset
terms of historical cost in foreign currency are
are capitalised as part of cost of such asset till
not retranslated.
such time the asset is ready for its intended use or
sale. A qualifying asset is an asset that necessarily Exchange differences that arise on settlement
requires a substantial period of time to get ready of monetary items or on reporting of
for its intended use or sale. All other borrowing monetary items at each Balance Sheet date
costs are recognised in profit or loss in the period at the closing spot rate are recognised in the
in which they are incurred. Statement of Profit and Loss in the period in
which they arise.
1.18. Share-based payment arrangements:
The stock options granted to employees pursuant (iii) Financial statements of foreign operations
to the Company’s Stock Options Schemes, are whose functional currency is different than
measured at the fair value of the options at Indian Rupees are translated into Indian
the grant date. The fair value of the options is Rupees as follows:
treated as discount and accounted as employee A. assets and liabilities for each Balance
compensation cost over the vesting period on a Sheet presented are translated at the
straight-line basis. The amount recognised as
closing rate at the date of that Balance
expense in each year is arrived at based on the
Sheet;
number of grants expected to vest. If a grant
lapses after the vesting period, the cumulative B. income and expenses for each income
discount recognised as expense in respect of such statement are translated at average
grant is transferred to the general reserve within exchange rates; and
equity.
C. all resulting exchange differences are
1.19. Accounting and reporting of information for recognised in other comprehensive
Operating Segments: income and accumulated in equity as
Operating segments are those components of foreign currency translation reserve for
the business whose operating results are regularly subsequent reclassification to profit or loss
reviewed by the chief operating decision making on disposal of such foreign operations.
body in the Company to make decisions for 1.21. Taxation:
performance assessment and resource allocation.
The reporting of segment information is the same Current Tax:
as provided to the management for the purpose Tax on income for the current period is determined
of the performance assessment and resource on the basis of taxable income (or on the basis
allocation to the segments. Segment accounting of book profits wherever minimum alternate
policies are in line with the accounting policies of tax is applicable) and tax credits computed in
the Company. accordance with the provisions of the Income Tax
Act, 1961 and based on the expected outcome of
1.20. Foreign currencies: assessments/appeals.
(i) The functional currency and presentation
Deferred Tax:
currency of the Company is Indian Rupee.
Functional currency of the Company and Deferred tax is recognised on temporary
foreign operations has been determined differences between the carrying amounts of
assets and liabilities in the Company’s financial
based on the primary economic environment
statements and the corresponding tax bases
in which the Company and its foreign
used in computation of taxable profit and
operations operate considering the currency quantified using the tax rates and laws enacted
in which funds are generated, spent and or substantively enacted as on the Balance Sheet
retained. date.
(ii) Transactions in currencies other than the Deferred tax assets are generally recognised for all
Company’s functional currency are recorded

taxable temporary differences to the extent that received.
is probable that taxable profits will be available
Contingent liability is disclosed in case of:
against which those deductible temporary
differences can be utilised. The carrying amount (i) a present obligation arising from past events,
of deferred tax assets is reviewed at the end of when it is not probable that an outflow
About Us
each reporting period and reduced to the extent of resources will be required to settle the
that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable obligation; and
profits will be available to allow all or part of the
asset to be recovered. (ii) a present obligation arising from past events,
when no reliable estimate is possible.
Deferred tax assets relating to unabsorbed
depreciation/business losses/losses under the head Contingent assets are disclosed where an inflow
“capital gains” are recognised and carried forward of economic benefits is probable. Provisions,
to the extent of available taxable temporary contingent liabilities and contingent assets are
differences or where there is convincing other reviewed at each Balance Sheet date.
evidence that sufficient future taxable income Where the unavoidable costs of meeting the
MD&A
will be available against which such deferred obligations under the contract exceed the
tax assets can be realised. Deferred tax assets economic benefits expected to be received under
in respect of unutilised tax credits which mainly such contract, the present obligation under the
relate to minimum alternate tax are recognised contract is recognised and measured as a provision.
to the extent it is probable of such unutilised tax
credits will get realised. 1.23. Commitment:
The measurement of deferred tax liabilities and Commitments are future liabilities for contractual
assets reflects the tax consequences that would expenditure, classified and disclosed as follows:
Board’s Report
follow from the manner in which the Company (a) estimated amount of contracts remaining
expects, at the end of reporting period, to recover to be executed on capital account and not
or settle the carrying amount of its assets and provided for;
liabilities.
(b) uncalled liability on shares and other
Transaction or event which is recognised outside investments partly paid;
profit or loss, either in other comprehensive
income or in equity, is recorded along with the tax (c) funding related commitment to associate
as applicable. companies; and
1.22. Provisions, contingent liabilities and (d) other non-cancellable commitments, if any, to
contingent assets: the extent they are considered material and
Provisions are recognised only when: relevant in the opinion of management.
Other commitments related to sales/procurements
(i) an Company entity has a present obligation
made in the normal course of business are not
(legal or constructive) as a result of a past
disclosed to avoid excessive details.
event; and
1.24. Statement of cash flows:
(ii) it is probable that an outflow of resources
embodying economic benefits will be required Statement of cash flows is prepared segregating
to settle the obligation; and the cash flows into operating, investing and
financing activities.cash flow from operating
(iii) a reliable estimate can be made of the amount activities is reported using indirect method
of the obligation adjusting the net profit for the effects of:
Financials
Provision is measured using the cash flows (i) changes during the period in operating
estimated to settle the present obligation and receivables and payables transactions of a
when the effect of time value of money is material, non-cash nature;
the carrying amount of the provision is the
present value of those cash flows. Reimbursement (ii) non-cash items such as depreciation,
expected in respect of expenditure required to provisions, deferred taxes, unrealised gains
settle a provision is recognised only when it is and losses; and
virtually certain that the reimbursement will be (iii) all other items for which the cash effects are

investing or financing cash flows. operating cycle as 12 months for the purpose of
classification of its assets and liabilities as current
Cash and cash equivalents (including bank
and non-current.
balances) shown in the Statement of Cash Flows
exclude items which are not available for general 1.28. Changes in Accounting Standard and
use as on the date of Balance Sheet. recent accounting pronouncements (New
1.25. Earnings per share: Accounting Standards issued but not
effective):
The Company presents basic and diluted earnings
per share data for its ordinary shares. Basic On March 30, 2019, the Ministry of Corporate
earnings per share is calculated by dividing the Affairs issued the Companies (Indian Accounting
profit or loss attributable to ordinary shareholders Standards) (Amendments) Rules, 2019, notifying
of the Company by the weighted average number Ind AS 116 on Leases. Ind AS 116 would
of ordinary shares outstanding during the year. replace the existing leases standard Ind AS
Diluted earnings per share is determined by 17. The standard sets out the principles for the
adjusting the profit or loss attributable to ordinary recognition, measurement, presentation and
shareholders and the weighted average number disclosures for both parties to a contract, i.e.
of ordinary shares outstanding, adjusted for own the lessee and the lessor. Ind AS 116 introduces
shares held, for the effects of all dilutive potential a single lease accounting model and requires
ordinary shares. a lessee to recognise assets and liabilities for all
leases with a term of more than 12 months, unless
1.26. Key source of estimation: the underlying asset is of low value. Currently
The preparation of financial statements in for operating lease, rentals are charged to the
conformity with Ind AS requires that the statement of profit and loss. The Company is
management of the Company makes estimates currently evaluating the implication of Ind AS 116
and assumptions that affect the reported amounts on the financial statements.
of income and expenses of the period, the The Companies (Indian Accounting Standards)
reported balances of assets and liabilities and the Amendment Rules, 2019 notified amendments
disclosures relating to contingent liabilities as of to the following accounting standards. The
the date of the financial statements. The estimates amendments would be effective from April 1,
and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an 2019
ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates
include useful lives of property, plant and a. Ind AS 12, Income taxes — Appendix C on
equipment & intangible assets, expected credit uncertainty over income tax treatments
loss on loan books, future obligations in respect of
retirement benefit plans, fair value measurement b. Ind AS 19— Employee benefits
etc. Difference, if any, between the actual results c. Ind AS 23 – Borrowing costs
and estimates is recognised in the period in which
the results are known. d. Ind AS 28— investment in associates and joint
ventures
1.27. Operating cycle for current and non-current
e. Ind AS 103 and Ind AS 111 — Business
classification:
combinations and joint arrangements
Based on the nature of products / activities of the
Company entities and the normal time between f. Ind AS 109 — Financial instruments
acquisition of assets and their realisation in cash or The Company is in the process of evaluating the
cash equivalents, the Company has determined its impact of such amendments.

2 Cash and cash equivalents (R in crore)
As at As at As at
Particulars
March 31, 2019 March 31, 2018 April 01, 2017
Balances with banks in current accounts 0.49 11.26 0.53
About Us
Total 0.49 11.26 0.53
3 Bank balance other than note 2 above (R in crore)
As at As at As at
Particulars
Unclaimed dividend on equity shares 1.27 0.95 0.95
Unclaimed redemption proceeds and dividend 0.60 0.05 0.74
on preference shares
Total 1.87 1.00 1.69
MD&A
4 Receivables (R in crore)
As at As at As at
Particulars
Trade receivables (considered good -
unsecured)
Receivables from related parties (refer note 39) 9.17 57.63 26.99
Board’s Report
Other Receivables – – –
Total 9.17 57.63 26.99
5 Loans (R in crore)
As at As at As at
Particulars
(A) At amortised cost
Loans to related parties (Refer note 39) 564.08 1,018.09 587.61
Less: Impairment loss allowance (0.10) (4.01) (2.03)
Total 563.98 1,014.08 585.58
(B) At amortised cost

- Unsecured 564.08 1,018.09 587.61
Total 563.98 1,014.08 585.58
(C)
(I) Loans in India
(i) At amortised cost Financials
- Others 548.27 1,018.09 587.61

(II) Loans outside India
(i) At amortised cost
- Others 15.81 – –
Less: Impairment loss allowance (0.01) – –
Total net loans at amortised cost 563.98 1,014.08 585.58

6 Investments (R in crore)
As at March 31, 2019 As at March 31, 2018 As at April 01, 2017
Particulars
Nos. Amount Nos. Amount Nos. Amount
(A) At fair value through profit or loss
Investment in mutual funds
L&T Floating Rate Fund Direct Plan - – – – – 12,36,63,286 200.29
Growth (Face value of R 10 each)
L&T Banking and PSU Debt Fund Direct – – – – 3,55,41,308 52.32
Plan - Growth (Face value of R 10 each)
L&T Flexi Bond Fund Direct Plan - Growth – – – – 98,87,321 18.10
(Face value of R 10 each)
Total – – 270.71
(B) At amortised cost
Investment in subsidiaries
L&T Infrastructure Finance Company 1,25,53,00,609 3,425.49 98,99,13,695 2,125.10 89,20,87,609 1,675.10
Limited
(Equity shares of R 10 each fully paid)
L&T Financial Consultants Limited 1,87,50,000 18.75 1,87,50,000 18.75 1,87,50,000 18.75
L&T Access Distribution Services Limited # – – – – 2,13,50,000 21.35
L&T Housing Finance Limited 16,53,65,110 1,142.88 16,53,65,110 1,142.88 12,96,50,825 542.88
L&T Finance Limited 1,59,91,38,199 3,469.10 1,59,91,38,199 3,469.10 1,44,00,47,294 2,069.10
L&T Capital Markets Limited 5,23,12,000 71.10 5,23,12,000 71.10 4,97,50,000 49.75
L&T Investment Management Limited 25,18,24,329 867.56 25,18,24,329 867.56 25,18,24,329 867.56
L&T Mutual Fund Trustee Company 1,50,000 0.15 1,50,000 0.15 1,50,000 0.15
Limited
L&T Infra Debt Fund Limited 11,44,91,100 145.75 11,44,91,100 145.75 10,99,33,333 129.40
L&T Capital Markets (Middle East) Limited 7,50,000 5.41 – – – –
(Equity shares of $ 1 each fully paid) ##
Total 9,146.19 7,840.39 5,374.04
(C) Total(A+B) 9,146.19 7,840.39 5,644.75
(D)
(I) Investments outside India
(i) At amortised cost 5.41 – –
(II) Investments in India
(i) At amortised cost 9,140.78 7,840.39 5,374.04
(ii) At fair value through profit or loss – – 270.71
Total 9,146.19 7,840.39 5,644.75
(E)
Less: Allowance for impairment loss – – –
(F) Total (D-E) 9,146.19 7,840.39 5,644.75
#
uring the previous year, L&T Access Distribution Services Limited merged into L&T Capital Markets Limited w.e.f. April 01, 2017 being the appointed
D
date.
##
During the current year L&T Capital Markets (Middle East) Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of L&T Finance Holdings Ltd was incorporated w.e.f.
July 01, 2018

7 Other financial assets (R in crore)
As at As at As at
Particulars
Other receivables 0.17 – –
About Us
Dividend receivable from related parties (refer 290.05 223.72 86.00
note 39)
Security deposits 0.40 0.29 0.26
Total 290.62 224.01 86.26
8 Current tax assets (net) (R in crore)
As at As at As at
Particulars
Advance income tax (net of provision for tax) 1.21 1.54 14.04
MD&A
Total 1.21 1.54 14.04
9 Deferred tax assets (net) (R in crore)
As at As at As at
Particulars
Deferred tax assets 0.86 1.96 9.16
Minimum alternate tax credit entitlement 32.80 32.80 32.80
Board’s Report
Total 33.66 34.76 41.96
10 Property, plant and equipment /Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment: (R in crore)
Gross carrying amount Accumulated depreciation Net carrying amount
Particulars As at As at As at As at As at As at
For the
April 01, Additions Disposals March 31, April 01, Disposals March 31, March 31, March 31,
Year
2018 2019 2018 2019 2019 2018
Computers* 0.01 – – 0.01 0.00 0.00 – 0.00 0.00 0.01
Office 0.00 – – 0.00 0.00 0.00 – 0.00 0.00 0.00
equipment*
Motor vehicles – 0.90 – 0.90 – 0.11 – 0.11 0.79 –
0.01 0.90 – 0.91 0.00 0.11 – 0.11 0.79 0.01
Intangible assets: (R in crore)

Gross carrying amount Accumulated amortisation Net carrying amount
For the
April 01, Additions Disposals March 31, April 01, Disposals March 31, March 31, March 31,
Year
2018 2019 2018 2019 2019 2018
0.16 0.16 –
Financials
Specialised 0.16 – – 0.16 – – –
softwares
0.16 – – 0.16 0.16 – – 0.16 – –

Property, plant and equipment: (R in crore)
For the
April 01, Additions Disposals March 31, April 01, Disposals March 31, March 31, April 01,
Year
2017 2018 2017 2018 2018 2017
Computers* 0.01 – – 0.01 – 0.00 – 0.00 0.01 0.01
Office 0.00 – – 0.00 – 0.00 – 0.00 0.00 –
equipment*
0.01 – – 0.01 – 0.00 – 0.00 0.01 0.01
Intangible assets: (R in crore)

For the
April 01, Additions Disposals March 31, April 01, Disposals March 31, March 31, April 01,
Year
2017 2018 2017 2018 2018 2017
Specialised 0.16 – – 0.16 0.14 0.02 – 0.16 – 0.02
softwares
0.16 – – 0.16 0.14 0.02 – 0.16 – 0.02
* amounts less than R 50,000
11 Other non-financial assets (R in crore)

As at As at As at
Particulars
Prepaid expenses 0.24 0.26 0.27
Goods and service tax credit (input) receivable 0.11 1.15 0.09
Other non financial assets 0.55 0.77 0.33
Total 0.90 2.18 0.69
12 Payables (R in crore)
As at As at As at
Particulars
Trade payables
Micro enterprises and small enterprises – – –
Due to others – – –
Due to related parties (refer note 39) 0.01 0.02 0.19
Total trade payables 0.01 0.02 0.19
Other payables – – –
Total 0.01 0.02 0.19

13 Debt securities (R in crore)
As at As at As at
Particulars
(A) At amortised cost:
About Us
Commercial paper (net) (refer note 13a) 1,162.49 – 568.97
Total 1,162.49 – 568.97
(B) Debt securities in India
At amortised cost 1,162.49 – 568.97
Total 1,162.49 – 568.97
13a Commercial paper (net) : Unsecured (R in crore)

Repayment As at March As at March As at April
Tenure Interest Range
Term 31, 2019 31, 2018 01, 2017
MD&A
Bullet upto 1 year 6.50% to 7.50% – – 568.97
7.50% to 8.50% 717.34 – –
8.50% to 9.50% 445.15 – –
Total 1,162.49 – 568.97
14 Borrowings (other than debt securities) (R in crore)
Board’s Report
As at As at As at
Particulars
(A) At amortised cost
Loan repayable on demand from banks 4.99 4.96 4.93
(refer note 14a)
Loan from parties other than banks – 463.74 429.06
(refer note 14b)
Total 4.99 468.70 433.99
(B) Borrowings (other than debt
securities) in India
At amortised cost 4.99 468.70 433.99
Total 4.99 468.70 433.99
14a Cash credit : Unsecured (R in crore)

Repayment As at As at As at
Term March 31, 2019 March 31, 2018 April 01, 2017
Bullet upto 5 years 11.50% to 12.50% 4.99 4.96 4.93 Financials
Total 4.99 4.96 4.93
14b Loan from parties other than banks : Unsecured (R in crore)
Repayment As at As at As at
Term March 31, 2019 March 31, 2018 April 01, 2017
Bullet upto 5 years 8.50% to 9.50% – 463.74 429.06
Total – 463.74 429.06

15 Subordinated liabilities (R in crore)
As at As at As at
Particulars
(A) Subordinated liabilities
At amortised cost
Cumulative compulsarily redeemable 1,032.29 1,030.12 1,206.24
preference shares (CRPS) to the extent that
do not qualify as equity (refer footnote)
Total 1,032.29 1,030.12 1,206.24
(B) Subordinated liabilities in India
At amortised cost 1,032.29 1,030.12 1,206.24
Total 1,032.29 1,030.12 1,206.24
Footnote:
i. Terms/rights attached to CRPS
The CRPS do not have voting rights other than in respect of matters directly affecting it. In the event of
any due and payable dividends remain unpaid for aggregate period of at least 2 years prior to the start
of any general meeting of the equity shareholders, CRPS holders shall have voting rights in line with their
voting rights of the equity shareholders. The CRPS will be redeemed at the end of 3 to 5 years from the
date of allotment and the payment of dividend would be in accordance with the terms agreed at the time
of issuance of Preference Shares. On winding or repayment of capital, CRPS holders enjoy preferential
rights vis a vis equity shareholders, for repayment of capital paid up and shall include any unpaid dividends
and any fixed premium (if applicable).
ii. During the year ended March 31, 2019, the Company has paid a dividend of R 90.82 crore (including
Dividend Distribution Tax of R 2.19 crore) on CRPS of R 100 each fully paid (previous year R 95.95 crore).
iii. During the year ended March 31, 2019, the company has alloted 8.95% CRPS amounting to R 250 crore
having face value R 100 each fully paid up.
iv. Details for CRPS: (R in crore)
Date of Date of As at March As at March As at April

Particulars Face value
allotment redemption 31, 2019 31, 2018 01, 2017
CRPS bearing
interest rate:
9.00% 100.00 15-Oct-13 15-Oct-18 – 249.55 248.77
8.95% 100.00 12-Oct-18 12-Oct-21 249.67 – –
8.50% 100.00 30-Jun-14 30-Jun-19 124.23 123.58 122.98
8.40% 100.00 30-Jun-14 30-Jun-17 – – 138.84
8.35% 100.00 13-Aug-14 13-Aug-19 59.96 59.87 59.78
8.35% 100.00 13-Aug-14 13-Aug-17 – – 39.93
8.15% 100.00 08-May-15 08-May-20 598.44 597.13 595.93
Total 1,032.29 1,030.12 1,206.24

16 Other financial liabilities (R in crore)
As at As at As at
Particulars
About Us
Liability for expenses 4.06 6.53 6.28
Other payables 0.02 3.27 0.05
Total 5.95 10.80 8.02
17 Current tax liabilities (net) (R in crore)
As at As at As at
Particulars
MD&A
Provision for tax (net) 7.85 – –
Total 7.85 – –
18 Provisions (R in crore)
As at As at As at
Particulars
Provision for employee benefits
Board’s Report
Compensated absences 1.01 0.98 1.59
Super annuation fund 0.82 0.82 0.71
Gratuity (refer note 38) 0.25 0.03 0.56
Total 2.08 1.83 2.86
19 Other non-financial liabilities (R in crore)
As at As at As at
Particulars
Statutory dues payable 0.68 1.70 0.38
Revenue received in advance – – 16.51
Dividend distribution tax payable 2.19 – 21.05
Total 2.87 1.70 37.94
20 Equity Share capital (R in crore)
As at As at As at
Particulars
Subscribed and paid up equity share capital 1,998.81 1,995.68 1,755.72 Financials
Total 1,998.81 1,995.68 1,755.72

(I) Share capital authorised, issued, subscribed and paid up
Particulars
No. of Shares (R in crore) No. of Shares (R in crore) No. of Shares (R in crore)
Authorised:
Equity Shares of R 10 each 5,00,00,00,000 5,000.00 5,00,00,00,000 5,000.00 5,00,00,00,000 5,000.00
Preference shares of R 100 50,00,00,000 5,000.00 50,00,00,000 5,000.00 50,00,00,000 5,000.00
each
Issued, subscribed and
paid up:
Equity shares of R 10 each 1,99,88,12,360 1,998.81 1,99,56,76,960 1,995.68 1,75,57,21,861 1,755.72
fully paid up
(II) Terms/rights attached to equity shares
The Company has only one class of equity shares having a par value of R 10 per share. Members of the
Company holding equity share capital therein have a right to vote, on every resolution placed before the
Company and right to receive dividend. The voting rights on a poll is in proportion to the share of the paid up
equity capital of the Company held by the shareholders. The Company declares dividends in Indian rupees.
The final dividend proposed by the Board of Directors is subject to the approval of the Shareholders in the
forthcoming Annual General Meeting.
In the event of liquidation of the Company, the holders of equity shares will be entitled to receive remaining
assets of the Company, after distribution of all preferential amounts. The distribution will be in proportion to
the number of equity shares held by the shareholders.
(III) Reconciliation of the shares outstanding at the beginning and at the end of the year
Particulars
At the beginning of the 1,99,56,76,960 1,995.68 1,75,57,21,861 1,755.72 1,75,33,98,551 1,753.40
year
Issued during the year
- On a preferential basis – – 17,16,31,889 171.64 – –
- On a qualified institutional – – 6,30,51,702 63.05 – –
placement
- Against employee stock 31,35,400 3.13 52,71,508 5.27 23,23,310 2.32
option
Outstanding at the end 1,99,88,12,360 1,998.81 1,99,56,76,960 1,995.68 1,75,57,21,861 1,755.72
of the year
(IV) Equity shares in the Company held by the holding company
Particulars
Larsen & Toubro Limited 1,27,75,20,203 1,277.52 1,27,75,20,203 1,277.52 1,16,97,09,304 1,169.71
and it’s nominee
1,27,75,20,203 1,277.52 1,27,75,20,203 1,277.52 1,16,97,09,304 1,169.71
(V) Details of shareholders holding more than 5% shares in the company
Particulars
No. of Shares % holding No. of Shares % holding No. of Shares % holding
Larsen & Toubro Limited 1,27,75,20,203 63.91% 1,27,75,20,203 64.01% 1,16,97,09,304 66.62%
and it’s nominee

Particulars
Citigroup Global Markets – – – – 10,04,21,992 5.72%
About Us
(VI) Details of shares reserved to be issued under Employee stock option
Particulars
Equity Shares of R 10 each 4,65,86,600 46.25 3,42,94,925 34.29 2,66,11,795 26.61
4,65,86,600 46.25 3,42,94,925 34.29 2,66,11,795 26.61
(VII) Capital Management
- The objective of the Company’s Capital Management is to maximise shareholder value, safeguard
business continuity and support the growth of its subsidiaries. The Company determines the capital
requirement based on annual operating plans and long-term and other strategic investment plans. The
MD&A
funding requirements are met through loans and operating cash flows generated. The debt equity ratio
is 0.28 as at March 31, 2019 (as at March 31, 2018 is 0.20) (as at April 01, 2017 is 0.53)
- During the year ended March 31, 2019, the Company paid the final dividend of R 1 per equity share for
the year ended March 31, 2018 amounting to R 199.70 crore.
- On April 28, 2018, the Board of Directors have recommended the final dividend of R 1 per equity share
for the year ended March 31, 2019 subject to approval from shareholders. On approval, the total dividend
payment based on number of shares outstanding as at March 31, 2019 is expected to be R 199.88 crore.
Board’s Report
(VIII) Employee stock option scheme
- The Company has formulated Employee Stock Option Schemes 2010 (ESOP Scheme-2010) and 2013
(ESOP Scheme 2013). The grant of options to the employees under the stock option scheme is on the
basis of their performance and other eligibility criteria. The options allotted under scheme 2010 are vested
over a period of 4 years in ratio of 15%, 20%, 30% and 35% respectively from the date of grant, subject
to the discretion of the management and fulfilment of certain conditions. The options granted under
scheme 2013 are vested in a graded manner over a period of four years with 0%, 33%, 33% and 34%
of grants vesting each year, commencing from the end of 24 months from the date of grant.
- Options allotted under scheme 2010 can be exercised anytime within a period of 7 years from the date of
grant and would be settled by way of equity. The options granted under scheme 2013 can be exercised
anytime within a period of 8 years from the date of grant. Management has discretion to modify the
exercise period.
- The option granted under scheme 2010 is at exercise price of R 44.20. The option granted under scheme
2013 was at market price which was the last closing price on National Stock Exchange preceding the
dates of grant respectively.
- During the year ended March 31, 2019, 385,800 and 27,49,600 options were allotted under scheme
2010 and 2013 respectively.
Financials
- The details of the grants are summarised below:
Scheme 2010 Scheme 2013

Particulars
2018-19 2017-18 2018-19 2017-18
Options granted and outstanding at the 42,04,925 28,18,795 3,00,90,000 2,37,93,000
Options granted during the year 15,10,000 33,30,000 1,64,90,000 1,37,20,000
Options cancelled/ lapsed during the year 3,77,125 2,52,862 21,95,800 38,42,500

Particulars
2018-19 2017-18 2018-19 2017-18
Options exercised during the year 3,85,800 16,91,008 27,49,600 35,80,500
Options granted and outstanding at the
end of the year of which:
- Options vested 5,04,000 1,71,425 44,32,000 14,30,000
- Options yet to vest 44,48,000 40,33,500 3,72,02,600 2,86,60,000
Weighted average remaining contractual 5.63 6.01 5.92 6.15
life of options (in years)
- During the year, the Company has debited to the Statement of Profit and Loss R 7.66 crore (Previous year
R 5.25 crore) {net of recovery from its subsidiary companies during the year R 60.49 crore (Previous year:
R 35.75 crore)} towards the stock options granted to their employees, pursuant to the employee stock
option schemes.
- Weighted average fair values of options granted during the year is R 58.54 (Previous year: R 63.25) per
options.
- The fair value has been calculated using the Black-Scholes Option Pricing Model and the significant
assumptions and inputs to estimate the fair value of options granted during the year are as follows:
Particulars 2018-19 2017-18
Weighted average risk-free interest rate 7.42% 6.58%
Weighted average expected life of options 3.24 years 3.27 years
Weighted average expected volatility 32.78% 32.57%
Weighted average expected dividends over the life of the options R 3.65 per option R 3.31 per option
Weighted average share price R 168.93 per R 145.59 per
option option
Weighted average exercise price R 161.05 per R 116.58 per
option option
Method used to determine expected volatility Expected volatility is based on the
historical volatility of the Company
shares price applicable to the expected
life of each option.
21 Other equity (R in crore)
Particulars As at March 31, 2019 As at March 31, 2018 As at April 01, 2017
Retained earning 203.20 189.57 142.21
Money received against share – – 118.07
warrants
Securities premium account 1 5,083.24 5,055.11 1,800.35
Reserve u/s 45 IC of Reserve 421.27 367.86 294.29
Bank of India Act, 1934 2
General reserve 3 1.89 1.83 1.60
Employee Stock Option 155.30 107.36 67.35
Outstanding
Deferred Employee (33.36) (43.72) (35.28)
Compensation Expense
Employee stock option 121.94 63.64 32.07
outstanding account 4
Total 5,831.54 5,678.01 2,388.59

Notes:
1. Securities premium account: The amount received in excess of face value of the equity shares is
recognised in Securities Premium Account. In case of equity-settled share based payment transactions,
the difference between fair value on grant date and nominal value of share is accounted as securities
premium account. The account is utilised in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2013.
About Us
2. Reserve u/s 45 IC of the Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934: The Company created a reserve pursuant to
section 45 IC the Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934 by transferring amount not less than twenty per cent
of its net profit every year as disclosed in the Statement of Profit and Loss and before any dividend
is declared.
3. General reserve: Under the erstwhile Companies Act 1956, general reserve was created through an
annual transfer of net income at a specified percentage in accordance with applicable regulations.
Consequent to introduction of Companies Act 2013, the requirement to mandatorily transfer a specified
percentage of the net profit to general reserve has been withdrawn.
MD&A
However, the amount previously transferred to the general reserve can be utilised only in accordance with
the specific requirements of Companies Act, 2013.
4. Employee stock option outstanding account : The reserve is used to recognise the fair value of the
options issued to employees of the Company and subsidiary companies under Company’s employee stock
option scheme.
22 Interest income (R in crore)
Board’s Report
Particulars
March 31, 2019 March 31, 2018
Financial assets measured at amortised cost:
Interest on loans 137.94 73.01
Total 137.94 73.01
23 Dividend income (R in crore)
Particulars
March 31, 2019 March 31, 2018
Dividend from subsidiaries 343.79 376.92
Total 343.79 376.92
24 Net gain on fair value changes (R in crore)
Particulars
March 31, 2019 March 31, 2018
Net gain on financial instruments at fair value through profit
or loss
On trading portfolio Financials
- Gain on sale of investments 0.38 4.65
Total net gain on fair value changes 0.38 4.65
Fair value changes:
- Realised 0.38 4.65
- Unrealised – –
Total net gain on fair value changes 0.38 4.65

25 Other income (R in crore)
Particulars
March 31, 2019 March 31, 2018
Income from cross sell 28.00 16.51
Management fees 16.35 6.54
Other income 0.02 0.19
Total 44.37 23.24
26 Finance cost (R in crore)
Particulars
March 31, 2019 March 31, 2018
On financial liabilities measured at amortised cost
Interest on borrowings (other than debt securities) 26.31 35.02
Interest on debt securities 80.98 30.07
Interest on subordinated liabilities 90.82 93.07
Other interest expense 3.94 3.80
Total 202.05 161.96
27 Impairment on financial instruments (R in crore)
Particulars
March 31, 2019 March 31, 2018
On financial instruments measured at amortised cost:
Loans (3.91) 1.98
Total (3.91) 1.98
28 Employee benefits expenses (R in crore)
Particulars
March 31, 2019 March 31, 2018
Salaries 6.78 4.08
Contribution to provident fund 0.27 0.29
Contribution to gratuity (refer note 38) 0.11 0.17
Contribution to superannuation fund 0.22 0.20
Share based payment to employees 7.66 5.25
Staff welfare expenses 0.04 0.04
Total 15.08 10.03

29 Other expenses (R in crore)
Particulars
March 31, 2019 March 31, 2018
Rent, rates and taxes 1.32 1.10
Auditor’s remuneration
About Us
Statutory audit fees 0.10 0.09
Limited review fees 0.10 0.09
Tax audit fees 0.01 0.01
Other services 0.09 0.11
Legal and professional charges 1.24 2.61
Repairs and maintenance 0.53 0.48
Directors sitting fees 0.35 0.41
Remuneration to non executive directors 1.36 1.55
MD&A
Advertising and publicity 1.18 0.85
Telephone and postage 0.13 0.27
Printing and stationery 0.32 0.44
Listing and custodian charges 0.95 0.87
Travelling and conveyance 0.27 0.73
Membership fees 0.03 0.25
Corporate social responsibility expenses (refer note 32) 0.68 0.60
Board’s Report
Donations (refer note 44) 0.04 –
Miscellaneous expenses 0.42 0.67
Total 9.12 11.13
30 Tax expense (R in crore)
Particulars
March 31, 2019 March 31, 2018
Current tax 35.87 7.02
Deferred tax charge 1.10 7.19
Provision for tax related to earlier years – 12.44
Total 36.97 26.65
31 Particulars in respect of loan to related parties and investment in subsidiaries as required by the
SEBI (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015:
(a) Particulars in respect of loans and advances in the nature of loans given to subsidiaries:
( R in crore)
Balance as at* Maximum outstanding during
S.
Name of subsidiaries March 31, March 31, April 01, March 31, March 31, April 01,
No.
2019 2018 2017 2019 2018 2017 Financials
1 L&T Infrastructure – – – 714.00 1,500.00 395.00
Finance Company
Limited
2 L&T Finance Limited 166.11 660.54 201.18 2,449.04 1,680.93 626.55
3 L&T Housing Finance – 15.01 – 500.00 500.00 371.00
Limited
4 L&T Infra Investment – – – 0.15 – –
Partners Advisory
Private Limited

( R in crore)
Balance as at* Maximum outstanding during
S.
Name of subsidiaries March 31, March 31, April 01, March 31, March 31, April 01,
No.
2019 2018 2017 2019 2018 2017
5 L&T Investment – – – 25.22 – –
Management Limited
6 L&T Capital Markets – – – – 5.77 –
Limited
7 L&T Capital Markets 15.82 – – 15.66 – –
(Middle East) Limited
8 L&T Financial 382.15 342.54 386.43 403.91 13.62 381.80
Consultant Limited
9 L&T Access Distribution – – – – – 14.94
Services Limited
Total 564.08 1,018.09 587.61 4,107.98 3,700.32 1,789.29
* above figures include interest accrued
(b) Particulars in respect of investment in subsidiaries

S. Balance as at
Name of subsidiaries
No. March 31, 2019 March 31, 2018 April 01, 2017
1 L&T Infrastructure Finance Company 3,425.49 2,125.10 1,675.10
Limited
2 L&T Finance Limited 3,469.10 3,469.10 2,069.10
3 L&T Housing Finance Limited 1,142.88 1,142.88 542.88
4 L&T Infra Debt Fund 145.75 145.75 129.40
5 L&T Investment Management Limited 867.56 867.56 867.56
6 L&T Capital Markets Limited 71.10 71.10 49.75
7 L&T Capital Markets (Middle East) Limited 5.41 – –
8 L&T Financial Consultant Limited 18.75 18.75 18.75
9 L&T Access Distribution Services Limited – – 21.35
10 L&T Mutual Fund Trustee Company 0.15 0.15 0.15
Limited
Total 9,146.19 7,840.39 5,374.04
32 Disclosure pertaining to corporate social responsibility expenses
Amount required to be spent by the Company on Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) related activities
during the year is R 0.68 crore (previous year R 0.60 crore)
The amount recognised as an expense in the Statement of Profit and Loss on CSR related activities is R 0.68
crore (previous year R 0.60 crore) (refer note 29 of financial statements), which comprises of :
( R in crore)
2018-19 2017-18
S. No. Particulars In cash Yet to paid Total In cash Yet to paid Total
In cash In cash
Amount spent during the year on:
(i) construction/ acquisition of any asset – – – – – –
(ii) On purpose other than (i) above 0.68 – 0.68 0.60 – 0.60
Total 0.68 – 0.68 0.60 – 0.60

33 Disclosure pursuant to Ind AS 17 “Leases”
Operating leases:
i) The Company has taken premise under non-cancellable operating leases, These lease agreements are
normally renewed on expiry.
About Us
ii) Non-cancellable operating lease commitments ( R in crore)
As at As at As at
31 March, 2019 31 March, 2018 1 April, 2017
Not later than 1 year 0.39 1.01 0.97
Later than 1 year and not later than 5 years 0.08 0.09 1.10
Later than 5 years – – –
Total 0.47 1.10 2.07
iii) Lease rental expense in respect of operating leases: R 1.31 crore (previous year: R 1.08 crore)
MD&A
iv) Contingent rent recognised in the Statement of Profit and Loss: R Nil (previous year: R Nil)
34 Disclosure pursuant to Ind AS 107 “Financial Instruments: Disclosures”: Financial risk management
The Company being a Core Investment Company as per the Core Investment Companies (RBI) Directions,
2016 is required to invest or lend majority of it’s fund to subsidiaries. The Company’s principal financial
liabilities comprise borrowings and trade and other payables. The main purpose of these financial liabilities is
to finance and support Company’s operations. The Company’s principal financial assets include inter corporate
deposites, loans, cash and cash equivalents and other receivables.
Board’s Report
The Company is exposed to market risk, credit risk, liquidity risk and operational and business risk. The
Company’s management oversees the management of these risks. The Company’s senior management is
supported by a Risk Management Committee that advises on financial risks and the appropriate financial risk
governance framework for the Company. The Risk Committee provides assurance to the Company’s senior
management the Company’s financial risk activities are governed by appropriate policies and procedures and
that financial risks are identified, measured and managed in accordance with Company’s policies and risk
objectives. The major risks are summarised below:
Market risk
Market risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because
of changes in market prices. In the case of the Company, market risk primarily impacts financial instruments
measured at fair value through profit or loss.
Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate
because of changes in market interest rates. The Company does not have exposure to the risk of changes in
market interest rate as it has debt obligations with fixed interest rates which are measured at amortised cost.
Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk that the counterparty will not meet its obligations under a financial instrument or
a customer contract, leading to a financial loss. The Company is exposed to credit risk from its financing
activities towards inter corporate deposits to subsidiaries, where no significant impact on cedit risk has been
identified
Financials
Equity price risk:

The Company’s investment in non-listed equity securities are accounted at cost in the financial statement net
of impairment. The expected cash flow from these entities are regularly monitored to identify impairment
indicators.
Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is defined as the risk that the Company will not be able to settle or meet its obligations on time
or at a reasonable price. The Company’s corporate treasury department is responsible for liquidity, funding

as well as settlement management. In addition, processes and policies related to such risks are overseen by
senior management. The Company manages its liquidity requirement by analysing the maturity pattern of
the Company’s cash flow of financial assets and financial liabilities . The Company’s objective is to maintain
a balance between continuity of funding and flexibility through issuance of equity shares, commercial paper
etc. The Company invests its surplus funds in debt schemes of mutual funds, which carry low mark to market
risks.“
35 Other disclosure pursuant to Ind AS 107 “Financial Instruments: Disclosures”:
(a) Category-wise classification for applicable financial assets and financial liabilities:
( R in crore)
Particulars FVTPL Amortised FVTPL Amortised FVTPL Amortised
cost cost cost
Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents – 0.49 – 11.26 – 0.53
Bank balance other than above – 1.87 – 1.00 – 1.69
Trade Receivables – 9.17 – 57.63 – 26.99
Loans – 563.98 – 1,014.08 – 585.58
Investments – – – – 270.71 –
Other financial assets – 290.62 – 224.01 – 86.26
Total financial assets – 866.13 – 1,307.98 270.71 701.05
Financial liabilities
Trade payables – 0.01 – 0.02 – 0.19
Debt securities – 1,162.49 – – – 568.97
Borrowings (other than debt – 4.99 – 468.70 – 433.99
securities)
Subordinated liabilities – 1,032.29 – 1,030.12 – 1,206.24
Other financial liabilities – 5.95 – 10.80 – 8.02
Total financial liabilities – 2,205.73 – 1,509.64 – 2,217.41
Note: No financial assets and liabilities has been measured at fair value through other comprehensive income
(b) Fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities measured at amortised cost:
( R in crore)
Particulars Carrying Fair value Carrying Fair value Carrying Fair value
value value value
Financial assets
Loans* 564.08 563.98 1,018.09 1,014.08 587.61 585.58
Total financial assets 564.08 563.98 1,018.09 1,014.08 587.61 585.58
Debt securities 1,162.49 1,179.25 – – 568.97 576.50
Borrowings (other than debt
securities):
Cash Credit 4.99 4.99 4.96 4.96 4.93 4.93
Inter Corporate Borrowings – – 463.74 402.73 429.06 410.92
Subordinated Liabilities 1,032.29 1,081.41 1,030.12 1,084.40 1,206.24 1,299.99
Total financial liabilities 2,199.77 2,265.65 1,498.82 1,492.09 2,209.20 2,292.34

Note: Carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables, other payables as at March 31, 2019,
March 31, 2018 and April 01, 2017 approximate the fair value because of their short term nature. The carrying
amounts of loans given and borrowings taken for short term are considered to be close to the fair value.
* In the absence of unobservable market for these loan assets, the fair value have been determined from the
perspective of the Company’s asset considering the changes in performance and risk indicators (including
About Us
delinquencies and interest rate)
(c) Fair value hierarchy of financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value:
( R in crore)
As at April 01, 2017 Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total
Financial assets
Mutual funds 270.71 – – 270.71
Total financial assets 270.71 – – 270.71
(d) Fair value hierarchy of financial assets and financial liabilities measured at amortised cost:
MD&A
( R in crore)
Valuation Technique for level
As at March 31, 2019 Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total
3 items
Financial assets
Loans – – 563.98 563.98 Carrying value approximately
equal to fair value.
Total financial assets – – 563.98 563.98
Financial Liabilities
Board’s Report
Debt Securities – – 1,179.25 1,179.25 Carrying value approximately
securities)
Cash Credit – – 4.99 4.99 Carrying value approximately
Inter Corporate Borrowings – – – – Carrying value approximately
Subordinated Liabilities – – 1,081.41 1,081.41 Carrying value approximately
Total financial liabilities – – 2,265.65 2,265.65

3 items
Financial assets
Loans – – 1,014.08 1,014.08 Carrying value approximately
Total financial assets – – 1,014.08 1,014.08
Debt Securities – – – – Financials
securities)
Inter Corporate Borrowings – – 402.73 402.73 Carrying value approximately

3 items
Financial assets
Loans – – 585.58 585.58 Carrying value approximately
Total financial assets – – 585.58 585.58
Debt Securities – – 576.50 576.50 Carrying value approximately
Borrowings (other than
debt securities)
Inter Corporate Borrowings – – 410.92 410.92 Carrying value approximately
(e) Maturity profile of assets and liabilities

( R in crore)
Particulars Within 12 After 12 Within 12 After 12 Within 12 After 12
Total Total Total
months months months months months months
Financial Assets
Cash and cash 0.49 – 0.49 11.26 – 11.26 0.53 – 0.53
equivalents
Bank balance other than 1.87 – 1.87 1.00 – 1.00 1.69 – 1.69
above
Receivables 9.17 – 9.17 57.63 – 57.63 26.99 – 26.99
Loans 563.98 – 563.98 1,014.08 1,014.08 585.58 – 585.58
Investments – 9,146.19 9,146.19 – 7,840.39 7,840.39 270.71 5,374.04 5,644.75
Other financial assets 290.62 – 290.62 224.01 – 224.01 86.26 – 86.26
Non-Financial Assets
Current tax assets (net) – 1.21 1.21 – 1.54 1.54 – 14.04 14.04
Deferred tax assets (net) – 33.66 33.66 – 34.76 34.76 – 41.96 41.96
Property, plant and – 0.79 0.79 – 0.01 0.01 – 0.01 0.01
equipment
Other intangible assets – – – – – – – 0.02 0.02
Other non-financial 0.90 – 0.90 2.18 – 2.18 0.69 – 0.69
assets
Total 867.03 9,181.85 10,048.88 1,310.16 7,876.70 9,186.86 972.45 5,430.07 6,402.52
Payables 0.01 – 0.01 0.02 – 0.02 0.19 – 0.19
Debt Securities 1,162.49 – 1,162.49 – – – 568.97 – 568.97
Borrowings (Other than 4.99 – 4.99 468.70 – 468.70 4.93 429.06 433.99
debt securities)

( R in crore)
Total Total Total
Subordinated liabilities 184.19 848.10 1,032.29 249.55 780.57 1,030.12 178.82 1,027.42 1,206.24
About Us
Other financial liabilities 5.95 – 5.95 10.80 – 10.80 8.02 – 8.02
Non-Financial
Liabilities
Current tax liabilities 7.85 – 7.85 – – – – – –
(net)
Provisions 1.01 1.07 2.08 0.98 0.85 1.83 1.59 1.27 2.86
Other non-financial 2.87 – 2.87 1.70 – 1.70 37.94 – 37.94
liabilities
Total 1,369.36 849.17 2,218.53 731.75 781.42 1,513.17 800.46 1,457.75 2,258.21
MD&A
(f) The tables below analyse the Company’s financial liabilities into relevant maturity groupings
based on their contractual maturities :
The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual undiscounted cash flows.
( R in crore)
Particulars Within After Within After Within After
twelve twelve Total twelve twelve Total twelve twelve Total
Board’s Report
Non-derivatives
Borrowings* 1,501.26 909.46 2,410.71 719.54 877.19 1,596.73 832.66 1,645.42 2,478.08
* Borrowings are net of offsetting respective derivative gain/loss
(g) Cash flow and fair value interest rate risk

The Company’s main interest rate risk arises from long-term borrowings with variable rates, which expose the
Company to cash flow interest rate risk.
The Company’s fixed rate borrowings are carried at amortised cost. They are therefore not subject to interest
rate risk as defined in Ind AS 107, since neither the carrying amount nor the future cash flows will fluctuate
because of a change in market interest rates.
- Interest rate risk exposure
The exposure of the Company’s borrowing to interest rate changes at the end of the reporting period are as
follows:
( R in crore)
As at As at As at
Particulars
Variable rate borrowings 4.99 4.96 4.94
Fixed rate borrowings 2,209.40 1,434.40 2,188.40
Financials
Total borrowings 2,214.39 1,439.36 2,193.34

As at the end of the reporting period, the Company had the following variable rate borrowings outstanding:

Weighted Weighted Weighted
Particulars Balance Balance Balance
average % of total average % of total average % of total
(R in (R in (R in
interest loans interest loans interest loans
crore) crore) crore)
rate (%) rate (%) rate (%)
Borrowings 12.00 4.99 0.23% 12.00 4.96 0.34% 12.00 4.94 0.23%
Net exposure to cash 12.00 4.99 0.23% 12.00 4.96 0.34% 12.00 4.94 0.23%
flow interest rate risk
An analysis by maturities is provided in above note. The percentage of total loans shows the proportion of
loans that are currently at variable rates in relation to the total amount of borrowings.
Impact on other
Impact on profit after tax
components of equity
Particulars As at As at As at As at
March 31, March 31, March 31, March 31,
2019 2018 2019 2018
Interest rates – increase by 25 basis points * -0.01 -0.01 -0.01 -0.01
Interest rates – decrease by 25 basis points* 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01
* Impact on P/L upto 1 year, holding all other variables constant
(h) Expected credit loss - loans (R in crore)
Estimated Carrying Estimated Carrying Estimated Carrying
Particulars gross amount gross amount gross amount
Expected Expected Expected
carrying net of carrying net of carrying net of
Credit Loss Credit Loss Credit Loss
amount at impairment amount at impairment amount at impairment
default provision default provision default provision
Loss allowance measured 564.08 0.10 563.98 1,018.09 4.01 1,014.08 587.61 2.03 585.58
at 12 month expected
credit losses:
Financial assets for which
credit risk has not increased
significantly since initial
recognition
Reconciliation of loss allowance provision - Loans:

Particulars Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
Loss allowance as on April 01, 2017 2.03 - -
New assets originated or purchased - - -
Amount written off - - -
Transfers to Stage 1 - - -
Impact on ECL of Exposure transferred between - - -
stages during the year
Increase / (decrease) in provision on existing 1.98 - -
financial assets (Net of recovery)
Loss allowance as on March 31, 2018 4.01 - -
New assets originated or purchased 0.01 - -

About Us
Impact on ECL of Exposure transferred between - - -
stages during the year
Increase / (decrease) in provision on existing (3.92) - -
financial assets (Net of recovery)
Loss allowance as on March 31, 2019 0.10 - -
Reconciliation of gross carrying amount - Loans: (R in crore)

Gross carrying amount as at April 01, 2017 587.61 - -
MD&A
New assets originated or purchased - - -
Net recovery 430.48 - -
Gross carrying amount as at March 31, 2018 1,018.09 - -
Board’s Report
New assets originated or purchased 15.81 - -
Net recovery (469.82) - -
Gross carrying amount as at March 31, 2019 564.08 - -
36 Disclosure pursuant to Ind AS 108 “Operating Segment”
The company operates mainly in the business segment of investment activity. As such there are no reportable
segments as per IND AS 108 on operating segment.
37 Disclosure pursuant to Ind AS 12 “Income Taxes”
(a) Major components of tax expense/(income):
(R in crore)
S.
No.
Statement of Profit and Loss:
(a) Profit and Loss section: Financials
(i) Current Income tax :
Current income tax expense 35.87 7.02
Tax expense in respect of earlier years – 12.44
35.87 19.46
(ii) Deferred Tax:
Tax expense on origination and reversal of temporary differences 1.10 7.19
1.10 7.19
Income tax expense reported in the statement of profit and 36.97 26.65
loss[(i)+(ii)]

(R in crore)
S.
No.
(b) Other Comprehensive Income (OCI) Section:
(i) Items not to be reclassified to profit or loss in subsequent periods:
(A) Current tax expense/(income): – –
On re-measurement of defined benefit plans – –
– –
(B) Deferred tax expense/(income):
On re-measurement of defined benefit plans – –
Income tax expense reported in the other comprehensive – –
income [(i)+(ii)]
(b) Reconciliation of Income tax expense and accounting profit multiplied by domestic tax rate
applicable in India:
(R in crore)
S.
No.
(a) Profit before tax 304.03 292.70
(b) Corporate tax rate as per Income tax Act, 1961 34.944% 34.608%
(c) Tax on accounting profit (c)=(a)*(b) 106.24 101.30
(d) (i) Tax on Income exempt from tax : (120.14) (130.45)
(ii) Tax on expense not tax deductible: 50.87 43.04
(iii) Effect on deferred tax due to change in Income tax rate – (0.02)
(iv) Effect of tax expenses for prior years – 12.44
(v) Tax effect on various other Items – 0.34
Total effect of tax adjustments [(i) to (v)] (69.27) (74.65)
(e) Tax expense recognised during the year (e)=(c)-(d) 36.97 26.65
(f) Effective tax Rate (f)=(e)/(a) 12.16% 9.10%
(c) Major components of deferred tax liabilities and deferred tax assets:
(R in crore)
Deferred tax Charge/(credit) Deferred tax
(liabilities)/ to Statement (liabilities)/
Particulars
assets as at of Profit and assets as at
April 01, 2018 Loss March 31, 2019
Deferred tax (liabilities):
- Difference between book base and tax base of 0.00 (0.01) (0.01)
property, plant & equipment, investment property
and intangible assets*
Net Deferred tax (liabilities) 0.00 (0.01) (0.01)
Deferred tax assets:
- Impairment on financial instruments 1.40 (1.37) 0.04
- Unutilised MAT credit 32.80 – 32.80
- Defined benefit obligation 0.34 0.30 0.63
- Provision for Expenses 0.22 (0.02) 0.20
Net Deferred tax assets 34.76 (1.09) 33.67
Net deferred tax (liability)/assets 34.76 (1.10) 33.66
* Amount less than R 50,000

(R in crore)
Deferred tax Charge/(credit) Deferred tax
(liabilities)/ to Statement (liabilities)/
Particulars
assets as at of Profit and assets as at
April 01, 2017 Loss March 31, 2018
About Us
Deferred tax (liabilities):
- Difference between book base and tax base of (0.00) 0.01 0.00
property, plant & equipment, investment property
and intangible assets*
- Fair value of investments at FVTPL (0.13) 0.13 –
Net Deferred tax (liabilities) (0.13) 0.14 0.00
- Impairment on financial instruments 0.70 0.70 1.40
- Carried forward tax losses 7.89 (7.89) 0.00
- Unutilised MAT credit 32.80 – 32.80
MD&A
- Defined benefit obligation 0.55 (0.21) 0.34
- Provision for Expenses 0.15 0.07 0.22
Net Deferred tax assets 42.09 (7.33) 34.76
Net deferred tax (liability)/assets 41.96 (7.19) 34.76
* Amount less than R 50,000
38 Disclosure pursuant to Ind AS 19 “Employee Benefits”:
(i) Defined contribution plans
Board’s Report
The Company recognise charges of R 0.27 crore (previous year R 0.29 crore) as an expense for provident fund
contribution and is included in Note 28 “employee benefits expenses” in the statement of profit and loss.
(ii) Defined benefits gratuity plans
The Company operates gratuity plan through a trust wherein every employee is entitled to the benefit
equivalent to fifteen days salary last drawn for each completed year of service. The same is payable on
termination of service, or retirement, whichever is earlier. The benefit vests after five years of continuous
service. The Company’s scheme is more favorable compared to the obligation under the Payment of Gratuity
Act, 1972.
a) The amounts recognised in balance sheet are as follows:
(R in crore)
Gratuity Plan
S.
Particulars As at As at As at
No.
A) Present Value of Defined Benefit
Obligation
- Wholly funded 1.08 0.85 1.32
- Wholly unfunded – – – Financials
1.08 0.85 1.32
Less : Fair Value of plan assets (0.83) (0.82) (0.76)
Amount to be recognised as liability or 0.25 0.03 0.56
(asset)
B) Amounts reflected in Balance Sheet
Liabilities 0.25 0.03 0.56
Assets – – –
Net liability/(asset) 0.25 0.03 0.56

b) The amounts recognised in the statement of profit and loss are as follows:
(R in crore)
Gratuity Plan
S.
Particulars As at As at
No.
March 31, 2019 March 31, 2018
1 Current Service Cost 0.11 0.17
2 Interest Cost (0.01) 0.03
3 Actuarial losses/(gains) - others 0.06 (0.62)
4 Actuarial losses/(gains) - difference between actuarial return on 0.26 0.00
plan assets and interest income
Total (1 to 4) 0.42 (0.42)
i Amount included in “employee benefits expenses” 0.11 0.17
ii Amount included in as part of “finance cost’ (0.01) 0.03
iii Amount included as part of “Other Comprehensive income” 0.32 (0.62)
Total (i + ii + iii) 0.42 (0.42)
c) The changes in the present value of defined benefit obligation representing reconciliation of
opening and closing balance thereof are as follows:
(R in crore)
Gratuity Plan
Opening balance of the present value of defined 0.85 1.32 10.63
benefit obligation
Add : Current Service Cost 0.11 0.17 0.09
Add : Interest Cost 0.06 0.09 0.41
Add : Actuarial losses/(gains)
i) Actuarial (gains)/losses arising from changes in 0.02 0.10 0.06
financial assumptions
ii) Actuarial (gains)/losses arising from changes in 0.00 – –
demographic assumptions
ii) Actuarial (gains)/losses arising from changes in 0.04 (0.72) 0.19
experience adjustments
Less : Benefits paid – (0.11) (10.40)
Add : Liability assumed/(settled) – – 0.34
Closing balance of the present value of defined 1.08 0.85 1.32
benefit obligation
d) Changes in the failr value of plan assets representing reconciliation of the opening and closing
balances thereof are as follows:
(R in crore)
Gratuity Plan
Opening balance of the fair value of the plan assets 0.82 0.76 8.57
Add : interest income of plan assets 0.07 0.06 0.25
Add/(less) : Actuarial gains/(losses) (0.26) (0.01) 0.11
Add : Contribution by the employer 0.21 0.12 2.23
Less : Benefits paid – (0.11) (10.40)
Closing balance of plan assets 0.84 0.82 0.76
e) The fair value of major categories of plan assets are as follows:
(R in crore)
Gratuity Plan
About Us
1 Insurer managed funds (unquoted) 0.84 0.82 0.76
f) Principal actuarial assumptions at the valuation date:
Gratuity Plan
S.
No.
1 Discount rate (per annum) 7.20% 7.70% 6.90%
2 Salary escalation rate (per annum) 9.00% 9.00% 6.00%
Discount Rate:
MD&A
The discount rate based on the prevailing market yield of Indian government securities at the balance sheet
date for the estimated term of the obligations.
Salary escalation rate:
The estimates of future salary increases considered takes into account the inflation, seniority, promotion and
other relevant factors.
g) Sensitivity Analysis:
Board’s Report
One percentage point change in actuarial assumption would have the following effects on the defined benefit
obligation:
S. Effect of 1% decrease
Particulars
No. 2018-19 2017-18
1 Discount rate (per annum) 0.05 0.05
2 Salary escalation rate (per annum) (0.05) (0.04)
Effect of 1% increase
2018-19 2017-18
3 Discount rate (per annum) (0.05) (0.04)
4 Salary escalation rate (per annum) 0.05 0.05
g) Attrition rate:
The attrition rate varies from 0% to 1% (previous year: 0% to 1%) for various age groups.
h) Mortality rate:
Published rates under the Indian Assured Lives Mortality (2012-14) Ult table.
Provident fund
The Company’s state governed provident fund scheme are defined contribution plan for its employees. The
Contribution by the employer and employee together with interest accumulated there on are payable to Financials
the employee at the time of separation from company or retirement whichever is earlier. The benefit vests
immediately on rendering of services by the employee.

39 Disclosure of related parties/related party transactions pursuant to Ind AS 24 “ Related Party
Disclosures”
(a) Name of the related parties and description of relationship:
S. No Particulars Relationship
1 Larsen & Toubro Limited Holding Company
2 L&T Infrastructure Finance Company Limited Subsidiary Companies
3 L&T Financial Consultants Limited Subsidiary Companies
4 L&T Investment Management Limited Subsidiary Companies
5 L&T Housing Finance Limited Subsidiary Companies
6 L&T Finance Limited Subsidiary Companies
7 L&T Capital Markets Limited $ Subsidiary Companies
8 L&T Infra Debt Fund Limited Subsidiary Companies
9 L&T Capital Markets (Middle East) Limited # Subsidiary Companies
10 L&T Electromech LLC Fellow Subsidiary
11 Mr. Dinanath Dubhashi Managing Director & Chief
Executive Officer
12 Dr. (Mrs) Rajani R. Gupte (appointed as director w.e.f. June 28, 2018) Independent director
13 Mr. Harsh Mariwala Independent director
14 Mr. P. V. Bhide Independent director
15 Mr. Pavninder Singh (appointed as director w.e.f. June 15, 2017) Nominee director
16 Mr. Prabhakar B. (appointed as director w.e.f. June 28, 2018) Non-executive director
17 Mr. S. V. Haribhakti Non-executive chairman
(Independent director)
18 Mr. Thomas Mathew T. Independent director
19 Ms. Nishi Vasudeva (appointed as director w.e.f. June 15, 2017) Independent director
20 Ms. Vaishali Kasture (appointed as director w.e.f. June 15, 2017 and Independent director
ceased to be director w.e.f. May 29,2018)
21 Mr. B.V. Bhargava (ceased to be director w.e.f. August 31, 2017) Independent director
22 Mr. Y. M. Deosthalee (ceased to be director w.e.f. May 31, 2017) Non-executive chairman
23 Mr. Amit Chandra (ceased to be director w.e.f. June 15, 2017) Nominee director
# During the current year L&T Capital Markets (Middle East) Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of L&T
Finance Holdings Ltd was incorporated in Dubai w.e.f. July 01, 2018
$ During the previous year, L&T Access Distribution Services Limited merged into L&T Capital Markets
Limited w.e.f. April 01, 2017, being the appointed date.
Note: The above list contains name of only those related parties with whom the company has undertaken
transactions in current or previous year.
(b) Related parties transactions:
(R in crore)
S.
Nature of Transactions 2018-19 2017-18
No.
1 Subscription to equity shares of
L&T Infrastructure Finance Company Limited 1,300.39 450.00
L&T Finance Limited – 1,400.00

(R in crore)
S.
No.
L&T Housing Finance Limited – 600.00
L&T Infra Debt Fund Limited – 16.35
About Us
L&T Capital Markets (Middle East) Limited 5.41 –
2 Inter corporate deposits disbursed
L&T Infrastructure Finance Company Limited 2,754.75 4,224.65
L&T Finance Limited 8,036.51 7,421.03
L&T Housing Finance Limited 1,917.72 2,340.07
L&T Infra Investment Partners Advisory Private Limited 0.15 –
L&T Investment Management Limited 36.22 –
L&T Capital Markets Limited – 16.52
MD&A
L&T Financial Consultants Limited 371.29 392.68
3 Inter corporate deposits repaid (including interest)
L&T Infrastructure Finance Company Limited 2,759.11 4,231.36
L&T Finance Limited 8,626.02 6,992.96
L&T Housing Finance Limited 1,936.31 2,327.92
L&T Infra Investment Partners Advisory Private Limited 0.15 –
Board’s Report
L&T Capital Markets (Middle East) Limited** – –
** amounts less than R 50,000
4 Professional fees expense
Larsen & Toubro Limited 0.04 0.04
5 Rent & maintenance expenditure
6 Reimbursement of expense to
L&T Financial Consultants Limited 0.03 –
L&T Electromech LLC# – 0.00
# amounts less than R 50,000
7 Reimbursement of expense from
L&T Infrastructure Finance Company Limited – 0.08
L&T Finance Limited – 0.08
L&T Housing Finance Limited – 0.08
Financials
L&T Investment Management Limited – 0.08

8 ESOP charges recovered
L&T Infrastructure Finance Company Limited 8.11 5.49
L&T Finance Limited 25.91 15.39

(R in crore)
S.
No.
L&T Housing Finance Limited 1.33 0.69
L&T Infra Debt Fund Limited 0.38 0.13
L&T Investment Management Limited 20.88 11.57
L&T Capital Markets Limited 3.51 2.35
9 Inter corporate borrowings taken
Larsen & Toubro Limited 1,000.00 –
L&T Infrastructure Finance Company Limited 469.00 –
10 Inter corporate borrowings repaid (including interest)
Larsen & Toubro Limited 1,017.95 –
9 Interest income on inter corporate deposit
L&T Infra Investment Partners Advisory Private Limited^ 0.00 –
âmounts less than R 50,000
10 Interest expense on inter corporate borrowings
Larsen & Toubro Limited 17.95 –
11 Management fees income
L&T Infra Debt Fund Limited 0.82 0.33
L&T Investment Management Limited 0.82 0.65
L&T Capital Markets Limited 0.82 0.33
12 Dividend income
L&T Infrastructure Finance Company Limited – 151.46
L&T Finance Limited 191.90 –
13 Subscription to equity shares of the company by
Larsen & Toubro Limited – 2,000.00
14 Repayment of security deposit to
L&T Financial Consultants Limited 0.06 –

(R in crore)
S.
No.
15 Remuneration to key management personnel
Short-term employee benefits paid to
About Us
Mr. Dinanath Dubhashi 5.63 8.21
Dr. (Mrs) Rajani R. Gupte 0.08 –
Mr. Harsh Mariwala 0.17 0.27
Mr. P. V. Bhide 0.16 0.25
Mr. Pavninder Singh 0.08 0.15
Mr. Prabhakar B. 0.08 –
Mr. S. V. Haribhakti 0.57 0.57
Mr. Thomas Mathew T. 0.20 0.26
MD&A
Ms. Nishi Vasudeva 0.15 0.12
Ms. Vaishali Kasture 0.03 0.07
Mr. B.V. Bhargava – 0.07
Mr. Y. M. Deosthalee – 0.08
Mr. Amit Chandra – 0.03
(c) Amount due to/from related parties:
(R in crore)
Board’s Report
S.
Nature of Transactions 2018-19 2017-18 2016-17
No.
1 Receivable from/ (payable to)
L&T Infrastructure Finance Company Limited 1.10 8.17 2.68
L&T Finance Limited 3.59 27.56 14.42
L&T Housing Finance Limited 0.50 1.22 0.86
L&T Infra Debt Fund 0.22 0.13 –
L&T Investment Management Limited 2.91 16.49 7.17
L&T Capital Markets Limited 0.40 3.95 1.60
L&T Financial Consultants Limited 0.04 0.13 0.00
L&T Capital Markets (Middle East) Limited 0.41 – –
Larsen & Toubro Limited (0.01) (0.02) 0.07
2 Outstanding balance of inter corporate
deposits given
L&T Finance Limited 166.11 660.54 201.18
L&T Housing Finance Limited – 15.01 –
L&T Capital Markets (Middle East) Limited 15.82 – –
3 Security deposit given to
Financials

4 Dividend receivable from
L&T Infrastructure Finance Company Limited – 151.46 86.00
L&T Finance Limited 191.90 – –
L&T Housing Finance Limited 61.18 72.26 –
L&T Investment Management Limited 30.22 – –
L&T Financial Consultants Limited 6.75 – –

40 Basic and Diluted Earnings per share [EPS] computed in accordance with Indian Accounting
Standard (Ind AS) 33 “Earnings per Share’’:
For the year For the year
Particulars ended March ended March 31,
31, 2019 2018
Basic
Profit after tax (R crore) A 267.06 266.05
Weighted average number of equity shares outstanding B 1,99,71,65,629 1,82,44,19,741
during the year (Nos.)
Basic earning per share (R) A/B 1.34 1.46
Diluted
Profit after tax (R crore) A 267.06 266.05
during the year (Nos.)
Add: Weighted average no. of potential equity shares on C 77,03,279 1,76,13,844
account of employee stock options (Nos.)
Weighted average number of shares outstanding for diluted D=B+C 2,00,48,68,908 1,84,20,33,585
EPS (Nos.)
Diluted earnings per share (R) A/D 1.33 1.44
Face value of shares (R) 10.00 10.00
41
Disclosure pursuant to Ind AS 7 “Statement of Cash Flows” - Changes in liabilities arising from
financing activities:
(R in crore)
Changes in March 31,
Particulars April 1, 2018 Cash flows Others
fair values 2019
Debt Securities – 1,162.49 – – 1,162.49
Borrowings (other than 468.70 (463.71) – – 4.99
debt securities)
Subordinated debt 1,030.12 – – 2.17 1,032.29
(R in crore)
Changes in March 31,

Particulars April 1, 2017 Cash flows Others
fair values 2018
Debt Securities 568.97 (568.94) – (0.03) –
Borrowings (other than 433.99 – – 34.71 468.70
debt securities)
Subordinated debt 1,206.24 (179.00) – 2.88 1,030.12
42 Contingent liabilities and commitments (R in crore)
Particulars 2018-19 2017-18 2016-17
Contingent Liabilities
Income tax matter in dispute – – 4.51
43 Expenditure in foreign currency: (R in crore)
Professional and other fees (including reimbursement) 0.30 1.35
Directors sitting fees and commission (including reimbursements) – 0.12
Total 0.30 1.47

44 Contribution to political parties during the year 2018-19 is R Nil (previous year R Nil).
45 Trade payable includes amount payable to Micro and Small Enterprises as follows:

(i) the principal amount and the interest due thereon remaining unpaid – –
About Us
to any supplier as at the end of each accounting year;
(ii) the amount of interest paid by the Company in terms of section 16 of – –
MSMED Act, 2006, along with the amounts of the payment made to
the suppliers beyond the appointed day during the year;
(iii) the amount of interest due and payable for the period of delay in – –
making payment (which have been paid but beyond the appointed
day during the year) but without adding the interest specified under
MSMED Act, 2006;
(iv) the amount of interest accrued and remaining unpaid at the end of – –
MD&A
each accounting year;
(v) the amount of further interest remaining due and payable even in the – –
succeeding years, until such date when the interest dues as above are
actually paid to the small enterprise, for the purpose of disallowance as
a deductible expenditure under section 23 of the MSMED Act, 2006.
Footnote: The management has identified micro and small enterprises as defined under Micro, Small and
Medium Enterprises Development Act, 2006 (MSMED) on the basis of information made available by the
supplier or vendors of the Company. Based on the information available with the Company, as at the year end,
Board’s Report
there are no dues to micro and small Enterprises that are reportable under the MSMED Act, 2006.
46 There are no amounts due and outstanding to be credited to Investor Education & Protection Fund as at
March 31, 2019
47 Events after the reporting period
There have been no events after the reporting date that require disclosure in the financial statements.
48 The Company has obtained the Certificate of Registration from the RBI as a Non-Banking Financial
Institution - Core Investment Company (NBFC-CIC) on September 11, 2013 under Section 45-IA of
the Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934.
49 Disclosures in terms of RBI Master Direction for Non-Banking Financial Company - Systemically
Important Non-Deposit taking Company and Deposit taking Company (Reserve Bank) Directions,
2016 and Master Direction- Core Investment Companies (Reserve Bank) Directions , 2016 have been
given under Annexure-I to these financial statements.
50 First time adoption of Ind AS
The company has prepared opening Balance Sheet as per Ind AS as of April 01, 2017 (transition date) by
recognising all assets and liabilities whose recognition is required by Ind AS, derecognising items of assets or
liabilities which are not permitted to be recognised by Ind AS, reclassifying items from Previous GAAP to Ind
AS as required, and applying Ind AS to measure the recognised assets and liabilities. The exemptions availed Financials
by the company under Ind AS 101 are as follows:
(i) The company has adopted the carrying value determined in accordance with Previous GAAP for all of its
property plant & equipment and investment property as deemed cost of such assets at the transition date.
(ii) Ind AS 102 Share-based Payment has not been applied to equity instruments in share-based payment
transactions that vested before April 01, 2017.
(iii) The estimates as at April 01, 2017 and at March 31, 2018 are consistent with those made for the same
dates in accordance with Previous GAAP.

(a) Statement of reconciliation of equity under Ind AS and equity reported under Previous
GAAP:
(R in crore)
S. As at As at
Particulars Note
No. March 31, 2018 April 1, 2017
Equity as per Previous GAAP 8,651.57 5,323.73
(a) Redeemable preference capital classified as a (1,034.40) (1,213.40)
liability
(b) Incremental cost on fair valuation of b 52.22 26.43
employee stock options plan previously
recognised on the basis of intrinsic value
(c) Increase in borrowing cost pursuant to a 4.28 7.16
application of effective interest rate method
as issue expenses were previously adjusted
against Securities Premium account
(d) Others 0.02 0.59
(e) Deferred taxes d – (0.20)
Equity as per Ind AS 7,673.69 4,144.31
(b) Statement of reconciliation for the year ended March 31,2018: (R in crore)
S. Year ended
Particulars Note
No. March 31, 2018
Net profit after tax as per Previous GAAP 367.84
(a) Incremental cost on fair valuation of employee stock options b (4.83)
plan previously recognised on the basis of intrinsic value
(b) Increase in borrowing cost pursuant to application of effective a (95.95)
interest rate method as issue expenses were previously
adjusted against Securities Premium Account
(c) Others (1.21)
(d) Deferred taxes d 0.20
Net profit/(loss) after tax as per Ind AS 266.05
(e) Other comprehensive income (net of tax) attributable to c 0.62
owners of the Company
Total comprehensive income as per Ind AS 266.67
(c) Statement of reconciliation of cash flow statement under Ind AS and cash flow statement
reported under Previous GAAP:
(R in crore)
Previous
Particulars Adjustments Ind AS
GAAP
Net cash used in operating activities (A) (157.92) 114.11 (272.03)
Net cash used in investing activities (B) (2,191.00) – (2,191.00)
Net cash generated from financing activities (C) 2,359.65 (114.11) 2,473.76
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents (A+B+C) 10.73 10.73
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year 0.53 0.53
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year 11.26 11.26

Notes to previous GAAP and Ind AS
a Under IGAAP, CRPS formed part of the Equity Share Capital. The share issue expenses were debited to
securities premium account. As per Ind AS 32, since there is no term for conversion of the instrument
on the date of issuance, such instrument is classified as a liability and interest cost is accrued at the rate
of dividend applicable along with dividend distribution tax (DDT) thereto. The share issue expenses are
About Us
net off upon initial recognition from the borrowings and amortised under effective interest rate method,
resulting in increase in security premium account and decrease in borrowings on account of CRPS.
b Under IGAAP, the ESOPs of the holding company given to employees of the Group were recorded
at intrinsic value. Under Ind AS, the option fair value cost is amortised over the vesting period in the
Statement of Profit and Loss and a corresponding liability for ESOP outstanding is created.
c Actuarial gains and losses pertaining to defined benefit obligations and re-measurement pertaining to
return on plan assets are recognised in Other Comprehensive Income in accordance with Ind AS 19 and
are not reclassified to profit or loss.
MD&A
d Deferred tax under Ind AS has been recognised for temporary differences between tax base and the book
base of the relevant assets and liabilities. Under the Previous GAAP, the deferred tax was accounted based
on timing differences impacting the Statement of Profit and Loss for the period.
51 Previous year previous GAAP figures have been regrouped / reclassified to make them comparable
with IND AS presentation
52 The above financial statements have been reviewed by the audit committee and subsequently
approved by the Board of Directors at its meeting held on April 28, 2019.
Board’s Report
For and on behalf of the Board of Directors of
Non-Executive Chairman Managing Director &
(DIN: 00007347) Chief Executive Officer
(DIN: 03545900)

Place : Mumbai
Date : April 28, 2019
Financials

Annexure-I
The disclosures as required by the RBI Master Directions have been prepared after giving effect of below
mentioned adjustments to the amounts reported in the financial statements:
(i) The amount of allowances for expected credit losses on loan assets were added to the loan asset
balances and the amount of provisions on Standard, non-performing and stressed loan assets were
recomputed based on the Companies provisioning policy as approved by the Board of Directors read
together with the RBI Master Directions;
(ii) The deferred tax relating to the adjustments listed in item listed above;
The disclosures for the previous year ended March 31, 2018 are on the basis of the financial statements
prepared as per Previous GAAP
1) Exposure to Real Estate Sector (R in crore)
Category 2018-19 2017-18
a) Direct exposure
(i) Residential Mortgages -
Lending secured by mortgages on residential property that is or will be Nil Nil
occupied by the borrower or that is rented; (Individual housing loans
up to R 15 lakh may be shown separately)
(ii) Commercial Real Estate -
Lending secured by mortgages on commercial real estates (office buildings, Nil Nil
retail space, multipurpose commercial premises, multi-family residential
buildings, multi-tenanted commercial premises, industrial or warehouse
space, hotels, land acquisition, development and construction, etc.).
Exposure would also include non-fund based (NFB) limits;
(iii)
Investments in Mortgage Backed Securities (MBS) and other
securitized exposures -
a. Residential Nil Nil
b. Commercial Real Estate Nil Nil
b) Indirect exposure
Fund based and non-fund based exposures on National Housing Bank Nil Nil
(NHB) and Housing Finance Companies (HFCs).
2) Asset Liability Management:
Maturity pattern of certain items of assets and liabilities
As at March 31, 2019 (R in crore)
1 day to Over 2 Over 3

Over one Over 6 Over 1 Over 3 As at
30/31 months months Over 5
Particulars month to months year to 3 years to 5 March 31,
days (one upto 3 to 6 years
2 months to 1 year years years 2019
month) months months
Liabilities:
Borrowings from – – – – – 4.99 – – 4.99
banks
Market Borrowings 325.00 250.00 724.40 60.00 – 850.00 – – 2,209.40
Assets:
Advances 52.59 180.55 2.12 17.66 292.37 – – – 545.29
Investments – – – – – – – 9,146.19 9,146.19
Footnote: The above bucketing has been arrived on the extant regulatory guidelines and the policy
approved by the Board of Directors at its meeting held on October 24, 2018.

Annexure-I (continued)
3) Liabilities side:
Loans and advances availed by the NBFCs inclusive of interest accrued thereon but not
paid
(R in crore)
About Us
S.
Particulars Amount Amount Amount Amount
No.
Outstanding Overdue Outstanding Overdue
(a) Debentures:
Secured – – – –
Unsecured (Other than falling within the – – – –
meaning of Public Deposits)
(b) Deferred Credits – – – –
(c) Term Loans – – – –
MD&A
(d) Inter-Corporate Loans and borrowings* – – 463.74 –
(e) Commercial Paper (net of unexpired discount 1,162.49 – – –
charges)
(f) Other Loans (Cash Credit) 4.99 – 4.96 –
4) Assets side:
Break-up of Loans and Advances including bills receivables [Other than those included in (3)
below]
Board’s Report
(R in crore)
As at As at
S. March 31, 2019 March 31, 2018
Particulars
No. Amount Amount
Outstanding Outstanding
(a) Secured – –
(b) Unsecured* 564.08 1,003.68
* inclusive of interest accrued
5) Break-up of Leased Assets and Stock on Hire and hypothecation loans counting towards AFC
activities
As at As at
S. March 31, 2019 March 31, 2018
Particulars
No. Amount Amount
(i) Lease assets including lease rentals under sundry debtors:
(a) Financial Lease Nil Nil
(b) Operating Lease Nil Nil
(ii) Stock on hire including hire charges under sundry debtors
Financials
(a) Assets on Hire Nil Nil

(b) Repossessed Assets Nil Nil
(iii) Other loans counting towards AFC activities
(a) Loans where assets have been repossessed Nil Nil
(b) Loans other than (a) above Nil Nil

6) Break-up of Investments (R in crore)
As at As at
S. March 31, 2019 March 31, 2018
Particulars
No. Amount Amount
Current investments
1 Quoted
i. Shares: a. Equity - -
b. Preference - -
ii. Debentures and bonds - -
iii. Units of mutual funds - -
iv. Government scurities - -
v. Others (please specify) - -
2 Unquoted
b. Preference - -
Long term investments
1 Quoted
b. Preference - -
2 Unquoted
i. Shares: a. Equity 9,146.19 7,840.39
b. Preference - -
7) Borrower group-wise classification of assets financed as in (2) and (3) above:
(R in crore)
S. As at March 31, 2019 As at March 31, 2018
Particulars
No. Secured Unsecured Total Secured Unsecured Total
1 Related Parties
(a) Subsidiaries – 564.08 564.08 – 1,003.68 1,003.68
(b) Companies in the – – – – – –
same group
(c) Other related – – – – – –
parties
2 Other than related – – – –
parties
Total – 564.08 564.08 – 1,003.68 1,003.68

8) Investor group-wise classification of all investments (current and non-current) in shares and
securities (both quoted and unquoted):
(R in crore)
Market Value Market Value
About Us
S. Book Value Book Value
Category / Break up or / Break up or
No. (Net of (Net of
fair value or fair value or
Provisions) Provisions)
NAV NAV
1 Related Parties
(a) Subsidiaries 9,146.19 9,146.19 7,840.39 7,840.39
(b) Companies in the same – – – –
group
(c) Other related parties – – – –
2 Other than related parties – – – –
Total 9,146.19 9,146.19 7,840.39 7,840.39
MD&A
9) Other information
As at As at
S. March 31, 2018 March 31, 2018
Particulars
No. Amount Amount
(i) Gross Non-Performing Assets
(a) Related parties – –
Board’s Report
(b) Other than related parties – –
(ii) Net Non-Performing Assets
(a) Related parties – –
(b) Other than related parties – –
(iii) Assets acquired in satisfaction of debt – –
10) Investments: (R in crore)
S. As at As at
Particulars
No. March 31, 2019 March 31, 2018
1 Value of Investments
(i) Gross Value of Investments
(a) In India 9,140.78 7,840.39
(b) Outside India 5.41 –
(ii) Provisions for Depreciation
(a) In India – –
(b) Outside India – –
(iii) Net Value of Investments
(a) In India 9,140.78 7,840.39
(b) Outside India 5.41 –
2 Movement of provisions held towards depreciation on Financials
investments
(i) Opening balance – –
(ii) Add: Provisions made during the year – –
(iii) Less: Write -off/write back of excess provisions during – –
the year
(iv) Closing balance – –

11) Derivatives:
1) Forward Rate Agreement / Interest Rate Swap: The Company has not traded in Forward Rate
Agreement/ Interest Rate Derivative during the financial year ended March 31, 2019 (Previous
year: Nil)
2) Exchange Traded Interest Rate (IR) Derivatives: The Company has not traded in Exchange
Traded Interest Rate (IR) Derivative during the financial year ended March 31, 2019 (Previous year:
Nil)
12) Securitization: No securitization deal (including assignment deal) has carried out during the financial
year ended March 31, 2019 (Previous year: Nil)
13) Asset Liability Management Maturity Pattern: Refer note no. 2 of Annexure-I for details of Asset
Liability Management Maturity Pattern
14) Exposures:
1) Exposures to Real Estate Sector: Refer note no. 1 of Annexure-I for details of exposures to Real Estate
Sector
II) Exposures to Capital Markets: None
III) Details of financing of parent company products: None
IV) The particulars of unsecured advances net off provision are given below:
(R in crore
As at As at
Particulars
March 31, 2019 March 31, 2018
Intercorporate Deposit* 564.08 1,003.68
* inclusive of interest accrued
15) Miscellaneous
I) Registration obtained from other financial sector regulators: No registration has been obtained
from other financial sector regulators.
II) Penalties imposed by RBI and other regulators: No penalties have been imposed by RBI or other
regulators during the year. (Previous Year: NIL)
III) Ratings assigned by credit rating agencies and migration of ratings during the year:
2018-19
Instrument
INDIA RATINGS CARE ICRA
Non-Convertible Debentures IND AAA (Stable) CARE AAA (Stable) ICRA AAA (Stable)
CRPS – CARE AAA (RPS) –
(Stable)
Commercial Paper IND A1+ CARE A1+ ICRA A1+
2017-18
Instrument
INDIA RATINGS CARE ICRA
Non-Convertible Debentures IND AAA (Stable) CARE AAA (Stable) ICRA AA+ (Stable)
CRPS – CARE AAA (RPS) -
(Stable)
Commercial Paper IND A1+ CARE A1+ ICRA A1+
IV) Postponements of revenue recognition: Current year: Nil (Previous year: Nil)

16) Provisions and Contingencies:
I) Break up of ‘Provisions and Contingencies’ shown under the head Expenditure in Profit and Loss
Account:
(R in crore)
About Us
Provisions for depreciation on investment Nil Nil
Provision towards non-performing assets Nil Nil
Provision made towards Income tax
(shown below profit before tax)
MAT credit entitlement – –
Deferred tax 0.85 7.39
Short provision relating to earlier years – 12.44
MD&A
Other provision and contingencies –
Provision for standard assets (1.83) 1.98
17) Concentration of Advances and NPAs:
I) Concentration of Advances: (R in crore)
As at As at
Particulars
March 31, 2019* March 31, 2018
Total Inter corporate deposit to twenty largest 564.08 1,003.68
Board’s Report
borrowers
Percentage of advances to twenty largest borrowers to 100% 100%
total advances of the company
*including interest accrued
II) Concentration of NPAs: (R in crore)
As at As at
Particulars
March 31, 2019 March 31, 2018
Total Exposure to top four NPA accounts - -

18) Disclosure of customer complaints:
S.
No.
(i) No. of complaints pending at the beginning of the year Nil Nil
(ii) No. of complaints received during the year Nil Nil
(iii) No. of complaints redressed during the year Nil Nil Financials
(iv) No. of complaints pending at the end of the year Nil Nil

DELOITTE HASKINS & SELLS LLP B. K. KHARE & CO.
Indiabulls Finance Centre, Tower 3 706/708, Sharda Chambers
27th – 32nd Floor, Senapati Bapat Marg New Marine Lines
Elphinstone Road (West) Mumbai 400004.
Mumbai 400013.
Independent Auditors’ Report

To The Members of L&T Finance Holdings Limited Basis for Opinion
Report on the Audit of the Consolidated Financial We conducted our audit of the consolidated financial
Statements statements in accordance with the Standards on
Auditing specified under section 143 (10) of the Act
Opinion (SAs). Our responsibilities under those Standards are
We have audited the accompanying consolidated further described in the Auditor’s Responsibility for the
financial statements of L&T Finance Holdings Limited Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements section
(the “Parent”) and its subsidiaries, (the Parent and its of our report. We are independent of the Group in
subsidiaries together referred to as the “Group”), accordance with the Code of Ethics issued by the
which comprise the Consolidated Balance Sheet as Institute of Chartered Accountants of India (‘ICAI’)
at March 31, 2019, and the Consolidated Statement together with the ethical requirements that are relevant
of Profit and Loss (including Other Comprehensive to our audit of the consolidated financial statements
Income), the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows under the provisions of the Act and the Rules made
and the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity thereunder, and we have fulfilled our other ethical
for the year then ended, and a summary of significant responsibilities in accordance with these requirements
accounting policies and other explanatory information. and the ICAI’s Code of Ethics. We believe that the audit
evidence obtained by us is sufficient and appropriate to
In our opinion and to the best of our information and
provide a basis for our audit opinion on the consolidated
according to the explanations given to us, the aforesaid
consolidated financial statements give the information
required by the Companies Act, 2013 (the “Act”) in Key Audit Matters
the manner so required and give a true and fair view Key audit matters are those matters that, in our
in conformity with the Indian Accounting Standards professional judgment, were of most significance in
prescribed under section 133 of the Act read with the our audit of the consolidated financial statements of
Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Rules, 2015, the current period. These matters were addressed in
as amended (‘Ind AS’) and other accounting principles the context of our audit of the consolidated financial
generally accepted in India, of the consolidated state statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion
of affairs of the Group as at March 31, 2019, and thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion
their consolidated profit, their consolidated total on these matters. We have determined the matters
comprehensive income, their consolidated cash flows described below to be the key audit matters to be
and their consolidated changes in equity for the year communicated in our report.
ended on that date.

Key Audit Matter Auditor’s Response thereon.
Impairment of goodwill Principle procedures • Our opinion on the consolidated financial
on consolidation: performed: statements does not cover the other information
There is a risk that the Besides obtaining and we do not express any form of assurance
Group’s Goodwill may an understanding of conclusion thereon.
be impaired due to the Management’s processes • In connection with our audit of the consolidated
inherent uncertainty and controls with regard financial statements, our responsibility is to read
About Us
involved in forecasting to testing the goodwill the other information, compare with the financial
and discounting future for impairment the statements of the subsidiaries audited by the
cash flows, determination procedures included the other auditors, to the extent it relates to these
of discount and following: entities and, in doing so, place reliance on the
terminal growth rates, work of the other auditors and consider whether
which are the basis • Engaged internal fair
valuation experts to the other information is materially inconsistent
of the assessment of with the consolidated financial statements or
recoverability. These are challenge management’s
underlying assumptions our knowledge obtained during the course of
the key judgement areas our audit or otherwise appears to be materially
for our audit. and appropriateness of
MD&A
the valuation model used. misstated. Other information so far as it relates
The Group annually to the subsidiaries, is traced from their financial
carries out an impairment • Compared the Group’s statements audited by the other auditors.
assessment of goodwill assumptions with
using a value-in-use comparable benchmarks • If, based on the work we have performed, we
model which is based in relation to key inputs conclude that there is a material misstatement of
on the net present value such as long-term growth this other information, we are required to report
of the forecast earnings rates and discount rates. that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard.
of the cash-generating Management’s Responsibility for the Standalone
Board’s Report
• Assessed the
units. This is calculated Financial Statements
appropriateness of the
using certain assumptions The Parent’s Board of Directors is responsible for the
forecast cash flows
around discount rates, matters stated in section 134(5) of the Act with
within the budgeted
growth rates and cash respect to the preparation of these consolidated
period based on their
flow forecasts. financial statements that give a true and fair view of the
understanding of the
business and sector consolidated financial position, consolidated financial
experience. performance including other comprehensive income,
consolidated cash flows and consolidated changes in
• Considered historical equity of the Group in accordance with the Ind AS and
forecasting accuracy, by other accounting principles generally accepted in India.
comparing previously The respective Board of Directors of the companies
forecasted cash flows to included in the Group are responsible for maintenance
actual results achieved. of adequate accounting records in accordance with
• Performed a sensitivity the provisions of the Act for safeguarding the assets
analysis in relation to key of the Group and for preventing and detecting frauds
assumptions. and other irregularities; selection and application of
appropriate accounting policies; making judgments
For Key Audit Matters identified by Component and estimates that are reasonable and prudent; and
Auditors, refer “Annexure I” attached herewith. design, implementation and maintenance of adequate
Information Other than the Financial Statements internal financial controls, that were operating effectively
Financials
and Auditor’s Report Thereon for ensuring the accuracy and completeness of the
• The Parent’s Board of Directors is responsible for accounting records, relevant to the preparation and
the other information. The other information presentation of the financial statements that give a true
comprises the information included in the and fair view and are free from material misstatement,
management discussion and analysis included whether due to fraud or error, which have been used for
Director’s report, but does not include the the purpose of preparation of the consolidated financial
consolidated financial statements, standalone statements by the Directors of the Parent, as aforesaid.
financial statements and our auditor’s report

In preparing the consolidated financial statements, the • Conclude on the appropriateness of management’s
respective Board of Directors of the companies included use of the going concern basis of accounting and,
in the Group are responsible for assessing the ability of based on the audit evidence obtained, whether
the Group to continue as a going concern, disclosing, a material uncertainty exists related to events or
as applicable, matters related to going concern and conditions that may cast significant doubt on
using the going concern basis of accounting unless the ability of the Group to continue as a going
the management either intends to liquidate or cease concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty
operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so. exists, we are required to draw attention in our
auditor’s report to the related disclosures in the
The respective Board of Directors of the companies
consolidated financial statements or, if such
included in the Group are also responsible for overseeing
disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion.
the financial reporting process of the Group.
Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence
Auditor’s Responsibility for the Audit of the obtained up to the date of our auditor’s report.
Standalone Financial Statements However, future events or conditions may cause
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance the Group to cease to continue as a going concern.
about whether the consolidated financial statements as • Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and
a whole are free from material misstatement, whether content of the consolidated financial statements,
due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that including the disclosures, and whether the
includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high consolidated financial statements represent the
level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit underlying transactions and events in a manner
conducted in accordance with SAs will always detect a that achieves fair presentation.
material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can
arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, • Obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence
individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably regarding the financial information of business
be expected to influence the economic decisions of activities within the Group to express an opinion
users taken on the basis of these consolidated financial on the consolidated financial statements. We
statements. are responsible for the direction, supervision
and performance of the audit of the financial
As part of an audit in accordance with SAs, we exercise statements of such branches or entities or business
professional judgment and maintain professional activities included in the consolidated financial
skepticism throughout the audit. We also: statements of which we are the independent
• Identify and assess the risks of material auditors. For the other entities included in the
misstatement of the consolidated financial consolidated financial statements, which have
statements, whether due to fraud or error, design been audited by the other auditors, such other
and perform audit procedures responsive to those auditors remain responsible for the direction,
risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient supervision and performance of the audits carried
and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. out by them. We remain solely responsible for our
The risk of not detecting a material misstatement audit opinion.
resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting Materiality is the magnitude of misstatements in the
from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, consolidated financial statements that, individually
intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the or in aggregate, makes it probable that the economic
override of internal control. decisions of a reasonably knowledgeable user of the
• Obtain an understanding of internal financial consolidated financial statements may be influenced.
control relevant to the audit in order to design We consider quantitative materiality and qualitative
audit procedures that are appropriate in the factors in (i) planning the scope of our audit work
circumstances. Under section 143(3)(i) of the and in evaluating the results of our work; and (ii) to
Act, we are also responsible for expressing our evaluate the effect of any identified misstatements in
opinion on whether the Parent has adequate the consolidated financial statements.
internal financial controls system in place and the We communicate with those charged with governance
operating effectiveness of such controls. of the Parent and such other entities included in the
• Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting consolidated financial statements of which we are the
policies used and the reasonableness of accounting independent auditors regarding, among other matters,
estimates and related disclosures made by the the planned scope and timing of the audit and significant
management.
audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in consolidated financial statements have been
internal control that we identify during our audit. audited by other auditors, whose reports have
been furnished to us by the Management and in
We also provide those charged with governance with
so far as it relates to the comparative amounts
a statement that we have complied with relevant
and disclosures included in respect of these
ethical requirements regarding independence, and to
subsidiaries, made in these consolidated financial
communicate with them all relationships and other
statements, is based solely on the reports of the
matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on
other auditors.
About Us
our independence, and where applicable, related
safeguards. Our opinion on the consolidated financial
statements is not modified in respect of the above
From the matters communicated with those charged
matters on the comparative financial information.
with governance, we determine those matters that were
of most significance in the audit of the consolidated Report on Other Legal and Regulatory
financial statements of the current period and are Requirements
therefore the key audit matters. We describe these 1. As required by Section 143(3) of the Act, based
matters in our auditor’s report unless law or regulation on our audit and on the consideration of the
precludes public disclosure about the matter or when, reports of the other auditors on the separate
MD&A
in extremely rare circumstances, we determine that a financial statements/ financial information of
matter should not be communicated in our report the subsidiaries referred to in the Other Matters
because the adverse consequences of doing so would section above we report, to the extent applicable
reasonably be expected to outweigh the public interest that:
benefits of such communication.
a) We have sought and obtained all the information
Other Matters and explanations which to the best of our
(a) We did not audit the financial statements / knowledge and belief were necessary for the
financial information of 7 subsidiaries, whose purposes of our audit of the aforesaid consolidated
Board’s Report
financial statements / financial information reflect financial statements.
total assets of R 1,238.80 crore as at March 31,
b) In our opinion, proper books of account as required
2019, total revenues of R 797.41 crore and net
by law relating to preparation of the aforesaid
cash outflows amounting to R 13.33 crore for
consolidated financial statements have been kept
the year ended on that date, as considered in the
so far as it appears from our examination of those
consolidated financial statements. These financial
books and the reports of the other auditors.
statements / financial information have been
audited by other auditors whose reports have c) The Consolidated Balance Sheet, the Consolidated
been furnished to us by the Management and our Statement of Profit and Loss including Other
opinion on the consolidated financial statements, Comprehensive Income, the Consolidated
in so far as it relates to the amounts and disclosures Statement of Cash Flows and the Consolidated
included in respect of these subsidiaries, and our Statement of Changes in Equity dealt with by this
report in terms of subsection (3) of Section 143 Report are in agreement with the relevant books of
of the Act, in so far as it relates to the aforesaid account maintained for the purpose of preparation
subsidiaries is based solely on the reports of the of the consolidated financial statements.
other auditors.
d) In our opinion, the aforesaid consolidated
Our opinion on the consolidated financial financial statements comply with the Ind AS
statements above and our report on Other Legal specified under Section 133 of the Act.
and Regulatory Requirements below, is not
e) On the basis of the written representations received
modified in respect of the above matters with
Financials
from the directors of the Parent as on March 31,
respect to our reliance on the work done and the
2019 taken on record by the Board of Directors
reports of the other auditors.
of the Company and the reports of the statutory
(b) The comparative financial statements/ information auditors of its subsidiary companies, none of the
for the year ended March 31, 2018 in respect of 7 directors of the Group companies, is disqualified
subsidiaries and the related transition date opening as on March 31, 2019 from being appointed as a
balance sheet as at April 01, 2017 prepared in director in terms of Section 164 (2) of the Act.
accordance with the Ind AS and included in these

f) With respect to the adequacy of the internal h) With respect to the other matters to be included
financial controls over financial reporting and in the Auditor’s Report in accordance with Rule
the operating effectiveness of such controls, 11 of the Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules,
refer to our separate Report in “Annexure 2014,as amended in our opinion and to the best of
A” which is based on the auditors’ reports our information and according to the explanations
of the Parent and subsidiary companies. Our given to us:
report expresses an unmodified opinion on the
i) The consolidated financial statements disclose
adequacy and operating effectiveness of internal
the impact of pending litigations on the
financial controls over financial reporting of those
consolidated financial position of the Group.
companies.
ii) The Group, did not have any material
g) With respect to the other matters to be included
foreseeable losses on long-term contracts
in the Auditor’s Report in accordance with the
including derivative contracts.
requirements of section 197(16) of the Act, as
amended, in our opinion and to the best of our iii) There were no amounts which were required
information and according to the explanations to be transferred to the Investor Education
given to us, the remuneration paid by the Parent and Protection Fund by the Parent and its
to its directors during the year is in accordance subsidiary companies.
with the provisions of section 197 of the Act.

(Partner) (Partner)

Annexure ‘A’ to the Independent Auditors’ Report
(Referred to in paragraph 1(f) under ‘Report on in all material respects.
Other Legal and Regulatory Requirements’ section
Our audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit
of our report of even date)
evidence about the adequacy of the internal financial
Report on the Internal Financial Controls Over controls system over financial reporting and their
Financial Reporting under Clause (i) of Sub-section operating effectiveness. Our audit of internal financial
About Us
3 of Section 143 of the Companies Act, 2013 (“the controls over financial reporting included obtaining
Act”) an understanding of internal financial controls over
In conjunction with our audit of the consolidated Ind financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material
AS financial statements of the Company as of and for weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design
the year ended March 31, 2019, we have audited the and operating effectiveness of internal control based
internal financial controls over financial reporting of L&T on the assessed risk. The procedures selected depend
Finance Holdings Limited (hereinafter referred to as (the on the auditor’s judgement, including the assessment
“Parent”) and its subsidiary companies, as of that date. of the risks of material misstatement of the financial
Management’s Responsibility for Internal Financial statements, whether due to fraud or error.
Controls We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained
MD&A
The respective Board of Directors of the Parent, and the audit evidence obtained by the other auditors
its subsidiary companies, which are companies of the subsidiary companies, which are companies
incorporated in India, are responsible for establishing incorporated in India, in terms of their reports referred
and maintaining internal financial controls based on to in the Other Matters paragraph below, is sufficient
the internal control over financial reporting criteria and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion
established by the respective Companies considering on the internal financial controls system over financial
the essential components of internal control stated reporting of the Parent and its subsidiary companies,
in the Guidance Note on Audit of Internal Financial which are companies incorporated in India.
Board’s Report
Controls Over Financial Reporting issued by the Institute
Meaning of Internal Financial Controls Over
of Chartered Accountants of India (ICAI)”. These
Financial Reporting
responsibilities include the design, implementation and
maintenance of adequate internal financial controls that A company’s internal financial control over financial
were operating effectively for ensuring the orderly and reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable
efficient conduct of its business, including adherence to assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting
the respective company’s policies, the safeguarding of and the preparation of financial statements for external
its assets, the prevention and detection of frauds and purposes in accordance with generally accepted
errors, the accuracy and completeness of the accounting accounting principles. A company’s internal financial
records, and the timely preparation of reliable financial control over financial reporting includes those policies
information, as required under the Companies Act, and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of
2013. records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly
reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets
Auditor’s Responsibility of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit
internal financial controls over financial reporting of the preparation of financial statements in accordance
Parent, its subsidiary companies, which are companies with generally accepted accounting principles, and
incorporated in India, based on our audit. We conducted that receipts and expenditures of the company are
our audit in accordance with the Guidance Note on being made only in accordance with authorisations of
Audit of Internal Financial Controls Over Financial management and directors of the company; and (3)
Reporting (the “Guidance Note”) issued by the Institute provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or
of Chartered Accountants of India and the Standards timely detection of unauthorised acquisition, use, or
Financials
on Auditing, prescribed under Section 143(10) of the disposition of the company’s assets that could have a
Companies Act, 2013, to the extent applicable to an material effect on the financial statements.
audit of internal financial controls. Those Standards and
Inherent Limitations of Internal Financial Controls
the Guidance Note require that we comply with ethical
Over Financial Reporting
requirements and plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether adequate internal Because of the inherent limitations of internal financial
financial controls over financial reporting was established controls over financial reporting, including the possibility
and maintained and if such controls operated effectively of collusion or improper management override of
controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud

may occur and not be detected. Also, projections of effectively as at March 31, 2019, the criteria for internal
any evaluation of the internal financial controls over financial control over financial reporting established
financial reporting to future periods are subject to the by the respective companies considering the essential
risk that the internal financial control over financial components of internal control stated in the Guidance
reporting may become inadequate because of changes Note on Audit of Internal Financial Controls Over
in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the Financial Reporting issued by the Institute of Chartered
policies or procedures may deteriorate. Accountants of India.
Opinion Our aforesaid report under Section 143(3)(i) of the
In our opinion to the best of our information and Act on the adequacy and operating effectiveness of
according to the explanations given to us and based on the internal financial controls over financial reporting
the consideration of the reports of the other auditors insofar as it relates to 7 subsidiary companies, which
referred to in the Other Matters paragraph below, are companies incorporated in India, is based solely
the Parent and its subsidiary companies, which are on the corresponding reports of the auditors of such
companies incorporated in India, have, in all material companies incorporated in India.
respects, an adequate internal financial controls system Our opinion is not modified in respect of the above
over financial reporting and such internal financial matters.
controls over financial reporting were operating

(Partner) (Partner)
Annexure I
Sr.
Components Key Audit Matter Auditor’s Response
No.
L&T Infrastructure Provision for Expected Credit Loss: Audit procedure performed:
Company Finance
The Components exercises significant • We gained understanding of the
Limited;
judgement using subjective Component’s key credit processes
L&T Finance Limited assumptions over both when and how comprising granting, booking,
and L&T Housing much to record as loan impairment, monitoring and provisioning and
Finance Limited and estimation of the amount of the tested the operating effectiveness of
impairment provision for loans and key controls over these processes;
advances. Because loans form a major
• We read the Component’s Ind AS
portion of the Component’s assets,
109 based impairment provisioning
and due to the significance of the
policy and compared it with the
judgments used in classifying these
requirements of Ind AS 109;
loans into various stages stipulated in
Ind AS 109 and determining related • We obtained an understanding of the
provision requirements, this audit area Component’s internal rating models
is considered a key audit risk. for loans and advances and read the
rating validation report prepared by
the Component to gain comfort that
the discrimination and calibration of
the rating model is appropriate;

Sr.
No.
• We understood the theoretical
soundness and tested the
mathematical integrity of the
Models. Where relevant, we used
Information System specialists to
About Us
gain comfort on data integrity;
• We checked consistency of various
inputs and assumptions used by
the Component’s management to
determine impairment provisions;
• We checked the appropriateness of
the Component’s determination of
significant increase in credit risk and
the resultant basis for classification
MD&A
of exposures into various stages;
• We checked and understood the
key data sources and assumptions
for data used in the Expected Credit
Loss (ECL) models (the Models) used
by the Component to determine
impairment provisions;
• For forward looking assumptions used
Board’s Report
by the Component’s management
in its ECL calculations, we held
discussions with management and
corroborated the assumptions using
publicly available information;
• For a sample of exposures, we
checked the appropriateness
of the Component’s staging,
appropriateness of determining
Exposure at Default, including the
consideration of prepayments and
repayments in the cash flows and the
resultant arithmetical calculations;
• For Probability of Default (PD) used
in the ECL calculations we checked
the Through the Cycle (TTC)
PDs calculation and checked the
appropriateness of conversion of the
TTC PDs to point in time (PIT) PDs;
Financials
• We checked the calculation of the
Loss Given Default (LGD) used by the
Component in the ECL calculations,
including the appropriateness of the
use of collateral and the resultant
arithmetical calculations;

Sr.
No.
• We checked the completeness of
the loans, off balance sheet items,
investment securities, placements and
other financial assets included in the
ECL calculations as at the period end;
• For provision against exposures
classified as Stage 1 and Stage 2,
we obtained an understanding
of the Component’s provisioning
methodology, assessed the
reasonableness of the underlying
assumptions and the sufficiency of the
data used by the management.
• For exposures determined to be
individually impaired, we tested a
sample of loans and advances and
examined management’s estimate
of future cash flows, assessed their
reasonableness and checked the
resultant provision calculations; and
• We checked the appropriateness of
the opening balance adjustments.
L&T Finance Limited Multiple and discrete Information Audit procedures performed:
Technology (IT) Systems: We have performed a range of audit
The Component is highly dependent procedures, which included of the
on technology due to the significant following:
number of transactions that are a) Access rights were tested over
processed daily and discrete IT Systems. applications, operating systems and
The interest income is computed
databases relied upon for financial
through various IT Systems and the
interfacing of these system with the reporting. Specifically, the tests were
accounting system is critical aspect designed to cover the following:
of audit. The audit approach relies on New access requests for new
automated controls and controls around recruits were properly reviewed and
interface of different systems, therefore authorised;
on the effectiveness of controls over IT
systems. User access rights were removed on
a timely basis when an individual left
IT application controls are critical to or moved role;
ensure that changes to applications
and underlying data are made in an Access rights to applications,
appropriate manner. Appropriate operating systems and databases
controls contribute to mitigating the risk were periodically monitored for
of potential fraud or errors as a result of appropriateness; and
changes to applications and data. Highly privileged access is restricted
Management has implemented to appropriate personnel.
preventive and detective controls across b) Other procedures were performed:
critical applications and infrastructure ◘ Where inappropriate access was
to reduce the risk over IT applications in
identified, we understood the nature
the financial reporting process. Due to
the pervasive nature, we assessed the of the access, and, where possible,
risk of a material misstatement arising obtained additional evidence on
from technology as significant for the the appropriateness of the activities
audit. performed;

Sr.
No.
c) Other areas that were independently
assessed included password policies,
security configurations, controls over
changes to applications and databases
and that business users, developers
About Us
and production support did not have
access to change applications, the
operating system or databases in
the production environment. Testing
of automated controls and interface
testing was carried out.
L&T Infra Debt Fund Revenue recognition on loans and Audit procedures performed:
Limited and advances: Our audit procedures included considering
L&T Infrastructure Revenue recognition is considered to the appropriateness of Component’s
MD&A
be a significant audit risk as it is a key revenue recognition accounting policies
Finance Company driver of return to investors and there is and assessing compliance with the policies
Limited a risk that there could be misstatement in terms of the applicable accounting
or omission of amounts recorded in the standards.
system. As regards to the Interest income:
There is an inherent risk around the Performed test of controls, assisted by
accuracy of the revenue recorded given our IT specialists wherever required, over
the complexity of the IT system and revenue recognition with specific focus on
impact of the terms of loan/debenture whether an interest income is recorded as
Board’s Report
agreements to the revenue recognition. per EIR model over the contract term on a
Revenue mainly comprises of interest straight-line basis or other applicable basis
income on term loans & debentures & as per the terms of the contract.
financial advisory fee income forming We have performed tests of details, on a
part of other operating income. sample basis, to review the case contracts
• Interest income: Interest income is entered into, with the customers to assess
recognised as per Effective Interest whether interest income recorded is as per
Rate (EIR) model for the purpose of the contract terms.
determining revenue recognition in Reviewed the completeness of interest
accordance with the requirements of income recorded during the year by
Ind AS 109. The calculation includes comparing the income as appearing in
all fees and points paid or received component’s loan management system
between parties to the contract that with that of accounts.
are an integral part of the effective
interest rate. We also performed detailed substantive
analytical procedures for select periods
While recognising an Interest income as and gained more understanding on any
per Effective Interest Rate (EIR) model variations / corroboration with the results
in accordance with the requirements of drawn as per the process.
Ind AS 109, the significant judgements
have been applied for inclusion/ As regards to the Fee based income:
exclusion of certain components from We have performed tests of details, on
EIR methodology and also recognising a sample basis, to review the underlying Financials
Interest on performing & under agreement / executed memo along

performing assets (till the period of 90 with evidences of contractual services
days past due; Stage 1 & 2) on gross performed as stated per the agreed terms.
carrying value of a loan asset and on Reviewed the management assessment of
non-performing assets (more than 90 compliance with the conditions put under
days past due; Stage 3) on net carrying Ind AS 109 for income recognition based
value of the asset on the principles of Ind AS 115 in respect
of certain items which did not form a part
of EIR.

Sr.
No.
• Financial advisory fee based income:
Such revenues are recognised when
the certain criteria are met which
includes persuasive evidence of
an arrangement exists, evidences
of rendering of services available,
the fee or commission is fixed or
determinable, and collectability is
reasonably assured.
L&T Infra Debt Transition to Ind AS: Audit procedures performed:
Fund Limited and
Pursuant MCA circular dated January Our audit procedures primarily involved
L&T Infrastructure 18, 2016, Component being an NBFC the application of Ind AS framework per
Finance Company has been transitioned to Ind AS wef. the requirements of Companies (Indian
Limited April 1, 2018. Application of Ind AS Accounting Standards) (Amendment)
requires an entity to make key changes
Rules, 2016 inter-alia including:
in its significant accounting policy/
practices and thereby affecting • Review of preparation & presentation
recognition, measurement & disclosure of Opening balance sheet - on the
requirements. Hence, this has been date of transition i.e. April 1, 2017
identified as a key audit matter. as per provisions of Ind AS 101 - First
time adoption with a retrospective
application of Ind AS principles
after applying certain mandatory
exceptions & optional exemptions
• Ensuring application and alignment
of significant accounting policies per
the requirements of Ind AS.
• Ensuring the application of relevant
Ind AS requirements in terms
of recognition, measurement and
disclosure.

Sr.
No.
L&T Infrastructure Valuation of unquoted shares/ Audit procedures performed:
Finance Company debentures and the related diminution
in value of investments: Our audit procedures primarily included
Limited
reviewing the appropriateness of fair
Component’s investments mainly valuation methodology used by the
comprises of investments in quoted Component and to determine whether
About Us
instruments, Subsidiaries/associates,
they are as per the Component’s policy
unquoted instruments including
invoked equity shares of some and are also in line with applicable
delinquent borrowers, and subscription accounting standards / regulations.
to Securities Receipts (SRs) issued We also reviewed the related control &
by Asset Reconstruction Companies substantive procedures.
(ARCs) etc.
• Test of detail: Review of Investment
As per the policy adopted by the specific information provided
Component, investments have been including underlying working/
fair valued as at the reporting date. reports/ methodology/ assumptions
MD&A
Considering that these investments are provided by the Component for each
unquoted and illiquid, the assessment type of investment.
of fair valuation is subjective and
requires number of significant estimates • We obtained an understanding of
and complex judgments to be made by management’s processes and controls
management. The exit value will be for determining the fair valuation of
determined by the market at the time unquoted investments. This included
of realisation and therefore despite the discussing with management the
valuation policy adopted and judgments
Board’s Report
valuation governance structure and
made by management, the final sales
protocols around their oversight
value may differ materially from the
valuation at the yearend date. There of the valuation process and
is the risk that inaccurate judgments corroborating our understanding by
could be made in the assessment of fair applying independent assessments
value wherever possible.
• Wherever feasible, we formed
an independent range for the
key assumptions used in the
valuation of a sample of unquoted
investments, with reference to
the relevant industry and market
valuation considerations and
critically challenged appropriateness
of significant management
assumptions/estimates.
Financials

Consolidated Balance Sheet as at March 31, 2019
(R in crore)
As at March 31, As at March 31, As at April 01,
Particulars Note 2019 2018 2017
ASSETS:
1 Financial assets
(a) Cash and cash equivalents 2 1,826.65 1,049.39 462.50
(b) Bank balance other than (a) above 3 47.50 59.14 163.59
(c) Derivative financial instruments 4 7.20 – 0.03
(d) Receivables 5
(I) Trade receivables 106.37 126.44 77.84
(II) Other receivables 10.63 3.33 1.17
(e) Loans 6 91,324.63 77,088.34 60,308.69
(f) Investments 7 8,640.81 5,301.49 6,565.90
(g) Other financial assets 8 126.29 73.66 65.68
1,02,090.08 83,701.79 67,645.40
2 Non-financial assets
(a) Current tax assets (net) 642.97 593.37 450.17
(b) Deferred tax assets (net) 1,777.15 1,846.40 1,482.97
(c) Investment property 9 367.66 395.11 401.04
(d) Property, plant and equipment 10 67.69 97.05 184.89
(e) Capital work-in-progress 10 - 0.14 0.27
(f) Intangible assets under development 10 38.65 19.20 1.27
(g) Goodwill on consolidation 638.91 638.91 638.91
(h) Other intangible assets 10 53.04 19.65 10.49
(i) Other non-financial assets 11 378.95 465.36 330.27
3,965.02 4,075.19 3,500.28
Total assets 1,06,055.10 87,776.98 71,145.68
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
LIABILITIES

Consolidated Balance Sheet as at March 31, 2019
(R in crore)
As at March 31, As at March 31, As at April 01,
Particulars Note 2019 2018 2017
1 Financial liabilities
(a) Derivative financial instruments 4 – 0.10 6.66
(b) Payables 12
About Us
(I) Trade payables
(i) total outstanding dues of micro enterprises and – – –
small enterprises
(ii) total outstanding dues of creditors other than 120.05 168.43 90.51
(II) Other payables
(i) total outstanding dues of micro enterprises and – – –
small enterprises
(ii) total outstanding dues of creditors other than 16.12 16.62 11.37
(c) Debt securities 13 51,268.31 40,996.13 34,977.92
MD&A
(d) Borrowings (other than debt securities) 14 35,785.15 29,853.50 23,545.02
(e) Subordinated liabilities 15 4,453.52 4,398.65 4,562.26
(f) Other financial liabilities 16 569.22 520.17 581.63
92,212.37 75,953.60 63,775.37
2 Non-Financial Liabilities
(a) Current tax liabilities (net) 33.51 30.03 9.42
(b) Provisions 17 42.04 27.57 26.89
(c) Deferred tax liabilities (net) 5.19 4.56 2.39
(d) Other non-financial liabilities 18 91.13 131.00 106.18
Board’s Report
171.87 193.16 144.88
3 EQUITY
(a) Equity share capital 19 1,998.81 1,995.68 1,755.72
(b) Other equity 20 11,449.79 9,411.06 5,217.80
Equity attributable to owners of the company 13,448.60 11,406.74 6,973.52
4 Non-controlling interest 222.26 223.48 251.91
Total liabilities and equity 1,06,055.10 87,776.98 71,145.68

Padmini Khare Kaicker S. V. Haribhakti Dinanath Dubhashi Financials
Partner
(DIN: 03545900)



Consolidated Statement of Profit and Loss for the year ended March 31, 2019
(R in crore)
Particulars Note
March 31, 2019 March 31, 2018
Revenue from operations
(i) Interest income 21 11,637.90 8,869.22
(ii) Dividend income 22 0.21 0.78
(iii) Rental income 23 18.84 37.23
(iv) Fees and commission income 24 1,277.11 1,219.92
(v) Net gain on fair value changes 25 55.66 85.58
I Total revenue from operations 12,989.72 10,212.73
II Other income 26 311.80 53.53
III Total income (I + II) 13,301.52 10,266.26
Expenses
(i) Finance costs 27 6,860.03 5,449.24
(ii) Fees and commission expense 28 325.71 395.12
(iii) Net loss on fair value changes 29 383.16 36.60
(iv) Net loss on derecognition of financial instruments under 30 384.01 529.76
amortised cost category
(v) Impairment on financial instruments 31 700.88 1,418.16
(vi) Employee benefits expenses 32 824.73 408.70
(vii) Depreciation, amortization and impairment 33 49.62 51.93
(viii) Other expenses 34 721.40 530.99
IV Total expenses (IV) 10,249.54 8,820.50
V Profit before exceptional items and tax (III - IV) 3,051.98 1,445.76
VI Exceptional items – –
VII Profit before tax (V - VI) 3,051.98 1,445.76
VIII Tax expense
(i) Current tax 35 749.49 518.48
(ii) Deferred tax 35 70.46 (362.22)
(iii) Provision for tax related to earlier year 35 – 11.98
IX Net profit after tax (VII -VIII) 2,232.03 1,277.52
X Share in profit of associates – 0.83
XI Net profit after tax and share in profit of associate 2,232.03 1,278.35
company (IX+X)
Profit for the year attributable to:
Owners of the company 2,226.30 1,254.68
Non-controlling interest 5.73 23.67

Consolidated Statement of Profit and Loss for the year ended March 31, 2019
(R in crore)
Particulars Note
March 31, 2019 March 31, 2018
XII Other comprehensive income
A Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss
About Us
(a) Remeasurements of the defined benefit plans (net of (1.50) (0.94)
tax)
(b) Exchange differences in translating the financial (0.23) –
statements of foreign operations, net
B Items that will be reclassified to profit or loss
(a) Change in fair value of debt instruments measured (0.68) (4.02)
at fair value through other comprehensive income
(net of tax)
(b) The effective portion of gains and loss on hedging – (0.03)
MD&A
instruments in a cash flow hedge
Other comprehensive income for the year
attributable to:
Owners of the company (2.41) (4.99)
Non-controlling interest – –
XIII Total comprehensive income (XI+XII) 2,229.62 1,273.36
Total comprehensive income for the year attributable to:
Board’s Report
Owners of the company 2,223.89 1,249.69
Non-controlling interest 5.73 23.67
XIV Earnings per equity share 41
Basic (R ) 11.15 6.88
Diluted (R ) 11.10 6.81
See accompanying notes to the financial statements 2 to 54
Partner
(DIN: 03545900)

Place : Mumbai Place : Mumbai Place : Mumbai Financials


Consolidated Statement of changes in equity for the year ended March 31, 2019
a. Equity share capital
Particulars
No. of Shares (R in crore) No. of Shares (R in crore)
Issued, subscribed and fully paid 1,99,56,76,960 1,995.68 1,75,57,21,861 1,755.72
up equity shares outstanding at the
Add: Shares issued during the year:
- On a preferential basis – – 17,16,31,889 171.64
- On a qualified institutional placement – – 6,30,51,702 63.05
- Against employee stock option 31,35,400 3.13 52,71,508 5.27
Issued, subscribed and fully paid up 1,99,88,12,360 1,998.81 1,99,56,76,960 1,995.68
equity shares outstanding at the end
of the year
b. Other equity
(R in crore)
Reserve and surplus
Reserve Reserve
Reserve
under under Employee Money
Particulars Securities Debenture Capital u/s 45-IC of
General section 36 section 29C stock option Retained received
premium redemption reserve on Reserve Bank
reserve (1)(viii) of of National outstanding earnings against share
account reserve consolidation of India Act,
Income tax Housing Bank account warrants
1934
Act, 1961 Act, 1987
Balance as at April 01, 2017 1,787.08 38.03 424.30 492.36 501.53 1,224.69 14.90 32.06 580.68 118.07
Profit for the year (a) – – – – – – – – 1,254.68 –
Other comprehensive income, net of tax (b) – – – – – – – – (0.94) –
Total comprehensive income for the year – – – – – – – – 1,253.74 –
(c)=(a)+(b)
Issue of equity shares 3,273.32 – – – – – – – – (118.07)
Share issue expenses (21.01) – – – – – – – – –
Employee share options (net) – – – – – – – 31.80 – –
Transfer to general reserve – 50.15 (49.92) – – – – (0.23) – –
Transfer to reserve u/s 45-IC of Reserve Bank of – – – – – 176.66 – – (176.66) –
India Act, 1934
Transfer to reserve u/s 36(1)(viii) of Income tax Act, 1961 – – – – 85.62 – – – (85.62) –
Transfer to reserve u/s 29C of National Housing – – – – – – 0.66 – (0.66) –
Bank Act, 1987
Transfer to debenture redemption reserve – – 48.07 – – – – – (48.07) –
Dividend paid for previous year – – – – – – – – (145.74) –
Additional tax on dividend paid for the previous – – – – – – – – (76.73) –
year
Net gain/(loss) on transaction with non-controlling – – – – – – – – – –
interest
Balance as at March 31, 2018 5,039.39 88.18 422.45 492.36 587.15 1,401.35 15.56 63.63 1,300.94 –
Profit for the year (a) – – – – – – – – 2,226.30 –
Other comprehensive income, net of tax (b) – – – – – – – – (1.50) –
Total comprehensive income for the year – – – – – – – – 2,224.80 –
(c)=(a)+(b)
Issue of equity shares 28.14 – – – – – – – – –
Share issue expenses (1.29) – – – – – – – – –
Employee share options (net) – – – – – – – 58.37 – –
Transfer to general reserve – 29.33 (29.27) – – – – (0.06) – –
Transfer to reserve u/s 45-IC of Reserve Bank of – – – – – 295.32 – – (295.32) –
India Act, 1934
Transfer to reserve u/s 36(1)(viii) of Income tax Act, 1961 – – – – 114.35 – – – (114.35) –
Transfer to reserve u/s 29C of National Housing – – – – – – 11.87 – (11.87) –
Bank Act, 1987
Transfer to debenture redemption reserve – – 62.41 – – – – – (62.41) –
Dividend paid for previous year – – – – – – – – (199.71) –
Additional tax on dividend paid for the previous – – – – – – – – (70.67) –
year
Net gain/(loss) on transaction with non-controlling – – – – – – – – – –
interest
Balance as at March 31, 2019 5,066.24 117.51 455.59 492.36 701.50 1,696.67 27.43 121.94 2,771.41 –
See accompanying notes forming part of the 2 to 54
financial statements

Consolidated Statement of changes in equity for the year ended March 31, 2019
b. Other equity (contd.)
R in crore)
Items of other comprehensive income
Foreign Non-Controlling
Particulars Fair value changes of financial
currency Effective portion of cash Total Other Equity interest
Total
instrument measured at fair value
translation flow hedge
through other comprehensive income
reserve
About Us
Balance as at April 01, 2017 – 4.07 0.03 5,217.80 251.91 5,469.71
Profit for the year (a) – – – 1,254.68 23.67 1,278.35
Other comprehensive income, net of tax (b) – (4.02) (0.03) (4.99) (4.99)
Total comprehensive income for the year – (4.02) (0.03) 1,249.69 23.67 1,273.36
(c)=(a)+(b)
Issue of equity shares – – – 3,155.25 – 3,155.25
Share issue expenses – – – (21.01) – (21.01)
Employee share options (net) – – – 31.80 – 31.80
Transfer to general reserve – – – - – -
Transfer to reserve u/s 45-IC of Reserve Bank of India – – – – – –
Act, 1934
MD&A
Transfer to reserve u/s 36(1)(viii) of Income tax Act – – – – – –
Transfer to reserve u/s 29C of National Housing Bank – – – – – –
Act, 1987
Transfer to debenture redemption reserve – – – – – –
Dividend paid for previous year – – – (145.74) – (145.74)
Additional tax on dividend paid for the previous year (76.73) – (76.73)
Net gain/(loss) on transaction with – – – – (52.10) (52.10)
non-controlling interest
Balance as at March 31, 2018 – 0.05 – 9,411.06 223.48 9,634.54
Profit for the year (a) – – – 2,226.30 5.73 2,232.03
Board’s Report
Other comprehensive income, net of tax (b) (0.23) (0.68) – (2.41) – (2.41)
Total comprehensive income for the year (0.23) (0.68) – 2,223.89 5.73 2,229.62
(c)=(a)+(b)
Issue of equity shares – – – 28.14 – 28.14
Share issue expenses – – – (1.29) – (1.29)
Employee share options (net) – – – 58.37 – 58.37
Transfer to general reserve – – – – – –
Transfer to reserve u/s 45-IC of Reserve Bank of India – – – – – –
Act, 1934
Transfer to reserve u/s 36(1)(viii) of Income tax Act, 1961 – – – – – –
Transfer to reserve u/s 29C of National Housing Bank – – – – – –
Act, 1987
Transfer to debenture redemption reserve – – – – – –
Dividend paid for previous year – – – (199.71) – (199.71)
Additional tax on dividend paid for the previous year – – – (70.67) – (70.67)
Net gain/(loss) on transaction with – – – – (6.95) (6.95)
non-controlling interest
Balance as at March 31, 2019 (0.23) (0.63) – 11,449.79 222.26 11,672.05
See accompanying notes forming part of the 2 to 54
financial statements
Chartered Accountants Chartered Accountants Financials
Partner
(DIN: 03545900)


Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended March 31, 2019
(R in crore)
Particulars
March 31, 2019 March 31, 2018
A. Cash flow from operating activities
Profit before tax 3,051.98 1,445.76
Adjustment for:
Depreciation and amortisation 49.62 51.93
Loss on sale of property, plant and equipment (net) 7.46 2.09
Fair value change in loan asset 49.02 27.80
Net loss arising on financial assets (investments) 257.27 (72.21)
Net loss on derecognition of financial instruments under amortised cost 384.01 529.76
category
Provision for expected credit loss 700.88 1,418.16
Expense on employee stock option plan 68.16 41.01
Operating profit before working capital changes 4,568.40 3,444.30
Changes in working capital
(Increase)/decrease in financial and non-financial assets (21.04) (369.41)
Increase/(decrease) in financial and non-financial liabilities (27.28) 619.42
Cash generated from operations
Direct taxes paid (795.60) (649.14)
Loans disbursed (net of repayments) (15,367.93) (18,684.88)
Net cash flow generated from/(used) in operating activities (A) (11,643.45) (15,639.71)
B. Cash flows from investing activities
Add: Inflow from investing activities
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment 11.33 108.99
Proceed from sale of Investments 123,016.63 134,161.78
Less: Outflow from investing activities
Purchase of property, plant and equipment1 (91.20) (83.25)
Purchase of Investments (126,524.17) (132,638.72)
Net cash flow generated from/(used) in investing activities (B) (3,587.41) 1,548.80

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended March 31, 2019
(R in crore)
Particulars
March 31, 2019 March 31, 2018
C. Cash flows from financing activities
About Us
Add: Inflow from financing activities
Proceeds from issue of share capital including security premium on 21.50 3,385.97
account of employee stock options
Proceeds from issue of preference share 250.00 –
Proceeds from borrowings 43,173.22 48,492.11
Less: Outflow from financing activities
Payment to non-controlling interests (6.95) (52.10)
Share issue expenses (1.29) (21.01)
Dividend paid (including dividend distribution tax) (270.38) (222.47)
MD&A
Repayment of borrowing (26,907.92) (36,725.71)
Redemption of preference shares (250.00) (179.00)
Net cash generated from/(used in) financing activities (C) 16,008.19 14,677.79
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents (A+B+C) 777.33 586.89
Cash and cash equivalents as at beginning of the year 1,049.39 462.50
Exchange difference on translation of foreign currency cash and cash (0.07) –
equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents as at end of the year 1,826.65 1,049.39
Board’s Report
Notes:
1. Purchase of property, plant and equipment represents additions to
property, plant and equipment and other intangible assets adjusted
for movement of (a) capital-work-in-progress for property, plant and
equipment and (b) intangible assets under development during the
year.
2. Net cash used in operating activity is determined after adjusting the
following:
Interest received 11,051.55 8,561.40
Interest paid 6,848.01 4,751.14

See accompanying notes to the financial statements 2 to 54
Financials
Partner
(DIN: 03545900)



Notes forming part of the Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended March 31, 2019
1. Significant Accounting Policies: • Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the
1.1. Statement of compliance: valuation of assets or liabilities
The Consolidated financial statements of L&T 1.3. Presentation of financial statements:
Finance Holdings Limited (the “Company”) The Balance Sheet and the Statement of Profit
and its subsidiaries and associates (together the and Loss are prepared and presented in the
“Group”) have been prepared in accordance format prescribed in the Division III to Schedule
with the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 III to the Companies Act, 2013 (“the Act”)
and the Indian Accounting Standards (Ind AS) applicable for Non Banking Finance Companies
notified under the Companies (Indian Accounting (“NBFC”). The Statement of Cash Flows has been
Standards) Rules, 2015 (as amended from time to prepared and presented as per the requirements
time) issued by Ministry of Corporate Affairs in of Ind AS 7 “Statement of Cash Flows”. The
exercise of the powers conferred by section 133 disclosure requirements with respect to items
read with sub-section (1) of section 210A of the in the Balance Sheet and Statement of Profit
Companies Act, 2013. In addition, the guidance and Loss, as prescribed in the Schedule III to
notes/announcements issued by the Institute of the Act, are presented by way of notes forming
Chartered Accountants of India (ICAI) are also part of the financial statements along with the
applied along with compliance with other statutory other notes required to be disclosed under the
promulgations require a different treatment. notified accounting Standards and the SEBI
The financial statements for the year ended March (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements)
31, 2019 of the Group are the first financial Regulations, 2015.
statements prepared in compliance with Ind AS. Amounts in the financial statements are presented
The date of transition to Ind AS is April 01, 2017. in Indian Rupees in Crore rounded off to two
The financial statements upto the year ended decimal places as permitted by Schedule III to
March 31, 2018, were prepared in accordance the Companies Act, 2013. Per share data are
with the accounting standards notified under the presented in Indian Rupee to two decimal places.
Companies (Accounting Standards) Rules, 2006
(“Previous GAAP”) and other relevant provisions 1.4. Basis of consolidation:
of the Act. The figures for the year ended March (i) The consolidated financial statements
31, 2018 have now been restated under Ind AS incorporate the financial statements of the
to provide comparability. Refer Note 51 for the parent company and its subsidiaries. For
details of first-time adoption exemptions availed this purpose, an entity which is, directly or
by the Group. indirectly, controlled by the Parent Company
1.2. Basis of preparation: is treated as subsidiary. The Parent Company
The consolidated financial statements have been together with its subsidiaries constitute
prepared on the historical cost basis except for the Group. Control is achieved when the
certain financial instruments that are measured at Company, directly or indirectly:
fair values at the end of each reporting period. • has power over the investee;
Fair value measurements under Ind AS are
• is exposed, or has rights, to variable
categorised into Level 1, 2, or 3 based on the
returns from its involvement with the
degree to which the inputs to the fair value
investee; and
measurements are observable and the significance
of the inputs to the fair value measurement in its • has the ability to use its power to affect
entirety, which are described as follows: its returns.
• Level 1 inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) in (ii) The Group reassesses whether or not it
active markets for identical assets or liabilities controls an investee if facts and circumstances
that the Group can access at reporting date indicate that there are changes to one or more
of the three elements of control listed above.
• Level 2 inputs are inputs, other than quoted
prices included within level 1, that are (iii) Profit or loss and each component of other
observable for the asset or liability, either comprehensive income are attributed to the
directly or indirectly; and owners of the parent company and to the
non-controlling interests (NCI) and have been

shown separately in the financial statements. The carrying amount of investment in associates
Total comprehensive income of the subsidiaries is reduced to recognize impairment, if any, when
is attributed to the owners of the Parent there is objective evidence of impairment.
Company and to the non-controlling interests
even if this results in the non-controlling 1.6. Business combinations:
The Group accounts for its business combinations
About Us
interests having a deficit balance.
under acquisition method of accounting.
(iv) Where necessary, adjustments are made to Acquisition related costs are recognised in profit or
the financial statements of subsidiaries to loss as incurred. The acquiree’s identifiable assets,
bring their accounting policies into line with liabilities and contingent liabilities that meet the
the Group’s accounting policies. The financial condition for recognition are recognised at their
statements of all entities used for the purpose fair values at the acquisition date except deferred
of consolidation are drawn up to same tax assets or liabilities, and assets or liabilities
reporting date as that of the Parent Company. related to employee benefit arrangements, which
(v) All intragroup assets and liabilities, equity, are recognised and measured in accordance with
income, expenses, unrealised profits/losses Ind AS 12- Income taxes and Ind AS 19- Employee
MD&A
and cash flows relating to transactions benefits, respectively.
between the members of the Group are Goodwill is measured as the excess of the sum
eliminated on consolidation. of the consideration transferred, the amount of
(vi) The consolidated financial statements of the non-controlling interest in the aquiree, and the
Group combines financial statements of the fair value of acquirer’s previously held equity
Parent Company and its subsidiaries line- instrument in the aquiree (if any) over the net of
by-line by adding together the like items of acquisition date fair value of identifiable assets
assets, liabilities, income and expenses. acquired and liabilities assumed. Where the fair
Board’s Report
value of identifiable assets and liabilities exceed
(vii) Non-controlling interest represents that part the cost of acquisition, after reassessing the fair
of the total comprehensive income and net values of the net assets and contingent liabilities,
assets of subsidiaries attributable to interests the excess is recognised as capital reserve.
which are not owned, directly or indirectly, by
the Parent Company. The interest of non-controlling shareholders is
initially measured either at fair value or at the
1.5. Investments in associates: non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of
An Associate is an entity over which the Group the acquiree’s identifiable net assets. The choice
of measurement basis is made on an acquisition-
has significant influence. Significant influence
is the power to participate in the financial and by-acquisition basis.
operating policy decisions of the investee, but is
1.7. Goodwill:
not control or joint control over those policies.
Goodwill on consolidation as on the date of
The results and assets and liabilities of associates transition represents the excess of cost of
are incorporated in these consolidated financial acquisition at each point of time of making the
statements using equity method of accounting. investment in the subsidiary over the Group’s share
Under the equity method, an investment in in the net worth of a subsidiary. For this purpose,
associate is initially recognised in the consolidated the Group’s share of net worth is determined on the
balance sheet at cost and adjusted thereafter to basis of the latest financial statements, prior to the
recognise the Group’s share of profit or loss and acquisition, after making necessary adjustments
other comprehensive income of the associate. for material events between the date of such Financials
Distributions received from an associate reduce financial statements and the date of respective
the carrying amount of the investment. When the acquisition. Capital reserve on consolidation
Group’s share of losses of an associate exceeds represents excess of the Group’s share in the net
the Group’s interest in that associate, the Group worth of a subsidiary over the cost of acquisition
discontinues recognising its share of further losses. at each point of time of making the investment in
Additional losses are recognised only to the extent the subsidiary. Goodwill arising on consolidation is
that the Group has incurred legal or constructive not amortised, however, it is tested for impairment
obligations or made payments on behalf of the annually. In the event of cessation of operations of
associate.

a subsidiary, the unimpaired goodwill is written off non-credit impaired financial assets (i.e. at
fully. the amortised cost of the financial asset
before adjusting for any expected credit
For the purposes of impairment testing, goodwill
loss allowance). For credit-impaired financial
is allocated to each of the Group’s cash generating
assets the interest income is calculated by
units (or groups of cash generating units) that is
applying the EIR to the amortised cost of
expected to benefit from the synergies of the
the credit-impaired financial assets (i.e. the
combination.
gross carrying amount less the allowance for
A cash generating unit to which goodwill has expected credit losses (ECLs)). For financial
been allocated is tested for impairment annually, assets originated or purchased credit-impaired
or more frequently when there is an indication (POCI) the EIR reflects the ECLs in determining
that the unit may be impaired. If the recoverable the future cash flows expected to be received
amount of the cash-generating unit is less than from the financial asset.
its carrying amount, the impairment loss is
Dividend income is recognised when the
allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of
Group’s right to receive dividend is established
any goodwill allocated to the unit and then to
by the reporting date and no significant
the other assets of the unit pro rata based on the
uncertainty as to collectability exists.
carrying of each asset in the unit. Any impairment
loss for goodwill is recognised directly in profit or (ii) Fee and commission income:
loss. An impairment loss recognised for goodwill Fee and commission income and expense
is not reversed in subsequent periods. include fees other than those that are an
On disposal of the relevant cash-generating unit, integral part of EIR. The fees included in the
the attributable amount of goodwill is included in Consolidated statement of profit and loss
the determination of the profit or loss on disposal. include among other things fees charged for
servicing a loan, non-utilisation fees relating
1.8. Revenue recognition:
to loan commitments when it is unlikely
Revenue is recognised to the extent that it is that these will result in a specific lending
probable that the economic benefits will flow arrangement and loan advisory fees.
to the Group and the revenue can be reliably
measured and there exists reasonable certainty of Fee and commission expenses with regards to
its recovery. Revenue is measured at the fair value services are accounted for as the services are
of the consideration received or receivable as received.
reduced for estimated customer credits and other
similar allowances. (iii) Net gain or fair value change:
Any differences between the fair values of the
(i) Interest and dividend income financial assets classified as fair value through
Interest income is recognised in the the profit or loss, held by the Company on
Consolidated Statement of Profit and Loss the balance sheet date is recognised as an
and for all financial instruments except for unrealised gain/loss in the statement of
those classified as held for trading or those profit and loss. In cases there is a net gain in
measured or designated as at fair value aggregate, the same is recognised in “Net
through profit or loss (FVTPL) is measured gains or fair value changes” under revenue
using the effective interest method (EIR). from operations and if there is a net loss
The calculation of the EIR includes all fees the same is disclosed “Expenses”, in the
and points paid or received between parties statement of profit and loss.
to the contract that are incremental and (iv) Investment management fees, guarantee
directly attributable to the specific lending fees and portfolio management fees:
arrangement, transaction costs, and all other
Income from investment management fees is
premiums or discounts. For financial assets
recognised in accordance with the Investment
at FVTPL transaction costs are recognised in
profit or loss at initial recognition. Management Agreement and the SEBI
regulations based on average Assets Under
The interest income is calculated by applying Management (AUM) of mutual fund schemes
the EIR to the gross carrying amount of

over the period of the agreement in terms of PPE not ready for the intended use on the date of
which services are performed. the Balance Sheet are disclosed as “capital work-
in-progress”.
Guarantee fees is recognised on pro rata basis
over the period of the guarantee. Depreciation is recognised using straight line
method so as to write off the cost of the assets
About Us
Portfolio management fees are recognised (other than freehold land)) less their residual values
on accrual basis in accordance with Portfolio over their useful lives specified in Schedule II to the
Management Agreement entered into with Companies Act, 2013, or in case of assets where the
respective clients over the period of the useful life was determined by technical evaluation,
agreement in terms of which the services are over the useful life so determined. Depreciation
rendered. method is reviewed at each financial year end to
(v) Income from financial instruments at reflect expected pattern of consumption of the
FVTPL: future economic benefits embodied in the asset.
The estimated useful life and residual values are
Income from financial instruments at FVTPL also reviewed at each financial year end with the
MD&A
includes all gains and losses from changes in effect of any change in the estimates of useful life/
the fair value of financial assets and financial residual value is accounted on prospective basis.
liabilities at FVTPL except those that are held
Depreciation for additions to/deductions from,
for trading.
owned assets is calculated pro rata to the period
(vi) Other operational revenue: of use. Depreciation charge for impaired assets
is adjusted in future periods in such a manner
Other operational revenue represents income that the revised carrying amount of the asset is
earned from the activities incidental to the allocated over its remaining useful life.
business and is recognised when the right to
Board’s Report
receive the income is established as per the Assets held under finance leases are depreciated
terms of the contract. over the shorter of lease term and their useful
life on the same basis as owned assets. However,
1.9. Property, plant and equipment (PPE): when there is no reasonable certainty that the
PPE is recognised when it is probable that future Group shall obtain ownership of the assets at the
economic benefits associated with the item will end of the lease term, such assets are depreciated
flow to the Group and the cost of the item can be based on the useful life prescribed under Schedule
measured reliably. PPE is stated at original cost net II to the Companies Act, 2013 or based on the
of tax/duty credits availed, if any, less accumulated useful life adopted by the Group for similar assets.
depreciation and cumulative impairment, if
any. Cost includes all direct cost related to the An item of property, plant and equipment is
acquisition of PPE and, for qualifying assets, derecognised upon disposal or when no future
borrowing costs capitalised in accordance with the economic benefits are expected to arise from
Group’s accounting policy. the continued use of the asset. Any gain or loss
arising on the disposal or retirement of an item
For transition to Ind AS, the Group has elected to of property, plant and equipment is recognised in
adopt as deemed cost, the carrying value of PPE profit or loss.
measured as per Previous GAAP less accumulated
depreciation and cumulative impairment on 1.10. Investment property:
the transition date of April 01, 2017. In respect Investment properties are properties (including
of revalued assets, the value as determined by those under construction) held to earn rentals and/
valuers as reduced by accumulated depreciation or capital appreciation are classified as investment
Financials
and cumulative impairment is taken as cost on property and are measured and reported at cost,
transition date. including transaction costs.
Land and buildings held for use are stated in the For transition to Ind AS, the group has elected
consolidated balance sheet at cost less accumulated to adopt as deemed cost, the carrying value
depreciation and accumulated impairment losses. of investment property as per Previous GAAP
Freehold land is not depreciated. less accumulated depreciation and cumulative

impairment on the transition date of April 01, An intangible asset is derecognised on disposal, or
2017. In respect of revalued assets, the value as when no future economic benefits are expected
determined by valuers as reduced by accumulated from use or disposal. Gains or losses arising from
depreciation and cumulative impairment is taken derecognition of an intangible asset are recognised
as cost on transition date. in profit or loss when the asset is derecognised.
Depreciation is recognised using straight line 1.12. Impairment of tangible and intangible assets
method so as to write off the cost of the investment other than goodwill
property less their residual values over their useful As at the end of each accounting year, the Group
lives specified in Schedule II to the Companies Act, reviews the carrying amounts of its PPE, investment
2013, or in the case of assets where the useful life property and intangible assets to determine
was determined by technical evaluation, over the whether there is any indication that those
useful life so determined. assets have suffered an impairment loss. If such
Depreciation method is reviewed at each financial indication exists, the PPE, investment property and
year end to reflect the expected pattern of intangible assets are tested for impairment so as
consumption of the future benefits embodied to determine the impairment loss, if any. Goodwill
in the investment property. The estimated useful and the intangible assets with indefinite life are
life and residual values are also reviewed at each tested for impairment each year.
financial year end and the effect of any change Impairment loss is recognised when the carrying
in the estimates of useful life/ residual value is amount of an asset exceeds its recoverable
accounted on prospective basis. Freehold land and amount. Recoverable amount is determined:
properties under construction are not depreciated.
(i) in the case of an individual asset, at the higher
An investment property is derecognised upon of the net selling price and the value in use;
disposal or when the investment property is and
permanently withdrawn from use and no future
economic benefits are expected from the disposal. (ii) in the case of a cash generating unit (the
Any gain or loss arising on de-recognition of smallest identifiable group of assets that
property is recognised in the Statement of Profit generates independent cash flows), at the
and Loss in the same period. higher of the cash generating unit’s net selling
price and the value in use.
1.11. Intangible assets:
Intangible assets are recognised when it is Recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less
probable that the future economic benefits costs of disposal and value in use. In assessing
that are attributable to the asset will flow to value in use, the estimated future cash flows are
the enterprise and the cost of the asset can be discounted to their present value using a pre-
measured reliably. Intangible assets are stated at tax discount rate that reflects current market
original cost net of tax/duty credits availed, if any, assessments of the time value of money and the
less accumulated amortisation and cumulative risks specific to the asset for which the estimates
impairment. Direct expenses and administrative of future cash flows have not been adjusted.
and other general overhead expenses that are If recoverable amount of an asset (or cash
specifically attributable to acquisition of intangible generating unit) is estimated to be less than
assets are allocated and capitalised as a part of the its carrying amount, such deficit is recognised
cost of the intangible assets. immediately in the Statement of Profit and Loss
Intangible assets not ready for the intended use as impairment loss and the carrying amount of
on the date of Balance Sheet are disclosed as the asset (or cash generating unit) is reduced
“Intangible assets under development”. to its recoverable amount. For this purpose, the
impairment loss recognised in respect of a cash
Intangible assets are amortised on straight line generating unit is allocated first to reduce the
basis over the estimated useful life. The method carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to
of amortisation and useful life are reviewed at the such cash generating unit and then to reduce the
end of each accounting year with the effect of any carrying amount of the other assets of the cash
changes in the estimate being accounted for on a generating unit on a pro-rata basis.
prospective basis.

When an impairment loss subsequently reverses, government securities of a maturity period
the carrying amount of the asset (or cash equivalent to the weighted average maturity
generating unit), except for allocated goodwill, is profile of the defined benefit obligations at
increased to the revised estimate of its recoverable the Balance Sheet date.
amount, but so that the increased carrying amount
Remeasurement, comprising actuarial
About Us
does not exceed the carrying amount that would
have been determined had no impairment loss is gains and losses, the return on plan assets
recognised for the asset (or cash generating unit) (excluding amounts included in net interest
in prior years. A reversal of an impairment loss on the net defined benefit liability or asset)
(other than impairment loss allocated to goodwill) and any change in the effect of asset
is recognised immediately in the Statement of ceiling (if applicable) is recognised in other
Profit and Loss. comprehensive income and is reflected in
retained earnings and the same is not eligible
1.13. Employee benefits: to be reclassified to profit or loss.
(i) Short term employee benefits:
Defined benefit costs comprising current
Employee benefits falling due wholly within
MD&A
service cost, past service cost and gains or
twelve months of rendering the service are losses on settlements are recognised in the
classified as short term employee benefits Statement of Profit and Loss as employee
and are expensed in the period in which the benefit expenses. Interest cost implicit in
employee renders the related service. Liabilities defined benefit employee cost is recognised
recognised in respect of short-term employee in the Statement of Profit and Loss under
benefits are measured at the undiscounted finance cost. Gains or losses on settlement
amount of the benefits expected to be paid in of any defined benefit plan are recognised
exchange for the related service. when the settlement occurs. Past service cost
Board’s Report
is recognised as expense at the earlier of the
(ii) Post-employment benefits: plan amendment or curtailment and when
(a) Defined contribution plans: The Group’s the Group recognises related restructuring
superannuation scheme, state governed costs or termination benefits.
provident fund scheme, employee state In case of funded plans, the fair value of
insurance scheme and employee pension the plan assets is reduced from the gross
scheme are defined contribution plans. obligation under the defined benefit plans to
The contribution paid/payable under the recognise the obligation on a net basis.
schemes is recognised during the period
in which the employee renders the related (iii) Long term employee benefits:
service. The obligation recognised in respect of long
(b) Defined benefit plans: The employees’ term benefits such as long term compensated
gratuity fund schemes and employee absences is measured at present value of
provident fund schemes managed by estimated future cash flows expected to
board of trustees established by the be made by the Group and is recognised in
Group, the post-retirement medical care a similar manner as in the case of defined
plan and the Parent Company pension benefit plans vide (ii) (b) above.
plan represent defined benefit plans. The
(iv) Termination benefits:
present value of the obligation under
defined benefit plans is determined based Termination benefits such as compensation
on actuarial valuation using the Projected under employee separation schemes are
Financials
Unit Credit Method. recognised as expense when the Group’s offer

of the termination benefit is accepted or when
The obligation is measured at the present the Group recognises the related restructuring
value of the estimated future cash flows using costs whichever is earlier.
a discount rate based on the market yield on

1.14. Leases: (other than financial assets and financial liabilities
The determination of whether an agreement is, or at FVTPL) are added to or deducted from the fair
contains, a lease is based on the substance of the value of the financial assets or financial liabilities,
agreement at the date of inception. as appropriate, on initial recognition. Transaction
costs directly attributable to the acquisition of
(i) Finance leases: financial assets or financial liabilities at FVTPL are
A. Leases where the Group has substantially recognised immediately in profit or loss
transferred all the risks and rewards
A financial asset and a financial liability is offset
of ownership of the related assets are and presented on net basis in the balance sheet
classified as finance leases. Assets under when there is a current legally enforceable right to
finance lease are capitalised at the set-off the recognised amounts and it is intended
commencement of the lease at the lower to either settle on net basis or to realise the asset
of the fair value or the present value of and settle the liability simultaneously.
minimum lease payments and a liability is
created for an equivalent amount. (i) Financial assets
(a) Financial assets at amortised cost
Each lease rental paid is allocated
between the liability and the interest cost, Financial assets are subsequently
so as to obtain a constant periodic rate measured at amortised cost using the
of interest on the outstanding liability for effective interest rate (EIR) if these
each period. financial assets are held within a business
B. Assets given under a finance lease are model whose objective is to hold these
recognised as a receivable at an amount assets in order to collect contractual cash
equal to the net investment in the lease. flows and the contractual terms of the
Lease income is recognised over the period financial asset give rise on specified dates
of the lease so as to yield a constant rate to cash flows that are solely payments
of return on the net investment in the of principal and interest on the principal
lease. amount outstanding.
(ii) Operating leases: (b) Financial assets at fair value through
The leases which are not classified as finance other comprehensive income (FVTOCI)
lease are operating leases. Financial assets are measured at fair value
A. Lease rentals on assets under operating through other comprehensive income
lease are charged to the Statement of if these financial assets are held within
Profit and Loss on a straight line basis a business model whose objective is
over the term of the relevant lease. achieved by both collecting contractual
cash flows that give rise on specified dates
B. Assets leased out under operating leases to sole payments of principal and interest
are continued to be shown under the on the principal amount outstanding and
respective class of assets. Rental income by selling financial assets.
is recognised on a straight line basis over
the term of the relevant lease. (c) Debt instruments at amortised cost or
at FVTOCI
(Also refer to policy on depreciation, above)
The Group assesses the classification and
1.15 Financial instruments: measurement of a financial asset based on
Financial assets and financial liabilities are the contractual cash flow characteristics
recognised in the Consolidated balance sheet of the asset and the Group’s business
when the Group becomes a party to the model for managing the asset.
contractual provisions of the instrument.
For an asset to be classified and measured
Recognised financial assets and financial liabilities at amortised cost, its contractual terms
are initially measured at fair value. Transaction should give rise to cash flows that are
costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition solely payments of principal and interest
or issue of financial assets and financial liabilities on the principal outstanding (SPPI).

For an asset to be classified and measured When a debt instrument measured at
at FVTOCI, the asset is held within FVTOCI is derecognised, the cumulative
a business model whose objective is gain/loss previously recognised in OCI is
achieved both by collecting contractual reclassified from equity to profit or loss.
cash flows and selling financial assets; In contrast, for an equity investment
About Us
and the contractual terms of instrument designated as measured at FVTOCI, the
give rise on specified dates to cash flows cumulative gain/loss previously recognised
that are solely payments of principal in OCI is not subsequently reclassified to
and interest on the principal amount profit or loss but transferred within equity.
outstanding.
Debt instruments that are subsequently
The Group has more than one business measured at amortised cost or at FVTOCI
model for managing its financial are subject to impairment.
instruments which reflect how the Group
(d) Financial assets at fair value through
manages its financial assets in order to
profit or loss (FVTPL)
generate cash flows. The Group’s business
MD&A
models determine whether cash flows will Financial assets are measured at fair value
result from collecting contractual cash through profit or loss unless it is measured
flows, selling financial assets or both. at amortised cost or at fair value through
other comprehensive income on initial
The Group considers all relevant
recognition. The transaction costs directly
information available when making the
attributable to the acquisition of financial
business model assessment. However
assets and liabilities at fair value through
this assessment is not performed on the
profit or loss are immediately recognised
basis of scenarios that the Group does
in profit or loss.
Board’s Report
not reasonably expect to occur, such
as so-called ‘worst case’ or ‘stress case’ (e) De-recognition
scenarios. The Group takes into account
all relevant evidence available such as: A financial asset (or, where applicable, a
part of a financial asset or part of a Group
• how the performance of the business of similar financial assets) is primarily de-
model and the financial assets held recognised when:
within that business model are
• The rights to receive cash flows from
evaluated and reported to the entity’s
the asset have expired, or
key management personnel;
• The Group has transferred its rights
• the risks that affect the performance to receive cash flows from the asset
of the business model (and the or has assumed an obligation to pay
financial assets held within that the received cash flows in full without
business model) and, in particular, material delay to a third party under a
the way in which those risks are ‘pass-through’ arrangement; and
managed; and
• either (a) the Group has transferred
• how managers of the business are substantially all the risks and rewards
compensated (e.g. whether the of the asset, or (b) the Group has
compensation is based on the fair neither transferred nor retained
value of the assets managed or on substantially all the risks and rewards
the contractual cash flows collected).
Financials
of the asset, but has transferred
The Group reassess its business models control of the asset.
each reporting period to determine The transferred asset and the associated
whether the business models have liability are measured on a basis that
changed since the preceding period. For reflects the rights and obligations that the
the current and prior reporting period the Group has retained.
Group has not identified a change in its
business models.

(ii) Financial liabilities • significant financial difficulty of the borrower
(a) Financial liabilities, including derivatives, or issuer;
which are designated for measurement at • a breach of contract such as a default or past
FVTPL are subsequently measured at fair due event;
value. Financial guarantee contracts are
subsequently measured at the amount of • the lender of the borrower, for economic or
impairment loss allowance or the amount contractual reasons relating to the borrower’s
recognised at inception net of cumulative financial difficulty, having granted to the
amortisation, whichever is higher. borrower a concession that the lender would
not otherwise consider;
All other financial liabilities including
• the disappearance of an active market for a
loans and borrowings are measured at
security because of financial difficulties; or
amortised cost using Effective Interest
Rate (EIR) method. • the purchase of a financial asset at a deep
discount that reflects the incurred credit
(b) A financial liability is derecognised
losses.
when the related obligation expires or is
discharged or cancelled. It may not be possible to identify a single discrete
event instead, the combined effect of several
1.16 Write off:
events may have caused financial assets to become
Loans and debt securities are written off when credit-impaired. The Group assesses whether debt
the Group has no reasonable expectations of instruments that are financial assets measured
recovering the financial asset (either in its entirety at amortised cost or FVTOCI are credit-impaired
or a portion of it). This is the case when the Group at each reporting date. To assess if corporate
determines that the borrower does not have assets debt instruments are credit impaired, the Group
or sources of income that could generate sufficient considers factors such as bond yields, credit ratings
cash flows to repay the amounts subject to the and the ability of the borrower to raise funding.
write-off. A write-off constitutes a derecognition
event. The Group may apply enforcement activities A loan is considered credit-impaired when a
to financial assets written off. Recoveries resulting concession is granted to the borrower due to a
from the Group’s enforcement activities will result deterioration in the borrower’s financial condition,
in impairment gains. unless there is evidence that as a result of granting
the concession the risk of not receiving the
1.17 Impairment: contractual cash flows has reduced significantly
The Group recognises loss allowances for ECLs on and there are no other indicators of impairment.
the following financial instruments that are not For financial assets where concessions are
measured at FVTPL: contemplated but not granted the asset is
deemed credit impaired when there is observable
• Loans and advances to customers;
evidence of credit-impairment including meeting
• Debt investment securities; the definition of default. The definition of default
(see below) includes unlikeliness to pay indicators
• Trade and other receivable;
and a back-stop if amounts are overdue for 90
• Lease receivables; days or more.
• Irrevocable loan commitments issued; and Significant increase in credit risk
• Financial guarantee contracts issued. The Group monitors all financial assets and
financial guarantee contracts that are subject to
Credit-impaired financial assets the impairment requirements to assess whether
A financial asset is ‘credit-impaired’ when one or there has been a significant increase in credit
more events that have a detrimental impact on the risk since initial recognition. If there has been a
estimated future cash flows of the financial asset significant increase in credit risk the Group will
have occurred. Credit-impaired financial assets are measure the loss allowance based on lifetime
referred to as Stage 3 assets. Evidence of credit- rather than 12-month ECL.
impairment includes observable data about the In assessing whether the credit risk on a financial
following events: instrument has increased significantly since initial

recognition, the Group compares the risk of a The Group considers the following as constituting
default occurring on the financial instrument an event of default:
at the reporting date based on the remaining
maturity of the instrument with the risk of a • the borrower is past due more than 90 days on
default occurring that was anticipated for the any material credit obligation to the Group; or
About Us
remaining maturity at the current reporting date • the borrower is unlikely to pay its credit
when the financial instrument was first recognised. obligations to the Group in full.
In making this assessment, the Group considers
both quantitative and qualitative information that The definition of default is appropriately tailored
is reasonable and supportable, including historical to reflect different characteristics of different types
experience and forward-looking information that of assets.
is available without undue cost or effort, based on When assessing if the borrower is unlikely to pay
the Group’s historical experience and expert credit its credit obligation, the Group takes into account
assessment. both qualitative and quantitative indicators. The
Given that a significant increase in credit risk since information assessed depends on the type of
MD&A
initial recognition is a relative measure, a given the asset, for example in corporate lending a
change, in absolute terms, in the Probability of qualitative indicator used is the admittance of
Default will be more significant for a financial bankruptcy petition by National Company Law
instrument with a lower initial PD than compared Tribunal, which is not relevant for retail lending.
to a financial instrument with a higher PD. Quantitative indicators, such as overdue status
and non-payment on another obligation of the
As a back-stop when loan asset not being a same counterparty are key inputs in this analysis.
corporate loans becomes 30 days past due, the The Group uses a variety of sources of information
Group considers that a significant increase in to assess default which are either developed
Board’s Report
credit risk has occurred and the asset is in stage 2 internally or obtained from external sources. The
of the impairment model, i.e. the loss allowance definition of default is applied consistently to all
is measured as the lifetime ECL in respect of all financial instruments unless information becomes
retail assets. In respect of the corporate loan available that demonstrates that another default
assets, shifting to Stage 2 has been rebutted definition is more appropriate for a particular
using historical evidence from own portfolio to a financial instrument.
threshold of 60 days past due, which is reviewed
annually. With the exception of POCI financial assets
(which are considered separately below), ECLs are
Purchased or originated credit-impaired required to be measured through a loss allowance
(POCI) financial assets at an amount equal to:
POCI financial assets are treated differently because • 12-month ECL, i.e. lifetime ECL that result
the asset is credit-impaired at initial recognition. from those default events on the financial
For these assets, the Group recognises all changes instrument that are possible within 12 months
in lifetime ECL since initial recognition as a loss after the reporting date, (referred to as Stage
allowance with any changes recognised in profit or 1); or
loss. A favourable change for such assets creates
an impairment gain. • full lifetime ECL, i.e. lifetime ECL that result
from all possible default events over the life of
Definition of default the financial instrument, (referred to as Stage
Critical to the determination of ECL is the 2 and Stage 3).
definition of default. The definition of default
Financials
A loss allowance for full lifetime ECL is required
is used in measuring the amount of ECL and in
for a financial instrument if the credit risk on that
the determination of whether the loss allowance
financial instrument has increased significantly
is based on 12-month or lifetime ECL, as default
since initial recognition (and consequently to credit
is a component of the probability of default (PD)
impaired financial assets). For all other financial
which affects both the measurement of ECLs and
instruments, ECLs are measured at an amount
the identification of a significant increase in credit
equal to the 12-month ECL.
risk.

ECLs are a probability-weighted estimate of the policy a modification results in derecognition when
present value of credit losses. These are measured it gives rise to substantially different terms. To
as the present value of the difference between the determine if the modified terms are substantially
cash flows due to the Group under the contract different from the original contractual terms the
and the cash flows that the Group expects to Group considers the following:
receive arising from the weighting of multiple
future economic scenarios, discounted at the • Qualitative factors, such as contractual cash
asset’s EIR. flows after modification are no longer SPPI,
• for financial guarantee contracts, the ECL is the • Change in currency or change of counterparty,
difference between the expected payments to • The extent of change in interest rates,
reimburse the holder of the guaranteed debt maturity, covenants.
instrument less any amounts that the Group
expects to receive from the holder, the debtor If these do not clearly indicate a substantial
modification, then;
or any other party.
The Group measures ECL on an individual basis, (a) In the case where the financial asset is
or on a collective basis for portfolios of loans that derecognised the loss allowance for ECL is
share similar economic risk characteristics. remeasured at the date of derecognition to
determine the net carrying amount of the
1.18 Modification and derecognition of financial asset at that date. The difference between
assets this revised carrying amount and the fair value
A modification of a financial asset occurs when of the new financial asset with the new terms
the contractual terms governing the cash flows will lead to a gain or loss on derecognition.
of a financial asset are renegotiated or otherwise The new financial asset will have a loss
modified between initial recognition and maturity allowance measured based on 12-month
of the financial asset. A modification affects the ECL except in the rare occasions where the
amount and/or timing of the contractual cash new loan is considered to be originated-credit
flows either immediately or at a future date.
impaired. This applies only in the case where
In addition, the introduction or adjustment
the fair value of the new loan is recognised
of existing covenants of an existing loan may
constitute a modification even if these new or at a significant discount to its revised par
adjusted covenants do not yet affect the cash amount because there remains a high risk of
flows immediately but may affect the cash flows default which has not been reduced by the
depending on whether the covenant is or is not modification. The Group monitors credit risk
met (e.g. a change to the increase in the interest of modified financial assets by evaluating
rate that arises when covenants are breached). qualitative and quantitative information, such
as if the borrower is in past due status under
The Group renegotiates loans to customers in the new terms.
financial difficulty to maximise collection and
minimise the risk of default. A loan forbearance (b) When the contractual terms of a financial
is granted in cases where although the borrower asset are modified and the modification
made all reasonable efforts to pay under the does not result in derecognition, the Group
original contractual terms, there is a high risk of determines if the financial asset’s credit
default or default has already happened and the risk has increased significantly since initial
borrower is expected to be able to meet the revised recognition by comparing:
terms. The revised terms in most of the cases
include an extension of the maturity of the loan, • the remaining lifetime PD estimated
changes to the timing of the cash flows of the loan based on data at initial recognition and
(principal and interest repayment), reduction in the the original contractual terms; with
amount of cash flows due (principal and interest • the remaining lifetime PD at the reporting
forgiveness) and amendments to covenants. date based on the modified terms.
When a financial asset is modified the Group For financial assets modified, where modification
assesses whether this modification results in did not result in derecognition, the estimate
derecognition. In accordance with the Group’s of PD reflects the Group’s ability to collect the

modified cash flows taking into account the Group allocates the previous carrying amount of
Group’s previous experience of similar forbearance the financial asset between the part it continues
action, as well as various behavioural indicators, to recognise under continuing involvement, and
including the borrower’s payment performance the part it no longer recognises on the basis of the
against the modified contractual terms. If the relative fair values of those parts on the date of
About Us
credit risk remains significantly higher than the transfer. The difference between the carrying
what was expected at initial recognition the loss amount allocated to the part that is no longer
allowance will continue to be measured at an recognised and the sum of the consideration
amount equal to lifetime ECL. The loss allowance received for the part no longer recognised and any
on forborne loans will generally only be measured cumulative gain/loss allocated to it that had been
based on 12-month ECL when there is evidence recognised in OCI is recognised in profit or loss. A
of the borrower’s improved repayment behaviour cumulative gain/loss that had been recognised in
following modification leading to a reversal of the OCI is allocated between the part that continues
previous significant increase in credit risk. to be recognised and the part that is no longer
recognised on the basis of the relative fair values
Where a modification does not lead to
of those parts. This does not apply for equity
MD&A
derecognition the Group calculates the
investments designated as measured at FVTOCI,
modification gain/loss comparing the gross
as the cumulative gain/loss previously recognised
carrying amount before and after the modification
in OCI is not subsequently reclassified to profit or
(excluding the ECL allowance). Then the Group
loss.
measures ECL for the modified asset, where the
expected cash flows arising from the modified 1.19 Presentation of allowance for ECL in the
financial asset are included in calculating the Balance Sheet
expected cash shortfalls from the original asset. Loss allowances for ECL are presented in the
statement of financial position as follows:
Board’s Report
The Group derecognises a financial asset only
when the contractual rights to the asset’s cash • for financial assets measured at amortised
flows expire (including expiry arising from a cost: as a deduction from the gross carrying
modification with substantially different terms), or
amount of the assets;
when the financial asset and substantially all the
risks and rewards of ownership of the asset are • for debt instruments measured at FVTOCI: no
transferred to another entity. If the Group neither loss allowance is recognised in Balance Sheet
transfers nor retains substantially all the risks and as the carrying amount is at fair value.
rewards of ownership and continues to control
the transferred asset, the Group recognises its 1.20 Derivative financial instruments :
retained interest in the asset and an associated The Group enters into a derivative financial
liability for amounts it may have to pay. If the instruments which are held to manage its exposure
Group retains substantially all the risks and rewards to interest rate risk; credit risk; and foreign
of ownership of a transferred financial asset, the exchange rate risk. Derivative held include foreign
Group continues to recognise the financial asset exchange forward contracts, cross currency and
and also recognises a collateralised borrowing for interest rate swaps.
the proceeds received. Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value at
On derecognition of a financial asset in its entirety, the date a derivative contract is entered into and
the difference between the asset’s carrying amount are subsequently remeasured to their fair value at
and the sum of the consideration received and each balance sheet date. The resulting gain/loss
receivable and the cumulative gain/loss that had is recognised in profit or loss immediately unless
been recognised in OCI and accumulated in equity the derivative is designated and effective as a
Financials
is recognised in profit or loss, with the exception hedging instrument, in which event the timing
of equity investment designated as measured at of the recognition in profit or loss depends on
FVTOCI, where the cumulative gain/loss previously the nature of the hedge relationship. The Group
recognised in OCI is not subsequently reclassified designates certain derivatives as either hedges of
to profit or loss. the fair value of recognised assets or liabilities or
On derecognition of a financial asset other than in firm commitments (fair value hedges), hedges of
its entirety (e.g. when the Group retains an option highly probable forecast transactions or hedges of
to repurchase part of a transferred asset), the foreign currency risk of firm commitments (cash

flow hedges), or hedges of net investments in costs are recognised in profit or loss in the period
foreign operations (net investment hedges). in which they are incurred.
A derivative with a positive fair value is recognised 1.24 Share-based payment arrangements:
as a financial asset whereas a derivative with The stock options granted to employees pursuant
a negative fair value is recognised as a financial to the Company’s Stock Options Schemes, are
liability. A derivative is presented as a non-current measured at the fair value of the options at
asset or a non-current liability if the remaining the grant date. The fair value of the options is
maturity of the instrument is more than 12 treated as discount and accounted as employee
months and it is not expected to be realised or compensation cost over the vesting period on
settled within 12 months. Other derivatives are a straight line basis. The amount recognised as
presented as current assets or current liabilities. expense in each year is arrived at based on the
1.21 Cash and bank balances: number of grants expected to vest. If a grant
lapses after the vesting period, the cumulative
Cash and bank balances also include fixed
discount recognised as expense in respect of such
deposits, margin money deposits, earmarked
grant is transferred to the general reserve within
balances with banks and other bank balances
equity.
which have restrictions on repatriation. Short
term and liquid investments being subject to more 1.25 Accounting and reporting of information for
than insignificant risk of change in value, are not Operating Segments:
included as part of cash and cash equivalents. Operating segments are those components
1.22 Securities premium account: of the business whose operating results are
regularly reviewed by the chief operating decision
(i) Securities premium includes:
making body in the Group to make decisions for
• The difference between the face value of performance assessment and resource allocation.
the equity shares and the consideration The reporting of segment information is the same
received in respect of shares issued as provided to the management for the purpose
pursuant to Stock Option Scheme. of the performance assessment and resource
allocation to the segments.
• The fair value of the stock options which
are treated as expense, if any, in respect of Segment accounting policies are in line with the
shares allotted pursuant to Stock Options accounting policies of the Group.
Scheme. 1.26 Foreign currencies:
(ii) The issue expenses of securities which qualify (i) The functional currency and presentation
as equity instruments are written off against currency of the Group is Indian Rupee.
securities premium account. Functional currency of the Group and foreign
operations has been determined based on
1.23 Borrowing costs:
the primary economic environment in which
Borrowing costs include interest expense the Group and its foreign operations operate
calculated using the effective interest method, considering the currency in which funds are
finance charges in respect of assets acquired on generated, spent and retained.
finance lease and exchange differences arising
from foreign currency borrowings, to the extent (ii) Transactions in currencies other than the
they are regarded as an adjustment to interest Group’s functional currency are recorded on
costs. initial recognition using the exchange rate at
the transaction date. At each Balance Sheet
Borrowing costs net of any investment income date, foreign currency monetary items are
from the temporary investment of related reported at the prevailing closing spot rate.
borrowings, that are attributable to the acquisition, Non-monetary items that are measured in
construction or production of a qualifying asset terms of historical cost in foreign currency are
are capitalised as part of cost of such asset till not retranslated.
such time the asset is ready for its intended use or
sale. A qualifying asset is an asset that necessarily Exchange differences that arise on settlement
requires a substantial period of time to get ready of monetary items or on reporting of
for its intended use or sale. All other borrowing monetary items at each Balance Sheet date
at the closing spot rate are recognised in the

Statement of Profit and Loss in the period in differences or where there is convincing other
which they arise. evidence that sufficient future taxable income
(iii) Financial statements of foreign operations will be available against which such deferred
whose functional currency is different than tax assets can be realised. Deferred tax assets
Indian Rupees are translated into Indian in respect of unutilised tax credits which mainly
About Us
Rupees as follows: relate to minimum alternate tax are recognised
to the extent it is probable of such unutilised tax
A. assets and liabilities for each Balance credits will get realised.
Sheet presented are translated at the
closing rate at the date of that Balance The measurement of deferred tax liabilities and
Sheet; assets reflects the tax consequences that would
follow from the manner in which the Group
B. income and expenses for each income expects, at the end of reporting period, to recover
statement are translated at average or settle the carrying amount of its assets and
exchange rates; and liabilities.
C. all resulting exchange differences are Transaction or event which is recognised outside
MD&A
recognised in other comprehensive profit or loss, either in other comprehensive
income and accumulated in equity as income or in equity, is recorded along with the tax
foreign currency translation reserve for as applicable.
subsequent reclassification to profit or loss
on disposal of such foreign operations. 1.28 Provisions, contingent liabilities and
1.27 Taxation: contingent assets:
Current Tax Provisions are recognised only when:
Tax on income for the current period is determined (i) an Group entity has a present obligation (legal
Board’s Report
on the basis of taxable income (or on the basis or constructive) as a result of a past event; and
of book profits wherever minimum alternate
tax is applicable) and tax credits computed in (ii) it is probable that an outflow of resources
accordance with the provisions of the Income Tax embodying economic benefits will be required
Act 1961, and based on the expected outcome of to settle the obligation; and
assessments/appeals. (iii) a reliable estimate can be made of the amount
of the obligation.
Deferred Tax
Deferred tax is recognised on temporary differences Provision is measured using the cash flows
between the carrying amounts of assets and estimated to settle the present obligation and
liabilities in the Group’s financial statements and when the effect of time value of money is material,
the corresponding tax bases used in computation the carrying amount of the provision is the
of taxable profit and quantified using the tax rates present value of those cash flows. Reimbursement
and laws enacted or substantively enacted as on expected in respect of expenditure required to
the Balance Sheet date. settle a provision is recognised only when it is
virtually certain that the reimbursement will be
Deferred tax assets are generally recognised for all received.
taxable temporary differences to the extent that
is probable that taxable profits will be available Contingent liability is disclosed in case of:
against which those deductible temporary
(i) a present obligation arising from past events,
differences can be utilised. The carrying amount
when it is not probable that an outflow
of deferred tax assets is reviewed at the end of Financials
each reporting period and reduced to the extent of resources will be required to settle the
that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable obligation; and
profits will be available to allow all or part of the (ii) a present obligation arising from past events,
asset to be recovered. when no reliable estimate is possible.
Deferred tax assets relating to unabsorbed Contingent assets are disclosed where an inflow
depreciation/business losses/losses under the head of economic benefits is probable. Provisions,
“capital gains” are recognised and carried forward contingent liabilities and contingent assets are
to the extent of available taxable temporary reviewed at each Balance Sheet date.

Where the unavoidable costs of meeting the (ii) non-cash items such as depreciation,
obligations under the contract exceed the provisions, deferred taxes, unrealised gains
economic benefits expected to be received under and losses; and
such contract, the present obligation under the
(iii) all other items for which the cash effects are
contract is recognised and measured as a provision.
investing or financing cash flows.
1.29 Commitment:
Cash and cash equivalents (including bank
Commitments are future liabilities for contractual balances) shown in the Statement of Cash Flows
expenditure, classified and disclosed as follows: exclude items which are not available for general
(a) estimated amount of contracts remaining use as on the date of Balance Sheet.
to be executed on capital account and not 1.32 Earnings per share:
provided for; The Group presents basic and diluted earnings per
(b) uncalled liability on shares and other share data for its ordinary shares. Basic earnings
investments partly paid; per share is calculated by dividing the profit or loss
attributable to ordinary shareholders of the Group
(c) funding related commitment to associate by the weighted average number of ordinary
companies; and shares outstanding during the year. Diluted
(d) other non-cancellable commitments, if any, to earnings per share is determined by adjusting the
the extent they are considered material and profit or loss attributable to ordinary shareholders
relevant in the opinion of management. and the weighted average number of ordinary
shares outstanding, adjusted for own shares held,
Other commitments related to sales/procurements for the effects of all dilutive potential ordinary
made in the normal course of business are not shares.
disclosed to avoid excessive details.
1.33 Key source of estimation:
1.30 Non-current assets held for sale: The preparation of financial statements in
Non-current assets and disposal groups are conformity with Ind AS requires that the
classified as held for sale if their carrying amount is management of the Group makes estimates and
intended to be recovered principally through a sale assumptions that affect the reported amounts
(rather than through continuing use) when the of income and expenses of the period, the
asset (or disposal group) is available for immediate reported balances of assets and liabilities and the
sale in its present condition subject only to terms disclosures relating to contingent liabilities as of
that are usual and customary for sale of such asset the date of the financial statements. The estimates
(or disposal group) and the sale is highly probable and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an
and is expected to qualify for recognition as a ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates
completed sale within one year from the date of include useful lives of property, plant and
classification. equipment & intangible assets, expected credit
Non-current assets and disposal groups classified loss on loan books, future obligations in respect of
as held for sale are measured at lower of their retirement benefit plans, fair value measurement
carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell. etc. Difference, if any, between the actual results
and estimates is recognised in the period in which
1.31 Statement of cash flows: the results are known.
Statement of cash flows is prepared segregating
1.34 Operating cycle for current and non-current
the cash flows into operating, investing and
financing activities. cash flow from operating classification:
activities is reported using indirect method Based on the nature of products / activities of
adjusting the net profit for the effects of: the Group entities and the normal time between
acquisition of assets and their realisation in cash
(i) changes during the period in operating or cash equivalents, the Group has determined its
receivables and payables transactions of a operating cycle as 12 months for the purpose of
non-cash nature; classification of its assets and liabilities as current
and non-current.

1.35 First time adoption of Ind AS: to past business combinations that occurred
The Group has prepared opening balance sheet before the transition date.
as per Ind AS as at April 01, 2017 (transition date)
(vii) The estimates as at April 01, 2017 and at
by recognising all assets and liabilities whose
March 31, 2018 are consistent with those
recognition is required by Ind AS, derecognising
made for the same dates in accordance with
About Us
items of assets or liabilities which are not
the Previous GAAP.
permitted to be recognised by Ind AS, reclassifying
items from Previous GAAP to Ind AS as required, 1.36 Changes in Accounting Standard and recent
and applying Ind AS to measure the recognised accounting pronouncements:
assets and liabilities. The exemptions availed by
On March 30, 2019, the Ministry of Corporate
the Group are as follows:
Affairs issued the Companies (Indian Accounting
(i) The Group has adopted the carrying value Standards) (Amendments) Rules, 2019, notifying
determined in accordance with Previous GAAP Ind AS 116 on Leases. Ind AS 116 would
for all of its property plant and equipment and replace the existing leases standard Ind AS
investment property as deemed cost of such 17. The standard sets out the principles for the
MD&A
assets at the transition date. recognition, measurement, presentation and
disclosures for both parties to a contract, i.e.
(ii) Ind AS 102 “Share-based Payment” has not the lessee and the lessor. Ind AS 116 introduces
been applied to equity instruments in share- a single lease accounting model and requires
based payment transactions that vested a lessee to recognise assets and liabilities for all
before April 01, 2017. leases with a term of more than 12 months, unless
(iii) The Group has applied the derecognition the underlying asset is of low value. Currently
requirements of financial assets and financial for operating lease, rentals are charged to the
statement of profit and loss. The Group is currently
Board’s Report
liabilities prospectively for transactions
occurring on or after April 01, 2017. evaluating the implication of Ind AS 116 on the
(iv) The Group has determined the classification
of debt instruments in terms of whether they The Companies (Indian Accounting Standards)
meet the amortised cost criteria or the FVTOCI Amendment Rules, 2019 notified amendments
criteria based on the facts and circumstances to the following accounting standards. The
that existed as of the transition date. amendments would be effective from April 1,
2019
(v) The Group has applied the impairment
requirements of Ind AS 109 retrospectively;
a. Ind AS 12- Income taxes — Appendix C on
however, as permitted by Ind AS 101, it has uncertainty over income tax treatments and
used reasonable and supportable information accounting for dividend distribution tax
that is available without undue cost or effort
to determine the credit risk at the date that b. Ind AS 19- Employee benefits
financial instruments were initially recognised
in order to compare it with the credit risk at c. Ind AS 23- Borrowing costs
the transition date. d. Ind AS 28- investment in associates and joint
Further, as permitted by Ind AS 101, the Group ventures
has not undertaken an exhaustive search for
e. Ind AS 103 and Ind AS 111- Business
information when determining, at the date
combinations and joint arrangements
of transition to Ind ASs, whether there have
been significant increases in credit risk since f. Ind AS 109- Financial instruments
Financials
initial recognition.
The Group is in the process of evaluating the
(vi) The Group has elected not to apply Ind AS impact of such amendments.
103 Business Combinations retrospectively

2 Cash and cash equivalents R in crore
As at As at As at
Particulars
Cash on hand 29.98 59.78 61.34
Balances with banks in current accounts (of the 1,612.48 843.14 396.30
nature of cash and cash equivalents)
Cheques, drafts on hand 9.40 – –
Balance with banks in fixed deposit with maturity 174.79 146.47 4.86
less than 3 months
Total 1,826.65 1,049.39 462.50
3 Bank balance other than (Note 2) above R in crore

As at As at As at
Particulars
Earmarked balances with banks
Unclaimed infrastructure bonds application 14.42 13.61 10.87
money
Unclaimed interest on infrastructure bonds 0.90 0.63 0.72
Unclaimed redemption proceeds and 0.60 0.05 0.74
dividend- for preference shares
Balance with banks in fixed deposit with – 0.05 127.79
maturity greater than 3 months and less than
12 months
Balances with banks held as margin money or 30.31 43.85 22.52
security against borrowing, guarantees, other
commitments
Total 47.50 59.14 163.59
4 Derivative financial instruments R in crore

As at As at As at
Particulars
Currency derivatives:
Notional Amounts
-Currency swaps 100.00 100.00 164.79
Fair value assets
-Currency swaps 7.20 – 0.03
Fair value liabilities
-Currency swaps – 0.10 6.66

5 Receivables R in crore
As at As at As at
Particulars
Trade receivables
About Us
(a) Receivables considered good - Secured 0.30 0.15 4.88
(b) Receivables considered good - Unsecured 104.00 126.29 73.96
(c) Receivables - credit impaired 8.84 1.68 1.60
(d) Impairment loss allowance (6.77) (1.68) (1.60)
106.37 126.44 77.84
Other receivables
(a) Receivables considered good - Unsecured 6.27 0.70 0.99
(b) Receivables from related parties 4.36 2.63 0.18
MD&A
(Refer note 39)
10.63 3.33 1.17
Total 117.00 129.77 79.01
6 Loans
R in crore
Board’s Report
As at As at As at
Particulars
(A)
(i) At Amortised Cost
- Term loans 64,170.87 56,687.76 48,269.04
- Debentures 6,686.70 6,652.84 5,511.48
- Loans repayable on demand 326.64 166.21 202.41
- Bills purchased and bills discounted 295.60 2,051.75 2,668.25
- Leasing 72.61 91.41 74.05
Total gross loans at amortised cost 71,552.42 65,649.97 56,725.23
- Less: Impairment loss allowance (4,624.23) (5,392.95) (4,316.91)
Subtotal (i) 66,928.19 60,257.02 52,408.32
(ii) At Fair Value Through Profit or Loss:
- Term loans 23,196.94 14,875.75 7,441.46
- Debentures 1,216.24 2,005.48 471.41
- Loans repayable on demand 110.78 – 6.68 Financials
Total gross loans at fair value through 24,523.96 16,881.23 7,919.55

profit or loss
- Less: Impairment loss allowance/Net fair (127.52) (49.91) (19.18)
value changes
Subtotal (ii) 24,396.44 16,831.33 7,900.37
Subtotal (i)+(ii) 91,324.63 77,088.34 60,308.69

R in crore
As at As at As at
Particulars
(B)
- Secured by tangible assets 56,581.01 53,305.14 48,366.16
- Unsecured 14,971.41 12,344.83 8,359.08
Total gross loans at amortised cost 71,552.42 65,649.97 56,725.23
Subtotal (i) 66,928.19 60,257.02 52,408.32
- Secured by tangible assets 24,523.96 16,881.23 7,919.55
- Less: Impairment loss allowance (127.52) (49.91) (19.18)
Subtotal (ii) 24,396.44 16,831.32 7,900.37
Subtotal (i)+(ii) 91,324.63 77,088.34 60,308.69
(C)
(I) Loans in India
- Public Sector – – –
- Others 71,552.42 65,649.97 56,725.23
Subtotal (i) 66,928.19 60,257.02 52,408.32
- Others 24,523.96 16,881.23 7,919.55
- Less: Impairment loss allowance (127.52) (49.91) (19.18)
Subtotal (ii) 24,396.44 16,831.32 7,900.37
(II) Loans outside India
(i) At Amortised Cost – – –
- Others – – –
- Less: Impairment loss allowance – – –
Subtotal (i) – – –
(ii) At Fair Value Through Profit or Loss
- Others – – –
- Less: Impairment loss allowance – – –
Subtotal (ii) – – –
91,324.63 77,088.34 60,308.69

7 Investments
R in crore
Particulars Net Net Net
Face value Face value Face value
Quantity Carrying Quantity Carrying Quantity Carrying
(R) (R) (R)
About Us
Value Value Value
(A) Investments in fully
paid equity shares
(i) Associate (Unquoted)
(At cost)
Feedback infra private limited – – – – – – 10 37,90,000 43.41
(ii) Quoted
(a) Investments carried
at fair value through
profit or loss
Hindusthan national glass and 2 4,12,808 3.40 2 1,47,765 1.57 – – –
MD&A
industries limited
Monnet ispat and energy 10 5,94,412 1.66 10 18,01,253 2.72 10 18,01,253 6.13
limited
Bhushan steel limited 2 3,67,119 1.08 2 2,12,471 0.86 2 10,23,392 5.87
KSK energy ventures limited 10 1,06,88,253 0.96 10 1,06,88,253 9.23 – – –
3i infotech limited 10 24,26,383 0.93 10 24,26,383 0.85 10 24,26,383 1.23
Amara raja batteries limited 1 2,728 0.20 1 3,293 0.26 – – –
Unity infra project 2 6,94,370 0.05 2 6,94,370 0.29 2 6,94,370 0.54
Board’s Report
Gol offshore limited 10 1,13,44,315 – 10 1,13,44,315 11.46 10 1,13,44,315 18.57
Diamond power infrastructure 10 28,89,921 – 10 28,89,921 2.15 10 28,89,921 11.45
limited
Shiv vani oil gas and energy 10 14,96,658 – 10 14,96,658 0.33 10 14,96,658 0.34
limited
Usher agro limited 10 3,35,344 – 10 3,35,344 0.13 – – –
Jaihind projects limited 10 24,797 – 10 24,797 0.01 10 1,50,000 0.09
Jaypee infratech limited – – – – – – 10 37,85,221 3.97
SVOGL oil gas and 10 19,40,514 – 10 19,40,514 – 10 19,40,514 0.49
exploration services limited
Integrated digital info services 10 3,83,334 – 10 3,83,334 – 10 3,83,334 –
limited
Elque polyesters limited 10 1,94,300 – 10 1,94,300 – 10 1,94,300 –
Monnet industries limited 10 5,640 – 10 5,640 – 10 5,640 –
Monnet project developers 10 11,280 – 10 11,280 – 10 11,280 –
limited
Glodyne technoserve limited 6 3,19,262 – 6 3,19,262 – 6 3,19,262 –
MIC electronics limited 2 53,84,616 – 2 53,84,616 – – – –
8.28 29.86 48.68
(iii) Unquoted
(a) Investments carried Financials
profit or loss
Soma tollways private limited 10 1,16,16,491 329.10 10 64,13,216 329.10 10 64,13,216 329.10
Bhoruka power corporation 10 5,87,850 134.14 10 5,87,850 134.09 10 5,87,850 124.52
limited
Ardom telecom private 10 11,35,136 9.49 10 11,35,136 42.17 10 11,35,136 43.66
limited
Grameen capital india private 10 21,26,000 2.13 10 21,26,000 2.13 10 21,26,000 2.13
limited

R in crore
(R) (R) (R)
Value Value Value
Indian highways management 10 15,00,000 1.73 10 15,00,000 1.73 10 15,00,000 1.73
company limited
Tikona infinet limited 10 4,25,912 0.17 10 605 0.17 10 605 0.17
The kalyan janata sahakari 10 20,000 0.05 10 20,000 0.05 10 20,000 0.05
bank limited
MF utilities india private 1 5,00,000 0.05 1 5,00,000 0.05 1 5,00,000 0.05
limited
Bhoruka power india 10 10 – 10 10 – 10 10 –
investments private limited
The malad sahakari bank 10 100 – 10 100 – 10 100 –
limited
Athena chhattisgarh power 10 6,93,00,000 – 10 6,93,00,000 68.72 – – –
limited
NSL tidong power generation – – – 10 6,27,72,331 62.77 – – –
private limited
Coastal projects limited 10 78,96,884 – 10 78,96,884 6.38 10 78,96,884 6.38
KSK mahanadi power 10 2,63,85,109 – 10 62,21,868 5.62 – – –
company limited
NSL sugars limited 10 29,25,656 – 10 29,25,656 2.93 – – –
Soma enterprises limited 10 5,00,000 – 10 5,00,000 0.50 10 29,46,155 84.37
Supreme best value 10 5,026 – 10 5,026 0.01 – – –
kolhapur(shiroli) sangli
tollways private limited
Mission holdings private – – – 10 100 – 10 100 –
limited
Invent assets securitisation – – – – – – 10 71,00,000 10.67
and reconstruction private
limited
Warasgaon lakeview hotels – – – – – – 10 63,849 5.72
limited
Saumya mining limited 10 10,77,986 – 10 10,77,986 – 10 10,77,986 2.95
Mediciti healthcare services 10 16,35,003 – 10 16,35,003 – 10 16,35,003 1.07
private limited
Alpha micro finance 10 2,00,000 – 10 2,00,000 – 10 2,00,000 0.20
consultants private limited
KMC infratech road holdings – – – – – – 100 100 –
limited
Icomm tele limited 10 41,667 – 10 41,667 – 10 41,667 –
VMC systems limited 10 9,07,264 – 10 9,07,264 – 10 9,07,264 –
Hanjer biotech energies 10 2,08,716 – 10 2,08,716 – 10 2,08,716 –
private limited
Metropoli overseas limited 10 99,400 – 10 99,400 – 10 99,400 –
Anil chemicals and industries 10 40,000 – 10 40,000 – 10 40,000 –
limited
476.86 656.42 612.77
(B) Investment in share
application money
NSL Tidong power generation – – – – – – – – 62.77
private limited

R in crore
(R) (R) (R)
Value Value Value
About Us
(C) Investments in debt
securities
profit or loss
Bhoruka power corporation 1,00,000 32,500 510.10 1,00,000 32,500 510.06 1,00,000 32,500 513.96
limited
Tikona infinet limited 2,840 5,79,772 149.58 2,840 5,79,772 164.66 2,840 5,79,772 170.54
Regen infrastructure 10,00,000 728 72.82 10,00,000 764 76.40 – – –
RVK enterprise private limited 1,00,000 6,000 71.14 1,00,000 6,000 72.09 – – –
Soma enterprises limited 10 8,07,12,081 38.56 10 8,07,12,081 56.41 – – –
MD&A
NSL sugars limited 100 21,32,310 14.74 100 21,32,310 16.24 – – –
NSL renewable power private 20,000 4,811 9.27 – – – – – –
limited
Indian overseas bank – – – 10,00,000 850.00 86.25 10,00,000 850 86.25
KMC infratech road holdings – – – – – – – – 149.71
limited
Mission holdings private – – – – – – 1,00,000 5,500 113.18
limited
Board’s Report
866.21 982.11 1,033.64
(b) Investment carried
other comprehensive
income
State bank of india 10,00,000 4,100 418.65 10,00,000 4,100 426.12 – – –
The south indian bank limited 1,00,000 38,759 407.19 1,00,000 40,000 412.91 – – –
ECL finance limited 1,000 30,00,000 323.47 – – – – – –
Dewan housing finance 1,000 27,50,000 286.62 – – – – – –
corporation limited
Dewan housing finance 10,00,000 2,746 272.26 10,00,000 2,500 266.26 10,00,000 290 35.25
corporation limited
Power finance corporation 10,00,000 1,213 163.19 – – – – – –
limited
ECL finance limited 10,00,000 900 96.49 – – – – – –
Union bank of india 10,00,000 780 77.92 10,00,000 800 79.94 – – –
U.P. power corporation 10,00,000 522 52.89 10,00,000 522 52.79 10,00,000 2,940 294.34
limited
Axis bank 10,00,000 500 50.83 10,00,000 500 50.96 – – –
Cholamandlam ms general 10,00,000 418 43.91 10,00,000 428 44.10 – – –
insurance company limited
Tata AIG general insurance 10,00,000 310 31.50 10,00,000 379 38.00 10,00,000 1,530 153.39 Financials
company limited
Kotak mahindra bank limited 5 5,00,00,000 27.59 – – – – – –
Power finance corporation 1,000 1,00,000 12.89 – – – – – –
limited
Indian overseas bank – – – 10,00,000 3,399.00 344.97 10,00,000 3,399 345.15
Corporation bank limited – – – 10,00,000 500 51.13 – – –
UCO bank – – – 10,00,000 400 42.67 – – –
Allahabad bank – – – 10,00,000 311 32.21 – – –
Bank of baroda – – – 10,00,000 150 15.09 – – –

R in crore
(R) (R) (R)
Value Value Value
Punjab national bank – – – – – – 10,00,000 5,000 500.31
Piramal finance limited – – – – – – 10,00,000 3,900 392.45
Bajaj finance limited – – – – – – 10,00,000 1,000 113.30
Idfc bank limited – – – – – – 10,00,000 400 41.36
2,265.40 1,857.15 1,875.55
(D) Investments in mutual
funds
profit or loss
L&T liquid fund - Direct plan- 1,000 63,69,776 1,632.31 1,000 19,59,897 467.00 1,000 36,12,831 804.46
Growth
Kotak Liquid Fund - Direct 1,000 5,28,933 200.17 – – – – – –
Plan- Growth
L&T banking and psu debt 10 5,11,06,432 85.90 10 2,75,45,112 43.40 10 6,30,86,959 92.87
fund- Direct plan- Growth
SBI premier liquid fund- Direct 10 2,28,555 66.93 – – – – – –
plan- Growth
ICICI prudential liquid fund- 10 18,10,758 50.05 – – – – – –
Direct plan- Growth
ICICI prudential liquid fund- – – – – – – 100 41,65,194.96 100.01
Direct plan- Growth
L&T money market Fund - 10 59,16,085 11.19 10 59,25,572 10.37 10 59,25,668 9.60
Direct Plan - Growth
L&T india value fund - Direct 10 3,83,794 1.46 10 3,83,794 1.44 10 3,83,794 1.27
plan- Growth
L&T infrastructure fund - 10 6,94,601 1.17 10 6,94,601 1.24 10 6,94,601 1.01
Direct plan- Growth
L&T emerging business fund- 10 3,32,358 0.86 10 3,32,358 0.92 10 3,32,358 0.71
Direct plan- Growth
L&T midcap fund - Direct 10 58,207 0.83 10 58,207 0.84 10 58,207 0.70
plan- Growth
L&T business cycle fund 10 5,00,000 0.79 10 5,00,000 0.83 10 5,00,000 0.74
L&T tax advantage fund - 10 1,32,721 0.74 10 1,32,721 0.74 10 1,32,721 0.64
Direct plan- Growth
L&T hybrid equity fund - 10 2,55,493 0.71 10 2,55,493 0.69 10 2,55,493 0.62
Direct plan- Growth
L&T resurgent india corporate 10 5,00,000 0.71 10 5,00,000 0.67 10 5,00,000 0.62
bond fund
L&T low duration fund- Direct 10 3,40,894 0.70 10 3,40,894 0.65 10 3,40,894 0.60
plan- Growth
L&T arbitrage opportunity 10 5,00,000 0.70 10 5,00,000 0.65 10 5,00,000 0.61
fund
L&T large and midcap fund - 10 3,65,789 0.69 10 1,40,359 0.70 10 1,40,359 0.61
Direct plan- Growth
L&T credit risk fund - Direct 10 3,17,088 0.69 10 3,17,088 0.65 10 3,17,088 0.60
plan- Growth
L&T flexi bond fund- Direct 10 3,31,794 0.69 10 3,31,794 0.64 10 1,02,19,115 18.71
plan- Growth
L&T india large cap fund - 10 2,43,072 0.69 10 2,43,072 0.63 10 2,43,072 0.57
Direct plan- Growth

R in crore
(R) (R) (R)
Value Value Value
About Us
L&T gilt fund - Direct plan- 10 1,42,010 0.69 10 1,42,010 0.64 10 1,42,010 0.62
Growth
L&T equity fund - Direct plan- 10 79,561 0.68 10 79,561 0.66 10 79,561 0.59
Growth
L&T ultra short term fund - 10 2,17,696 0.68 10 2,17,696 0.63 10 2,17,696 0.59
Direct plan- Growth
L&T short term bond fund- 10 3,67,947 0.68 10 3,67,947 0.63 10 3,67,947 0.59
Direct plan- Growth
L&T triple ace bond fund- 10 1,35,208 0.65 10 1,35,208 0.61 10 1,35,208 0.58
Direct plan- Growth
L&T cash fund direct plan - 1,000 4,375 0.65 1,000 4,375 0.61 1,000 4,375 0.57
MD&A
Growth
L&T conservative hybrid fund- 10 1,78,522 0.65 10 1,78,522 0.61 10 1,78,522 0.58
Direct plan- Growth
L&T dynamic equity fund - 10 2,35,213 0.61 10 2,35,213 0.56 10 2,35,213 0.53
Direct plan- Growth
L&T focused equity fund- 10 5,00,000 0.54 – – – – – –
Direct plan- Growth
L&T equity savings fund- 10 2,76,932 0.52 10 2,76,932 0.49 10 2,76,932 0.46
Direct plan- Growth
Board’s Report
L&T tax saver fund – – – 10 1,14,239 0.42 10 1,14,239 0.37
L&T floating rate fund- Direct – – – – – – 10 12,36,63,286 200.29
plan- Growth
UTI money market fund – – – – – – 1,000 7,43,282 135.04
Reliance liquid fund – – – – – – 1,000 3,41,530 135.04
Kotak liquid scheme plan - – – – – – – 1,000 2,73,580.55 90.03
Growth
L&T liquid fund - Direct plan- – – – – – – 100 68,04,028 68.14
Growth
Reliance liquid fund - Treasury – – – – – – 1,000 1,26,066 50.00
plan- Direct plan- Growth
Axis liquid fund- Direct plan- – – – – – – 1,000 83,208 15.00
Growth
LIC liquid fund- Direct plan- – – – – – – 1,000 50,878 15.00
Growth
ICICI prudential liquid - Direct – – – – – – 1,000 4,34,852 13.43
- Daily dividend
BNP paribas overnight fund - – – – – – – 1,000 40,030 10.00
Direct plan- Growth
Sundaram money fund- Direct – – – – – – 10 29,16,583 10.00
plan- Growth
2,064.33 537.92 1,782.40 Financials
(E) Investments in fully

paid preference shares
(Unquoted)
(a) Investment carried
profit or loss
Grameen capital india private 10 38,74,000 3.87 10 38,74,000 3.87 10 38,74,000 3.87
limited
Ardom telecom private 1,00,000 3,150 85.48 1,00,000 3,150 53.67 1,00,000 3,150 55.08
limited

R in crore
(R) (R) (R)
Value Value Value
SKS ispat power limited 10 97,73,621 9.77 10 97,73,621 9.77 10 97,73,621 9.77
3i infotech limited 5 38,96,954 0.68 5 38,96,954 0.68 5 38,96,954 1.95
10% sew vizag coal terminal 10,00,000 40,91,423 – 10 40,91,423 1.43 10 40,91,423 4.08
private limited
Sew vizag coal terminal 10 7,03,833 – 10 7,03,833 0.24 10 7,03,833 0.70
private limited
99.80 69.66 75.45
(F) Investments in
government securities
(a) Investments carried at
amortised cost
12% national saving – – – – – – – – –
certificate 2002
Government of india 100 18,45,00,000 1,832.55 – – – – – –
1,832.55 – –
profit or loss
7.50% government of india 100 14,000 0.14 100 14,000 0.14 100 14,000 0.14
stock 2034
6.13% government of india 100 40,000 0.37 100 40,000 0.36 100 40,000 0.37
stock 2028
0.51 0.50 0.51
(c) Investment carried
other comprehensive
income
Rural electrification 10,00,000 240 32.29 – – – – – –
corporation limited
National highways authority 10,00,000 50 5.33 – – – – – –
of india
Telangana uday bond – – – – – – 100 1,30,19,000 130.61
Tamilnadu uday bond – – – – – – 100 1,00,00,000 101.12
Madhya pradesh uday bond – – – – – – 100 14,13,000 14.16
37.62 – 245.89
(G) Investments in units of
funds
profit or loss
KKR india debt opportunities 1,000 17,76,074 177.61 1,000 11,25,000 112.50 1,000 8,75,000 87.50
fund ii
KKR india debt opportunities 1,000 61,640 6.16 1,000 96,117 9.61 1,000 1,78,249 19.29
fund iii
LICHFL urban development 10,000 10,000 3.86 10,000 10,000 6.53 10,000 10,000 6.53
fund
LICHFL housing and 100 1,16,000 1.16 – – – – – –
infrastructure trust
188.79 128.64 113.32

R in crore
(R) (R) (R)
Value Value Value
About Us
other comprehensive
income
Indinfravit Trust 100 1,00,000 0.98 – – – – – –
(H) Investment in pass
through certificates
(a) Investment carried
other comprehensive
income
MD&A
Smith IFMR Capital 4.00 1,20,96,782 3.85 4.00 1,20,96,782 4.84 4.20 1,20,96,782 5.33
Goldstein IFMR Capital 43.00 8,57,170 2.91 43.00 8,57,170 3.69 44.80 8,57,170 4.04
Syme IFMR Capital 1.00 1,42,10,515 1.42 1.00 1,42,10,515 1.42 1.04 1,42,10,515 1.56
Moses IFMR Capital 1.00 22,50,000 0.23 1.00 22,50,000 0.23 1.06 22,50,000 0.25
IFMR Capital Mosec Azeroth – – – 0.12 59,86,64,559 6.95 0.49 59,86,64,559 31.96
Napoleon IFMR Capital – – – 1.00 5,21,18,415 5.21 1.04 5,21,18,415 5.71
Zlatan IFMR Capital 2016 – – – – – – 0.68 1,23,39,58,721 83.76
Fubelt IFMR Capital – – – – – – 1.04 8,08,78,031 8.86
Board’s Report
Martell IFMR Capital – – – – – – 2.04 3,55,04,403 7.63
Zion IFMR Capital – – – – – – 3.12 1,92,37,467 6.30
Oracle IFMR Capital – – – – – – 202.00 2,61,793 5.55
Sentinel IFMR capital – – – – – – 19.69 8,87,538 1.83
Frey IFMR Capital – – – – – – 1.03 1,66,74,322 1.81
Mjolnir IFMR Capital – – – – – – 2.08 73,30,422 1.60
Libertas IFMR Capital – – – – – – 1.02 35,19,752 0.38
8.41 22.34 166.57
(I) Investment in security
receipts
profit or loss
JM Financial (JMFARC) Trust 1,000.00 26,21,651 195.70 1,000.00 26,21,651 258.17 – – –
Phoenix Trust FY19-6 903.00 12,49,500 112.83 – – – – – –
EARC Trust - SC 258 Trust 1,000.00 25,83,490 108.45 1,000.00 25,83,490 257.23 1,000.00 25,83,490 258.35
Suraksha ARC - 024 Trust 1,000.00 7,85,400 78.54 1,000.00 7,85,400 78.54 – – –
Suraksha ARC - 020 Trust 873.26 8,67,000 75.71 995.49 8,67,000 86.31 – – –
EARC Trust - SC 105 Trust 1,000.00 11,90,000 63.90 1,000.00 11,90,000 116.18 1,000.00 11,90,000 116.18
JMFARC LTF June 2017 Trust 748.14 4,80,849 35.89 984.76 4,80,849 47.35 – – –
Suraksha ARC - 024 Trust 1,000.00 3,01,775 30.18 1,000.00 3,01,775 30.18 – – – Financials
Phoenix Trust FY 14-9 1,000.00 11,08,935 27.72 1,000.00 11,08,935 41.59 1,000.00 11,08,935 55.45
EARC Trust SC - 258 - Series I 932.90 6,46,510 27.14 995.66 6,46,510 64.37 1,000.00 6,46,510 64.65
JMFARC LTF June 2017 Trust 748.14 2,97,500 22.21 984.76 2,97,500 29.30 – – –
Suraksha ARC - 020 Trust 999.55 1,26,310 9.15 – – – – – –
(Series - II)
Phoenix ARF Scheme 14 1,000.00 34,882 2.62 1,000.00 34,882 2.96 1,000.00 34,882 3.49
EARC Trust - SC 132 Trust 1,000.00 8,500 0.77 1,000.00 8,500 0.85 1,000.00 8,500 0.85
Phoenix ARF Scheme 6 1,000.00 9,843 0.25 1,000.00 9,843 0.49 1,000.00 9,843 0.98

R in crore
(R) (R) (R)
Value Value Value
Phoenix ARF Scheme 13 5.00 27,404 0.01 1,000.00 27,404 2.06 1,000.00 27,404 2.06
Phoenix ARF Scheme 11 1.00 44,208 – 1.00 44,208 – 1.00 44,208 0.01
Phoenix ARF Scheme 9 1 6,612 – 27.09 6,612 0.02 62.01 6,612 0.04
Phoenix ARF Scheme 10 – – – 922.00 18,889 1.29 982.00 18,889 1.85
JM Financial Asset 1,000 6,885 – 1,000.00 6,885 – 1,000.00 6,885 1.03
Reconstruction Company
Private Limited (Series I -
JMFARC-IRIS December 2016
- Trust)
791.07 1,016.89 504.94
Total investments (A) 8,640.81 5,301.49 6,565.90
(i) Investments outside India – – –
(ii) Investments in India 8,640.81 5,301.49 6,565.90
Total Investments (B) 8,640.81 5,301.49 6,565.90
8 Other financials assets R in crore

As at As at As at
Particulars
Receivable on sale of Investment 14.93 – –
Forward contract receivable – – 10.02
Accrued interest on fixed deposits 0.24 0.56 0.13
Margin money deposits 12.50 – –
Other receivables 27.84 4.32 1.59
Total 126.29 73.66 65.68

9 Investment Properties
R in crore
As at As at As at
Particulars
About Us
Gross carrying amount
Opening gross carrying amount 403.01 405.51 415.18
Add: Additions during the year 0.84 0.53 15.78
Less: Classified as assets held for sale – (3.02) (21.79)
Less: Deductions during the year – – (3.66)
Less: Reclassified from CWIP to other Advances (24.78) – –
Closing gross carrying amount 379.07 403.01 405.51
Accumulated depreciation and impairment
MD&A
Opening accumulated depreciation 7.90 4.47 2.26
Add: Depreciation and impairment 3.51 3.54 3.69
Less: Classified as assets held for sale – (0.11) (1.24)
Less: Deductions during the year – – (0.24)
Closing accumulated depreciation 11.41 7.90 4.47
Net carrying amount 367.66 395.11 401.04
Board’s Report
Amount recognised in profit or loss for investment properties R in crore
As at As at
Particulars
March 31, 2019 March 31, 2018
Rental Income 42.81 41.01
Other charges recovery 16.63 15.90
Less: Direct operating expenses from property that generated rental 41.83 38.33
income
Profit from investment properties before depreciation and 17.61 18.57
impairment
Less: Depreciation and impairment 3.51 3.54
Profit from investment properties 14.10 15.04
Financials

10 Property, plant and equipment
R in crore
As at April As at April For the
Additions Deductions March 31, Deductions March 31, March 31, March 31,
01, 2018 01, 2018 year
2019 2019 2019 2018
Tangible
Land :
Freehold 0.03 – 0.03 – – – – – – 0.03
Buildings :
Owned : 0.38 – – 0.38 0.01 0.01 – 0.02 0.36 0.37
Leasehold 1.32 0.21 0.32 1.21 0.49 0.31 0.20 0.60 0.61 0.83
Improvements
Leasehold renovation :
Owned 12.53 1.64 – 14.17 4.33 4.20 – 8.53 5.64 8.20
Leased out – – – – – – – – – –
Electrical & Installation :
Owned 16.18 – 0.04 16.14 5.44 2.39 0.01 7.82 8.32 10.74
Leased out – – – – – – – – – –
Plant and equipment :
Owned 0.44 – – 0.44 0.04 0.03 – 0.07 0.37 0.41
Leased out 25.81 – 13.97 11.84 5.06 4.93 5.07 4.92 6.92 20.75
Computers :
Owned 21.43 14.29 0.89 34.83 6.95 7.51 0.70 13.76 21.07 14.48
Leased out 0.74 – 0.74 – 0.55 0.10 0.65 – – 0.19
Furniture and Fixtures :
Owned 12.67 2.07 0.28 14.46 3.42 3.05 0.04 6.43 8.03 9.25
Leased out 7.95 – 3.21 4.74 2.08 1.51 0.59 3.00 1.74 5.87
Office Equipments :
Owned 10.64 1.88 0.26 12.26 4.46 2.94 0.13 7.27 4.99 6.18
Leased out 0.45 – 0.44 0.01 0.31 0.05 0.36 – 0.01 0.14
Vehicles :
Owned 2.80 0.90 – 3.70 0.45 0.78 – 1.23 2.47 2.35
Leased out 21.65 – 10.59 11.06 4.38 3.14 3.62 3.90 7.16 17.27
135.02 20.99 30.77 125.24 37.97 30.95 11.37 57.55 67.69 97.05
Add: C
apital work-in-progress – 0.14
67.69 97.19
Intangible assets : R in crore

As at As at As at As at
01, 2018 01, 2018 year
2019 2019 2019 2018
Specialised softwares 67.74 48.60 0.05 116.29 48.09 15.16 – 63.25 53.04 19.65
67.74 48.60 0.05 116.29 48.09 15.16 – 63.25 53.04 19.65
Add: Intangible assets under development 38.65 19.20
91.69 38.85

R in crore
01, 2017 01, 2017 year
2018 2018 2018 2017
About Us
Land :
Freehold 0.03 – – 0.03 – – – – 0.03 0.03
Buildings : – –
Owned : 26.11 – 25.73 0.38 – 0.50 0.49 0.01 0.37 26.11
Leasehold 1.09 0.44 0.21 1.32 0.15 0.38 0.04 0.48 0.85 0.94
Improvements
Leasehold renovation :
Owned 12.01 0.62 0.10 12.53 – 4.37 0.04 4.33 8.20 12.01
Leased out – – – – – – – – – –
Electrical & Installation :
MD&A
Owned 13.59 2.59 – 16.18 3.00 2.44 – 5.44 10.74 10.59
Leased out – – – – – – – – – –
Plant and equipment :
Owned 0.39 0.05 – 0.44 0.01 0.03 – 0.04 0.40 0.38
Leased out 32.56 – 6.75 25.81 – 5.96 0.90 5.06 20.75 32.56
Computers :
Owned 14.27 10.08 2.92 21.43 0.55 8.05 1.65 6.95 14.48 13.72
Leased out 1.49 – 0.75 0.74 – 0.55 – 0.55 0.19 1.49
Board’s Report
Furniture and Fixtures :
Owned 11.88 1.20 0.41 12.67 0.67 2.87 0.12 3.42 9.25 11.21
Leased out 7.95 – – 7.95 – 2.08 – 2.08 5.87 7.95
Office Equipments :
Owned 10.23 0.54 0.13 10.64 1.69 2.83 0.06 4.46 6.18 8.54
Leased out 0.45 – – 0.45 – 0.31 – 0.31 0.14 0.45
Vehicles :
Owned 0.00 2.80 0.00 2.80 – 0.45 – 0.45 2.35 –
Leased out 58.91 4.25 41.51 21.65 – 8.20 3.82 4.38 17.27 58.91
190.96 22.57 78.51 135.02 6.07 39.02 7.12 37.97 97.05 184.89
Add: C
apital work-in-progress 0.14 0.27
97.19 185.16
Intangible assets : R in crore

As at As at As at As at
01, 2017 01, 2017 year
2018 2018 2018 2017
Specialised softwares 49.21 18.53 – 67.74 38.72 9.37 – 48.09 19.65 10.49
49.21 18.53 – 67.74 38.72 9.37 – 48.09 19.65 10.49
Add: Intangible assets under development 19.20 1.27
Financials
38.85 11.76

11 Other non-financial assets R in crore
As at As at As at
Particulars
Prepaid expenses 80.92 185.27 82.71
Property, plant and equipment held for sale 1.17 1.17 20.04
Gratuity asset (Refer note 37) 0.51 0.71 0.25
Capital advances 11.78 9.69 3.77
Amount paid under protest 46.51 46.58 9.07
Statutory dues recoverable 16.87 2.05 1.39
Assets acquired in settlement of claims 189.22 194.12 174.43
Others 31.97 25.77 38.61
Total 378.95 465.36 330.27
12 Payables R in crore
As at As at As at
Particulars
Trade payables
Micro and small enterprises – – –
Due to others 35.58 128.88 73.63
Due to related parties (Refer note 39) 84.47 39.55 16.88
Sub total 120.05 168.43 90.51
Other payables
Micro and small enterprises – – –
Due to others 16.12 16.62 11.37
Sub total 16.12 16.62 11.37
Total 136.17 185.05 101.88
13 Debt securities R in crore
As at As at As at
Particulars
(A)
At Amortised Cost
- Commercial paper (net) 14,358.97 10,227.80 11,154.53
- Non convertible debentures 36,909.34 30,768.33 23,823.39
Total 51,268.31 40,996.13 34,977.92
(B)
(a) Debt securities in India
(i) At Amortised cost 51,268.31 40,996.13 34,977.92
(ii) At Fair Value through Profit or Loss – – –
Subtotal (i)+(ii) 51,268.31 40,996.13 34,977.92
(b) Debt securities outside India
(i) At Amortised Cost – – –
(ii) At Fair Value through Profit or Loss – – –
Subtotal (i)+(ii) – – –
Total (a)+(b) 51,268.31 40,996.13 34,977.92

14 Borrowings (other than Debt Securities)
R in crore
As at As at As at
Particulars
About Us
(A)
At amortised Cost
(a) Term Loans
(i) From banks 15,591.29 12,558.23 9,454.09
(ii) From banks-FCNR 107.32 101.16 129.70
(iii) From financial institutions 2,227.13 1,475.78 –
(b) Loan from related parties (Refer note 39) 3.25 6.59 7.60
MD&A
(c) Loan repayable on demand
(i) From banks 15,456.28 15,248.00 13,491.90
(d) External commercial borrowings – – 32.68
(e) Loan from parties other than bank – 463.74 429.05
(f) Corporate bond repo 780.18 – –
(g) Collateralized borrowing and lending 1,619.70 – –
obligation
Board’s Report
Total 35,785.15 29,853.50 23,545.02
(B)
(a) Borrowings in India
(ii) At fair value through profit or loss – – –
Subtotal (i)+(ii) 35,785.15 29,853.50 23,545.02
(b) Borrowings outside India
(i) At amortised cost – – –
Subtotal (i)+(ii) – – –
Total (a)+(b) 35,785.15 29,853.50 23,545.02
Financials

15 Subordinated Liabilities R in crore
As at As at As at
Particulars
(A)
At amortised cost
Perpetual debt instruments to the extent that do 621.48 620.85 607.54
not qualify as equity
Preference shares other than those that qualify 1,329.52 1,323.54 1,494.34
as equity
Subordinate debt 863.62 863.60 934.60
Tier ii debentures 1,638.90 1,590.66 1,525.78
Total 4,453.52 4,398.65 4,562.26
(B)
(a) Subordinated liabilities in India
(iii) Designated at fair value through profit – – –
or loss
Sub-total 4,453.52 4,398.65 4,562.26
(b) Subordinated liabilities outside India
(i) At amortised cost – – –
(iii) Designated at fair value through profit – – –
or loss
Sub-total – – –
Total 4,453.52 4,398.65 4,562.26
16 Other financial liabilities R in crore
As at As at As at
Particulars
Liabilities for expenses 198.60 123.03 187.19
Bank book credit balance 192.07 162.19 267.48
Short term obligation 19.58 10.38 16.98
Employee benefits payable 26.00 22.99 15.12
Unclaimed infrastructure bonds application 14.42 13.61 10.87
money
Unclaimed interest on infrastructure bonds/ 0.90 0.63 0.72
debentures
Payable on re-recognition of financial assets - 109.05 -
Other payables 101.09 58.69 57.25
Total 569.22 520.17 581.63

17 Provisions R in crore
As at As at As at
Particulars
(a) Provision for employee benefits
About Us
Compensated absences 28.62 20.24 19.07
Super annuation fund 0.82 0.82 0.71
Gratuity (Refer note 37) 12.34 6.24 6.87
(b) Others
Other provisions 0.26 0.27 0.24
Total 42.04 27.57 26.89
18 Other non-financial liabilities R in crore
MD&A
As at As at As at
Particulars
Revenue received in advance 1.15 2.42 21.94
Statutory dues payable 27.81 72.14 45.30
Dividend distribution tax payable 61.80 56.13 38.55
Other liabilities 0.37 0.31 0.39
Total 91.13 131.00 106.18
Board’s Report
Financials

19 Equity share capital
(I) Share capital authorised, issued, subscribed and paid up
Particulars
Authorised:
Equity Shares of R 10 each 5,00,00,00,000 5,000.00 5,00,00,00,000 5,000.00 5,00,00,00,000 5,000.00
Preference shares of 500,000,000 5,000.00 500,000,000 5,000.00 500,000,000 5,000.00
r 100 each
Issued, Subscribed & Paid
up:
Equity shares of R 10 each 1,99,88,12,360 1,998.81 1,99,56,76,960 1,995.68 1,75,57,21,861 1,755.72
fully paid
(II) Terms/rights attached to equity shares
The Company has only one class of equity shares having a par value of R 10 per share. Members of the
Company holding equity shares capital therein have a right to vote, on every resolution placed before the
Company and right to receive dividend. The voting rights on a poll is in proportion to the share of the paid up
equity capital of the Company held by the shareholders. The Company declares dividends in Indian rupees.
The final dividend proposed by the Board of Directors is subject to the approval of the Shareholders in the
forthcoming Annual General Meeting.
In the event of liquidation of the Company, the holders of equity shares will be entitled to receive remaining
assets of the Company, after distribution of all preferential amounts. The distribution will be in proportion to
the number of equity shares held by the shareholders.
(III) Reconciliation of the shares outstanding at the beginning and at the end of the year
Particulars
At the beginning of the 1,99,56,76,960 1,995.68 1,75,57,21,861 1,755.72 1,75,33,98,551 1,753.40
year
Issued during the year
- On a preferential basis – – 17,16,31,889 171.64 – –
- On a qualified – – 6,30,51,702 63.05 – –
institutional placement
- Against employee stock 31,35,400 3.13 52,71,508 5.27 23,23,310 2.32
option
Outstanding at the end 1,99,88,12,360 1,998.81 1,99,56,76,960 1,995.68 1,75,57,21,861 1,755.72
of the year
(IV) Equity shares in the Company held by the holding company
Particulars
Larsen & Toubro Limited 1,27,75,20,203 1,277.52 1,27,75,20,203 1,277.52 1,16,97,09,304 1,169.71
and it’s nominee
1,27,75,20,203 1,277.52 1,27,75,20,203 1,277.52 1,16,97,09,304 1,169.71

(V) Details of shareholders holding more than 5% shares in the company
Equity Shares
Larsen & Toubro Limited and 1,27,75,20,203 63.91% 1,27,75,20,203 64.01% 1,16,97,09,304 66.62%
it’s nominee
About Us
Citigroup Global Markets – – – – 10,04,21,992 5.72%
(VI) Details of shares reserved to be issued under ESOP
Particulars
Equity Shares of R 10 each 4,65,86,600 46.59 3,42,94,925 34.29 2,66,11,795 26.61
4,65,86,600 46.59 3,42,94,925 34.29 2,66,11,795 26.61
(VII) Capital Management
MD&A
1 The objective of the Group’s Capital Management is to maximise shareholder value, safeguard business
continuity and support the growth of its Group. The Group determines the capital requirement based on
annual operating plans and long-term and other strategic investment plans. The funding requirements are
met through loans and operating cash flows generated.
2 During the year ended March 31, 2019, the Company paid the final dividend of R 1 per equity share for
the year ended March 31, 2018 amounting to R 199.70 crore.
3 On April 28, 2019, the Board of Directors has recommended the final dividend of R 1 per equity share for
Board’s Report
the year ended March 31, 2019 subject to approval from shareholders. On approval, the total dividend
payment based on number of shares outstanding as at March 31, 2019 is expected to be R 199.88 crore.
(VIII) Employee stock option scheme
1 The Company has formulated Employee Stock Option Schemes 2010 (ESOP Scheme-2010) and 2013
(ESOP Scheme 2013), The grant of options to the employees under the stock option scheme is on the
basis of their performance and other eligibility criteria. The options allotted under scheme 2010 are vested
over a period of 4 years in ratio of 15%, 20%, 30% and 35% respectively from the date of grant, subject
to the discretion of the management and fulfillment of certain conditions. The options granted under
scheme 2013 are vested in a graded manner over a period of four years with 0%, 33%, 33% and 34%
of grants vesting each year, commencing from the end of 24 month from the date of grant.
2 Options allotted under scheme 2010 can be exercised anytime within a period of 7 years from the date
of grant and would be settled by way of equity. The option granted under scheme 2013 can be exercised
anytime within a period of 8 years from the date of grant. Management has discretion to modify the
exercise period.
3 The option granted under scheme 2010 is at exercise price of R 44.20. The option granted under scheme
2013 was at market price which was the last closing price on National stock exchange preceding the
dates of grant respectively.
4 During the year ended March 31, 2019, 385,800 and 27,49,600 options were allotted under scheme
2010 and 2013 respectively.
Financials

5 The details of the grants are summarised below:

Particulars
2018-19 2017-18 2018-19 2017-18
Options granted and outstanding at the 42,04,925 28,18,795 3,00,90,000 2,37,93,000
Options granted during the year 15,10,000 33,30,000 1,64,90,000 1,37,20,000
Options cancelled/ lapsed during the year 3,77,125 2,52,862 21,95,800 38,42,500
Options exercised during the year 3,85,800 16,91,008 27,49,600 35,80,500
Options granted and outstanding at the
end of the year of which:
- Options vested 5,04,000 1,71,425 44,32,000 14,30,000
- Options yet to vest 44,48,000 40,33,500 3,72,02,600 2,86,60,000
Weighted average remaining contractual 5.63 6.01 5.92 6.15
life of options (in years)
7 During the year, the Group has debited to the Statement of Profit and Loss R 68.16 crore (Previous year
R 41.01 crore) towards the stock options granted to their employees, pursuant to the employee stock
option schemes.
8 Weighted average fair values of options granted during the year is R 58.54 (Previous year: R 63.25) per
options.
9 The Fair value has been calculated using the Black-Scholes Option Pricing Model and the significant
assumptions and inputs to estimate the fair value of options granted during the year are as follows:
Weighted average risk-free interest rate 7.42% 6.58%
Weighted average expected life of options 3.24 years 3.27 years
Weighted average expected volatility 32.78% 32.57%
Weighted average expected dividends R 3.65 per option R 3.31 per option
Weighted average share price R 168.93 per R 145.59 per
option option
Weighted average exercise price R 161.05 per R 116.58 per
option option
Method used to determine expected volatility Expected volatility is based on the
historical volatility of the Company
shares price applicable to the expected
life of each option.

20 Other Equity R in crore
Particulars As at March 31, 2019 As at March 31, 2018 As at April 01, 2017
Securities premium account1 5,066.24 5,039.40 1,787.08
General reserve 2
117.51 88.18 38.03
About Us
Debenture redemption reserve3 455.59 422.45 424.30
Capital reserve on 492.36 492.36 492.36
consolidation
Reserve u/s 36 (1)(viii) of 701.50 587.15 501.53
Income tax Act 19614
Reserve u/s 45-IC of Reserve 1,696.67 1,401.35 1,224.69
Bank of India Act, 19345
Reserve u/s 29C of National 27.43 15.56 14.90
Housing Bank Act 19876
Employee stock option 121.94 63.63 32.06
MD&A
outstanding account7
Retained earnings 2,771.41 1,300.94 580.68
Money received against share – – 118.07
warrants
Other comprehensive income
-Foreign currency (0.23) – –
translation reserve
Board’s Report
-Fair value changes of (0.63) 0.05 4.07
financial instrument
measured at fair
value through other
comprehensive income
-Effective portion of cash – – 0.03
flow hedge
Total 11,449.79 9,411.06 5,217.80
1. Securities premium account: The amount received in excess of face value of the equity shares is
recognised in Securities Premium Account. In case of equity-settled share based payment transactions,
the difference between fair value on grant date and nominal value of share is accounted as securities
premium account. The account is utilised in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2013.
2. General reserve: The Companies (Transfer of Profits to Reserves) Rules, 1975 read with Section 205(2A)
of the Companies Act, 1956, prohibited declaration of dividend for any financial year out of profits of
the company for that year except after the transfer of a specified percentage of the profits not exceeding
10%, to its reserves. Amounts were transferred to General Reserve to comply with these provisions. The
Companies Act, 2013, does not mandate such a transfer.
3. Debenture redemption reserve: As the Subsidiaries has issued redeemable non-convertible debentures,
Financials
it has created Debenture Redemption Reserve out of its profits available for payment of dividend in
accordance with the provisions of section 71(4) of the Companies Act, 2013 to be utilised for the
redemption of debentures.
4. Reserve u/s 36(1)(viii) of Income Tax Act, 1961: In respect of any special reserve created and maintained
by a specified entity, an amount not exceeding twenty percent of the profits derived from eligible business
computed under the head “Profits and gains of business or profession” (before making any deduction
under this clause) carried to such reserve account.

5. Reserve u/s 45 IC of Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934: The Parent and Subsidiaries created a reserve
pursuant to section 45 IC the Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934 by transferring amount not less than
twenty per cent of its net profit every year as disclosed in the Statement of Profit and Loss and before any
dividend is declared.
6. Reserve u/s 29C of National Housing Bank Act, 1987: The Subsidiary created a reserve pursuant to
the National Housing Bank, 1987 wherein a sum not less than twenty per cent of its net profit every year
as disclosed in the profit and loss account and before any dividend is declared.
7. Employee stock option outstanding account: The reserve is used to recognise the fair value of the
options issued to employees of the Company and subsidiary companies under Company’s employee stock
option scheme.
21 Interest income R in crore
Particulars
March 31, 2019 March 31, 2018
On financial assets measured at:
(i) Amortised cost
Interest on loans 8,891.89 7,280.99
Interest on deposits with bank 40.23 9.35
Interest income from investment 101.96 16.01
Other interest income 5.26 4.44
(ii) Fair value through profit or loss
Interest on loans 2,389.39 1,328.87
Interest income from investment 16.61 5.47
(iii) Fair value through other comprehensive income
Income from other investments 192.56 224.09
Total 11,637.90 8,869.22
22 Dividend income R in crore
Particulars
March 31, 2019 March 31, 2018
Dividend income on investments 0.21 0.78
Total 0.21 0.78
23 Rental Income R in crore
Particulars
March 31, 2019 March 31, 2018
Lease rentals income 16.15 35.95
Other rental income 2.69 1.28
Total 18.84 37.23

24 Fees and commission Income R in crore
Particulars
March 31, 2019 March 31, 2018
Management fee 618.59 615.51
About Us
Consultancy and financial advisory fee 457.58 440.27
Other financial activities 200.94 164.14
Total 1,277.11 1,219.92
25 Net gain/(loss) on fair value changes R in crore

Particulars
March 31, 2019 March 31, 2018
(A) Net gain/(loss) on financial instruments classified at fair
MD&A
value through profit or loss
(i) On trading portfolio
- Investments 69.32 80.77
- Loans (14.30) 2.93
(ii) On non-trading portfolio
- Investments 0.64 1.88
Total 55.66 85.58
Board’s Report
(B) Fair value changes:
- Realised 71.48 83.01
- Unrealised (15.82) 2.57
Total 55.66 85.58
26 Other income R in crore
Particulars
March 31, 2019 March 31, 2018
Income from cross sale 307.91 33.31
Interest on income tax refund – 1.82
Net gain on derecognition of property, plant and equipment 0.16 0.92
Other income 3.73 17.48
Total 311.80 53.53
27 Finance costs R in crore
Particulars
March 31, 2019 March 31, 2018
Financials
Interest on borrowings 2,342.35 1,525.38

Interest on debt securities 4,074.14 3,495.72
Interest on subordinated liabilities 398.05 370.28
Other interest expenses 45.49 57.86
Total 6,860.03 5,449.24

28 Fees and commission expense R in crore
Particulars
March 31, 2019 March 31, 2018
Mutual fund scheme and distribution expenses 325.71 393.89
Advisory fees – 1.23
Total 325.71 395.12
29 Net loss/(gain) on fair value changes R in crore
Particulars
March 31, 2019 March 31, 2018
(A) Net loss on financial instruments classified at fair value
through profit or loss
(i) On trading portfolio
Fair value changes on investments 387.14 157.37
Fair value changes on loans 63.32 30.73
Gain on sale of investment (46.17) (130.08)
Gain on sale of loan assets (7.39) (4.57)
(B) Net gain on disposal of financial instruments classified at
fair value through other comprehensive income
Total 383.16 36.60
(C) Fair value changes:
- Realised (67.30) (151.17)
- Unrealised 450.46 187.77
Total 383.16 36.60
30 Net loss/(gain) on derecognition of financial instruments under amortised cost category
R in crore

Particulars
March 31, 2019 March 31, 2018
Loss on foreclosure and write off of loan (net off of recoveries for 1,845.46 906.53
write off of previous years)
Less: Provision held reversed on derecognition of financial instruments (1,461.08) (337.00)
Subtotal 384.38 569.53
Gain on sell down of loan assets (0.07) (0.46)
Total 384.01 529.76

31 Impairment on financial instruments R in crore
Particulars
March 31, 2019 March 31, 2018
On financial instruments measured at Amortised cost:
About Us
Loans 700.88 1,418.16
Total 700.88 1,418.16
32 Employee benefits expenses R in crore

Particulars
March 31, 2019 March 31, 2018
Salaries 679.77 316.77
Contribution provident, esic and pension fund (Refer note 37) 26.95 23.78
MD&A
Contribution to gratuity fund (Refer note 37) 6.52 5.05
Share based payments to employees (Refer note 19) 68.16 41.01
Staff welfare expenses 43.33 22.09
Total 824.73 408.70
33 Depreciation, amortisation and impairment R in crore
Particulars
March 31, 2019 March 31, 2018
Board’s Report
Depreciation 34.46 42.55
Amortisation 15.16 9.38
Total 49.62 51.93
34 Other expenses R in crore
Particulars
March 31, 2019 March 31, 2018
Rent 45.61 43.82
Rates and taxes 6.48 4.06
Repairs and maintenance 66.88 58.21
Communication expenses 12.90 14.72
Director’s sitting fees 1.39 1.59
Non executive directors remuneration 2.98 3.28
Auditor’s fees and expenses
Statutory audit fees 1.23 1.22
Limited review fees 0.66 0.64
Tax audit fees 0.17 0.17
Certification fees 0.56 0.78
Financials
Others 0.26 0.30

Legal and professional charges 149.53 105.96
Insurance 5.37 1.51
Travelling and conveyance 36.31 27.44
Advertisement and publicity 42.42 35.54
Printing and stationery 13.05 8.39
Stamping charges 2.57 2.39

Particulars
March 31, 2019 March 31, 2018
Electricity charges 8.61 7.76
Bank charges 22.25 8.51
Filling fees 1.01 0.57
Brand license fee 82.55 39.17
Membership and subscription fees 3.16 3.54
Collection charges 156.98 111.15
Loan processing charges 16.10 18.49
Listing and custodian charges 0.95 0.87
Training and recruitment expenses 8.26 8.17
Loss on sale of property, plant and equipment 7.62 3.01
Donations 0.93 0.39
Corporate social responsibility expenses 13.38 10.55
Miscellaneous expenses 11.23 8.79
Total 721.40 530.99
35 Tax expense R in crore
Particulars
March 31, 2019 March 31, 2018
Deferred tax charge/(reversal) 70.46 (362.22)
Provision for tax related to earlier years – 11.98
Total 819.95 168.24

36 The list of subsidiaries and associates included in the Consolidated financial statement are as under:
Name of Proportion Proportion Proportion Proportion Proportion Proportion
Country of
S No. subsidiaries/ of of voting of of voting of of voting
Incorporation
associates ownership power held ownership power held ownership power held
About Us
interest (%) (%) interest (%) (%) interest (%) (%)
Subsidiaries
1 L&T Finance Limited India 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
2 L&T Infrastructure India 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
Finance Company
Limited
3 L&T Housing India 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
Finance Limited
4 L&T Infra Debt Fund India 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
Limited
MD&A
5 L&T Investment India 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
Management
Limited
6 L&T Capital India 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
Markets Limited *
7 L&T Financial India 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
Consultants Limited
8 L&T Infra India 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
Board’s Report
Investment Partners
Advisory Private
Limited
9 L&T Infra India 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
Investment Partners
Trustee Private
Limited
10 L&T Mutual Fund India 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
Trustee Limited
11 Mudit Cements India 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
Private Limited
12 L&T Access India – – – – 100% 100%
Distribution Services
Limited *
13 L&T Infra India 54.93% 54.93% 54.93% 54.93% 54.86% 54.86%
Investment Partners
14 L&T Capital UAE 100% 100% – – – –
Markets (Middle
East) Limited $
Associate
1 Feedback infra India – – – – 23.16% 23.16%
private limited #
Financials

* Pursuant to order of National Company Law Tribunal, Mumbai Bench (“NCLT”) dated October 18, 2017, the scheme of amalgamation for merger of
L&T Access Distribution Services Limited (a wholly owned subsidiary of L&T Finance Holdings Limited) with L&T Capital Markets Limited is effected from
November 10, 2017 with appointed date being April 01, 2017.
# With effect from March 14, 2018, Feedback Infra Private Limited ceased to be an associate of the Group.
$ During the current year L&T Capital Markets (Middle East) Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of L&T Finance Holdings Ltd was incorporated
w.e.f. July 01,2018

37 Disclosure pursuant to Ind AS 19 “Employee benefits”
(i) Defined Contribution plans
The Group recognised charges of R 26.95 crore (previous year R 23.78 crore) for provident fund contribution,
Employee State Insurance Scheme and Superannuation fund in the Consolidated Statement of Profit and Loss.
(ii) Defined benefits gratuity Plan
(a) The amounts recognised in Balance Sheet: R in crore
Gratuity Plan
A) Present value of defined benefit
obligation
- Wholly funded 22.07 16.62 15.82
- Wholly unfunded 4.60 2.95 1.58
26.67 19.57 17.40
Less : Fair value of plan assets (14.85 ) (14.35) (10.78)
Add : Amount not recognised as an 0.01 0.30 -
asset (limit in para 64(b) of IndAS 19)
Amount to be recognised as liability or 11.83 5.52 6.62
(asset)
B) Amounts reflected in Balance Sheet
Liabilities 12.34 6.24 6.87
Assets (0.51) (0.71) (0.25)
Net liability/(asset) 11.83 5.53 6.62
(b) The amounts recognised in the Statement of Profit and Loss: R in crore
Gratuity Plan
March 31, 2019 March 31, 2018
1 Current service cost 6.52 5.05
2 Interest cost (Net of interest income on plan asset) 0.26 0.30
3 Actuarial losses/(gains) - others 2.09 0.94
4 Actuarial losses/(gains) - difference between actuarial (0.03) –
return on plan assets and interest income
Total 8.84 6.29
i Amount included in “employee benefits expenses” 6.52 5.05
ii Amount included in as part of “finance cost’ 0.26 0.30
iii Amount included as part of “Other Comprehensive 2.06 0.94
income”
Total 8.84 6.29

(c) The changes in the present value of defined benefit obligation representing reconciliation of
opening and closing balance:
R in crore
Gratuity Plan
About Us
Opening balance of the present value of 19.57 17.40 18.65
defined benefit obligation
Add : Current Service Cost 6.52 5.05 5.14
Add : Interest Cost 1.37 1.21 1.68
Add : Actuarial losses/(gains)
i) Actuarial (gains)/losses arising from 0.58 2.66 1.43
changes in financial assumptions
MD&A
ii) Actuarial (gains)/losses arising from – (0.80) –
changes in demographic assumptions
ii) Actuarial (gains)/losses arising from 1.82 (1.22) (1.83)
changes in experience adjustments
Less : Benefits paid (3.18) (4.73) (16.23)
Add : Liability assumed/(settled) (0.01) 0.00 8.56
Closing balance of the present value of 26.67 19.57 17.40
Board’s Report
(d) Changes in the fair value of plan assets representing reconciliation of the opening and closing
balances:
R in crore
Gratuity Plan
Opening balance of the fair value of the 14.35 10.78 12.86
plan assets
Add : interest income of plan assets 1.13 0.91 1.08
Add : Actuarial gains 0.03 – 0.24
Add : Contribution by the employer 2.52 7.39 7.24
Less : Benefits paid (3.18) (4.73) (16.23)
Add: Assets acquired/(settled) – – 5.59
Closing balance of plan assets 14.85 14.35 10.78
(e) Movement in asset ceiling: R in crore
Gratuity Plan
Particulars As at As at As at Financials
Opening value of asset ceiling 0.30 – –
Interest on opening balance of asset ceiling 0.02 – –
Remeasurement due to changes in surplus/ (0.31) 0.30 –
deficit
Closing value of asset ceiling 0.01 0.30 –

(f) The fair value of major categories of plan assets:
R in crore
Gratuity Plan
March 31, 2019 March 31, 2018 March 31, 2018
1 Government of India Securities 1.84 1.83 1.90
2 Insurer Managed Funds (Unquoted) 9.76 7.02 5.25
3 Others (quoted) 2.55 2.38 2.36
4 Others (unquoted) 0.70 3.12 1.27
14.85 14.35 10.78
(g) Principal actuarial assumptions at the valuation date:
Gratuity Plan
March 31, 2019 March 31, 2018 March 31, 2018
(i) Discount rate (per annum) 6.80% - 7.80% 7.20% - 7.85% 6.90% - 7.85%
(ii) Salary escalation rate (per annum) 9.00% 9.00% 6.00% - 8.00%
(iii) Discount rate:
Discount rate based on the prevailing market yields of Indian government securities as at the balance
sheet date for the estimated term of the obligations.
(iv) Salary escalation rate:
The estimates of future salary increase considered takes into account the inflation, seniority, promotion
and other relevant factors.
(v) Attrition Rate:
The attrition rate varies from 0% to 25% (previous year: 0% to 25%) for various age groups.
(vi) Mortality:
Published rates under the Indian Assured Lives Mortality (2012-14) Ult table.
(h) Sensitivity Analysis:
One percentage point change in actuarial assumption would have the following effects on the defined
benefit obligation:
R in crore
Gratuity Plan
Particulars Effect of 1% increase Effect of 1% decrease
2018-19 2017-18 2018-19 2017-18
1 Impact of change in discount rate (1.62) (1.24) 1.80 1.38
2 Impact of change in salary 1.75 1.35 (1.61) (1.24)
escalation rate

(iii) Defined benefits provident fund plan:
In respect of the contribution by the employer and employee to the provident fund trust constituted by the
ultimate parent company, in terms of the guidance note issued by the Institution of Actuarial of India for
the measurement of provident fund liabilities, the actuary engaged by the Group has provided the following
information in this regards:
About Us
a. The amounts recognised in Balance Sheet: R in crore
Provident Fund Plan
31 March 2019 31 March 2018 1 April 2017
A) Present value of defined benefit
obligations
- Wholly funded 15.72 24.07 –
- Wholly unfunded – – –
MD&A
15.72 24.07 –
Assets accquired on acquistion – – 51.52
Less: Fair value of plan assets (15.82) (24.27) (51.83)
Amount to be recognised as liability or (0.10) (0.20) (0.31)
(assets)
B) Amount reflected in Balance sheet
Board’s Report
Liabilities – – –
Assets (0.10) (0.20) (0.31)
Net liability/(assets) (0.10) (0.20) (0.31)
b. The amounts recognised in the Statement of Profit and Loss:

R in crore
Provident Fund Plan
March 31, 2019 April 01, 2017
Current service cost – –
Interest cost 1.67 2.75
Expected return on plan assets (1.67) (2.75)
Actuarial losses/(gain) 0.10 (2.56)
Actuarial losses/(gain) not recognised in books (limit in para (0.10) 2.56
64(b) of IndAS 19)
Total – – Financials
Amount included in “Employee benefits expenses” – –
Amount included in as part of “Finance cost’ – –
Amount included as part of “Other Comprehensive income” – –
Total – –

c. The changes in the present value of defined benefit obligation representing reconciliation of
opening and closing balances:
R in crore
Provident Fund Plan
March 31, 2019 April 01, 2017 April 01, 2017
Opening balance of the present value of 24.07 51.53 –
Add: Assets accquired on acquistion – – 53.11
Add: Current service cost – ** 3.95
Add: Interest cost 1.67 2.75 4.26
Less: Benefits paid (10.53) (32.08) (14.44)
Add: Contribution by the employer – 1.95 7.81
Add: Liability assumed/(settled) 0.51 (0.08) (3.16)
Closing balance of the present value of 15.72 24.07 51.53
**Amount less than R 1 lakh
d. Changes in the fair value of plan assets representing reconciliation of the opening and closing
balances:
R in crore
Provident Fund Plan

Opening fair value of the plan assets 24.27 51.83 -
Add: Assets accquired on acquistion - - 53.25
Add: interest income of plan assets 1.67 2.75 4.26
Add/(less): Actuarial gains/(losses) (0.10) 2.56 (0.63)
Add: Contribution by the employer - ** 4.31
Add/(less): Contribtuion by plan participants - ** 8.24
Less: Benefits paid (10.53) (32.08) (14.44)
Add: Assets acquired/(settled) 0.51 (0.79) (3.16)
Closing fair value of the plan assets 15.82 24.27 51.83
**Amount less than R 1 lakh
e. The fair value of major categories of plan assets: R in crore
Provident Fund Plan
Government of india securities 7.53 10.44 21.25
Corporate bonds 3.51 4.13 7.77
Special deposit scheme 0.82 1.46 4.15
Public sector unit bond 3.48 7.04 17.10
Others (unquoted) 0.48 1.20 1.56
Total 15.82 24.27 51.83

f. Principal actuarial assumptions at the valuation date:
Provident Fund Plan
Discount rate for the term of the Obligation 6.90% 7.25% 7.20%
About Us
Average Historic Yield on the Investment 8.78% 8.82% 8.80%
Portfolio
Discount Rate for the remaining term to 7.65% 7.80% 7.12%
maturity of the Investment Portfolio
Future Derived Return on Assets 8.03% 8.27% 8.88%
Guaranteed Rate of Return 8.65% 8.55% 8.65%
(i) Discount rate:
The discount rate is based on the prevailing market yields of Indian government securities as at the
MD&A
valuation date for the estimated term of the obligations.
(ii) Average Historic Yield on the Investment Portfolio:
The average rate of return earned on the investment portfolio of provident fund in the previous three
years.
(iii) Expected Investment Return:
Expected investment return is determined by adding the yield spread to the discount rate for a term
of the obligation, where yield spread is the difference between the average historic yield on the
Board’s Report
investment portfolio & discount rate for the remaining term to maturity of the investment portfolio
(iv) Guaranteed Rate of Return:
The latest interest rate declared by the Regional Provident Fund Commissioner to its own subscribers.
(g) Characteristics of defined benefit plans
(i) Gratuity Plan
The Group operates gratuity plan through a trust wherein every employee is entitled to the benefit
equivalent to fifteen days salary last drawn for each completed year of service. The same is payable
on termination of service, or retirement, whichever is earlier. The benefit vests after five years of
continuous service. The Company’s scheme is more favorable compared to the obligation under the
Payment of Gratuity Act, 1972.
(ii) Provident Fund Plan
One of the subsidiary’s provident fund scheme are defined contribution plan for its employees and
for a certain categories of employees made to a trust viz. The Larsen & Toubro Officers & Supervisory
Staff Provident Fund constituted by the ultimate parent company, which is permitted under The
employee’s Provident Funds and Miscellaneous Provisions Act, 1952. The Contribution by the
employer and employee together with interest accumulated there on are payable to the employee at
the time of separation from company or retirement whichever is earlier. The benefit vets immediately
on rendering of services by the employee.
Financials

38 Disclosure pursuant to Ind AS 108 “Operating Segment”
The Board of Directors and the Managing Director of the Company together constitute the Chief Operating
Decision Makers (“CODM”) which allocate resources to and assess the performance of the segments of the
Company.
The Group has identified business segments as its primary segment and geographic segments as its secondary
segment. Business segments are primarily Rural, Housing, Wholesale, Defocused and Other businesses.
Revenue and expenses directly attributable to segments are reported under each reportable segment. Expenses
which are not directly attributable to each reportable segment have been allocated on the basis of associated
revenue of the segment and manpower efforts. All other expenses which are not attributable or allocable
to segments have been disclosed as others. Assets and liabilities that are directly attributable or allocable to
segments are disclosed under each reportable segment, Tax assets and liabilites are disclosed as Unallocated
and all other assets and liabilities are disclosed as others. The composition of the reportable segments is as
follows:
(i) Rural Business comprises of Farm Equipment Finance, Two Wheeler Finance and Micro Loans.
(ii) Housing Business comprises of Home Loans, Loan against Property and Real Estate Finance.
(iii) Wholesale Business comprises of Infrastructure Finance and Structured Corporate Loans.
(iv) Defocused Business comprises of Commercial Vehicle Finance, Construction Equipment Finance, SME
term loans and Leases.
(v) Others comprises of Asset Management, Wealth Management etc.
(vi) Unallocated represents tax assets and tax liabilities
(a) Information about reportable segment
R in crore
Year ended
Sr.
No.
March 31, 2019 March 31, 2018
I Gross segment revenue from continuing operations
(a) Rural business 4,064.18 2,304.87
(b) Housing business 3,018.71 2,129.75
(c) Wholesale business 5,063.93 4,808.38
(d) Defocused business 116.02 222.22
(e) Others 1,303.01 1,329.43
Segment revenue from continuing operations 13,565.85 10,794.65
(f) Less: Inter segment revenue (576.13) (581.92)
Revenue as per the Statement of Profit & Loss 12,989.72 10,212.73
II Segment results
(a) Rural business 1,151.50 744.76
(b) Housing business 1,084.10 720.97
(c) Wholesale business 912.20 291.52
(d) Defocused business (243.45) (394.42)
(e) Others 147.63 82.93
Profit before tax 3,051.98 1,445.76

R in crore
Sr. As at As at As at
Particulars
III Segment assets
About Us
(a) Rural business 25,517.39 16,527.68 10,087.30
(b) Housing business 27,575.72 19,785.70 13,013.40
(c) Wholesale business 48,173.25 46,180.28 41,766.08
(d) Defocused business 628.20 1,187.35 2,533.30
(e) Others 11,650.33 10,784.20 7,948.14
Sub Total 1,13,544.89 94,465.21 75,348.22
(f) Less: Inter segment assets (9,909.91) (9,128.00) (6,135.68)
Segment assets 1,03,634.98 85,337.21 69,212.54
(g) Unallocated 2,420.12 2,439.77 1,933.14
Total assets 1,06,055.10 87,776.98 71,145.68
MD&A
IV Segment liabilities*
(a) Rural business 22,181.29 14,342.06 8,959.81
(b) Housing business 24,321.31 17,583.87 11,784.98
(c) Wholesale business 43,447.79 42,444.11 38,927.76
(d) Defocused business 548.24 1,030.33 2,250.15
(e) Others 2,800.57 2,131.82 2,786.48
Sub Total 93,299.20 77,532.19 64,709.18
Board’s Report
(f) Less: Inter segment liabilities (731.40) (1,196.54) (548.83)
Segment liabilities 92,567.80 76,335.65 64,160.35
(g) Unallocated 38.70 34.59 11.81
Total liabilities 92,606.50 76,370.24 64,172.16
* Includes non-controlling interest
(b) Geographical Information

Revenues from external customers attributed to an individual foreign country are immaterial.
(c) Revenue contributed by any single customer in any of the operating segments, whether
reportable or otherwise, does not exceed ten percent of the group’s total revenue.
39 Disclosure pursuant to Ind AS 24 “ Related Party Disclosures”
(a) List of Related Parties (with whom transactions were carried out during current or previous year)
Particulars Relationship
1 Larsen & Toubro Limited Holding Company
2 L&T Infotech Limited Fellow Subsidiary Companies
3 L&T Capital Company Limited Fellow Subsidiary Companies
4 L&T Sargent & Lundy Limited Fellow Subsidiary Companies Financials
5 Larsen & Toubro Electromech LLC Fellow Subsidiary Companies
6 L&T ENC Hydrocarbon Limited Fellow Subsidiary Companies
7 L&T-MHPS Boilers Private Limited Fellow Subsidiary Companies

Key Management Personnel
1 Mr Dinanath Dubhashi Managing Director &
2 Mr. S. V. Haribhakti Non-executive chairman
(Independent director)
3 Mr.Y.M Deosthalee (Ceased to be Director with effect from May 31, 2017) Non-executive chairman
4 Mr. Prabhakar B. (Appointed as Director with effect from June 28, 2018) Non-executive director
5 Mr.B.V.Bhargava (Ceased to be Director with effect from August 31, 2017) Independent director
6 Dr. (Mrs) Rajani R. Gupte (Appointed as Director with effect from June 28, 2018) Independent director
7 Mr. Harsh Mariwala Independent director
8 Mr. P. V. Bhide Independent director
9 Mr. Thomas Mathew T. Independent director
10 Ms. Nishi Vasudeva (Appointed as Director with effect from June 15,2017) Independent director
11 Ms. Vaishali Kasture (Ceased to be Director with effect from May 29, 2018) Independent director
12 Mr. Pavninder Singh (Appointed as Director with effect from June 15,2017) Nominee director
13 Mr. Amit Chandra (Ceased to be Director with effect from June 15, 2017) Nominee director
(b) Disclosure of related party transactions :
R in crore
Sr.
Nature of Transaction* 2018-19 2017-18
No.
1 Branch sharing cost recovered from
Larsen and Tourbo Limited 0.05 0.05
2 Corporate support charges recovered from
Larsen and Tourbo Limited – ***
3 Advisory fees received from
Larsen and Tourbo Limited – 0.13
4 Brand license fees to
Larsen and Tourbo Limited 79.44 36.08
5 Repair and maintenance to
L&T Infotech Limited – 0.57
6 Reimbursement of expenses to
Larsen & Toubro Electromech LLC – ***
7 Interest expense on interest corporate borrowing
L&T Capital Company Limited 0.36 0.64
Larsen and Tourbo Limited 34.52 –
8 Professional fees to
L&T Infotech Limited 1.62 3.12
L&T Sargent & Lundy Limited – 0.09
9 Branch sharing cost to
Larsen & Toubro Limited *** 0.11
10 Advisory fees to
L&T-MHPS Boilers Private Limited 0.05 0.05

R in crore
Sr.
Nature of Transaction* 2018-19 2017-18
No.
11 Miscellaneous expenses to
Larsen & Tourbo Limited – 0.59
About Us
12 Purchase of property, plant and equipment from
L&T Capital Company Limited – 0.00
13 Inter corporate deposits borrowed from
Larsen & Tourbo Limited 3,000.00 –
14 Inter corporate deposits repaid (including interest) to
MD&A
Larsen & Tourbo Limited 3,034.52 –
15 Subscription to equity shares by
Larsen & Toubro Limited – 2,000.00
* Transactions shown above are excluding of GST, if any.
*** Amount less than R 1 lakh
(c) Remuneration to Key Management Personnel**
Board’s Report
2018-19 2017-18
Name of Key Management Personnel Short-Term Short-Term
employee employee
benefits benefits
Mr. Dinanath Dubhashi 5.63 8.21
Mr. S. V. Haribhakti 0.61 0.61
Mr. Y.M Deosthalee - 0.08
Mr. Prabhakar B. 0.13 0.24
Mr. B.V.Bhargava - 0.07
Dr. (Mrs) Rajani R. Gupte 0.47 0.45
Mr. Harsh Mariwala 0.17 0.27
Mr. P. V. Bhide 0.48 0.42
Mr. Thomas Mathew T. 0.51 0.52
Ms. Nishi Vasudeva 0.47 0.12
Ms. Vaishali Kasture 0.03 0.07
Mr. Pavninder Singh 0.08 0.20 Financials
Mr. Amit Chandra - 0.03
**Key Management Remuneration excludes provision for gratuity, pension and compensated absences, since it is provided
on actuarial basis for the Company as a whole.

(d) Amount due to/from related parties: R in crore
S. As at As at As at
Nature of transactions
1 Borrowings
L&T Capital Company Limited 3.25 6.59 7.60
2 Trade and other payable
Larsen & Toubro Electromech LLC – 0.02 0.02
Larsen & Toubro Limited 84.32 39.42 16.54
L&T ENC Hydrocarbon Limited 0.02 0.02 0.02
L&T Infotech Limited 0.13 0.09 0.08
L&T General Insurance Company Limited – – 0.22
3 Trade and other receivable
L&T General Insurance Company Limited – – 0.04
Larsen & Tourbo Limited 4.30 2.63 0.14
L&T-MHPS Boilers Private Limited 0.06 – –
40Disclosure pursuant to Ind AS 17 “Leases”
(i)
Operating lease:
(a) Group as Lessee:
The Group has taken motor vehicles, furniture and fixtures and premises on operating leases. Lease
payments recognized in the Statement of Profit and Loss during the year is R 45.61 crore (previous year:
R 43.82 crore). The total of future minimum lease payments on non-cancellable operating lease as at
March 31, 2019 are as follows:
R in crore
As at As at As at
Particulars
Later than 5 years – – –
Total 3.67 11.20 19.57
(b) Group as Lessor:
The Group has given motor vehicles, furniture and fixtures, office equipment’s, plant and machineries and
computers under non-cancellable operating lease. The total of future minimum lease payment receivables
on non-cancellable operating lease as at March 31, 2019 are as follows:
R in crore
As at As at As at
Particulars
Later than 5 years – 1.45 1.45
Total 7.29 32.76 75.56

(ii)
Finance lease
(a) Group as Lessor:
The Group has given assets on finance lease to its customers with respective underlying assets/equipment’s
as security. The details of gross investment, unearned finance income and present value of minimum lease
payment receivable as at March 31, 2019 in respect of these assets are as under:
About Us
R in crore
Minimum lease payment receivable Present value of minimum lease payment

receivable
Particulars
As at 31 As at 31 As at 1 April, As at 31 As at 31 As at 1 April,
March, 2019 March, 2018 2017 March, 2019 March, 2018 2017
Not Later than 1 year 29.20 25.89 28.27 22.37 18.44 21.77
Later than 1 year and 50.98 87.28 50.40 44.72 72.19 41.76
not later than 5 years
MD&A
Later than 5 years – 0.01 – – – –
Gross investment in 80.18 113.18 78.67 67.09 90.63 63.53
lease
Less: Unearned (13.09) (22.55) (15.14) – – –
finance income
Present value of 67.09 90.63 63.53 67.09 90.63 63.53
minimum lease
payment receivable
Board’s Report
41 Basic and Diluted Earnings per share [EPS] computed in accordance with Indian Accounting
Standard (Ind AS) 33 “Earnings per Share’’:
For the year For the year
Particulars ended ended
March 31, 2019 March 31, 2018
Basic
Profit after tax (R crore) A 2,226.30 1,254.68
Basic earning per share A/B 11.15 6.88
Diluted
Profit after tax (R crore) A 2,226.30 1,254.68
Add: Weighted average number of potential equity C 77,03,279 1,76,13,844
shares on account of employee stock options
Weighted average number of shares outstanding for D=B+C 2,00,48,68,908 1,84,20,33,585
diluted EPS
Diluted earning per share (before and after extraordinary A/D 11.10 6.81
Financials
items) (R)
Face value of shares (R) 10.00 10.00

42 Disclosure pursuant to Ind AS 12 “Income Taxes”
(a) Major components of tax expense/(income):
R in crore
Sr.
No.
Consolidated statement of Profit and Loss:
(a) Profit and Loss section:
(i) Current income tax :
(A) Current income tax expense 749.49 518.48
(B) Tax expense in respect of earlier years – 11.98
749.49 530.46
(ii) Deferred Tax:
(A) Tax expense on origination and reversal of temporary 70.46 (346.50)
differences
(B) Effect of previously recognised tax losses and tax – (5.73)
offsets on which deferred tax benefit is recognised
(C) Effect on deferred tax balances due to the change in – (9.99)
income tax rate
70.46 (362.22)
Income tax expense reported in the consolidated 819.95 168.24
statement of profit or loss[(i)+(ii)]
(b) Other Comprehensive Income (OCI) Section:
(i) Items not to be reclassified to profit or loss in subsequent
periods:
(a) On re-measurement of defined benefit plans (0.55) –
(0.55) –
(ii) Items to be reclassified to profit or loss in subsequent
periods:
(a) On gain/(loss) on fair value of debt securities (0.03) (2.12)
(0.03) (2.12)
Income tax expense reported in the other (0.58) (2.12)
comprehensive income [(i)+(ii)]
(c) Balance sheet
Current income tax – –
Deferred tax – 3.08
Income tax expense reported in balance sheet – 3.08

(b) Reconciliation of Income tax expense and accounting profit multiplied by domestic tax rate
applicable in India:
R in crore
Sr.
No.
About Us
(a) Profit before tax 3,051.98 1,445.76
(b) Corporate tax rate as per Income tax Act, 1961 34.94% 34.61%
(c) Tax on accounting profit (c)=(a)*(b) 1,066.49 500.35
(d) (i) Tax on Income exempt from tax :
(A) Deduction of special reserve u/s 36(1)(viii) of the (39.96) (29.93)
(B) Exempt income (46.01) (47.93)
(ii) Tax on Income which are taxed at different rates (4.44) (14.92)
MD&A
(iii) Tax on expense not tax deductible :
(A) Corporate social responsibility (CSR) expenses 2.04 1.82
(B) Provision for dimunition of investments 54.38 (10.61)
(C) Other disallowances (Including section 14A) 51.00 48.88
(iv) Impact of consolidation adjustments (247.83) (257.19)
(v) Utilisation of brought forward losses in current year on (44.37) (17.32)
which DTA not recognised in earlier years
Board’s Report
(vi) Tax effect of losses/timing differences of current year on 15.65 2.03
which no deferred tax benefit is recognised
(vii) Effect of previously recognised tax losses and tax offsets – (5.73)
on which deferred tax benefit is recognised
(viii) Effect on deferred tax due to change in Income tax rate – (9.99)
(ix) Effect of tax for prior years – 11.98
(x) Tax effect on various other Items 13.00 (3.21)
Total effect of tax adjustments [(i) to (x)] (246.54) (332.11)
(e) Tax expense recognised during the year (e)=(c)-(d) 819.95 168.24
(f) Effective tax Rate (f)=(e)/(a) 26.87% 11.64%
(c) (i) Unused tax losses and unused tax credits for which no deferred tax asset is recognised in
Balance sheet
Particulars
R in crore Expiry year R in crore Expiry year R in crore Expiry year
Tax losses (Business
loss and unabsorbed
depreciation)
- Amount of losses 34.71 AY2021-28 82.73 AY2020-27 138.66 AY2019-26 Financials
having expiry
- Amount of losses 293.26 346.87 351.91
having no expiry
Tax losses (Capital 38.58 AY2027-28
loss)
Total 366.55 429.60 495.57

(ii) Unrecognised deductible temporary differences for which no deferred tax asset is recognised
in Balance Sheet
R in crore
Particulars
(a) Towards provision for diminution in 206.16 15.95 42.43
value of investments
(b) Other items 0.46 2.77 1.44
Total 206.62 18.72 43.87
(d) Major components of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities: R in crore
Deferred Charge/(credit) Charge/(credit) Deferred
Recognised
tax assets/ to Statement to Other tax assets/
Particulars through
(liabilities) as at of Profit and comprehensive (liabilities) as at
Balance Sheet
April 01, 2018 Loss income March 31, 2019
Expected credit loss 1,877.81 (231.76) – – 1,646.06
provision on Loans
Amortisation of fee income 34.79 (15.57) – – 19.22
Unabsorbed depreciation 12.02 12.02
Unused tax losses 40.31 (8.24) – – 32.07
Unutilised MAT credit 70.70 6.31 – – 77.01
Other items giving rise to 36.01 72.91 – 0.58 109.50
temporary differences
Deferred tax assets 2,071.64 (176.35) – 0.58 1,895.88
Offsetting of deferred tax (225.24) – – – (118.73)
assets with deferred tax
liabilities
Net deferred tax assets 1,846.40 (176.35) – 0.58 1,777.15
R in crore
Particulars Deferred Charge/(credit) Recognised Charge/(credit) Deferred
tax assets/ to Statement through to Other tax assets/
(liabilities) as of Profit and Balance Sheet comprehensive (liabilities) as
at April 01, Loss income at March 31,
2018 2019
Deferred tax liabilities:
Difference between (30.52) 68.01 – – 37.49
book base and tax base
of property, plant &
equipement, investment
property and intangible
assets
Interest income recognised (156.03) 35.93 – – (120.10)
on Stage 3 Loans
Unamortised borrowing cost (8.70) 2.55 – – (6.15)
Other items giving rise to (34.54) (0.61) – – (35.15)
Deferred tax liabilities (229.80) 105.88 – – (123.92)
Offsetting of deferred tax 225.24 – – – 118.73
liabilities with deferred tax
assets
Net deferred tax liabilities (4.56) 105.88 – – (5.19)
Net deferred tax assets/ 1,841.84 (70.46) – 0.58 1,771.96
(liabilities)
R in crore
Deferred Deferred
Charge/(credit) Charge/(credit)
tax assets/ Recognised tax assets/
to Statement to Other
Particulars (liabilities) as through (liabilities) as
of Profit and comprehensive
at April 01, Balance Sheet at March 31,
About Us
Loss income
2017 2018
Expected credit loss provision 1,476.58 401.24 – – 1,877.81
on Loans
Amortisation of fee income 37.32 (2.53) – – 34.79
Unabsorbed depreciation 12.02 – – – 12.02
Unused tax losses 57.12 (16.81) – – 40.31
Unutilised MAT credit 58.54 12.17 – – 70.70
MD&A
Other items giving rise to 20.77 13.12 – 2.12 36.01
Deferred tax assets: 1,662.33 407.19 – 2.12 2,071.64
Offsetting of deferred tax (179.36) – – – (225.24)
assets with deferred tax
liabilities
Net deferred tax assets: 1,482.97 407.19 – 2.12 1,846.40
Board’s Report
R in crore
Deferred Charge/(credit) Recognised Charge/(credit) Deferred

tax assets/ to Statement through to other tax assets/
Particulars (liabilities) as of Profit and Balance Sheet comprehensive (liabilities) as
at April 01, Loss income at March 31,
2017 2018
Deferred tax liabilities:
Difference between (55.68) 25.16 – – (30.52)
book base and tax base
of property, plant &
equipement, investment
property and intangible
assets
Interest income recognised (105.18) (50.85) – – (156.03)
on stage 3 loans
Unamortised borrowing cost (8.86) 3.23 (3.08) – (8.70)
Other items giving rise to (12.04) (22.51) – – (34.54)
Deferred tax liabilities (181.75) (44.97) (3.08) – (229.80) Financials
Offsetting of deferred tax 179.36 – – – 225.24

liabilities with deferred tax
assets
Net deferred tax liabilities (2.39) (44.97) (3.08) – (4.56)
Net deferred tax assets/ 1,480.58 362.22 (3.08) 2.12 1,841.84
(liabilities)

43 Contingent liabilities and commitments R in crore
Particulars
Contingent liabilities
1 Claims against the Group not
acknowledged as debt;*
(i) Income tax matter in dispute 8.66 8.66 13.17
(ii) Service tax/Sales tax/VAT matters in 60.94 70.21 28.60
dispute
(iii) Legal matters in dispute 7.55 1.35 1.09
2 Bank guarantees 483.93 268.70 71.20
3 Other money for which the Group is
contingently liable;
Letter of Credit/Letter of Comfort 2,006.34 2,526.67 795.16
Total (a) 2,567.42 2,875.59 909.22
Commitments
1 Estimated amount of contracts remaining 90.37 339.19 172.49
to be executed on capital account and not
provided for
2 Other Undrawn/Undisbursed 486.31 486.33 995.33
commitments** (standby facilities)
Total (b) 576.68 825.52 1,167.82
Total (c)=(a)+(b) 3,144.10 3,701.11 2,077.04
* In respect of disputes, the Group is hopeful of succeeding in appeals and does not expect any significant liabilities to
materialise.
** This disclosure is given pursuant to the notification no. DNBS.CC.PD.No. 252/03.10.01/2011-12 dated December 26,
2011 issued by Reserve Bank of India.
44 Disclosure pursuant to Ind AS 107 “Financial Instruments: Disclosures“

(a) Foreign currency risk :
As at As at As at
Particulars
Liability – External commercial borrowings USD 1,55,06,280.04 USD 1,55,06,280.04 USD 2,50,00,000
Assets – Currency swap contracts USD 1,55,06,280.04 USD 1,55,06,280.04 USD 2,50,00,000
(b)
Interest rate risk :
The exposure of the Group’s borrowing to interest rate changes at the end of the reporting period are as
follows:
R in crore
As at As at As at
Particulars
Variable rate borrowings 30,363.70 27,871.74 23,229.02
Fixed rate borrowings 58,985.47 45,111.15 38,139.87
Total borrowings* 89,349.17 72,982.89 61,368.89
*Excluding interest accrued and amortisation

As at the end of the reporting period, the Group had the following variable rate borrowings outstanding:
R in crore

Weighted Weighted Weighted
About Us
Particulars average % of total average % of total average % of total
Balance Balance Balance
interest borrowing interest borrowing interest borrowing
rate rate rate
Variable rate 8.54% 30,363.70 33.98% 8.44% 27,871.74 38.19% 9.51% 23,229.02 37.85%
borrowings
Net exposure to 8.54% 30,363.70 33.98% 8.44% 27,871.74 38.19% 9.51% 23,229.02 37.85%
cash flow interest
rate risk
(c) Sensitivity :
Profit or loss is sensitive to higher/lower interest expense from borrowings as a result of changes in interest
MD&A
rates. Other components of equity change as a result of an increase/decrease in the fair value of the cash flow
hedges related to borrowings.
R in crore
Impact on profit after tax Impact on other components

of equity
Particulars
March 31, March 31, March 31, March 31,
Board’s Report
2019 2018 2019 2018
Interest rates – increase by 25 basis (37.43) (45.91) (37.43) (45.91)
points *
Interest rates – decrease by 25 basis 37.43 45.91 37.43 45.91
points*
* Impact on P/L upto 1 year, holding all other variables constant
45 Disclosure pursuant to Ind AS 1 and Ind AS 107 “Maturity analysis of assets and liabilities”
R in crore
Sr.
No Total Total Total
ASSETS:
(1) Financial assets
(a) Cash and cash equivalents 1,826.65 – 1,826.65 1,049.39 – 1,049.39 462.50 – 462.50
(b) Bank balance other than (a) above 17.82 29.68 47.50 15.29 43.85 59.14 141.07 22.52 163.59
(c) Derivative financial instruments 7.20 – 7.20 – – – 0.03 – 0.03
(d) Receivables
(I) Trade receivables 106.37 – 106.37 126.44 – 126.44 77.84 – 77.84 Financials
(II) Other receivables 10.63 – 10.63 2.91 0.42 3.33 0.75 0.42 1.17
(e) Loans 42,371.37 48,953.26 91,324.63 32,095.57 44,992.77 77,088.34 21,440.95 38,867.74 60,308.69
(f) Investments 4,944.84 3,695.97 8,640.81 2,892.55 2,408.94 5,301.49 4,495.05 2,070.85 6,565.90
(g) Other financial assets 106.83 19.46 126.29 6.21 67.45 73.66 12.50 53.18 65.68
(2) Non-financial assets
(a) Current tax asset (net) – 642.97 642.97 – 593.37 593.37 – 450.17 450.17
(b) Deferred tax assets (net) – 1,777.15 1,777.15 – 1,846.40 1,846.40 – 1,482.97 1,482.97

R in crore
Sr.
No Total Total Total
(c) Investment property – 367.66 367.66 – 395.11 395.11 – 401.04 401.04
(d) Property, plant and equipment – 67.69 67.69 – 97.05 97.05 – 184.89 184.89
(e) Capital work-in-progress – – – – 0.14 0.14 – 0.27 0.27
(f) Intangible assets under development – 38.65 38.65 – 19.20 19.20 – 1.27 1.27
(g) Goodwill on consolidation – 638.91 638.91 – 638.91 638.91 – 638.91 638.91
(h) Other intangible assets – 53.04 53.04 – 19.65 19.65 – 10.49 10.49
(i) Other non-financial assets 300.29 78.66 378.95 364.68 100.68 465.36 294.92 35.35 330.27
Total Assets 49,692.00 56,363.10 1,06,055.10 36,553.04 51,223.94 87,776.98 26,925.61 44,220.07 71,145.68
LIABILITIES
(1) Financial Liabilities
(a) Derivative financial instruments – – – – 0.10 0.10 6.66 – 6.66
(b) Trade payables
(i) Total outstanding dues of micro – – – – – – – – –
enterprises and small enterprises
(ii) Total outstanding dues of creditors 119.69 0.36 120.05 163.99 4.44 168.43 88.55 1.96 90.51
other than micro enterprises and
small enterprises
(c) Other payables
(i) Total outstanding dues of micro – – – – – – – – –
enterprises and small enterprises
(ii) T otal outstanding dues of creditors 16.12 – 16.12 16.62 – 16.62 11.37 – 11.37
other than micro enterprises and
small enterprises
(d) Debt securities 23,465.84 27,802.47 51,268.31 16,593.37 24,402.76 40,996.13 16,325.88 18,652.04 34,977.92
(e) Borrowings (Other than debt securities) 12,235.44 23,549.71 35,785.15 5,988.06 23,865.44 29,853.50 777.87 22,767.15 23,545.02
(f) Subordinated liabilities 343.31 4,110.21 4,453.52 379.47 4,019.18 4,398.65 368.37 4,193.89 4,562.26
(g) Other financial liabilities 569.22 – 569.22 517.06 3.11 520.17 563.83 17.80 581.63
(2) Non-Financial Liabilities
(a) Current tax liability (net) 33.51 – 33.51 30.03 – 30.03 9.42 – 9.42
(b) Provisions 35.22 6.82 42.04 22.15 5.42 27.57 22.66 4.23 26.89
(c) Deferred tax liabilities (net) – 5.19 5.19 – 4.56 4.56 – 2.39 2.39
(d) Other non-financial liabilities 91.13 – 91.13 130.79 0.21 131.00 104.78 1.40 106.18
Total liabilities 36,909.48 55,474.76 92,384.24 23,841.54 52,305.22 76,146.76 18,279.39 45,640.86 63,920.25
46 Risk Management
Basis
Great importance is attached to the identification, measurement and control of risks. All employees of the
Group are responsible for the management of risk, with the ultimate accountability residing with the Board
of Directors. The Board of Directors and its Risk Management Committee ensure that Management takes
into consideration all the relevant risk factors which could lead to unexpected fluctuations in results or to
a loss of capital employed. Recommendations for risk control measures are derived from the evaluation of
the risk factors. Certain risks are also recognised as opportunities. The aim in such cases is to achieve an
appropriate balance between the possible losses which might result and the potential gains. Risks which
primarily represent loss potential are minimised. This helps in aligning the risk appetite to the Group’s strategy
to deliver sustainable, long term returns to its investors.
The risks are reviewed periodically every quarter.

Types of risk
As a lending non-banking financial Group, the most important risks it is faced with are the following:
• Credit risk
• Market risk
About Us
• Capital risk
Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk of suffering financial loss, should any of the Group’s customers or counterparties fail to
fulfil their contractual obligations to the Group.
Credit risk arises mainly from wholesale and retail loans and advances and loan commitments arising from
such lending activities; but could also arise from credit enhancement provided, such as financial guarantees
and letters of credit. The Group is also exposed to other credit risks arising from investments in debt securities
and exposures arising from its trading activities (“Trading Exposures”) as well as settlement balances with
market counterparties.
MD&A
Credit risk is the single largest risk for the Group’s business. Management therefore carefully manages its
exposure to credit risk. A centralised risk management function oversees the risk management framework,
which periodically presents an overview of credit risk of portfolio to the Risk Management Committee.
Credit-worthiness is checked and documented prior to signing any contracts, based on market information.
Management endeavours to improve its underwriting standards to reduce the credit risk the Group is exposed
to from time to time. Internal credit rating is used as an important tool to manage exposures of the “Wholesale”
segment. Ratings provides a consistent and common scale for measurement of components of credit risk of a
Board’s Report
loan asset including the Probability of Default (PD) across products and sectors. Credit rating model takes into
account critical success parameters relevant for each industry, competitive forces within the industry as well as
regulatory issues while capturing financial parameters, management strengths, project parameters etc. of the
borrower. These ratings are reviewed at least once annually.
Loans and advances (including loan commitments and guarantees)
The estimation of credit exposure for risk management purposes is complex, as the exposure varies with
changes in market conditions, expected cash flows and the passage of time. The assessment of credit risk of
a portfolio of assets entails further estimations as to the likelihood of defaults occurring and of the associated
loss ratios. The Group measures credit risk for each class of loan assets using inputs such as Probability of
Default (“PD”) and Loss Given Default (“LGD”). This is similar to the approach used for the purposes of
measuring Expected Credit Loss (“ECL”) under Ind AS 109.
Wholesale and retail portfolios are managed separately to reflect the differing nature of the assets; wholesale
balances tend to be larger and are managed on an individual basis, while retail balances are greater in number
but lesser in value and are, therefore, managed in aggregated segments.
Wholesale (Infrastructure Finance and Structured Corporate Finance) and Housing (Real Estate)
The Group uses internal credit risk grading (17 levels for loans which are not credit impaired and 1 level for
loans considered to be credit impaired) that reflect its assessment of the PD of individual counterparties in
respect of its “Wholesale” segment. The Group use internal rating models tailored to the various categories of Financials
counterparties. Borrower and loan specific information collected at the time of application (such as turnover
and industry type for wholesale exposures) and judgement based on market intelligence on the sector or the
specific borrower is used in assigning the rating. The Group’s own internal ratings were benchmarked against
the last published cumulative default rates for 1 year and 3 year periods as published annually by CRISIL for
Stage 1 and Stage 2 loan assets.

The credit grades are calibrated such that the risk of default increases exponentially at each higher risk grade.
For example, this means that the difference in the PD between an AAA and A- rating grade is lower than the
difference in the PD between a BBB and B- rating grade.
Management also assesses the impact of economic developments in key markets on specific customers,
customer segments or portfolios. If changes in credit conditions are foreseen, mitigation action, including the
revision of risk appetites or limits and tenors, as appropriate are taken.
Retail (Farm Equipment Finance, Two-Wheeler Loans, Micro Loans and Others) and Housing (Home
Loans and Loans Against Property)
The Group has deployed standardised credit decision rules, as approved by the designated officials for the
specific product. The rules are regularly monitored to ensure that the changes in the economic environment
have been factored into the credit decision rules.
Trading Exposures
For debt securities in the trading portfolio, external rating agency credit grades are used for evaluating the
credit risk.
Expected Credit Loss (‘ECL’)
Prior to the implementation of Ind AS, the Board of Directors used the Non-Banking Financial Group
Systemically Important Non-deposit taking Master Directions issued by the Reserve Bank of India, as the basis
for setting up its provisioning policies.
Post the shift to Ind AS, and specifically to address the requirements of Ind AS 109, these were enhanced or
supplemented, with reviews at levels regarded as appropriate.
ECL allowances recognised in the financial statements reflect the effect of a range of possible economic
outcomes, calculated on a probability weighted basis, based on certain economic scenarios. The recognition
and measurement of ECL involves use of significant judgement and estimation. Forward looking economic
forecasts are used in developing the ECL estimates. Three scenarios sufficient to calculate unbiased ECL
were used - representing the “most likely outcome” (the “Central” scenario) and two “less likely outcome”
scenarios (the “Upside” and “Downside” scenarios). The Upside and Downside scenarios have been assigned
a probability of 5% to 10% and 15% to 25% respectively while the Central Scenario has been assigned a
probability of 70% to 75%. The Central scenario is based on the Company outlook of GDP growth, inflation,
unemployment and interest rates for India and most relevant for the Group’s loan portfolio. The Upside and
Downside scenarios generated at the reporting dates are designed to cover cyclical changes and are updated
during the year only if the economic conditions change significantly. The Upside scenario reflects improvement
in rural disposable income on account of good monsoons. The Downside scenario reflects rural stress caused
by poor monsoons and drought.
Management oversees the estimation of ECL including:
i. setting requirements in policy, including key assumptions and the application of key judgements;
ii. the design and execution of models; and
iii. review of ECL results.
As required by Ind AS 109, a ‘three-stage’ model for impairment based on changes in credit quality since initial
recognition was built as summarised below:
• A loan asset that is not credit-impaired, on initial recognition, is classified in ‘Stage 1’ and has its credit
risk continuously monitored by Management.
• If a significant increase in credit risk (‘SICR’) since initial recognition is identified, the loan asset is moved to
‘Stage 2’ but is not yet deemed to be credit-impaired. (See note 1.17 for a description of how the Group
determines when a significant increase in credit risk has occurred).

• If the financial instrument is credit-impaired, the financial instrument is then moved to ‘Stage 3’. (See note
1.17 for a description of how the Group defines credit-impaired and default).
The following are additional considerations for each type of portfolio held by the Group:
Wholesale (Infrastructure Finance and Structured Corporate Finance) and Housing (Real Estate)
About Us
For wholesale business, the PD was determined based on the internal credit rating assigned to the borrower
as explained above. The EAD is determined and the LGD estimated, at the borrower level. Updated or new
information/credit assessments for credit risk evaluation are incorporated on an ongoing basis. In addition,
information about the creditworthiness of the borrower is updated every year from sources such as financial
statements. This will determine the updated internal credit rating and PD. The internal ratings based PD has
been benchmarked to the Cumulative Default Rates for 1 year and 3 year periods as published annually by
CRISIL.
The Exposure at Default (“EAD”) is measured at the amortised cost as at the reporting date, after considering
repayments of principal and interest received in advance and expected drawdowns on committed facilities.
MD&A
The Group, in determining its Loss Given Default (“LGD”) estimates, for Stage 3 loan assets as of the reporting
date, has used cash flow estimates based on inputs provided by assigned business managers and external
corroborating information including amounts realised on resolution of cases referred to the National Company
Law Tribunal (“NCLT”) under the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016.
The Group has carried out a historical analysis of loss experience for all closed and live defaulted (Stage 3)
borrowers over the previous 4 years.
Retail (Farm Equipment Finance, Two-Wheeler Loans, Micro Loans and Others) and Housing (Home
Board’s Report
Loans and Loans Against Property)
Retail lending credit quality is determined on a collective basis based on a 12-month point in time (“PIT”)
probability weighted PD.
A centralised impairment model summarises the historical payment behaviour of the borrowers within a retail
portfolio which data is used to build the PD estimates. For estimating PD, information on the month-on-book
(vintage) and the days-past-due form key differentiating characteristics. The weighted average is determined
(using count of customers as the weight) from quarterly snapshots.
For credit impaired loan assets LGD is computed based on actual history of loss (on settlement/repossession
and disposal of security/ enforcement action) from the same historical quarterly snapshots. The loss divided
by the principal outstanding at the time of default is the loss ratio for a credit impaired loan asset in a
specific snapshot. The weighted average of loss ratios (using the principal outstanding in respect of such credit
impaired loan assets in the corresponding snapshot as the weight) was used to determine the LGD ratio for
credit impaired loan assets.
By applying the LGD ratio to the EAD for the credit impaired loan asset portfolio, the ECL for Stage 3 loan
assets was determined.
The EAD adjustment factor was used, along with the respective PD factors to arrive at the ECL for Stage 2 and
Stage 1 loan assets. Financials
Exposure at Default (EAD)
EAD is the amortised cost as at the period end, after considering repayments of principal and interest received
in advance.

Purchased or originated credit-impaired financial assets are those financial assets that are credit impaired on
initial recognition. Their ECL is always measured on a lifetime basis (Stage 3).
The Group’s net exposure to credit risk, after taking into account credit risk mitigation, have been tabulated
below:
R in crore
Particulars Nature of Nature of Nature of
Cash Cash Cash
Outstanding Non-cash Outstanding Non-cash Outstanding Non-cash
collateral collateral collateral
collateral collateral collateral
Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalent 1,874.15 - 1,108.53 - 626.09 -
and other bank balances
Loans and advances at 66,928.19 - Refer 60,257.02 - Refer 52,408.32 - Refer
amortised cost footnote footnote footnote
below below below
Equity instruments - - - - 43.41 -
(Associate)
Debt instruments 1,832.55 - - - - -
Trade receivables 106.37 - 126.44 - 77.84 -
Other receivables 10.63 - 3.33 - 1.17 -
Other financial assets 126.29 - 73.66 - 65.68 -
Total financial assets at 70,878.18 - 61,568.98 - 53,222.51 -
amortised cost
Derivative financial 7.20 - - - 0.03 -
instruments
Financial assets at fair value 28,892.29 - 20,253.32 - 12,134.85 -
Total financial 28,899.49 - 20,253.32 - 12,134.88 -
instruments at fair value
Financial instruments at 2,312.41 - 1,879.49 - 2,288.01 -
fair value through Other
Comprehensive Income
Total Financial 2,312.41 - 1,879.49 - 2,288.01 -
instruments at fair -
value through Other
Comprehensive Income
Total on-balance sheet 102,090.08 - 83,701.79 - 67,645.40 -
Off balance sheet

Contingent liabilities 2,567.42 2,875.59 909.22
Other commitments 576.68 825.52 1,167.82
Total off-balance sheet 3,144.10 - 3,701.11 - 2,077.04 -
Total 105,234.19 - 87,402.90 - 69,722.45 -

Footnote
(i) Retail loans, other than unsecured loans aggregating R 12,911.95 crore as of March 31, 2019, are
generally secured by a charge on the asset financed (farm equipment loans, two-wheeler loans, loans
against property, and home loans)(as of March 31,2018 : R 9,098.37 crore ; as of April 1,2017 : R 6,677.35
crore). Wholesale loans are secured with current assets as well as immovable property and property, plant
About Us
and equipment in some cases. However, collateral securing each individual loan may not be adequate in
relation to the value of the loan. If the customer fails to pay, the Group would, as applicable, liquidate
collateral and/or set off accounts. For most products, the Group obtains direct debit instructions or post-
dated cheques from the customer. It is a criminal offence in India to issue a bad cheque.
(ii) Housing loans, other than unsecured insurance loans aggregating R 10,386.95 crore (March 31, 2018:
R 9,306.38; March 31, 2017: R 8,368.82) are generally secured by a charge on the asset financed (loans
against property and home loans). If the customer fails to pay, the Group would, as applicable, liquidate
MD&A
(iii) Wholesale loans are secured with current assets as well as immovable property and property, plant and
equipment in some cases. However, collateral securing each individual loan may not be adequate in
relation to the value of the loan. If the customer fails to pay, the Group would, as applicable, liquidate
Of the unmitigated on balance sheet exposure, a significant portion relates to cash held with banks, settlement
balances, and debt securities issued by governments all of which are considered to be lower risk.
Besides growth in the loan assets portfolio, increases in trading portfolio assets and financial assets at fair
Board’s Report
value through the Statement of Profit and Loss have also contributed to the increase in the Group’s net
exposure to credit risk. Investments in debt instruments are predominantly investment grade.
Where collateral has been obtained in the event of default, the Group does not, ordinarily, use such assets for
its own operations and they are usually sold and off set against the outstanding loan assets.
The Group has invoked pledge of equity shares in the following companies, pledged with the Group as
collateral by the borrowers and these shares are being held by the Group as bailee. As and when the shares
are sold, the proceeds would be adjusted against the overdue portion of the loan then remaining outstanding.
No. of shares held as bailee
Sr.
Name of Company As at As at As at
No.
1 Saumya mining limited 5,13,012 5,13,012 5,13,012
2 SEW vizag coal terminal private limited 7,03,833 7,03,833 7,03,833
3 Bhushan steel limited 71,89,089 71,89,089 71,89,089
4 Sterling international enterprises limited 2,17,309 2,17,309 2,17,309
5 Tulip telecom limited 14,01,762 14,01,762 14,01,762
6 Punj lloyd limited 5 5 5
7 Golden tobacco limited 10,000 10,000 10,000
8 Gujurat highway corporation limited 70,000 70,000 70,000
Financials
9 Vakrangee limited – 81,524 –

10 Hindusthan national glass & industries 34,04,499 38,02,235 –
limited
11 Hanjer biotech energies private limited 3,25,096 3,25,096 3,25,096
12 VMC systems limited 7,17,736 7,17,736 7,17,736
13 KSK energy ventures limited 3,08,446 5,27,937 2,26,813
14 KSK mahanadi power company limited 5,96,052 5,96,052 –

Concentration of exposure
Concentrations of credit risk arise when a number of counterparties or exposures have comparable economic
characteristics, or such counterparties are engaged in similar activities or operate in the same geographical
areas or industry sectors so that their collective ability to meet contractual obligations is uniformly affected
by changes in economic, political or other conditions. The Group has established a diversified borrower base
and as at March 31, 2019. The Group has put in place a framework of Risk Limits, which are monitored
on a quarterly basis to ensure that the overall portfolio is steered within the approved limits to minimize
concentration risk. The Risk Limits cover risk of concentration to a particular geography, industry, Company/
borrower or revenue counterparty of the borrowers etc. as are relevant to the respective product.
Market Risk Management
Liquidity Risk:
The risk that the Group is unable to service its contractual or contingent liabilities or that it does not have the
adequate amount of funding and liquidity to support its committed disbursements.
Liquidity risk management in the Company is managed as per the guidelines of Board-approved Asset-Liability
Management (‘ALM’) Policy. The ALM Policy provides the governance framework for the identification,
measurement, monitoring and reporting of liquidity risk arising out of Group’s lending and borrowing activities.
The liquidity risk is measured in terms of structural liquidity gaps across various time-buckets. Actual liquidity
gaps against the Gap Limits are reported every month to the Asset Liability Management Committee (‘ALCO’)
which provides oversight and strategic direction for the prudent asset liabilities management. As a prudent
practice, the Group has been maintaining positive cumulative liquidity gaps in the current market scenario.
In the absence of any regulatory requirement, the Company of which the Company is a component, continues
to maintain liquidity buffer under stress scenario by applying hair cut of 40% on undrawn lines and collection
shortfall of 15% in the form of High Quality Liquidity Assets which provides adequate cushion for the survival
period of minimum 30 days as on March 31, 2019.
Additionally, the Group has line of credit from the ultimate parent, Larsen & Toubro Limited.
Foreign Exchange Rate Risk:
In the normal course of its business, the Group does not deal in foreign exchange in a significant way. Any
significant foreign exchange exposure on account of foreign exchange borrowings is hedged to safeguard
against exchange rate risk.
Interest Rate Risk:
Interest rate risk is the risk where changes in market interest rates affect the Group’s financial position due to
change in its Net Interest Income (NII). Interest Rate Sensitivity Statement is prepared every month and placed
before ALCO. The Statement captures the Rate Sensitive Gaps i.e. the mismatch between the Rate Sensitive
Assets and Liabilities, in various time buckets. The impact of different types of changes in the yield curve on
the earnings for the entire Group of which the Group is a component are also measured every month and
captured in the Risk Dashboard.
Security Prices:
The Group manages investment portfolios comprising of government securities, corporate bonds and
debentures. To safeguard against the credit risk and interest rate risk in the investment portfolios, risk limits in
the form of portfolio size limits, concentration limits, stop loss limit and PV01 limits are stipulated. To provide
early warning indicators, alarm limits have also been put in place. reporting periodicity and escalation matrix
upon the breach of alarm limits as well as risk limits have been clearly defined. The Group does not invest in
Equity stocks and therefore is not exposure to equity price risk on this account.

47 Other disclosure pursuant to Ind AS 107 “Financial Instruments: Disclosures”:
(a) Category-wise classification for applicable financial assets and financial liabilities:
R in crore
Sr.
Particulars Amortised Amortised Amortised
About Us
No. FVTPL FVTOCI Total FVTPL FVTOCI Total FVTPL FVTOCI Total
cost cost cost
Financial assets
1 Cash and cash – – 1,826.65 1,826.65 – – 1,049.39 1,049.39 – – 462.50 462.50
equivalents
2 Bank balance other – – 47.50 47.50 – – 59.14 59.14 – – 163.59 163.59
than (1) above
3 Derivative financial 7.20 – – 7.20 – – – – 0.03 – – 0.03
instruments
4 Receivables
Trade receivables – – 106.37 106.37 – – 126.44 126.44 – – 77.84 77.84
MD&A
Other receivable – – 10.63 10.63 – – 3.33 3.33 – – 1.17 1.17
5 Loans 24,396.44 – 66,928.19 91,324.63 16,831.32 – 60,257.02 77,088.34 7,900.37 – 52,408.32 60,308.69
6 Investments – – –
Equity 485.14 – – 485.14 686.28 – – 686.28 724.22 – 43.41 767.63
instruments
(including
investment in
share application
money)
Board’s Report
Preference share 99.80 – – 99.80 69.66 – – 69.66 75.45 – – 75.45
Mutual funds 2,064.33 – – 2,064.33 537.92 – – 537.92 1,782.40 – – 1,782.40
Debentures 866.21 2,265.40 – 3,131.61 982.11 1,857.15 – 2,839.26 1,033.64 1,875.55 – 2,909.19
Security receipt 791.07 – – 791.07 1,016.89 – – 1,016.89 504.94 – – 504.94
Units of fund 188.79 0.98 – 189.77 128.64 – – 128.64 113.32 – – 113.32
Government 0.51 37.62 1,832.55 1,870.68 0.50 – – 0.50 0.51 245.89 – 246.40
securities
Pass through – 8.41 – 8.41 – 22.34 – 22.34 – 166.57 – 166.57
certificates
7 Other financial – – 126.29 126.29 – – 73.66 73.66 – – 65.68 65.68
assets
Total financial 28,899.49 2,312.41 70,878.18 1,02,090.08 20,253.32 1,879.49 61,568.98 83,701.79 12,134.88 2,288.01 53,222.51 67,645.40
assets
1 Derivative financial – – – – 0.10 – – 0.10 6.66 – – 6.66
instruments
2 Trade payables – – 120.05 120.05 – – 168.43 168.43 – – 90.51 90.51
3 Other payables – – 16.12 16.12 – – 16.62 16.62 – – 11.37 11.37
4 Debt securities – – 51,268.31 51,268.31 – – 40,996.13 40,996.13 – – 34,977.92 34,977.92
5 Borrowings (Other – – 35,785.15 35,785.15 – – 29,853.50 29,853.50 – – 23,545.02 23,545.02
than debt securities) Financials
6 Subordinated – – 4,453.52 4,453.52 – – 4,398.65 4,398.65 – – 4,562.26 4,562.26
liabilities
7 Other financial – – 569.22 569.22 – – 520.17 520.17 – – 581.63 581.63
liabilities
Total financial – – 92,212.37 92,212.37 0.10 – 75,953.50 75,953.60 6.66 – 63,768.71 63,775.37
liabilities

(b) Fair value hierarchy of financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value:
R in crore
Particulars
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total
Financial assets:
1 Investments at FVTPL:
Equity shares 8.28 – 476.86 485.14 29.86 – 656.42 686.28 48.68 – 675.54 724.22
(Including share
application money)
Preference shares – – 99.80 99.80 – – 69.66 69.66 – – 75.45 75.45
Mutual fund 2,064.33 – – 2,064.33 537.92 – – 537.92 1,782.40 – – 1,782.40
Government – 0.51 – 0.51 – 0.50 – 0.50 – 0.51 – 0.51
securities
Debentures – – 866.21 866.21 – 86.25 895.86 982.11 – 86.25 947.39 1,033.64
Security receipt – – 791.07 791.07 – – 1,016.89 1,016.89 – – 504.94 504.94
Units of fund – – 188.79 188.79 – – 128.64 128.64 – – 113.32 113.32
2 Derivative financial – 7.20 – 7.20 – – – – – 0.03 – 0.03
instruments
3 Loans – – 24,396.44 24,396.44 – – 16,831.32 16,831.32 – – 7,900.37 7,900.37
4 Investments at
FVTOCI:
Debentures – 2,265.40 – 2,265.40 – 1,857.15 – 1,857.15 – 1,875.55 – 1,875.55
Government – 37.62 – 37.62 – – – – – 245.89 – 245.89
securities
Pass through – – 8.41 8.41 – – 22.34 22.34 – – 166.57 166.57
certificates
Units of fund – 0.98 – 0.98 – – – – – – – –
Total financial assets 2,072.61 2,311.71 26,827.58 31,211.90 567.78 1,943.90 19,621.13 22,132.81 1,831.08 2,208.23 10,383.58 14,422.89
Financial liabilities:
1 Derivative financial – – – – – 0.10 – 0.10 – 6.66 – 6.66
instruments
Total financial – – – – – 0.10 – 0.10 – 6.66 – 6.66
liabilities

(c) Movement of items measured using unobservable inputs (Level 3):
R in crore
Pass
Preference Security Units of
Particulars Equity share Debentures through Loans Total
share receipts fund
certificates
About Us
Balance as at April 01, 675.54 75.45 947.39 166.57 504.94 113.32 7,900.37 10,383.58
2017
Addition during the year 141.45 – 244.40 – 533.84 25.15 13,337.55 14,282.39
Disposal during the year (166.61) – (263.69) (144.23) (5.55) (8.48) (4,406.60) (4,995.16)
Gain/(Loss) recognised in 6.04 (5.79) (32.24) – (16.34) (1.35) – (49.68)
Profit and Loss
Balance as at March 31, 656.42 69.66 895.86 22.34 1,016.89 128.64 16,831.32 19,621.13
2018
Addition during the year 565.76 – 11.19 – 125.46 67.01 14,248.11 15,017.53
MD&A
Disposal during the year (550.00) – (19.38) (13.93) (116.44) (7.04) (6,682.99) (7,389.78)
Gain/(Loss) recognised in (195.32) 30.14 (21.46) – (234.84) 0.18 – (421.30)
Profit and Loss
Balance as at March 31, 476.86 99.80 866.21 8.41 791.07 188.79 24,396.44 26,827.58
2019
Unrealised gains/(losses)
recognised in profit and
loss related to assets and
liabilities held at the end
Board’s Report
of the reporting period
As at March 31, 2018 (30.40) (4.38) 91.36 – (71.79) (2.11) – (17.32)
As at March 31, 2019 (132.48) (2.13) 68.95 – (300.66) – – (366.31)
(d) Sensitivity disclosure for level 3 fair value measurements:
R in crore
Fair value as at Impact of change in rates on Total Comprehensive Income statement
As at March As at March As at April 31 March 31 March 31 March 31 March 31 March 31 March
Particulars Sensitivity
31, 2019 31, 2018 01, 2017 2019 2019 2018 2018 2017 2017
Favourable Unfavourable Favourable Unfavourable Favourable Unfavourable
Equity share 476.86 656.42 675.54 5.00% 23.84 (23.84) 32.82 (32.82) 33.77 (33.77)
Preference share 99.80 69.66 75.45 5.00% 4.99 (4.99) 3.48 (3.48) 3.77 (3.77)
Debt instruments 866.21 895.86 947.39 0.25% 2.17 (2.17) 2.24 (2.24) 2.37 (2.37)
Pass through certificates 8.41 22.34 166.57 0.25% 0.02 (0.02) 0.06 (0.06) 0.42 (0.42)
Security receipts 791.07 1,016.89 504.94 5.00% 37.54 (37.54) 48.83 (48.83) 25.25 (25.25)
Units of fund 188.79 128.64 113.32 5.00% 9.44 (9.44) 6.43 (6.43) 5.67 (5.67)
Loans 24,396.44 16,831.32 7,900.37 0.25% 60.18 (60.18) 40.37 (40.37) 19.75 (19.75)
Total 26,827.58 19,621.13 10,383.58 138.18 (138.18) 134.23 (134.23) 91.00 (91.00)
Financials

(e) Maturity profile of financial liabilities based on undiscounted cash flows:
R in crore
Total Total Total
Non-derivative
liabilities
Borrowings* 37,992.03 64,545.75 1,02,537.78 22,834.83 62,830.13 85,664.96 17,860.16 55,659.97 73,520.13
Trade Payables 120.05 – 120.05 168.43 – 168.43 90.51 – 90.51
Other payable 16.12 – 16.12 16.62 – 16.62 11.37 – 11.37
Other financial liabilities 569.22 – 569.22 520.17 – 520.17 581.63 – 581.63
Total 38,697.42 64,545.75 1,03,243.17 23,540.05 62,830.13 86,370.18 18,543.67 55,659.97 74,203.64
Derivative liabilities
Forward contracts – – – 0.10 – 0.10 6.66 – 6.66
Total – – – 0.10 – 0.10 6.66 – 6.66
* Borrowings include debt securities,borrowings (other than debt securities)and subordinated liabilities and are net off
offsetting respective derivative gain/loss
(f) Fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities measured at amortised cost:
(R in crore)
Particulars Carrying Carrying Carrying
Fair value Fair value Fair value
amount amount amount
Financial assets:
Loans* 66,928.19 66,928.19 60,257.02 60,257.02 52,408.32 52,408.32
Investment in 1,832.55 1,899.07 - - - -
government securities
Total 68,760.74 68,827.26 60,257.02 60,257.02 52,408.32 52,408.32
Debt securities 51,268.31 51,538.43 40,996.13 41,300.08 34,977.92 35,473.49
Borrowings 35,785.15 35,785.52 29,853.50 29,779.26 23,545.02 23,733.38
Subordinated Liabilities 4,453.52 4,444.28 4,398.65 4,432.48 4,562.26 4,709.19
Total 91,506.98 91,768.23 75,248.28 75,511.82 63,085.20 63,916.06
*In the absence of an observable market for these loan assets, the fair values have been determined from the
perspective of the group after considering changes in performance and risk indicators (including delinquencies
and interest rates)
The carrying amounts of cash & cash equivalents, bank balance, trade receivables,other receivables,other
financial assets,trade payables,other payables and other financial liabilities are considered to be the same as
their fair values, due to their short-term nature.

(g)
Disclosure pursuant to Ind AS 113 “Fair Value Measurement” - Fair value hierarchy of financial
assets and financial liabilities measured at amortised cost:
(R in crore)
Valuation technique for

level 3 items
About Us
Financial assets:
Loans - - 66,928.19 66,928.19 Discounted cash flow approach
Government securities - 1,899.07 - 1,899.07 Discounted cash flow approach
Total - 1,899.07 66,928.19 68,827.26
Debt securities - - 51,538.43 51,538.43 Discounted cash flow approach
Borrowings (other than - - 35,785.52 35,785.52 Discounted cash flow approach
debt securities)
MD&A
Subordinated Liabilities - - 4,444.28 4,444.28 Discounted cash flow approach
Total - - 91,768.23 91,768.23
(R in crore)
level 3 items
Financial assets:
Board’s Report
Total - - 60,257.02 60,257.02
debt securities)
Total - - 75,511.82 75,511.82
(R in crore)
level 3 items
Financial assets:
Total - - 52,408.32 52,408.32
debt securities)
Total - - 63,916.06 63,916.06 Financials

48 Disclosure pursuant to Ind AS 107 “Financial Instruments: Disclosures:“
(a) Expected credit loss - Loans: R in crore
Gross Expected Carrying Gross Expected Carrying Gross Expected Carrying
Particulars carrying Credit Loss amount carrying Credit Loss amount carrying Credit Loss amount
amount net of amount net of amount net of
impairment impairment impairment
provision provision provision
Loss allowance Financial assets 62,452.33 481.37 61,970.96 54,946.76 281.17 54,665.59 45,549.05 308.81 45,240.24
measured at 12 for which
month expected credit risk has
credit losses not increased
significantly
since initial
recognition
(Stage 1)
Loss allowance Financial assets 2,828.11 227.90 2,600.21 3,093.75 192.40 2,901.35 2,345.19 143.70 2,201.49
measured at life- for which
time expected credit risk
credit losses has increased
significantly
and not
credit-impaired
(Stage 2)
Financial assets 6,271.98 3,914.96 2,357.02 7,609.46 4,919.39 2,690.07 8,830.99 3,864.40 4,966.59
for which
credit risk
has increased
significantly and
credit-impaired
(Stage 3)
Total 71,552.42 4,624.23 66,928.19 65,649.97 5,392.95 60,257.02 56,725.23 4,316.91 52,408.32
(b) Reconciliation of loss allowance provision - Loans:

R in crore
Particulars Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total
Loss allowance as on April 01, 2017 308.81 143.70 3,864.40 4,316.91
New assets originated or purchased 188.74 16.89 67.93 273.56
Amount written off – (1.32) (335.68) (337.00)
Transfers to Stage 1 41.63 (15.69) (25.94) –
Transfers to Stage 2 (28.44) 33.03 (4.59) –
Transfers to Stage 3 (77.88) (68.43) 146.31 –
Impact on year end ECL of Exposure (39.71) 97.46 414.80 472.55
transferred between stages during the
year
Increase / (Decrease) in provision on (111.98) (13.25) 792.15 666.93
existing financial assets (Net of recovery)
Loss allowance as on March 31, 2018 281.16 192.40 4,919.39 5,392.95
New assets originated or purchased 313.71 33.50 123.00 470.21
Amount written off – (1.56) (1,459.52) (1,461.08)
Impact on year end ECL of Exposure (29.12) 58.92 391.77 421.58
transferred between stages during the
year
Increase / (Decrease) in provision on (112.74) (29.59) (57.10) (199.42)
existing financial assets (Net of recovery)
Loss allowance as on March 31, 2019 481.37 227.90 3,914.96 4,624.23

(c) Reconciliation of Gross carrying amount - Loans:
R in crore
Particulars Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total
Gross carrying amount as at April 01, 45,549.05 2,345.19 8,830.99 56,725.23
2017
About Us
New assets originated or purchased 32,549.59 607.42 135.78 33,292.79
Amount written off – (25.95) (469.52) (495.47)
Transfers to Stage 2 (1,689.91) 1,955.62 (265.71) –
Transfers to Stage 3 (639.88) (445.35) 1,085.23 –
Net recovery (21,568.79) (897.60) (1,406.19) (23,872.58)
Gross carrying amount as at March 54,946.76 3,093.75 7,609.46 65,649.97
31, 2018
MD&A
New assets originated or purchased 30,473.10 378.00 182.98 31,034.08
Amount written off – (26.97) (1,507.52) (1,534.49)
Net recovery (22,039.77) (754.10) (803.26) (23,597.14)
Gross carrying amount as at March 62,452.33 2,828.11 6,271.98 71,552.42
31, 2019
Board’s Report
Financials

49 Additional information pursuant to Schedule III to the Companies Act, 2013 for the year ended
March 31, 2019:
R in crore
Net Assets, i.e., total assets Share in other comprehensive Share in total comprehensive
Share in profit or loss
minus total liabilities income (OCI) income
As % of
Name of the entity As % of As % of
As % of consolidated total
consolidated net Amount consolidated Amount Amount Amount
consolidated OCI comprehensive
assets profit or loss
income
Parent
L&T Finance Holdings 58.22% 7,830.36 12.00% 267.07 13.41% (0.32) 11.99% 266.74
Limited (A)
Subsidiaries
Indian
L&T Finance Limited 66.18% 8,900.43 38.00% 845.96 57.19% (1.38) 37.98% 844.58
L&T Infrastructure 29.23% 3,930.36 10.42% 231.89 21.69% (0.52) 10.40% 231.37
Finance Company
Limited
L&T Housing Finance 11.39% 1,531.92 12.10% 269.45 (7.37%) 0.18 12.12% 269.63
Limited
L&T Infra Debt Fund 7.89% 1,061.23 5.91% 131.66 1.90% (0.05) 5.92% 131.62
Limited
L&T Investment 3.92% 527.22 3.97% 88.35 8.47% (0.20) 3.96% 88.15
Management Limited
L&T Infra Investment 3.67% 493.74 0.56% 12.51 0.00% – 0.56% 12.51
Partners
L&T Capital Markets 0.61% 82.45 1.49% 33.27 (5.68%) 0.14 1.50% 33.40
Limited
L&T Financial 0.50% 67.30 0.54% 11.93 0.87% (0.02) 0.54% 11.91
Consultants Limited
L&T Infra Investment 0.08% 11.21 (0.19%) (4.26) 0.00% – (0.19%) (4.26)
Partners Advisory Private
Limited
L&T infra Investment 0.00% 0.05 0.00% – 0.00% – 0.00% –
Partners Trustee Private
Limited
L&T Mutual Fund Trustee 0.01% 1.43 0.00% (0.10) 0.00% – 0.00% (0.10)
Limited
Mudit Cement Private (0.19%) (26.20) (0.31%) (6.88) 0.00% – (0.31%) (6.88)
Limited
Foreign
L&T Capital Markets 0.01% 1.54 (0.07%) (1.56) 0.00% – (0.07%) (1.56)
(Middle East) Limited
Total Subsidiaries (B) 16,582.69 1,612.23 (1.86) 1,610.37
Non-controlling interests (1.65%) (222.26) (0.26%) (5.73) 0.00% – (0.26%) (5.73)
in subsidiaries (C)
CFS adjustment and (79.88%) (10,742.19) 15.84% 352.73 9.52% (0.23) 15.85% 352.50
elimination (D)
Total (A+B+C+D) 100.00% 13,448.60 100.00% 2,226.30 100.00% (2.41) 100.00% 2,223.89

50 Disclosure pursuant to Ind AS 7 “Statement of Cash Flows” - Changes in liabilities arising from
financing activities:
R in crore
Particulars April 01, 2018 Cash flows Others March 31, 2019
Debt securities 40,996.13 10,228.02 (44.16) 51,268.31
About Us
Borrowings (other than debt 29,853.50 5,992.28 60.63 35,785.15
securities)
Subordinated liabilities 4,398.65 45.00 (9.87) 4,453.52
Total 75,248.27 16,265.31 6.60 91,506.98
R in crore
Particulars April 01, 2017 Cash flows Others March 31, 2018
Debt securities 34,977.92 5,526.40 (491.81) 40,996.13
MD&A
Borrowings (other than debt 23,545.02 6,254.41 (54.07) 29,853.50
securities)
Subordinated liabilities 4,562.26 (193.41) (29.80) 4,398.65
Total 63,085.19 11,587.40 (575.68) 75,248.27
51 Disclosure persuant to IndAS 101 “First time adoption of Ind AS”
The Group has prepared opening balance sheet as per Ind AS as at April 01, 2017 (transition date) by
recognising all assets and liabilities whose recognition is required by Ind AS, derecognising items of assets or
Board’s Report
liabilities which are not permitted to be recognised by Ind AS, reclassifying items from Previous GAAP to Ind
AS as required, and applying Ind AS to measure the recognised assets and liabilities. The exemptions availed
by the Group are as follows:
(i) The Group has adopted the carrying value determined in accordance with Previous GAAP for all of its
property plant and equipment and investment property as deemed cost of such assets at the transition
date.
(ii) Ind AS 102 “Share-based Payment” has not been applied to equity instruments in share-based payment
transactions that vested before April 01, 2017.
(iii) The Group has applied the derecognition requirements of financial assets and financial liabilities
prospectively for transactions occurring on or after April 01, 2017.
(iv) The Group has determined the classification of debt instruments in terms of whether they meet the
amortised cost criteria or the FVTOCI criteria based on the facts and circumstances that existed as of the
transition date.
(v) The Group has applied the impairment requirements of Ind AS 109 retrospectively; however, as permitted
by Ind AS 101, it has used reasonable and supportable information that is available without undue cost or
effort to determine the credit risk at the date that financial instruments were initially recognised in order
to compare it with the credit risk at the transition date.
Further, as permitted by Ind AS 101, the Group has not undertaken an exhaustive search for information
Financials
when determining, at the date of transition to Ind ASs, whether there have been significant increases in
credit risk since initial recognition,
(vi) The Group has elected not to apply Ind AS 103 Business Combinations retrospectively to past business
combinations that occurred before the transition date.
(vii) The estimates as at April 01, 2017 and at March 31, 2018 are consistent with those made for the same
dates in accordance with the Previous GAAP.

(i) Reconciliation of total comprehensive income for the year ended March 31, 2018
R in crore
Sr. Year ended
Particulars Note
No. March 31, 2018
Net profit after tax as per Previous GAAP 1,459.48
(a) Amortisation of processing fee on corporate loans based on effective a 7.37
interest income which was previously recognised as revenue in the
period of accrual
(b) Incremental cost on fair valuation of employee stock options plan b (30.63)
previously recognised on the basis of intrinsic value
(c) Changes in fair valuation of investments/financial instruments c (94.02)
previously recorded at cost less other than temporary diminution
(d) Incremental provision on application on expected credit loss model d (388.86)
(e) Increase in borrowing cost pursuant to the application of effective e (115.13)
interest rate method as issue expenses were previously adjusted
against Securities Premium Account
(f) Reversal of amortised loss on sale of loan assets now being charged f 162.53
in year of sale. The past losses were adjusted against retained
earnings
(g) Impact of consolidation of a fund on evaluation of control as per g 21.82
Ind AS 110
(h) Interest income recognition on stage 3 loans h 145.69
(i) Derecognition of deferred tax liability on special reserve 11.60
(j) Others 1.57
(k) Deferred taxes i 96.93
Net profit after tax as per Ind AS 1,278.35
Other comprehensive income (net of tax) (4.99)
Total comprehensive income as per Ind AS 1,273.36
(ii) Reconciliation of equity as reported under Previous GAAP and IndAS as at March 31, 2018 and
as at April 01, 2017
R in crore
Sr. As at As at
Particulars Note
No. March 31, 2018 April 01, 2017
Equity as per Previous GAAP 13,584.28 9,107.34
(a) Amortisation of processing fee on corporate a (100.46) (107.83)
loans based on effective interest income which
was previously recognised as revenue in the
period of accrual
(b) Changes in fair valuation of investments/financial c 205.49 291.79
instruments previously recorded at cost less other
than temporary diminution
(c) Incremental provision on application on expected d (2,521.09) (2,132.23)
credit loss model
(d) Increase in borrowing cost pursuant to the e 35.79 42.71
application of effective interest rate method as
issue expenses were previously adjusted against
Securities Premium Account
(e) Impact of consolidation of a fund on evaluation g (2.04) 0.17
of control as per Ind AS 110

R in crore
Sr. As at As at
Particulars Note
No. March 31, 2018 April 01, 2017
(f) Interest income recognition on stage 3 loans h 449.61 303.92
(g) Redeemable preference capital classified as j (1,034.40) (1,213.40)
About Us
liability
(h) Derecognition of deferred tax liability on special 32.62 21.02
reserve
(i) Others 0.24 (0.68)
(j) Deferred taxes i 756.70 660.71
Equity as per Ind AS 11,406.74 6,973.52
(iii) Statement of reconciliation of cash flow statement under Ind AS and cash flow statement
reported under Previous GAAP
R in crore
MD&A
Previous
Particulars Adjustments Ind AS
GAAP
Net cash used in operating activities (A) (15,590.85) (48.86) (15,639.71)
Net cash (used in)/generated from by investing 1,548.80 - 1548.80
activities (B)
Net cash generated from financing activities (C) 14,636.74 41.05 14,677.79
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents 594.69 (7.80) 586.89
Board’s Report
(A+B+C)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year 453.31 9.19 462.50
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year 1,048.00 1.39 1,049.39
Notes to reconciliations between Previous GAAP and Ind AS
a Processing fee: Under Previous GAAP, Processing fees charged to corporate loan was recognised as revenue
in the period of accrual while under Ind AS, such processing fees are included in the initial recognition
amount of financial assets and recognised as interest income using the effective interest method.
b Fair valuation of employee stock options plan : ESOP charge is accounted using fair value method. The
portion of ESOP charge recoverable from the group companies is accordingly measured and recognised
at fair value. Under Previous GAAP ESOP charge was calculated based on intrinsic value method.
c Valuation of Investments: All Investments except investments in associate companies have been fair valued
in accordance with Ind AS 109. Investments in debt securities are fair valued through OCI and reclassified
to profit or loss on their sale. Other investments are fair valued through profit or loss. Under Previous
GAAP, the current investments were carried at cost net of diminution in their value as at the Balance Sheet
date. The long term investments were carried at cost net of permanent diminution, if any.
d Provision as per expected credit loss model: The allowance for credit losses on loan assets is based on
“expected credit loss” model as per Ind AS 109. Under the Previous GAAP, the provision was made based
on the requirement of the RBI and NHB Master Directions.
Financials
e Borrowing cost : Under Ind AS 23 borrowing cost is calculated using the effective rate interest method
as described under Ind AS 109. Under the Previous GAAP, borrowing cost was computed by applying
the coupon rate to the principal amount for the period. Borrowings are recognised at fair value at the
inception and subsequently at amortised cost with interest expenses is calculated using the effective rate
interest method.

f Amortised loss on sale of loan assets: Under the Previous GAAP, any shortfall of sale value over the net
amortised value on sale of credit impaired assets to Reconstruction Company, the Group has spread over
period of four quarters in term of notification RBI/2015-16/423/DBR.No.BP.BC.102/21.04.048/2015-16
dated June 13, 2016. However under Ind AS same has been recognised on sale date.
g Consolidation as per IndAS 110: Fund has been consolidated based on Control criteria as per IndAS 110,
Under Previous GAAP it was not covered.
h Interest income recognition on stage 3 loans: For credit-impaired financial assets, the interest
income is calculated by applying the effective rate interest to the amortised cost of the credit-
impaired financial assets (i.e. the gross carrying amount less the allowance for expected credit losses).
However under Previous GAAP, interest income recognised on stage 3 loan assets which met the defination
of “”non-performing asset”” was reversed and the recognition was restricted to cash collection.
i Deferred tax : Deferred tax under Ind AS has been recognised for temporary differences between tax base
and the book base of the relevant assets and liabilities. Under the Previous GAAP, the deferred tax was
accounted based on timing differences impacting the Statement of Profit and Loss for the period.
j Redeemable preference capital classified as liability: Redeemable preference capital is classified as liability,
under Previous GAAP it was part of share capital.
52 There are no amounts due and outstanding to be credited to Investor Education & Protection Fund as at March
31, 2019
53 Figures for the previous year have been regrouped/re-classified to conform to the figures of the current year.
54 The above financial statements have been reviewed by the Audit Committee and subsequently approved by
the Board of Directors at its meeting held on April 28, 2019.
For and on behalf of the Board of Directors of


Non-Executive Chairman Managing Director &
(DIN: 00007347) Chief Executive Officer
(DIN: 03545900)

Place : Mumbai
Date : April 28, 2019

Printed at Print Plus Pvt. Ltd.
Regd. Office: Brindavan, Plot No. 177, C.S.T. Road, Kalina, Santacruz (East),
Mumbai – 400 098, Maharashtra, India. CIN: L67120MH2008PLC181833
E-mail: igrc@ltfs.com; Website: www.ltfs.com; Phone: +91 22 6212 5000; Fax: +91 22 6212 5553
Notice of the Eleventh Annual General Meeting
Notice is hereby given that the Eleventh Annual General 5. Re-appointment of Mr. P. V. Bhide as an Independent
Meeting (“AGM”) of the Members of L&T Finance Holdings Director of the Company:
Limited will be held on Monday, July 29, 2019 at 3:00 p.m. at To consider and, if thought fit, to pass the following
Swatantryaveer Savarkar Rashtriya Smarak, 252 Swatantryaveer resolution as a SPECIAL RESOLUTION:
Savarkar Marg, Shivaji Park, Dadar, Mumbai – 400 028, to “RESOLVED THAT pursuant to the provisions of
transact the following business: Sections 149, 152 and any other applicable provisions
Ordinary Business: of the Companies Act, 2013 (“Act”) and rules made
1. To consider and adopt the audited standalone financial thereunder read with Schedule IV and the Securities
statements of the Company together with the report and Exchange Board of India (Listing Obligations and
of the Board of Directors and the Auditors thereon for Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015 (including
the financial year ended March 31, 2019 and audited any amendment(s), statutory modification(s) or
consolidated financial statements of the Company re-enactment(s) thereof for the time being in force) and
together with the report of the Auditors thereon for the based on the recommendation of the Nomination and
financial year ended March 31, 2019. Remuneration Committee of the Company and approval
of the Board of Directors, Mr. P. V. Bhide (DIN: 03304262)
2. To declare dividend on Equity Shares. who was appointed as an Independent Director of the
3. To appoint a director in place of Mr. R. Shankar Raman Company for a term up to March 31, 2019 by the members
(DIN: 00019798), who retires by rotation, and being of the Company and is eligible for being re-appointed
eligible, offers himself for re-appointment. as an independent director, and in respect of whom the
Company has received a notice in writing from a Member
Special Business: under Section 160 of the Act proposing his candidature
4. Re-appointment of Mr. S. V. Haribhakti as an for the office of a director be and is hereby re-appointed
Independent Director of the Company: as an Independent Director of the Company for a term
To consider and, if thought fit, to pass the following of 5 years with effect from April 1, 2019 to March 31,
resolution as a SPECIAL RESOLUTION: 2024.”
“RESOLVED THAT pursuant to the provisions of Sections 6. Issuance of Cumulative Compulsorily Redeemable
149, 152 and any other applicable provisions of the Non-Convertible Preference Shares by way of public
Companies Act, 2013 (“Act”) and rules made thereunder offer or on a private placement basis:
read with Schedule IV and the Securities and Exchange Board To consider and, if thought fit, to pass the following
of India (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) resolution as a SPECIAL RESOLUTION:
Regulations, 2015 (including any amendment(s), statutory “RESOLVED THAT pursuant to the provisions of Sections
modification(s) or re-enactment(s) thereof for the time 23, 40, 42, 55, 62 and any other applicable provisions
being in force) and based on the recommendation of the of the Companies Act, 2013 (“the Act”), the Companies
Nomination and Remuneration Committee of the Company (Prospectus and Allotment of Securities) Rules, 2014 and
and approval of the Board of Directors, Mr. S. V. Haribhakti the Companies (Share Capital and Debentures) Rules, 2014
(DIN: 00007347) who was appointed as an Independent (including any amendment(s), statutory modification(s)
Director of the Company for a term up to March 31, 2019 or re-enactment(s) thereof) and in accordance with
by the members of the Company and is eligible for being the provisions of the Securities and Exchange Board of
re-appointed as an independent director and in respect of India (Issue and Listing of Non-Convertible Redeemable
whom the Company has received a notice in writing from Preference Shares) Regulations, 2013, the Securities and
a Member under Section 160 of the Act proposing his Exchange Board of India (Listing Obligations and Disclosure
candidature for the office of a director, be and is hereby Requirements) Regulations, 2015, the Rules, Regulations,
re-appointed as an Independent Director of the Company Guidelines and Circulars issued by the Reserve Bank of
for a term of 5 years with effect from April 1, 2019 to March India, as amended from time to time, the Memorandum
31, 2024.” and Articles of Association of the Company, any other
applicable laws for the time being in force and subject to
L&T FINANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED Notice 1

such other approvals as may be required from regulatory desirable, including without limitation to settle any
authorities from time to time, consent of the Company be question, difficulty or doubt that may arise in this regard.”
and is hereby accorded to the Board of Directors (“Board”,
which term shall include any committee thereof which the By Order of the Board of Directors
Board may have constituted or may hereinafter constitute For L&T Finance Holdings Limited
to exercise its powers including the powers conferred by
this resolution) to create, offer, issue and allot, in one or
Apurva Rathod
more tranches 20,00,00,000 (Twenty Crore) Cumulative
Company Secretary
Compulsorily Redeemable Non-Convertible Preference
ACS- 18314
Shares (“Preference Shares”) of the face value of R 100
each for cash at par or at a premium aggregating to a Date: April 28, 2019
nominal value of R 2,000 Crore (Rupees Two Thousand Place: Mumbai
Crore only) to various persons either through public offer
or on a private placement basis, in one or more tranches Notes:
to various institutions / entities viz. companies / bodies 1. The Statement as required under Section 102 of the
corporate / persons including Promoters / Promoter Group Companies Act, 2013 (“the Act”) is annexed to the
& Associates, whether or not they are the Member(s) of Notice.
the Company on such terms and conditions as may be
2. A MEMBER ENTITLED TO ATTEND AND VOTE AT THE
decided by the Board and subject to the following rights:
ELEVENTH ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING (“AGM”) IS
• The Preference Shares shall carry a fixed cumulative ENTITLED TO APPOINT ONE OR MORE PROXIES TO
preference dividend to be determined by the Board ATTEND AND VOTE, INSTEAD OF HIMSELF / HERSELF AND
at the time of issue of the Preference Shares, on the THE PROXY NEED NOT BE A MEMBER OF THE COMPANY.
capital for the time being paid-up thereon and shall
Pursuant to the provisions of Section 105 of the Act
be redeemable not later than the date determined by
and Rule 19 of the Companies (Management and
the Board at the time of issue or such other date as
Administration) Rules, 2014, a person can act as a proxy
may be determined by the Board but not later than a
on behalf of Members not exceeding fifty and holding in
period exceeding 7 (Seven) years.
aggregate not more than ten percent of the total share
• The Preference Shares shall rank for dividend in capital of the Company carrying voting rights. However, a
priority to the Equity Shares for the time being of the Member holding more than ten percent of the total share
Company. capital of the Company carrying voting rights may appoint
a single person as proxy and such person shall not act as
• In the case of winding up of the Company, the
proxy for any other person or Member. The instrument
Preference Shares shall be entitled to rank, as
appointing a proxy should, however, be deposited at the
regards repayment of capital and arrears of dividend,
registered office of the Company not later than forty eight
whether declared or not, up to the commencement
hours before the commencement of the AGM i.e. by 3:00
of the winding up, in priority to the Equity Shares
p.m. (IST) on Saturday, July 27, 2019. Further, the proxy
but shall not be entitled to any further participation
holder will be required to carry a valid proof of identity at
in profits or assets.
the AGM.
• Voting rights of the persons holding the Preference
3. Members shall have the option to vote either through
Shares shall be in accordance with the provisions of
remote electronic voting (“remote e-voting”) or voting
Section 47 of the Act.
through electronic means at the AGM.
RESOLVED FURTHER THAT the Board be and is hereby
In compliance with the provisions of Section 108 of the
authorised to make arrangements with any financial
Act and Rule 20 of the Companies (Management and
institution / bank or any other body or person(s) to
Administration) Rules, 2014 and any amendments thereto,
underwrite the whole or any part of the issue of the
Secretarial Standard on General Meetings (“SS-2”) and
Preference Shares, subject to the provisions of Section
Regulation 44 of the Securities and Exchange Board of
40(6) of the Act.
India (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements)
RESOLVED FURTHER THAT for the purpose of giving Regulations, 2015 (“SEBI Listing Regulations”), the
effect to this resolution, the Board be and is hereby Company is offering remote e-voting facility as an
authorised to do all such acts, deeds, matters and things alternative mode of voting which will enable the Members
as it may, in its absolute discretion, deem necessary or to cast their votes electronically from any place other than
2 L&T FINANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED Notice

venue of AGM. Remote e-voting is optional. The detailed who hold shares in physical form are requested to write
procedure with respect to remote e-voting is mentioned their Folio No. in the Attendance Slip for attending the
later in the Notice. AGM.
Necessary arrangements have been made by the Company 15. Corporate Members intending to send their authorised
with Central Depository Services (India) Limited (“CDSL”) representative(s) to attend the AGM are requested to send
to facilitate remote e-voting and e-voting at the AGM. a duly certified copy of the Board resolution authorising
their representative(s) to attend and vote at the AGM.
4. The Company has appointed Mr. S. N.
Ananthasubramanian, Practicing Company Secretary 16. The Members who still hold share certificate(s) in physical
(Membership No.: FCS - 4206) or failing him Ms. Malati form are advised to dematerialize their shareholding to
Kumar, Practicing Company Secretary (Membership No.: avail the benefits of dematerialization, which includes
ACS - 15508) as the Scrutinizer for scrutinizing the entire easy liquidity, since trading is permitted in dematerialized
e-voting process i.e. remote e-voting and e-voting at the form only, electronic transfer, savings in stamp duty and
AGM to ensure that the process is carried out in a fair and elimination of any possibility of loss of documents. Further,
transparent manner. with effect from April 1, 2019, requests for transfer of
securities are not permitted unless the securities are held
5. The Members attending the AGM should note that those
in a dematerialized form with a depository except in
who are entitled to vote but have not exercised their right
case of transmission or transposition of securities as per
to vote by remote e-voting, may vote at the AGM through
SEBI Listing Regulations. Members who still hold share
electronic means for all businesses specified in the
certificate(s) in physical form are advised to dematerialize
accompanying Notice. The Members who have exercised
their shareholding at the earliest.
their right to vote by remote e-voting may attend the
AGM but cannot vote at the AGM. 17. If the dividend as recommended by the Board is approved
at the AGM, payment of such dividend will be made on or
6. Voting rights shall be reckoned on the paid-up value of
before Wednesday, August 28, 2019:
the shares registered in the name of Member / Beneficial
Owner list maintained by the depositories as on the cut- a) to all the Members in respect of shares held in
off date i.e. Monday, July 22, 2019 (“cut-off date”). physical form whose names appear in the Company’s
Register of Members as on Monday, July 22, 2019;
7. A person, whose name is recorded in the Register of
and
Members / Beneficial Owners list maintained by the
depositories as on Monday, July 22, 2019 only shall be b) to all Beneficial Owners in respect of shares held in
entitled to avail the facility of remote e-voting or e-voting dematerialized form whose names appear in the
at the AGM. list of Beneficial Ownership furnished by National
Securities Depository Limited (“NSDL”) and CDSL as
8. Any person who becomes a Member of the Company
at the close of business hours on Monday, July 22,
after dispatch of Annual Report and holding shares as
2019.
on Monday, July 22, 2019 shall also follow the procedure
stated herein. 18. The Members holding shares in dematerialized form are
requested to update with their respective Depository
9. A person who is not a Member as on Monday, July 22,
Participants, their bank account details (account number,
2019 should treat this Notice for information purposes
9 digit MICR and 11 digit IFSC), e-mail IDs and mobile
only.
number. Members holding shares in physical form may
10. The Register of Members and Share Transfer Books will communicate details to the Company / Registrar and
remain closed from Tuesday, July 23, 2019 to Monday, Share Transfer Agent viz. Link Intime India Private Limited,
July 29, 2019 (both days inclusive). at the address - C-101, 247 Park, L.B.S. Marg, Vikhroli
(West), Mumbai - 400 083 before Monday, July 22, 2019
11. The Members are requested to bring their copy of the
by quoting the Folio No. and attaching a photocopy of
Annual Report to the AGM.
the cancelled cheque leaf of their bank account and a self
12. The Members / Proxies should fill the Attendance Slip for attested copy of their PAN card.
attending the AGM.
19. The Members can avail of the facility of nomination in
13. In case of joint holders attending the AGM, only such joint respect of shares held by them pursuant to the provisions
holder who is higher in the order of names will be entitled of Section 72 of the Act.
to vote.
20. Additional information of Directors seeking re-appointment
14. The Members who hold shares in dematerializated form at the ensuing AGM, as required under Regulations 26(4)
are requested to write their DP ID and Client ID and those and 36(3) of the SEBI Listing Regulations and Clause 1.2.5
of the SS-2, is annexed to the Notice.

21. The Annual Report of the Company, circulated to the 27. Note for Preference Shareholders: A Member holding
Members of the Company is also available on the Company’s Preference Shares is entitled to attend the AGM and vote
website at https://www.ltfs.com/investors.html. thereat subject to the applicable provisions of the Act.
22. Green Initiative: We urge our Members to support Procedure for remote e-voting
our commitment towards environmental protection by The Company is pleased to offer remote e-voting facility for its
choosing to receive communication through e-mail. Members to enable them to cast their votes electronically. The
procedure and instructions for the same are as follows:
Electronic copy of the Notice of the AGM and Annual (i) The voting period begins on Friday, July 26, 2019 from
Report is being sent to all the Members whose e-mail IDs 9:30 a.m. (IST) and ends on Sunday, July 28, 2019 at 5:00
are registered with the Company / Depository Participant p.m. (IST). During this period, Members of the Company,
for communication purposes, unless any Member has holding shares either in physical form or in dematerialized
requested for a physical copy of the same. For Members form, as on the cut-off date of Monday, July 22, 2019,
who have not registered their e-mail IDs, a physical copy may cast their vote electronically. The e-voting module
of the Notice of the AGM and Annual Report is being sent shall be disabled by CDSL for voting thereafter.
by the permitted mode. We request the Members who
(ii) The Members should log on to the e-voting website
do not have their e-mail IDs registered with the Company
www.evotingindia.com.
/ Depository Participant to get the same registered with
the Company / Depository Participant. Members are (iii) Click on “Shareholders”.
also requested to intimate to the Company / Depository (iv) Now enter your User ID
Participant the changes, if any, in their e-mail IDs. a. For CDSL: 16 digits beneficiary ID,
b. For NSDL: 8 character DP ID followed by 8 digits
23. All the documents referred to in the Notice are available
client ID,
for inspection at the registered office of the Company on
c. Members holding shares in Physical Form should
any working day, between 11:00 a.m. (IST) to 1:00 p.m.
enter Folio Number registered with the Company.
(IST) from the date of dispatch of Notice till Monday, July
29, 2019. (v) Next: Enter the Image Verification as displayed and Click
on “Login”.
24. Investor Grievance Redressal: The Company has
designated an exclusive e-mail ID i.e. igrc@ltfs.com (vi) If you are holding shares in demat form and had logged
to enable the investors to register their complaints / on to www.evotingindia.com and voted on an earlier
correspondence, if any. resolution of any other company, then your existing
password is to be used.
25. Webcast: Your Company is providing the facility of live
webcast of proceedings of the AGM in accordance with (vii) If you are a first time user follow the steps given below:
the requirements of SEBI Listing Regulations. Members For Members holding shares in
who are entitled to participate in the AGM can view the Demat Form and Physical Form
proceedings of AGM by logging on the e-voting website PAN Enter your 10 digit alpha-numeric
of CDSL at www.evotingindia.com using their login PAN issued by Income Tax Department
credentials. Members are encouraged to use this facility (applicable for both i.e. shares held in
of webcast. dematerialized form as well as physical
26. Unclaimed Dividends: Pursuant to the provisions of form)
Section 124 and 125 of the Act read with the Investor • Members who have not updated their
Education and Protection Fund (Accounting, Audit, PAN with the Company / Depository
Transfer and Refund) Rules, 2016 (“IEPF Rules”), dividends Participant are requested to use the
which remain unclaimed / unpaid for a period of 7 years sequence number in the PAN field
are required to be transferred to Investor Education and which is printed on the address sticker.
Protection Fund (“IEPF”).
Dividend Enter the Dividend bank details or Date of
The Company requests the Members to claim the unclaimed
bank Birth (in dd/mm/yyyy format) as recorded
dividends within the prescribed period. The details of
details in your demat account or in the Company
the unclaimed dividends are available on the website
or Date records in order to login.
of the Company at https://www.ltfs.com/investors.html
of Birth • If both the details are not recorded
and Ministry of Corporate Affairs at www.iepf.gov.in/.
(DOB) with the depository or Company
Members can contact Link Intime India Private Limited,
the Registrar and Share Transfer Agent of the Company please enter the member ID / Folio No.
for claiming the unclaimed dividends standing to the in the Dividend bank details field as
credit in their account. mentioned in instruction (iv).

(viii) After entering these details appropriately, click on to www.evotingindia.com and register themselves as
“SUBMIT”. Corporates.
(ix) Members holding shares in physical form will then directly • A scanned copy of the Registration Form bearing the
reach the Company selection screen. However, members stamp and sign of the entity should be emailed to
holding shares in demat form will now reach ‘Password helpdesk.evoting@cdslindia.com.
Creation’ menu wherein they are required to mandatorily
enter their login password in the new password field. • After receiving the login details a Compliance
Kindly note that this password is to be also used by the User should be created using the admin login and
demat holders for voting for resolutions of any other password. The Compliance User would be able to
company on which they are eligible to vote, provided link the account(s) for which they wish to vote on.
that company opts for e-voting through CDSL platform.
• The list of accounts linked in the login should be
It is strongly recommended not to share your password
mailed to helpdesk.evoting@cdslindia.com and on
with any other person and take utmost care to keep your
approval of the accounts they would be able to cast
password confidential.
their vote.
(x) For Members holding shares in physical form, the details
can be used only for e-voting on the resolutions contained • A scanned copy of the Board Resolution and Power
in this Notice. of Attorney (POA) which they have issued in favour
of the Custodian, if any, should be uploaded in PDF
(xi) Click on Electronic Voting Sequence Number (“EVSN”) of format in the system for the scrutinizer to verify the
“L&T Finance Holdings Limited”. same.
(xii) On the voting page, you will see “RESOLUTION
(xx) In case you have any queries or issues regarding
DESCRIPTION” and against the same the option “YES/
e-voting, you may refer the Frequently Asked
NO” for voting. Select the option YES or NO as desired.
Questions (“FAQs”) and e-voting manual available
The option YES implies that you assent to the Resolution
at www.evotingindia.com, under help section or
and option NO implies that you dissent to the Resolution.
write an email to helpdesk.evoting@cdslindia.com or
(xiii) Click on the “RESOLUTIONS FILE LINK” if you wish to view call 1800 22 5533.
the details of the Resolution.
Declaration of Results:
(xiv) After selecting the resolution you have decided to vote on,
click on “SUBMIT”. A confirmation box will be displayed. 1) The Scrutinizer shall after the conclusion of the AGM
If you wish to confirm your vote, click on “OK”, else to submit the Consolidated Scrutinizer’s Report of the
change your vote, click on “CANCEL” and modify your total votes cast in favour or against the resolution and
vote. invalid votes, if any and unblock the votes cast through
remote e-voting in the presence of at least two witnesses
(xv) Once you “CONFIRM” your vote on the resolution, you not in the employment of the Company, if any, to the
will not be allowed to modify your vote.
Chairperson of the Company or the person authorised
(xvi) You can also take a print of the votes cast by clicking on by him, who shall countersign the same, by Tuesday,
“Click here to print” option on the Voting page. July 30, 2019 and the result will be declared on Tuesday,
(xvii) If a demat account holder has forgotten the login password July 30, 2019 latest by 9:00 p.m. (IST) at the registered
then Enter the User ID and the image verification code and office of the Company.
click on Forgot Password & enter the details as prompted 2) Based on the Scrutinizer’s Report, the Company will submit
by the system. within 48 hours of the conclusion of the AGM to the
(xviii) Members can also cast their vote using CDSL’s mobile app Stock Exchanges, details of the voting results as required
“m-Voting”. The m-Voting app can be downloaded from under Regulation 44(3) of the SEBI Listing Regulations.
Google Play Store, Apple and Windows phone. Please
3) The results declared along with the Scrutinizer’s Report,
follow the instructions as prompted by the mobile app
will be hosted on the website of the Company at
while voting on your mobile.
https://www.ltfs.com and on the website of CDSL and will
(xix) Note for Non – Individual Members and Custodians be displayed on the notice board of the Company at its
• Non-Individual Members (i.e. other than Individuals, registered office, immediately after the declaration of the
HUF, NRI etc.) and Custodian are required to log on result by the Chairperson or a person authorised by him in
writing and communicated to the Stock Exchanges.

EXPLANATORY STATEMENT PURSUANT TO PROVISIONS OF In the opinion of the Board, Mr. Haribhakti and Mr. Bhide fulfill
SECTION 102 OF THE COMPANIES ACT, 2013 FORMING PART the conditions specified in the Act and the SEBI Listing Regulations
OF THE NOTICE DATED APRIL 28, 2019. pertaining to independent directors and they are independent of
The following Explanatory Statement relating to the the management. The Company has received a declaration from
accompanying Notice sets out all material facts in respect of Mr. Haribhakti and Mr. Bhide that they are not disqualified to be
the resolutions: re-appointed as Independent Directors under the Act and SEBI
Listing Regulations.
ITEM NOS. 4 & 5
The Board is of the view that the Company would greatly benefit
Pursuant to the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 (“the from the skills, knowledge and rich and varied experience of
Act”) read with relevant rules made thereunder and SEBI (Listing Mr. Haribhakti and Mr. Bhide and accordingly recommends the
Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015, special resolutions set forth in Item Nos. 4 and 5 of the Notice
(“SEBI Listing Regulations”), an Independent Director can hold for approval of the Members.
the office for a term of upto 5 consecutive years on the Board
of a company, but is eligible for re-appointment for another Save and except Mr. Haribhakti and Mr. Bhide, being the
term of upto 5 years on passing of a special resolution by the appointees, none of the Directors, Key Managerial Personnel
company, based on the report of performance evaluation. Thus, and their relatives, other than to the extent of their shareholding
an Independent Director cannot hold office for more than two in the Company, are concerned / interested, financially or
otherwise, in the above resolution.
consecutive terms of upto 5 years.
Mr. S. V. Haribhakti (DIN: 00007347) and Mr. P. V. Bhide ITEM NO. 6

(DIN: 03304262) were appointed as Independent Directors on The steady growth in the operations of subsidiaries of the
the Board of the Company vide resolutions passed at the Sixth Company has necessitated regular infusion of equity and
Annual General Meeting held on July 24, 2014 for a term of 5 Tier I or Tier II debt in its subsidiaries and being the holding
consecutive years from April 1, 2014 to March 31, 2019. Company, the Company would need to raise funds for such
infusion. The Company would also need funds for its working
Mr. Haribhakti and Mr. Bhide are eligible to be re-appointed as capital requirements including redemption of Preference Shares
Independent Directors for another term of upto 5 consecutive from time to time.
years.
In connection with the aforesaid, approval of the Members
In accordance with the aforesaid, necessary performance is sought for the issue of Preference Shares. The Preference
evaluation was carried out. Further, basis the report of Shares may be issued either by way of a public offer or on
the performance evaluation covering various aspects a private placement basis in one or more tranches to various
including attendance and level of participation, interpersonal institutions / entities viz. companies/bodies corporate/ persons
relationship, understanding of the roles and responsibilities, including Promoters/Promoter Group & Associates, whether or
etc. and basis the recommendation of the Nomination and not they are Member(s) of the Company, considering the viable
Remuneration Committee of the Company, the Board of options available. The said enabling resolution empowers the
Directors at its meeting held on March 19, 2019, approved the Board to create, offer, issue and allot 20,00,00,000 (Twenty
re-appointment of Mr. Haribhakti and Mr. Bhide as Crore) Cumulative Compulsorily Redeemable Non-Convertible
Independent Directors of the Company for a second term of Preference Shares (“CRPS”) of the face value of R 100 each
5 consecutive years with effect from April 1, 2019 to for cash at par or premium and on such terms and conditions
March 31, 2024, and continuance of Mr. Haribhakti including but not limited as to the rate of dividend, period
and manner of redemption, amount of premium, if any, as the
as the Non-Executive Chairman of the Company. The
Board in its absolute discretion may determine, provided the
re-appointment of Mr. Haribhakti and Mr. Bhide is subject to
aggregate amount up to which the Preference Shares shall be
the approval by the Members at the ensuing Annual General
issued shall not exceed R 2,000 Crore (Rupees Two Thousand
Meeting by way of a special resolution.
Crore only). The Board shall also be authorised to approve
The Company has received a notice in accordance with the any modification, alteration and re-setting of all or any of
provisions of Section 160 of the Act proposing the candidature the terms and conditions of the Preference Shares from time-
of Mr. Haribhakti and Mr. Bhide for the office of Independent to-time in consultation and agreement with the subscribers
Director. A copy of the draft Letter of Appointment for / holders of Preference Shares. The terms and conditions
of the Preference Shares shall however be subject to the
Independent Directors is available for inspection at the
provisions of the Companies Act, 2013, or any modification(s) /
registered office of the Company during business hours on any
re-enactment(s) thereof and the Memorandum and Articles of
working day.
Association of the Company, if any.

As required under Rule 9(3) of the Companies (Share Capital and Debentures) Rules, 2014 and Rule 14(1) of the Companies
(Prospectus and Allotment of Securities) Rules, 2014, the material facts in connection with the aforesaid issue of Preference Shares
are as follows:
(a) Particulars of the offer including date Cumulative Compulsorily Redeemable Non-Convertible Preference Shares for
of passing of Board resolution an amount not exceeding in aggregate R 2,000 Crore (Rupees Two Thousand
Crore only) in one or more tranches by way of a public offer or on a private
placement basis at such rates and on such terms and conditions as may be
determined by the Board (including any Committee constituted by the Board)
(“Board”).
Date of passing of Board Resolution: March 19, 2019.
(b) Size of the issue and number of The Company proposes to create, offer, issue and allot Preference Shares of
preference shares to be issued and the face value of R 100 each for cash at par or at a premium either by way of
nominal value of each share a public offer or to various entities / persons including Promoters / Promoter
Group & Associates, whether or not they are Member(s) of the Company on a
private placement basis.
(c) Nature of such shares i.e. cumulative Cumulative, Non-Participating and Non-Convertible.
or non - cumulative, participating or
non - participating, convertible or non
- convertible
(d) Objectives of the issue To maintain adequate working capital including redemption of Preference
Shares and funding the operations of the Company and that of its subsidiaries.
(e) Manner of issue of shares Public Offer/Private Placement as decided by the Board.
(f) Price at which such shares are At par or at premium as decided by the Board.
proposed to be issued
(g) Basis on which the price has been While the issuances would generally be made at par, in case the issuance is
arrived at made at premium, the same would be at a price determined on the basis of
valuation by a registered valuer in accordance with applicable rules.
(h) Terms of issue, including terms and The tenure shall be for a period not exceeding 7 (Seven) years. The issuances
rate of dividend on each share, etc would be subject to conditions of money market, appetite of the investors,
prevalent tax regulations, credit rating of the instrument etc, and the rate of
dividend would be linked to the returns provided by similar instruments.
(i) Terms of redemption, including the Tenure of redemption would be based on cash flow forecasts of the Company
tenure of redemption, redemption which in turn would be linked to ongoing performance of its subsidiaries and
of shares at premium and if the the growth opportunities.
preference shares are convertible, the
terms of conversion
(j) Manner and modes of redemption The redemption of Cumulative Compulsorily Redeemable Non-convertible
Preference Shares will be done in accordance with the provisions of the
Companies Act, 2013 and out of profit and / or out of fresh issue of capital.
(k) Current shareholding pattern of the Equity shareholding pattern as on March 31, 2019(1):
Company Category No. of Shares % to Equity Capital
Promoter 1,27,75,20,203 63.91%
Financial Institution, Mutual Funds & Bank 5,79,69,351 2.90%
FIIs, FPIs & AIFs 32,46,94,379 16.24%
Bodies Corporates 9,06,63,447 4.54%
Resident Individuals & Others 23,78,76,545 11.90%
Non-Resident Indians 1,00,88,435 0.50%
Total 1,99,88,12,360 100.00%
(1)
etailed shareholding pattern is available on the website of the Company i.e. www.ltfs.com
D
and is also available on the website of BSE Ltd. i.e. www.bseindia.com and National Stock
Exchange of India Ltd. i.e. www.nseindia.com.

(l) Expected dilution in equity share Not applicable
capital upon conversion of preference
shares
(m) Material terms of raising such Since the issuance would be in one or more tranches, material terms will be
securities determined by the Board, in accordance with the applicable provisions of the
Companies Act, 2013 and the rules framed thereunder and other applicable
laws for the time being in force.
(n) Proposed time schedule From the conclusion of this Annual General Meeting to the conclusion of the
next Annual General Meeting.
(o) Contribution being made by the The issuance will be in one or more tranches and the contribution, if any, will
promoters or directors either as part of be in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Companies Act, 2013
the offer or separately in furtherance and the Rules framed thereunder and other applicable laws for the time being
of objects in force.
(p) Principle terms of assets charged as Not applicable
securities
(q) Details of valuer Since the issuance would be in one or more tranches, the valuer will be
determined by the Board, in accordance with the applicable provisions of the
Companies Act, 2013 and the Rules framed thereunder and other applicable
laws for the time being in force.
None of the Directors, Key Managerial Personnel and their relatives, other than to the extent of their shareholding in the Company,
are concerned / interested, financially or otherwise, in the above resolution.
The aforesaid proposal is in the interest of the Company and the Board thus recommends the special resolution at Item No. 6 of
the Notice for approval of the Members.

Additional Information of Directors seeking re-appointment / appointment at the Eleventh Annual General Meeting
pursuant to SS-2 and SEBI Listing Regulations:
Name of the Director Mr. R. Shankar Raman Mr. S. V. Haribhakti Mr. P. V. Bhide
(DIN: 00019798) (DIN: 00007347) (DIN: 03304262)
Date of Birth/(Age) December 20, 1958 (60 years) March 12, 1956 (63 years) January 8, 1950 (69 years)
Qualifications B.Com from Madras University Chartered Accountant and Cost Accountant Master of Business Administration from
Chartered Accountant and Cost Accountant Indira Gandhi National Open University
Bachelors of Law from University of Delhi
Bachelors of Science – Honours from
University of Delhi
Date of first appointment May 1, 2008 September 25, 2010(1) March 22, 2011(1)
on the Board
Remuneration N.A(2) Sitting fees and commission as approved by Sitting fees and commission as approved
the Board.(3) by the Board.(3)
Experience/Brief Profile Mr. R Shankar Raman is the Chief Financial Mr. S. V. Haribhakti is a Chartered Accountant, Mr. P. V. Bhide is a retired IAS Officer of
Officer and Member of the Board at Larsen & with over four decades of experience in the Andhra Pradesh Cadre (1973 Batch).
Toubro Limited (L&T). He is a Non-Executive developing and leading one of India’s He has worked in several government
Director on the Board of our Company and most respected and diversified Chartered positions during a career spanning nearly
L&T Investment Management Limited. He Accounting firm – Haribhakti & Co. LLP. four decades. In the state government
is also on the board of several companies He is currently the Non-Executive Chairman he worked as Deputy Secretary in
within the L&T Group. He joined the L&T of L&T Mutual Fund Trustee Limited, Medical & Health Department and also
Group in 1994 to set up L&T Finance Limited Future Lifestyle Fashions Limited and as Commissioner Relief (Department of
and has close to 35 years of experience in Blue Star Limited. He serves as Independent Revenue). He also was Finance Secretary
Finance and Management. Director of several other Public & Private and Secretary Energy for Andhra Pradesh.
Limited Companies. He is also pursuing He also worked as Managing Director of
Advisory work through his proprietary Firm A.P. State Handloom Weavers’ Cooperative
Shailesh Haribhakti & Associates. Society Ltd. (APCO) and Chief Executive &
He actively promotes “shared value” creation Managing Director of Godavari Fertilisers
and a green environment through his own and Chemicals Limited.
enterprise Planet People & Profit Consulting With the Government of India his roles
Private Limited and his leadership roles as include Deputy Secretary - Department
Chairman of United Way, and Chairman/ of Economic Affairs, Ministry of Finance,
Member of the CSR committees of some of Executive Advisor to India’s Executive
the Boards that he serves on. Director to the International Bank for
He was associated with Indian Institute of Reconstruction and Development (IBRD/
Management Ahmedabad (IIMA), BMA, IIA World Bank), Joint Secretary and later as
(Mumbai), ICAI (WIRC), IMC, FPSB and Rotary Secretary - Department of Disinvestment,
Club of Bombay over the last several decades. Ministry of Finance, Additional Secretary/
For two years he served on the Standards Spl. Secretary - Ministry of Home Affairs.
Advisory Council of the IASB in London and He retired as Revenue Secretary - Ministry
was Chairman of NPS (National Pension of Finance, Govt. of India.
Scheme) Trust from 2015-2017.
Terms and conditions of Appointed as a Director liable to retire by Re-appointed as an Independent Director Re-appointed as an Independent Director
appointment / rotation. for a second term of a period of 5 years i.e. for a second term of a period of 5 years
re-appointment from April 1, 2019 to March 31, 2024. i.e. from April 1, 2019 to March 31, 2024.
Directorships held 1. Larsen and Toubro Limited 1. Blue Star Limited 1. L&T Finance Limited
in other companies 2. Larsen & Toubro Infotech Limited 2. L&T Mutual Fund Trustee Limited 2. L&T Housing Finance Limited
(excluding foreign 3. L&T Investment Management Limited 3. Torrent Pharmaceuticals Limited 3. Nocil Limited
companies) as on date
4. L&T Infrastructure Development Projects 4. Future Lifestyle Fashions Limited 4. Tube Investments of India Limited
Limited 5. Mahindra Life Space Developers Limited 5. Glaxosmithkline Pharmaceuticals
5. L&T Hydrocarbon Engineering Limited 6. Ambuja Cements Limited Limited
6. L&T Seawoods Limited 7. ACC Limited 6. VST Industries Limited
7. L&T Realty Limited 8. NSDL e-Governance Infrastructure Limited 7. Gujarat Borosil Limited
8. L&T Metro Rail (Hyderabad) Limited 9. Bennett Coleman & Company Limited 8. A.P.I.D.C. Venture Capital Private
Limited
10. Quadrum Solutions Private Limited
9. Shiksha Financial Services India Private
11. MentorCap Management Private Limited
Limited
12. Gaja Trustee Company Limited
13. Intuit Consulting Pvt. Limited
14. Planet People and Profit Consulting
Private Limited
15. Cloud Infosolutions Private Limited

Name of the Director Mr. R. Shankar Raman Mr. S. V. Haribhakti Mr. P. V. Bhide
(DIN: 00019798) (DIN: 00007347) (DIN: 03304262)
Memberships / A. Audit Committee A. Audit Committee A. Audit Committee
Chairpersonship of 1. L&T Finance Holdings Limited 1. L&T Finance Holdings Limited 1. L&T Finance Limited
committees across 2. L&T Infrastructure Development Projects 2. L&T Mutual Fund Trustee Limited 2. L&T Housing Finance Limited
companies (only Limited 3. Torrent Pharmaceuticals Limited 3. GlaxoSmithKline Pharmaceuticals
Statutory Committees 3. L&T Metro Rail (Hyderabad) Limited Limited
as required to be 4. Future Lifestyle Fashions Limited
B. Stakeholder’s Relationship 5. Blue Star Limited 4. Tube Investments of India Limited
constituted under the
Committee 5. VST Industries Limited
Act considered) 6. Mahindra Life Space Developers Limited
1. L&T Finance Holdings Limited B. Stakeholder’s Relationship
7. NSDL e-Governance Infrastructure Limited
C. Corporate Social Responsibility Committee
8. Bennett Coleman & Company Limited
Committee 1. L&T Finance Holdings Limited
B. Stakeholder’s Relationship Committee
1. Larsen and Toubro Limited 2. GlaxoSmithKline Pharmaceuticals
1. ACC Limited
2. L&T Finance Holdings Limited Limited
2. Torrent Pharmaceuticals Limited
3. L&T Investment Management Limited C. Corporate Social Responsibility
C. Corporate Social Responsibility Committee
4. L&T Infrastructure Development Projects Committee
Limited 1. L&T Finance Limited
1. L&T Finance Holdings Limited
5. L&T Realty Limited 2. L&T Housing Finance Limited
2. Mahindra Life Space Developers Limited
6. L&T Seawoods Limited 3. VST Industries Limited
3. ACC Limited
D. Nomination and Remuneration D. Nomination and Remuneration
Committee D. Nomination and Remuneration Committee
Committee
1. L&T Infrastructure Development Projects 1. L&T Finance Holdings Limited
Limited 1. L&T Finance Holdings Limited
2. L&T Finance Limited
2. Torrent Pharmaceuticals Limited
3. L&T Housing Finance Limited
3. Future Lifestyle Fashions Limited
4. VST Industries Limited
4. Mahindra Life Space Developers Limited
5. Ambuja Cements Limited
6. ACC Limited
7. Bennett Coleman & Company Limited
Shareholding in the 24,461 5,00,000 4,990
Company (Equity) as on (62,500 through S. V. Haribhakti HUF)
March 31, 2019
Relationship with other None None None
Directors / Manager / Key
Managerial Personnel
Number of Board Three meetings out of five meetings All meetings (i.e. five out of five meetings) All meetings (i.e. five out of five meetings)
Meetings attended
during FY 2018-19
(1)
Appointed as Independent Directors with effect from April 1, 2014.
(2)
Mr. R. Shankar Raman is in the service of Larsen and Toubro Limited and draws remuneration from Larsen and Toubro Limited. Mr. Shankar Raman is not paid any commission,
or sitting fees separately for attending the meetings of the Board and/or any Committee of the Company.
(3)
For the details pertaining to the remuneration last drawn, please refer the Corporate Governance Report forming part of Board’s Report.
By Order of the Board of Directors

For L&T Finance Holdings Limited
Apurva Rathod
Company Secretary
ACS - A18314
Place: Mumbai

Notes

Notes

Regd. Office: Brindavan, Plot No. 177, C.S.T. Road, Kalina, Santacruz (East), Mumbai – 400 098, Maharashtra, India
CIN: L67120MH2008PLC181833; E-mail: igrc@ltfs.com; Website: www.ltfs.com
Phone: +91 22 6212 5000; Fax: +91 22 6212 5553
Form No. MGT-11

PROXY FORM
[Pursuant to Section 105(6) of the Companies Act, 2013 and Rule 19(3) of the Companies (Management and Administration) Rules, 2014]
Name(s) of the Member(s) : .............................................................................................................................................................................
Registered address : .............................................................................................................................................................................
E-mail ID : .............................................................................................................................................................................
Folio No./ Client ID : ............................................................................................ DP ID : ...................................................................
I/We, being the Member(s) of .......................................... shares of the above named company, hereby appoint:
(1) Name : .................................................................................................................................................................................................
Address : .................................................................................................................................................................................................
E-mail ID : ...........................................................................................................................................…………., or failing him
(2) Name : .................................................................................................................................................................................................
Address : .................................................................................................................................................................................................
(3) Name : .................................................................................................................................................................................................
Address : .................................................................................................................................................................................................

and whose signature(s) are appended below as my/our proxy to attend and vote (on a poll) for me/us and on my/our behalf at the Eleventh Annual
General Meeting (“AGM”) of the Company, to be held on Monday, July 29, 2019 at 3.00 p.m. at Swatantryaveer Savarkar Rashtriya Smarak,
252 Swatantryaveer Savarkar Marg, Shivaji Park, Dadar, Mumbai – 400 028 and at any adjournment thereof in respect of such resolutions as are
indicated below:
Ordinary Business: Special Business:

1. Adoption of financial statements for the year ended 4. Re-appointment of Mr. S. V. Haribhakti as an Independent
March 31, 2019 and the reports of the Board of Directors and Director of the Company.
Auditors thereon. 5. Re-appointment of Mr. P. V. Bhide as an Independent Director of
2. Declaration of dividend on Equity Shares. the Company.
3. Appointment of a director in place of Mr. R. Shankar Raman, 6. Issuance of Cumulative Compulsorily Redeemable Non-Convertible
who retires by rotation, and being eligible, offers himself for Preference Shares by way of public offer or on a private placement
re-appointment. basis.
Signed this......................................day of................................. 2019 ......................................... Affix

Signature of Member revenue
stamp of
r1
………………………………….. ……………………………………… ……………………………………

Signature of first Proxy Holder Signature of second Proxy Holder Signature of third Proxy Holder
Note:
This form of proxy in order to be effective should be duly completed and deposited at the registered office of the Company, not less
than 48 hours before the commencement of the AGM.
In
ten
tio
na
lly
lef
tb
lan
k
Regd. Office: Brindavan, Plot No. 177, C.S.T. Road, Kalina, Santacruz (East), Mumbai – 400 098, Maharashtra, India
CIN: L67120MH2008PLC181833; E-mail: igrc@ltfs.com; Website: www.ltfs.com
Phone: +91 22 6212 5000; Fax: +91 22 6212 5553
ATTENDANCE SLIP
ELEVENTH ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING - MONDAY, JULY 29, 2019 AT 3.00 P.M.
Folio No./ Client ID : ............................................. DP ID : ............................................

PLEASE COMPLETE THIS ATTENDANCE SLIP
Name : ..................................................................................................... AND HAND OVER AT THE ENTRANCE OF
THE MEETING HALL
Address : .....................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................
I certify that I am a registered Member/Proxy for the registered Member of the Company.
I hereby record my presence at the Eleventh Annual General Meeting of the Company at Swatantryaveer Savarkar Rashtriya Smarak,
252 Swatantryaveer Savarkar Marg, Shivaji Park, Dadar, Mumbai – 400 028 on Monday, July 29, 2019 at 3.00 p.m.
…………………………….. …………………………. ……………………...

First / Sole Holder / Proxy Second Holder / Proxy Third Holder / Proxy
P.T.O.
Route Map to the AGM Venue
ROUTE MAP TO THE AGM VENUE

July 02, 2019
BSE Limited
Corporate Relations Department,
1st Floor, New Trading Ring,
P. J. Towers, Dalal Street,
Mumbai - 400 001.
Security Code No.: 533519
Kind Attn: Head - Listing Department / Dept of Corporate Communications
Sub: Submission of the Sustainability Report for the financial year 2018-19
Dear Sir / Madam,
Please find enclosed the Sustainability Report (which is referred to in the Annual Report) of
the Company for the financial year 2018-19.
Further, the aforesaid Sustainability Report has also been uploaded on the website of the
Company at https://www.ltfs.com/investors.html
We request you to take the aforesaid on records.
Thanking you,
Yours faithfully,
For L&T Finance Holdings Limited
Apurva Rathod
Company Secretary and Compliance Officer
Encl: As above
CREATING VALUE,
Together
Sustainability Report 2018 - 19

Contents
02 Executive Statement
04 About the Report
05 Delivering Value to Stakeholders
06 Sustainability Highlights
08 Organisational Profile
14 Our Sustainable Business Model
22 Corporate Governance
30 Stakeholder Engagement and Materiality Assessment
38 Financial Capital
50 Human Capital
60 Intellectual Capital
68 Social and Relationship Capital
80 Natural Capital
86 GRI Content Index
92 Glossary
Dear Stakeholder, “ Our culture of 'Ownership'
and 'Results not Reasons'
has enabled achieve
The concept of the Triple Bottom Line was first enunciated through the “Retailisation” of our lending business. 100% alignment. This will
in 1994. It advocated that the performance of a business be
measured by its impact on the People, Planet and Profits.
It is a time-tested principle that an empowered woman is
able to transform her family's fortune. I am happy to report
help build continuity and
“
Since then there has been much progress in taking this idea that through our significant rural presence, we have helped value for perpetuity.
forward. The Millennium Development Goals promulgated over 59 Lakh women micro loan customers become
in 2000 by the United Nations gave way to the more micro-entrepreneurs, thereby positively impacting their
globally participative Sustainable Development Goals in families. We have also enabled over 3 Lakh farmers to
2015, rallying the world towards a future which will not be improve their livelihoods through tractor financing.
betrayed by the way we live in our present. Similarly, our two-wheeler loans have added impetus to the
mobility and economic aspirations of customers across the
improve its RoE from 9.78% in FY2015-16 to 17.92% in
It is against this backdrop and with great pleasure, we country.
FY2018-19. Our adherence to the highest standards of
present to you our first Sustainability Report. Elaborating on
Corporate Governance is what lies at the heart of the
our journey for FY2018-19 and in tune with the Triple In urban India, we have financed over 30,000 customers
success of our businesses. As a part of the L&T family, trust
Bottom Line concept, the theme of the report is 'Creating enabling them to purchase their own homes and
and integrity are paramount to us. This is further enhanced
Value, Together'. We are aligned to the principle of growing transformed landscapes in six cities. We have helped over
by a governance structure that incorporates stringent
while making the world stronger, more empowered and 30 Lakh mutual fund investors to move towards attaining
measures laid down by an independent, gender-agnostic
sustainable. their financial goals.
Board to ensure ethical and accountable business practices.
We believe in taking responsible decisions in the present day
That any business should create value for its shareholders is The role of a financier is that of a catalyst. We believe that
to avoid being in a vulnerable position in the future.
a given. But unless it also creates value for the community at while making purchase decisions, the borrowers should not
large, the value creation for its shareholders will, at best, be be burdened with the dynamics of getting a loan. Towards
We are creating a young and vibrant organisation, providing
short term. this end 'Digitisation' is an important step. We use digital
aspirational roles and responsibilities to our employees.
platforms and data analytics to be adaptable, inclusive and
LTFH's culture of 'Ownership' and 'Results not Reasons' has
Three years ago, we launched an organisation-wide nimble, identify the right set of customers and enhance our
enabled us to achieve 100% alignment. This will help build
DI N A N AT H D U B H A S H I transformation that hinged on identifying the 'Right outreach to new customer segments. Our goal is to
continuity and value for perpetuity.
Managing Director & CEO Businesses' to emphasise on. De-focusing from a multitude emerge as the most preferred financial partner for our
L&T Finance Holdings
of products, the aim was to develop and design a customers, a key tenet of which is being the fastest to
Our commitment to the community is as important to us as
sustainable business model which would allow the meet their needs.
our commitment to achieve the targeted RoE value. Our
organisation to win in the market and achieve long-term,
Corporate Social Responsibility initiatives are designed to
top quartile Return on Equity (RoE) for its shareholders. India has set itself a goal of producing about 160
“
address specifically identified needs of the communities that
In tune with the gigawatts of solar and wind power by the year 2022. It is
we operate in. Our efforts are focused on creating
Though the ensuing transition has been challenging, our belief that to tackle global warming, there is a need to
Triple Bottom Line concept, sustainable rural livelihoods through digital financial
I believe we have emerged successful. How this is creating accelerate the shift to cleaner and greener energy
inclusion and literacy, as well as integrated water resource
the theme of the report is value for our shareholders will, of course, be dealt with in resources. Therefore, green finance is a key business
management. Approximately 2 Lakh rural households have
far more depth in our Annual Report for the year. For the priority for us and consequently our Wholesale Finance
'Creating Value, Together'. purposes of this report, let me focus on the larger impact of business has focused on investing in renewable energy and
benefited from our CSR contributions as on 31st March,
2019.
We are aligned to the our business transformation. is the largest financier to the sector.
principle of growing while “ Each of our business verticals is addressing a key need of the During the reporting year, we have financed 7,746 MW of
We believe that this is just a beginning in the journey of
'Creating Value, Together'. Going forward, we will continue
making the world stronger, India growth story. Our three main lending businesses - solar and wind energy projects across the country. Most of
to invest in ecosystems that enable our customers reach
Rural, Housing and Wholesale Finance - address clearly these are fully operational, saving 13.9 million tonnes of
empowered and sustainable. defined economic needs of our transforming nation. Our carbon emissions a year. In recognition of this
their goals, while increasing our own sustainability efforts in
accordance with the principles of the United Nations Global
asset management businesses not only help create long - achievement, the Renewable Energy Investment and
Compact.
term wealth for our customers, but also help channel Finance Forum awarded us the 'Best Renewable Energy
savings into productive investments for the growth of the Financier of the Year 2017' for both the Solar and Wind
economy. Sectors. Thank you.
Dinanath Dubhashi
We believe that there is tremendous value to be created The Right Business segments are further supported by the Managing Director & CEO
across rural India, which is transforming at a rapid pace, Right Structure and Right People - helping the organisation L&T Finance Holdings Ltd.
02 L&T FINANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED | Sustainability Report 2018 - 19 L&T FINANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED | Sustainability Report 2018 - 19 03
LTFH: DELIVERING VALUE
About the report Delivering assurance to all stakeholders
Introduction
Sustainability has always been an integral part of the Larsen & Toubro (L&T) Group's legacy, paving the path for our endeavour to
contribute to an inclusive future. Our internal re-engineering over the past three years has made us more focused and confident in
committing ourselves to build a better tomorrow and create value for all our stakeholders.
SHAREHOLDERS
Value creation as a journey is a well-synchronised exercise that has taken into consideration the aspirations and sensitivities of our Cycle-resilient business model
stakeholders. This report conveys how we are 'Creating Value, Together' through various diversified business lines that we operate with steady growth
in. This report also highlights our sustainability initiatives and business models that are not silos but co-exist and seamlessly blend Delivering top quartile RoE consistently
into each other's realms.
This is our first Sustainability Report and covers the reporting period of FY2018-19 i.e. 1st April 2018 to 31st March 2019. The
information disclosed is aligned to the Global Reporting Initiative's (GRI) Standards for sustainability reporting, and is in
accordance with the Core option. LTFH has applied the principles for defining report content and quality, as prescribed by the GRI C U STO M E R S
Standards while developing this report.
Dependable delivery of quality products and services
In an effort to compile information that is accurate, complete and well-balanced, the content of each chapter has been developed Responsible lending backed by data analytics
around the material topics identified and prioritised. The process followed for stakeholder engagement and materiality assessment
has been detailed in the sections ahead. Moreover, the information presented in the report has been mapped to relevant
Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs).
E M P LOY E E S
Scope and Boundary Creating a workplace built on clarity,transparency and fairness
This report covers the overall environmental, social and economic performance of our organisation including subsidiaries spanning
Linking rewards to performances against transparent goal-setting
across our corporate office headquartered in Mumbai, 230 branches and 1,224 micro loan meeting centers.
All the qualitative and quantitative disclosures provided have been collated by individual business units and validated by our
internal stakeholders including executive and senior management members.
S O C I E TY
Precautionary Principle Businesses mapped to key economic, environmental
The precautionary principle adopted by our organisation has been expressed for all the material topics in terms of the internal
and employment needs of the country
controls implemented. Management systems are in place for mitigating risk and effectively monitoring our economic, CSR efforts targeted towards capacity building in rural India
environmental and social performance periodically.
S U S T A I N A B I L I T Y H I G H L I G H T S F O R F Y 2 0 1 8 - 1 9
E CO N O M I C
SOCIAL
Key business segments are aligned to the needs
of the nation
Increase in RoE - 9.78% in FY2015-16 to

17.92% in FY2018-19
ENVIRONMENT
Micro Loans extended to
59 Lakh+ women, of which
Net Profit - ` 2,226 Cr.
20 Lakh+ were first time borrowers
Loan Book - ` 99,121 Cr. and Assets under
Enhanced incomes of 30,000+
Management/ Assets under Service - ` 99,108 Cr. farmers through the ‘Jalvaibhav Financed 7,746 MW of wind and solar
Programme’ power
Increased focus on 'Retailisation' for both
assets and liabilities Created a cadre of 400 ‘Digital 13.9 million tonnes of CO2e GHG
Sakhis’ and up-skilled 3,500+ emissions avoided
Served 110 Lakh+ customers women entrepreneurs
Initiated macro-prudential provisioning to be Ranked No. 2 (APAC ex Japan) in
Outreach to 2 Lakh+ community mandated lead arranger for green loans
built during growth periods and to be drawn members and their households
upon during challenging by Bloomberg
through CSR
macro-economic events
Emissions intensity per employee (Scope
85%+ employees engaged in 1&2 - 0.25 tCO₂e
Raised money from the International rural businesses
Finance Corporation (IFC) to fund
Greenfield solar projects Received LEED - Gold certification for our
100% disbursements through digital corporate headquarters
channels aiding financial inclusion
Organisational
Profile
Our Organisation at a Glance Types of Businesses
L&T Finance Holdings Ltd (LTFH) is one of India's most valued and fastest-growing Non-Banking Financial Companies (NBFCs).
We offer a diverse range of financial products and services in rural, housing and wholesale sectors. We also offer investment
LENDING BUSINESSES
management and wealth-management services. We are a part of the Larsen & Toubro Group, one of the country's largest
conglomerates, which has business interests in engineering, construction, financial services and technology.
Rural Finance
Headquartered in Mumbai, the company caters to the business requirements of its growing customer base through
a nationwide network of:
230 branches 1,224 meeting centers Farm Equipment Two-Wheeler Micro Loans
Finance Finance
110 Lakh+ customers Employed 21,000+ people across

all its operations and subsidiaries
Housing Finance
Values
Vision Ambition
Home loans Loan against Real Estate
To be an admired Pride Property Finance
and inspirational Discipline
financial institution, Integrity
creating sustainable
value for all our
stakeholders.
Wholesale Finance NON-LENDING
BUSINESSES
Our commitment is to be an organisation which :
Infrastructure Structured Infra Debt
Sustainably delivers
1 top quartile RoE
Finance Corporate Finance Fund
2
Has a clear right
to win in each of the
businesses
Investment
Management
LTFH 2.0 Grows fearlessly with a
3 strong balance sheet
and robust systems
4 Uses data intelligence

as a key to unlocking RoE Wealth
Management
5 Has a culture of “Results”
not “Reasons”
Our Business Strategy Right Businesses working to further simplify our corporate structure. This has
led to the optimal utilisation of capital and management
bandwidth.
In 2008, we were incorporated as a holding organisation for L&T's financial services businesses and in 2011, we became a publicly Profitable growth was the key focus of the selected
businesses. Through much thought and introspection, we
listed company. Our organisation is registered with the RBI as a non-banking financial company - core investment company
decided that the three main pillars of our growth should
Right People
(“NBFC-CIC”)
be - lending, investment management and wealth Our company's focus is on building a strong and
In April 2016, our senior management launched a four-year strategy roadmap in order to maximise shareholder returns. management. We believe that we have the right blend of sustainable institution by developing an engaged, skilled
The single-most important metric chosen by our company to deliver this was Return on Equity (RoE). products to help us achieve the desired level of profitability. and productive workforce. The organisation structure went
through a complete overhaul to deliver higher productivity,
speed and efficiency. Clear roles and responsibilities were
Right Structure defined in accordance with the new strategy.
Transform Focus Our focus on achieving the right structure was
Our company transformed from being spread across multiple To achieve this transformation, our company focused on an two-pronged:
businesses to building distinctive positions in select ideal balance of Right Businesses, Right Structure &
businesses. The strategic choice was clear-concentrate on Right People. Optimising the allocation of capital: We allocated Deliver
what we are good at and completely exit non-core more capital towards high RoE-generating businesses.
The strategy of divesting non-core businesses helped the Our company built a strong execution engine to convert this
businesses. This simplicity and clarity of strategic intent has
company to unlock invested capital. We have also strategy to action. Specific “Centres of Excellence” (CoE)
been the hallmark of our transformational journey.
established a strong sell-down desk to optimise capital were launched under the leadership of chosen middle
allocation and balance our portfolio risk. management executives to deliver on every aspect of the
strategy. Clear planning, strong execution and transparent
Consolidating multiple legal entities: We have merged measurement has led to these CoEs delivering on their
four of our subsidiaries in the past three years and are objectives.
Ability to Industry
Attractiveness
Extract Value
AWARDS
Investment Awards are a public recognition of our efforts. During the reporting period, we were conferred with several awards for
Prioritisation various aspects of our businesses, which include:
LTFH
Profitability
Right Right Right Airport Deal of the Year

Private Equity M & A Deal of the Year
Businesses Structure People Infrastructure Fund Deal of the Year Best Audit Committee Forbes India's Super 50 Companies 2018
KEY PROPOSITION SIMPLICITY ALIGNMENT
Leading Indian Mandated Lead

Excellence in Corporate Governance Management of Change and Excellence in HRM Arranger and Book Runner
Our Sustainable
Business Model
Overview Construction - Housing Finance and
India has emerged as one of the fastest-growing countries the Wholesale business segment focusing on supporting the
Real Estate Sector : A harbinger for growth
in the world with a nominal GDP of $2.7 trillion and a Infrastructure sector. Our asset-management propositions
growth rate of 7% during FY 2018-19. The country's through investment and wealth-management businesses, The construction sector is the second-largest employer in resulting in market consolidation and improved consumer
economic growth is dependent on three primary sectors i.e. help tap and channel the savings potential of the country. India. As per the economic survey of 2017-18, this sector is confidence. This is expected to create a long-term positive
the Agriculture and Allied sector, the Industry sector and slated to employ approximately 67 million people by 2022. impact on the prospects of the housing finance industry.
the Services sector. Our presence in these sectors not only helps the Growth in the construction sector has a multiplier effect
organisation align its business goals with national priorities, on the overall economic activity, thus, generating increased Through our real estate financing business, we provide
We believe that our company's long term sustainable but also creates long term value for its stakeholders. We demand across various related sectors such as cement and wide-ranging solutions to address funding requirements of
growth hinges on aligning with sectors that are the growth believe that shared value for all our stakeholders can only be steel. developers. Our main focus is on prominent developers with
engines of the Indian economy and actively contribute to created through holistic and self-sustaining business models. strong execution skills and performance track record. Our
the GDP. This philosophy is embodied in the core business Also, our diversified portfolio across business segments, The construction sector broadly consists of real estate, parent, L&T's, knowledge repository is an important enabler
model of LTFH's lending and non-lending businesses. geographical regions and customer groups has allowed us infrastructure construction and industrial construction. In in our evaluation of prospects and projects.
Our lending proposition in the Rural business contributes to to achieve a high level of adaptability thereby insulating Real Estate, the Residential/Housing sector has an 80%
the Agriculture and Allied sector while Housing business has against uncertainties and cyclical market dynamics. contribution and is being increasingly financed by NBFCs Our consistent engagement with real estate developers and
products serving the need of the Construction sector, with and Housing Finance Companies (HFCs). timely delivery of customised financing solutions has helped
us become a preferred financier. This has translated in us
Over the years, macro-economic regulations like becoming a trusted partner for their customers who seek
demonetisation, GST implementation and the introduction home loans. Our presence in this segment extends to
Mapping LTFH’S growth to GDP growth of the Real Estate Regulation and Development Act, 2016 prominent urban locations. Additionally, we have developed
(RERA), have caused temporary slowdown in sectoral a strong marketing and distribution network with an
Agricultural and Allied Sector - Driving rural development growth. At the same time, these measures have provided
that much-required accountability and transparency,
impetus on direct origination.
India is predominantly a rural economy with two-thirds of them by ushering financial inclusion and literacy. Our
its population living in rural areas. This sector comprises of portfolio mirrors the allied sector development, whereby
70% of the workforce and contributes 46% to the national ~ 24% of micro loan customers are engaged in the Infrastructure Sector
income, thereby making economic development a key occupation related to animal husbandry acting as an
government prerogative. The 'core agricultural' activities effective mitigant to the inherent cyclicality of agriculture. The infrastructure sector is one of the most important Government has established a long term roadmap for
include crop production while 'allied activities' include dairy, growth engines for the Indian economy. India has an development. Within the Infrastructure sector, we focus on
Farmer’s income is a key catalyst affecting the core investment requirement of $777.73 Billion for infrastructure renewable energy, operating roads and power transmission
poultry, horticulture, fisheries and aquaculture.
agricultural sector. The Government of India too has development by 2022. Through various policy initiatives, the for the growth of our business.
The growth rates of the core agricultural and allied sectors emphasised the need for increasing farmer’s income and
share a symbiotic relationship and contribute to the increase doubling it by 2022. This can be facilitated through a
in household income at the grassroots level. combination of the following means: increasing agricultural
It may be noted that the compounded annual growth rate
output, increasing minimum support price (MSP) and
developing rural infrastructure. Tractors and allied farm
Renewable Energy - A Green financing initiative
(CAGR) of 'allied activities' during the past decade is 5.4%
mechanisation act as an important medium towards We recognize that there is a need to meet the burgeoning We have emerged as a leading financier in the renewable
as compared to 1.9% in 'core agriculture'. As a result, the
achieving these policy objectives. We at LTFH have identified power requirements of an emerging economy like India energy space through a combination of our strong
share of 'allied activities' in agriculture Gross Value Added
this to provide livelihood financing. With this, we strive to and understand the importance of the role played by underwriting abilities, sell-down capabilities and group
(GVA) has increased from 34% to 41% during this period.
become a significant partner in the farmers' journey to renewable energy sources (e.g. wind and solar) to meet synergies. Our impact through financing of green projects
Understanding this complex and inter-linked growth
prosperity. the demand of 862 GW by 2030. goes beyond our actual book. Through regular sell-down,
pattern, we have strived to enhance our presence in both
the agricultural and allied sectors. It is interesting to note that over the years, tractor usage has we have built an ecosystem comprising leading banks and
Over the years, viability around renewable project
also expanded to non-agricultural activities. With this, the financial institutions, thereby giving them an opportunity to
Our micro loans offering, which caters to the allied sectors, implementation has received a boost due to reduced input
correlation between demand for tractors and the monsoon take part in the Green Energy initiative.
is availed through a Joint Liability Group (JLG) format, costs and favourable government policies, thereby
has weakened considerably. In line with this change, we mitigating land acquisition and evacuation risks.
thereby fostering micro-entrepreneurship and self-
have calibrated the direction of our Farm Equipment Finance
sufficiency amongst rural women. It also contributes to their
business by using deep data analytics to identify potential
financial wealth by providing a key source of income to
areas.
Mutual Funds - A vital savings aggregator and financier
During the past decade, the Indian mutual fund industry in Mutual Funds. Multiple educational programmes are also
witnessed an average growth rate of 12.5% which is more being targeted towards investors in Tier-2 and Tier-3 cities.
than double the rate of growth reported by the developed Depending on the demographic segment, we customize
countries. The Assets Under Management (AUM) of the our communication methods and mediums. Our efforts are
domestic mutual fund industry is 11% of India's GDP aimed at enabling and further strengthening the digital
compared to the world average of 62%, which underscores literacy and financial-inclusion initiatives of the
its huge potential for growth. Government of India.
Through our asset-management businesses, we tap into the Over the past few years, there has been an increased
savings potential of the country by providing investment participation by retail investors in the Indian equity markets
avenues and channelizing them into productive financial through the Systematic Investment Plan (SIP) route. Our
instruments. Through our investor-education initiatives, we share in SIPs have witnessed a robust growth from 1.8% in
reach out to a diverse set of individuals helping them FY2014-15 to 5.5% in FY2018-19.
understand the risk and benefits of long-term investments
Our participation in sectors that exhibit long-term growth contributes towards making our business model sustainable whilst accruing
benefits such as income generation, employment generation, financial inclusion, livelihood generation and energy security. P R O D U C T S
Our Businesses: Creating Value, Together
GDP COMPONENTS OUR BUSINESSES OUTPUTS VA L U E C R E A T I O N
INCOME
GENERATION
RURAL
AGRICULTURE FINANCE
EMPLOYMENT
AND ALLIED GENERATION
Book - 25,577
LIVELIHOOD SHAREHOLDERS
GENERATION
NATIONAL
HOUSING FOOD SECURITY
FINANCE
CONSTRUCTION Book - 25,519

FINANCIAL
INCLUSION
CUSTOMERS
WHOLESALE
FINANCE
Book - 47,178 OUTPUTS

INFRASTRUCTURE
EMPLOYEES
INVESTMENT
MANAGEMENT
HOUSING
AAUM - 70,994
INFRASTRUCTURE
HOUSEHOLD SAVING DEVELOPMENT
WEALTH NATIONAL ENERGY

SOCIETY
MANAGEMENT
SECURITY
AUS - 28,164 CHANNELIZED

SAVING
All figures are in `. Cr and as on 31st March 2019
Corporate
Governance
Corporate governance is a significant pillar for the existence foundation of ethics, transparency and accountability by
and sustainable growth of any organisation. Our corporate each and every employee at LTFH. Board Composition
governance structure is built on the prescribed regulatory
framework. It is firmly rooted in our core values of Pride, Most importantly, we are aware that being a part of India's The composition of our Board represents an optimal mix True to the spirit of gender diversity, our Board has two
Integrity, Discipline and Ambition. These values guide our leading conglomerate, L&T, we are responsible to uphold of professionalism, diversity, knowledge and experience. women independent Directors as against one, as
decision-making at all times, helping us to shape our work and protect the brand's legacy and reputation. Our Board comprises of eminent personalities from stipulated under the law. Of the total strength of 9
culture and brand reputation. This is duly supported by a diverse fields as stated below: directors, over 50% of the Board comprises independent
directors.
Entrepreneurs / Professionals
Private Sector / Public Sector
Governance Structure Social Sector / Commercial Sector

Banking Sector / Non-Banking Sector
Our Board of Directors plays an important role in In addition to the Board-nominated committees in
promoting organisational values and ensuring that an accordance with the regulatory framework, we have
appropriate governance structure is in place, to support formed a senior management body, the Group Executive
our operations and protect stakeholders' interests. The Committee (GEC), to oversee key strategic and operational
Name of Director Designation
Board's responsibilities are discharged through various initiatives. The GEC, comprising the Managing Director & Mr. S. V. Haribhakti Non - Executive Chairman (Independent Director)
committees, some of which have been constituted CEO, Chief Executives (CE) of the five business verticals and
voluntarily, to ensure that all facets of the organisation's heads of key departments, ensures that the organisation Mr. Dinanath Dubhashi Managing Director & CEO
structure are governed to the utmost standards. achieves its stated goals within the governance
Mr. R. Shankar Raman Non-Executive Director
framework.
At LTFH, the Chairman of the Board is an independent
Mr. P. V. Bhide Independent Director
Director and his roles and responsibilities are distinct from
those of the Managing Director & CEO. Mr. Thomas Mathew T. Independent Director
Ms. Nishi Vasudeva Independent Director
Dr. (Mrs.) Rajani R. Gupte

GEC Structure Independent Director
Mr. Pavninder Singh Nominee Director
Dinanath Dubhashi Mr. Prabhakar B. Non-Executive Director

MD & CEO
As on date
Kailash Kulkarni Sunil Prabhune Virender Pankaj Srikanth JR Manoj Shenoy Sachinn Joshi Raju Dodti S. Anantharaman
CE - Investment CE - Rural Finance CE - Wholesale & CE - Housing CE - Wealth Group Chief CE - Special Chief Risk Officer
Management & & Group Head - Group Head - Sell Finance & Group Management & Financial Officer Situations Group & & Head - Internal
Group Head - Digital, IT and Down Head - Central Group Head - CSR Group Head - Legal Audit
Marketing Analytics Operations & Compliance
Soumendra Abhishek Shiva

Nath Lahiri Sharma Rajaraman
Chief Investment Chief Digital CE - L&T Infra

Officer - Investment Officer Debt Fund
Management
Committees of the Board Policies and frameworks
The key committees of the Board constituted to help in effective discharge of Board responsibilities, include: Our policies and frameworks guide our actions which in turn enable us to create value across various forms of capital viz. Financial,
Intellectual, Human, Social & Relationship and Natural.
Risk Management Framework

In FY2016-17, we embarked on a project to enhance our risk-management framework. A globally renowned risk-management
consultant was commissioned to assist the internal risk team in designing and benchmarking our enterprise risk-management
strategy. The entire process helped improve our capabilities in establishing the following:
Mandatory as per statute Function Voluntary Function
Financial reporting, IT framework, cyber Creation of Risk-Appetite Statement Early Warning Signal Mechanism
Audit Committee internal audit, IT Strategy Committee
security arrangements
risk management Setting up of Risk Limits and Hotspots Establishment of Liquidity Buffers
for handling Black Swan Events
Risk Dashboards
Nomination & Appointment, remuneration,
Remuneration Committee performance evaluation
The Board of Directors through the Risk Management Committee has an oversight over the Risk Management Framework.
Corporate Social
CSR policy and initiatives
Responsibility Committee
Code of Conduct (CoC)
Our Code of Conduct is applicable to employees and and avoiding conflict of interest. Additionally, we also have
Stakeholders Redressal of stakeholder's
Relationship Committee grievances Directors and emphasises on ethics, fair employment an independent CoC for our non-executive directors
practices, creating a safe and healthy working focusing on upholding professional competence and
environment, anti-money laundering, whistle-blower policy, avoiding any conflict of interest.
Risk management framework,
Risk Management early warning signals,
Committee risk appetite statements,
cyber security
Vigil Mechanism Policy
LTFH had a Risk Management Committee on a voluntary basis from 2012 till March 31, 2018 The vigil mechanism policy empowers Directors and employees to raise actual or suspected violations. The implementation of the
policy is monitored through an internal committee - Whistleblower Investigation Committee. It addresses all concerns raised on
questionable practices. The policy covers the following:
Governing Sustainability Practices
The responsibility of governing sustainability rests with the Board of Directors. However, specific activities have been delegated to Applicability guidelines in
1 Vigil mechanism 2
terms of acts of wrongdoings
committees as deemed appropriate. The Sustainability Committee is responsible for formulating and executing the sustainability
strategy, which is reviewed and discussed with senior management, periodically. Meetings and records
3 Ombudsman 4
Assurance of protection of vigilant

5 Procedure for reporting 6 person/ whistle-blower/ tipster
The chairperson of the Whistle Blower Investigation Committee is the Chief Ethics Officer who is responsible for receiving, validating,
investigating and reporting to the Audit Committee.
Anti-corruption policy Macro Prudential Provisioning
Unanticipated event risks are a part and parcel of any organisation's journey. Key action lies in preparing for and building reserves
A policy on anti-corruption to address and effectuate our commitment to comply with the law, rules and regulations related to
during phases of unhindered growth, which can then be depended upon if and when market conditions remain unfavorable. This
our businesses has been adopted. The purpose of this policy is to help our employees identify and avoid situations that could
helps in breaking “procyclicality” and increases resilience during economic downturns. After the implementation of IndAS in the
potentially violate anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws or creates any appearance of impropriety.
first quarter of FY 2019, it was towards fulfilling this objective that LTFH initiated a macro prudential provisioning to be amassed
during strong economic performance and to be drawn upon during challenging macro-economic events. This corpus will act as a
contingency for any unanticipated events of unforeseen risks, and is over and above the expected credit losses on GS3 assets and
Employee Welfare Policies standard asset provisions.
These macro prudential provisions will be built over a period of time subject to a cap of 1.25% of the risk weighted assets. The
We have well-defined policies and procedures in place to prevent any kind of discrimination. Our policies are gender neutral,
quantum of creation or drawdown of these provisions in a quarter is decided by a committee of Chief Risk Officer, Chief Financial
inclusive of every employee except where gender-specific policy intervention is required - for example, we have a separate section
Officer, Chief Executive of respective businesses as well as the Managing Director & CEO and is presented to the Audit Committee
called ‘Women Friendly Working Norms' which include, a separate child-care policy, part-time working and leave of absence to
along with the quarterly financial results.
take care of personal exigencies in addition to the regular maternity benefits stipulated. The extended maternity benefits provided
by our organisation, predates the statutory changes. Further, we also offer child care leave to our employees. A 'Policy for
The creation of this provisionary corpus is a symbol of our commitment to build a sustainable business which can deliver long term
Prevention, Prohibition and Redressal of Sexual Harassment at Workplace' is in place to ensure safety and security of our female
value and returns to all stakeholders. At present, there is no regulatory stipulation for NBFCs on “Floating Provisions” from the RBI.
employees.
During the reporting period, there have been no material non-compliances with applicable regulations.
Our Differentiator Memberships and Associations

The accountability of our GEC is reflected in the decision of linking compensation structure and roles to
As an organisation that aims to continuously strengthen its presence across business segments, we interact and collaborate with
organisational goals.
various industry bodies to deliberate and share knowledge on important policy matters. Our Managing Director and CEO co-chairs
the National Committee on NBFCs at The Federation of Indian Chambers of Commerce and Industry (FICCI). Members of our
leadership team are also present on the Board/ Committees of other industry bodies such as Confederation of Indian Industry (CII),
Variable Compensation SEBI Mutual Fund Advisory Committee, the Indian Banks' Association's Monetary Policy Consultative Group, Indian Institute of
Banking and Finance's (IIBF) Journal Bank Quest and Association of Mutual Funds in India (AMFI).
Commitment of the GEC that their variable compensation is linked to achievement of stakeholder value creation.
ESOPs
With an aim to synchronise organisational goals with long term employee commitment, ESOPs are used as an important
retention tool. Options under our ESOP scheme are granted at the prevailing market price and not at a discount, vesting over a
period of 4 years.
Additional responsibilities
Senior management has been provided additional responsibilities other than their stated job profile. This gives them an
additional and holistic purview of the organisation.
Weekly meetings of the GEC

The weekly periodicity, and the detailed cross-disciplinary discussions and deliberations at these meetings are an important
mechanism of keeping the organisation in line and abreast on latest developments throughout the various business lines. They also
act as a think tank to critically analyse each other's views thereby converging towards a holistic solution.
Stakeholder Engagement
Frequency of Key Topics Covered
Stakeholder Group Mode of Engagement
We focus on forging strong relationships with our During these interactions, are centered around key topics of Engagement
stakeholders as they directly impact overall business concerns, expectations and opportunities of improvement. A
performance and long-term growth. These relationships are Stakeholder Relationship Committee of the Board assists us •Customer satisfaction •Requirements with respect
based on trust and our ability to deliver. Our key stakeholders in maintaining healthy relationships with stakeholders - surveys to our products
•Regular business and services
include customers, employees, shareholders and investors, especially addressing the grievances put forth by our
interactions •Borrowing profile of
regulatory authorities and community. Being aware of the shareholders. This helps us in prioritising expectations and •Dealer meets and customers
diverse needs of these stakeholders, we actively engage with developing an inclusive and comprehensive sustainability Customers engagement activities Ongoing •Credit worthiness
each group periodically. strategy. •Press releases •Customer data privacy
•Regular media interactions and security
•Ad campaigns •Transparent and fair advice
•Social media •Grievance redressal mechanism
Stakeholder Engagement Approach •Regular interactions •Productivity

•Training sessions •Talent management
•Performance appraisal •Learning and development
Employees •Employee development Ongoing •Internal mobility
initiatives •Training
Key stakeholders are identified as those •Annual reward and
individuals or groups of individuals who recognition programmes
Stakeholder Identification are directly impacted by our activities - Star awards
and vice versa.
•Annual general meetings •Financial performance

•Quarterly and annual results •Business strategy
•Investor and analyst quarterly •Return on Equity
meetings and con calls •Long-term business
•Investor conferences Need based, performance
Prioritisation of stakeholders is based on the extent of Shareholders and
their influence on our business activties and functions •Non-deal road shows Quarterly, •Goals and targets
Stakeholder Prioritisation Investors •Annual report Annually •Risk assessment and
as well as the extent of impact of our organisation's
activities on them. •Quarterly results communications management
through social media and ad
campaigns etc.
•Performance reports •Regulatory compliance

Regulatory shared with SEBI and RBI Quarterly, •Operational efficiency
The engagement process is carried out through Authorities •Compliance reports Annually •Financial performance
Stakeholder Engagement •Industry Bodies
various forums and discussion platforms. •Business strategy
•Long-term business
performance
Since this is our first sustainability report, the stakeholder stakeholders was assessed by taking inputs from these
engagement process for the report development was internal stakeholders who are continuously engaging with •Co-creating CSR programmes •Baseline and need assessments
with implementing partners •Region-wise CSR intervention
limited to its internal stakeholders i.e. employees and senior relevant external stakeholder groups and understand their •Capacity building workshops •Business adjacency
management members. However, the viewpoint of external expectations. Community •Local, State and Central level Need Based •Digital Financial Literacy,
Stakeholder workshops •Integrated Water Resource
Management and
Disaster Relief
Materiality Assessment
Compared to our industry peers, we are in a unique phase Our vision for long term growth and focus on top quartile management as well the core Sustainability Task Force Material topics categorised under Tier-1 fall under the
of growth and expansion. Through the execution of our RoE coupled with other strategic objectives have contributed were organised, based on which, 20 potentially material critical (High-High) importance category. The Tier-2 issues
business strategy, we have been steadily making a mark in to the identification and categorisation of relevant material topics were shortlisted for further prioritisation. The are of High - Medium importance respectively. A large
the industry and increasing the market share for each of our issues. A bucket list of material issues was developed based material topics were ranked on a scale of low, medium and portion of the information presented in this report focuses
business segments. on secondary literature survey, peer review and global and high importance by members of the senior management on the critical material topics. However, additional
regional industry trends. Extensive interactions with the which resulted in the prioritisation of the material issues as information has been mapped to some of the topics listed
Managing Director & CEO, other members of the senior depicted in the matrix below. in Tier-2 as well.
HIGH
1
INFLUENCE ON
STAKEHOLDERS
3 2
9
7 4
10
14 6 5
12
16 8
17 13
19 11
20 18 15
HIGH
B U S I N E S S I M P A C T
1 Return on Equity/ Return to shareholders 4 Corporate governance & compliance 7 Human capital 10 Climate change and GHG emissions
HIGH-HIGH 2 Sustainable business model 5 Rural livelihood 8 Upholding brand reputation 11 Providing transparent and fair advice to stakeholders
IMPORTANCE 3 Digital and data analytics 6 Enterprise risk management 9 Maintenance of credit ratings 12 Enhancing access to housing loans
13 Financial inclusion and literacy
HIGH-MEDIUM 14 Global economy and policy 16 Community initiatives 18 Human rights 20 Waste management
IMPORTANCE 15 Product innovation 17 Non-discrimination 19 Representation with regulators
GRI disclosures and boundaries considered for
each identified material topic are as follows:
Sr. No. Material Topic Material Aspects GRI Indicators Boundary Sr. No. Material Topic Material Aspects GRI Indicators Boundary
1 Return on Equity Economic Performance 201-1 Internal 10 Climate change/ carbon Economic Performance, 201-2, 305-1, 302-1, Internal and
emission Emissions, Energy 302-4, 305-2, 305-3 external
2 Sustainable Business Economic Performance 201-1 Internal and 11 Providing Transparent Marketing and Labelling 417-1 Internal and
Model external and fair advice to external
stakeholders
3 Digital and Data _ Non - GRI Internal and 12 Financial inclusion Indirect Economic Impact 203-2 External
analytics external and literacy
4 Rural Livelihood Indirect Economic Impacts 203-1 Internal and 13 Enhancing access to _ Non - GRI External
external housing loans
5 Corporate Governance General Disclosures 102-18 Internal

& Compliance
6 Enterprise Risk General Disclosures 102-15 Internal

management
Talent Management and

7 Human Capital Development, Diversity 404-1, 404-2, 405-1 Internal
and Equal Opportunity
8 Upholding Brand and Marketing and Labelling 417-2, 417-3 Internal and
Reputation external
9 Maintenance of _ Non - GRI Internal and

Credit ratings external
Our operational highlights have been encapsulated as under:
OVERVIEW OF OUR ECONOMIC PERFORMANCE
Financial capital is the basis for the sustainable existence of As a prudent company, we constantly strategise to raise Top quartile RoE Trajectory
an organisation. It is the medium through which an capital from diverse sources through economical and efficient
organisation transacts and influences stakeholders, thereby means and deploy it across businesses. Over the past three
contributing to economic growth. The robustness of a years, LTFH has focused on increasing the retailisation of its
company's financial capital and its adequacy is essential for financial portfolio towards a more equitable distribution
operational success. between its lending businesses i.e. rural, housing and
wholesale business segments. This book is well funded by a 17.92%
There are mainly two types of capital that an organisation mix of non-convertible debentures (NCDs), other market 15.73%
deploys to generate returns i.e. Equity and Debt. Equity borrowings, funding from banks etc. As a step towards
providers demand the highest level of accountability and further strengthening our Asset Liability Management (ALM), 12.31%
capital efficiency from organisations, due to the inherent we are constantly working on the diversification of our 9.78%
risks. At LTFH, we are cognizant of this and are committed sources of funds and have thus initiated the retailisation of
to efficient capital allocation amongst our businesses. our borrowings as well.
FY16 FY17 FY18 FY19

For financial institutions, debt capital is the fundamental raw For FY2018-19, each of our business segments have
material. Our ability to effectively access and raise debt was witnessed a considerable improvement in their operational
due to our parentage, robust business model and our performance. This has led to an increase in RoE over the past
consistent track record. L&T Finance (subsidiary of LTFH), three years from 9.78% in FY2015-16 to 17.92% for
launched first tranche of NCD public issue, which was FY2018-19.
Our Performance Indicators LTFH (consolidated) ` Cr.
successfully oversubscribed on day 1 and had an early
closure. For detailed financial information about our organisation and
its subsidiaries, please refer to our website www.ltfs.com
FY19 70,944 FY19 28,164
FY19 99,121
FY18 85,354
FY18 65,932 FY18 18,354
IFC Investment FY17 66,648 FY17 39,300 FY17 14,416
Our commitment towards sustainability has been further sustainability and socio-economic development.
FY16 58,256 FY16 25,945 FY16 9,267
demonstrated by funding from multilateral agencies like IFC. In FY2017-18, IFC invested in the 1st ever green bond
IFC- a sister organisation of the World Bank and member of (under SEBI guidelines) issued in India by L&T Infrastructure
Average Assets
the World Bank Group, is the largest global development Finance (subsidiary of LTFH), proceeds of the same were Under Assets Under
Book Size Service
Management
institution focused exclusively on the private sector in deployed in greenfield solar projects. In FY2018-19, IFC
developing countries. They have invested across our lending invested in L&T Housing Finance (subsidiary of LTFH)
businesses which have a direct linkage on environmental towards the financing of affordable housing.
FY19 58,224 FY19 67 FY19 2,226
FY18 66,965 FY18 57 FY18 1,255
FY17 46,789 FY17 44 FY17 918
FY16 41,163 FY16 40 FY16 656
Book value
Disbursement per share (`) PAT
PROFILE AND PERFORMANCE OF INDIVIDUAL Two Wheeler Finance
BUSINESS SEGMENTS We entered the two wheeler finance segment in 2012 and have since then expanded the business to 21 states in India.
Our differentiation lies in the effective use of algorithm-based lending decisions and mobile-based solutions. Our close relationship
with 3,000+ two wheeler dealerships has helped us effectively partner and serve our customers.
Rural Finance
The rural finance business comprises of farm equipment finance, two wheeler finance and micro loans.
Farm Equipment Finance

We seek to enhance the livelihood of our farmers through our farm equipment finance business. Our pedigree in this space spans
over 14 years leading to the creation of a pan India rural network across 20 states and 194 branches. The differentiator for this
business exists in the strong Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) relationships and the dealer network that we have nurtured.
Our tie-up with 3,000+ farm equipment dealers allows us to provide on-site financing and seamless services to our customers.
Micro Loans
Our micro loans business covers 14 states through a network of 1,224 meeting centers across rural India. This business works on
a data analytics-based sourcing and monitoring model which takes into account local demographics and socio-economic factors,
along with both village and borrower-specific credit appraisals.
For FY2018-19, we recorded an overall loan disbursement of ` 19,735 Cr. under the rural finance business segment.
OUR PRESENCE IN ECONOMICALLY
DISADVANTAGED REGIONS
Competitive Strengths
We provide services in economically disadvantaged regions, helping enhance
the living standards of our customers.
Differentiated value proposition through best-in-class turnaround time ( TAT)
States Branches Customers to customers and dealers on decisioning and disbursement
Assam 1 385
Bihar 10 18,150 Data-driven collection based on portfolio and

macro-economic factors
Chhattisgarh 8 9,765
Jharkhand 3 384
Extensive focus on early bucket collections to maintain
Karnataka 15 28,446
portfolio quality
Madhya Pradesh 32 50,433
Odisha 6 9,440
Uttar Pradesh 13 28,899
Tw o W h e e l e r F i n a n c e
Two Wheeler Finance
States Branches Customers Best-in-industry TAT and technology for customer selection
and on-boarding
Assam 4 1,12,826
Bihar 3 35,788
Effective use and implementation of data analytics along
Chhattisgarh 1 3,194 the customer life cycle
Jharkhand 2 29,357
Ability to execute strategy on ground with required scale
Karnataka 3 1,16,019
Madhya Pradesh 1 28,504
Odisha 3 89,057
Micro Loans
Micro Loans Deep-market penetration and rural presence across geographies
States Meeting Centers Customers
Risk mitigation through various market and credit checks
Assam 56 3,01,244
Bihar 89 6,09,342 Robust early warning systems with triggers in place

Chhattisgarh 31 1,25,678 to maintain delinquencies
Karnataka 128 6,24,977
Extensive use of analytics for centralised underwriting and collection
Madhya Pradesh 76 2,63,998
Odisha 148 6,64,471
Number and Percentage of Population below Poverty Line by states – 2011-12

based on Tendulkar Methodology http://planningcommission.gov.in/news/pre_pov2307.pdf
Wholesale Finance
The wholesale finance business comprises infrastructure
finance, structured corporate finance and infra debt fund.
In the infrastructure finance segment, we concentrate on
financing renewable energy, transportation and power
transmission projects. This business segment leverages our
domain expertise and underwriting skills in the infrastructure
sector to provide customised debt financing. It also includes
an Infrastructure Debt Fund (IDF) which exclusively finances
operational infrastructure projects.
Over the last couple of years, we have created a robust sell-

down desk that is actively involved in under-writing and
debt syndication. This sell down desk serves a twin purpose
of earning fee income and efficient capital management.
Under the structured corporate finance business, we provide

high-yield financing products such as acquisition financing,
Housing Finance Real Estate Finance priority lending, debt financing for equity buyouts, private
equity exits and loan against shares.
Our growth strategy in the Home Loan and Loan Against Our real estate finance business is present in six select urban
Property (LAP) business is to focus on geographical locations locations, i.e., Mumbai, Pune, NCR, Bangalore, Chennai and For FY2018-19, we recorded a loan disbursement volume of
with growing urbanization, income and demand for housing. Hyderabad. Our offerings are focused on prominent real ` 28,050 Cr.
We emphasize on direct sourcing of customers through estate developers having robust delivery and performance
in-house sales teams. Our presence spans across 12 states records.
through 24 branches.
For FY2018-19, we recorded a loan disbursement volume of ` 10,439 Cr under this business segment.
Competitive Strengths Competitive Strengths

Housing loan /LAP Real Estate Finance Wholesale Finance
Digital lending model to Strong structuring and underwriting Efficient transaction processing, in-depth sector
provide best-in-class TAT capabilities with a focus on project completion knowledge and management capabilities
Growing IDF book with industry leading

Comprehensive use of Comprehensive and robust Early Warning
profitability and structuring capabilities
analytics for business generation Signal (EWS) framework
and portfolio risk management Robust down-selling desk having strong relationships
Comprehensive product suite to address with banks, both public and private financial institutions
funding requirements of top developers
42 46 L&T
L&TFINANCE
FINANCEHOLDINGS
HOLDINGSLIMITED
LIMITED| |Sustainability
SustainabilityReport
Report2018
2017- -19
18 L&T
L&T FINANCE
FINANCE HOLDINGS
HOLDINGS LIMITED
LIMITED || Sustainability
Sustainability Report
Report 2017
2018 -- 18
19 47
43
Investment Management OUR CREDIT RATINGS
Our Mutual Funds offering comprises over 27 open ended
Competitive Strengths Credit ratings are a validation of our stable and sustainable business model. Our strong credit ratings
schemes which include debt and equity. We have a pan-India prove that we are well equipped to fulfil the financial commitments made to our stakeholders.
Robust performance of the fund's
presence with 65 branches covering 59 cities in India, and
equity schemes
approximately 30,000 distributors. The distribution network
comprises of independent financial advisors, foreign banks,
Indian private and public sector banks, broking companies Strong distributor relationships FY2017 FY2018 FY2019
and national distributors. Our experienced fund managers
and competent research personnel rigorously examine
Short Term Long Term Short Term Long Term Short Term Long Term
investment opportunities keeping in mind prevalent market
conditions.
ICRA A1+ AA+ A1+ AA+ A1+ AAA
CARE A1+ AA+ A1+ AAA A1+ AAA
Wealth Management India Rating A1+ AAA A1+ AAA
The wealth management business offers a wide range of

Competitive Strengths
products across most major asset classes servicing 9,000+
Robust business model based on Role of Economic Research Division (An Internal Think - Tank)
clients. We are present in 9 cities in India and have a branch in
Dubai, UAE. Our investments recommendations to clients are fundamental tenets of client centricity, We understand the importance of data led decision-making in taking the right step at the right time. By providing data analytics
transparent and without any bias towards any particular type intellectual property and execution efficiency led insights in macro-economic aspects, agriculture sector nuances, regulatory policies and asset-liability management policies,
of investment category or product. Our advice is in accordance the Economic Research Division headed by Group Chief Economist - Dr. Rupa Rege Nitsure supports LTFH’s efforts in
Strong and expanding distribution reach tapping the right kind of opportunities and swiftly responding to market dynamics.
with their requirements and risk appetite.
with a diversified product range
Cutting-edge portfolio analytics for tailored

customer-centric advice and new customer acquisition
ECONOMIC VALUE CONTRIBUTION*
Economic Value Generated and Distributed FY18-19 ( in ` Cr.)
A. Economic Value Generated
Domestic turnover 12,989.73
Other income 635.91
Total Economic Value Generated 13,625.64
B. Economic Value Distributed
Operating cost 1,033.75
Employee wages and benefits 824.73
Payments to providers of capital 7,059.73
Payments to Governments 1,144.26
CSR initiatives 13.38
Total Economic Value Distributed 10,075.85
Economic Value Retained (A - B) 3,549.79

*Non-cash items are not considered while calculating economic value retained.
For more information on the entities included in the financials, please visit the website: https://www.ltfs.com/investors.html
INTENT, EXECUTION, CULTURE Establishing an Agile and Young Workforce
Communicating the Intent of our Management Our result-oriented culture requires a motivated workforce.
Over the years, we have been able to create a blend of
have built over the years. From FY2013-14 to FY2018-19,
the average age in our organisation has reduced from
The intent of our management is clear, to deliver top intent and are communicated clearly throughout the youth and experience that mirrors the evolution of the 37.2 years to 28.4 years.
quartile RoE by profitable growth in our focused areas of organisation. The goal-setting process ensures that industry. Maintaining this balance, has helped us groom
business. The performance measurement metrics for employees have visibility of their goals at the beginning of young talent and simultaneously leverage the expertise we
employees across businesses have been aligned with this the financial year. This brings in clarity on expectations and
ensures effective performance planning.
Average age across levels FY 2013-14 to FY 2018-19

Building a well-honed Execution Engine 60
53.5
Execution is the bridge that translates strategy into have driven transformation in many areas across the 50.5
results. Our strategic choices are converted into organisation, while simultaneously helping to spot and 50
48.4 43.5
projects – cross-functional teams, led by a senior leader to develop, future leaders by giving them the required 'stretch' 44.3
40.1 39.7 35.6 37.2
drive the desired outcomes. Over the years, such projects to learn and grow. 40
35.9 36.8
30.6 27.3 28.4
30
‘Right People' for 'Right Culture' 20
Our culture emphasizes on having a workforce that is:
Agile and driven to succeed
10
Diverse
Clear about what it is expected of them, with management 0
Executive Business Operational First-Line Foundational Foundational LTFS
being transparent about how rewards are distributed Leadership Leadership Leadership Mangerial Leadership Leadership IV overall
(EL) (BL) (OL) Leadership (FML) (FL) (FLIV)
Continuously learning through interventions that
emphasise functional skill-building and leadership development
FY 2013-14 FY 2018-19
PRIMARY MONITORING
RESPONSIBILITY MECHANISM
Key initiatives in this direction include
Formulating Weekly GEC Performance
strategy Project SteerCo linked incentives
and guiding
implementation
Productivity Monthly KPI review and rewards Bringing in Young Talent through our Management
Culture as a
Trainee (MT) Programme
competitive advantage, Defining and Financial KPIs Department review Outcome linked The Management Trainee Programme is designed to create This is followed by a three-month induction program in
execution design creating the and project skip level review differentiated
and method mechanics of deliverables rewards a diverse yet culturally aligned talent pool for 'One LTFS'. various businesses across the country, where they learn
implementation
about our customers and work processes, while also being
We recruit management trainees from reputed campuses
accountable to deliver results. The induction programme is
across India and provide them with an intensive induction
rigorous and competitive. Weekly reviews and stretch
Frontline LTFH RoE and Monthly Wealth creation programme. They interact with senior members of our
implementation strengthening Productivity linked to assignments drive each MT to deliver their best and move
and real time ‘Right to Win’ Management shareholder value leadership team, including the Managing Director & CEO
supervision creation-ESOPs up the learning curve quickly.
and the Chief Human Resources Officer (CHRO) to
understand our organisation's priorities, values and
REWARDS & expectations from young talent.
METRICS CONSEQUENCES
Encouraging internal talent to take up complex Frontline Management
responsibilities through 'Aspire'
‘Aspire' is an internal job opportunity initiative that fulfils the opportunity such as this enables us to attract and retain Our Parichay programme orients new joinees to the Programmes like Varchasva and Lakshya, impact business
aspirations of our young frontline staff. superior performers for frontline roles. Performance, organisation and gives them the necessary know-how acumen and help front line supervisors manage their field
potential and aspiration play a key role in identifying and to move up the learning curve quickly. forces.
This programme is particularly targeted towards our
selecting employees to be promoted.
frontline supervisors from the sales teams and has been
extended to the support functions. A planned growth
Total hours of training received:
Subsequent to the promotion, there are various training interventions that support first-time managers in understanding their
Male
role and responsibilities. For instance, the ‘Varchasva’ training programme helps newly appointed managers to: 2,25,016 Top Senior Middle Junior Frontline
Management Management Management Management Staff
Learn how to manage subordinates Female 96 1,664 10,632 41,912 1,84,240
13,528
Set targets and give feedback
Identify ways to improve business metrics like disbursements & collection efficiency
Average training hours per employee:
Workplace Diversity Male - 11.2 Female - 12.6

We emphasise on hiring individuals from a wide variety of Our processes related to attracting, retaining and developing
backgrounds with different characteristics, beliefs and talent are based on merit, competency of the individual and
know-hows. It gives us access to a plethora of ideas in our business requirements.
order to further enhance our business growth and increase
We also consider ourselves diverse in terms of how we are
customer satisfaction through better understanding of their
distributed across the country. Our geographical presence
needs.
mirrors India's diversity, which we leverage to serve millions
of customers.
Talent Management and Development
Consistent with our transformation plan, our talent strategy potential and actively encouraging cross-functional
is performance-oriented and in alignment with our goals. movements. Translating these tenets into reality, the
Enhancing Employee Productivity From the start, we have focused on employees who have leadership team actively identifies employees showing
demonstrated the right capability, the right attitude and the greater drive and capabilities, entrusting them with newer
Enhancing employee productivity has been an area of focus in our transition journey and will continue to play a vital role in helping
desire to 'Step Up'. While domain knowledge and expertise responsibilities to fuel their career growth.
us execute our strategy. Our endeavour is to improve productivity across levels.
are important, we believe in evaluating the individual's
Senior Management Middle management

Our executive management members have been given Through extensive training and individual responsibilities in
responsibility for multiple functions ensuring that we are strategic projects, we focus on enhancing the capabilities of
able to react faster to the needs of our customers and are the middle management.
efficient in making the most of market opportunities. This Bet on
Our ‘Transformation Leadership Programme’ for example, Performance- employees with Ensuring
Nurture & Differential
also helps build synergies across diverse functions and primary the right continuous
aims to help mid-level managers become aware of their support rewards
growth in higher
prevents the formation of silos. requirement capability & in new roles for success
leadership resources and the strengths or limitations these alignment level roles
Their leadership journeys are further enhanced by one-on- resources place on their leadership abilities.
one coaching and leadership sessions with leading
Similarly, our ‘Leading Performance’ initiative helps them
international management experts on relevant areas - like
realign their understanding of key performance drivers,
growing fearlessly.
performance management at different levels and the cultural
anchors on which sustainable performance is based. All
mid-level managers are covered in these programmes.
Leadership Vitality Programme Experience
Our leadership vitality programme (LVP) accelerates development of internal leaders. Talent is segmented as per Identified employees are given opportunities to lead to provide them new opportunities to grow. We also
employees' performance and their alignment to the 'Skill-Will' matrix. High performers are put through a set of strategically important cross-functional projects. Every role ensure that their rewards are commensurate with their
interventions based on the following anchors: change or role enhancement for them is assessed actively talents and contributions.
Classifying employees as per Skill-Will matrix

HIGH Exposure
Employees are provided platforms to develop skills outside communication platform to share 360-degree update
of their functional domains. For example, they are assigned and inputs on our mission of superior shareholder value
the task of cascading messages from the organisational creation. These town-hall meetings are organised every
leadership to the larger organisation. They become quarter across cities, departments, functions and grades.
02 01 facilitators for 'Town hall Meetings', which are a two-way
SKILL
TASK
Education
04 03 We have a well-developed and tiered 'Transformational
Leadership Development' programme. The contents of the
development programmes, mentoring sessions and other
functional trainings. The leadership orientation sessions help
programme are specifically tailored to ingrain the culture of build specific attributes such as perspective, power,
the organisation and required leadership capabilities. Some interpersonal orientation and ambition.
WILL of the training programmes provided include management
LOW
HIGH
Performance Management System

Talent development and reward initiatives as per classification
At LTFH, the performance culture is designed in such a way Manager Feedback: At LTFH, feedback is an on-going
Skill - Will Quadrant that all employees understand the company's mission and process where the supervisor shares feedback for their team
LVP goals, and align their performance to achieve them. The member's performance and helps create development
Skill - Will Quadrant Nos. individuals and teams are appropriately empowered and plans.
Leadership/ Membership of CoE
are rewarded according to their contributions to the
organisation's goals. The following steps are conducted as Attribute Assessment: It measures and assesses results as
Promotion in the last 24 Months part of the Performance Management Process: well as the behavioural attributes (JRA, GRA) that enable the
achievement of the expected results. This is applicable for
Experience Role Change/ Enhancement in past 1 year
KPI Setting: At the beginning of the financial year, FML and above employees.
ESOP Grant corporate KPIs are set annually for every platform and
functional units within LTFH. These KPIs contribute towards Annual Appraisal: This is the assessment of the
Compensation P50
achieving the vision of the organisation. employees against their KRAs set at the start of the year.
Facilitator of Townhalls The overall rating is finalised in discussion with HR and the
Individual KRAs: Key Result Areas (KRAs) are the job Group Executive Committee for annual increment.
Exposure Trainer/ Subject Matter Expert
responsibilities that need to be carried out and for which,
360 Degree Feedback one is completely responsible. KRA is set for all the
employees at the beginning of the year, post discussion
Education Transformational LDP
with the immediate supervisor and department head.
Rewards and Recognition Our Workforce Dashboard
Star Awards We employ a large workforce with the requisite
qualifications, skill sets and capabilities to meet our
female ratio of 19:1. About 75% of our overall employee
base consists of frontline staff, largely placed in semi-urban
It is imperative that the top performers exemplify our culture, live our values and draw inspiration from them. To celebrate these value diverse business requirements. The total workforce for and rural areas, comprising a primarily male workforce.
champions, we have created STAR Awards, a recognition programme that celebrates our exemplary employees who have: FY2018-19 was 21,042 with an approximate male to
Lived and demonstrated Total workforce by employee category Total workforce

the organisation's values
Top Senior Middle Junior Frontline Male
Contributed to the success Management Management Management Management Staff 19,969
of cross-functional teams
12 48 914 4,223 15,845 Female
Impacted the 1,073
transformation agenda
Total
21,042
New employees hired
Below 30 30 to 50
In FY2018-19, of the eligible population of 4,270 employees, 1,229 (876 nominations include nomination for team awards) Male Female
employees were nominated. Of these, 109 employees won awards under various categories, thus, making it a truly aspirational 14,785 650 12,429 3,006
programme and a shining example of excellence.
Employee turnover
Below 30 30 to 50 Above 50
Employee Welfare Male
5,686
Female
319 4,425 1,578 2
Employee Benefits
All full-time employees are offered a wide range of benefits Of the 179 employees, 178 returned to work after the
which include gratuity, insurance (medical, accident and parental leave ended and 143 employees were employed
life ), maternity leave, leave encashment, pension and with us 12 months later.
provident funds. All employees are eligible to participate in
the Matching Grant Scheme (MGS), a wealth-creation Ensuring the safety of our people is a vital part of our
opportunity in which the organisation matches (subject to business operations. We organise periodic training sessions
limits) the investment made by the employee in any of L&T to ensure that there is complete awareness with regard to
Mutual Fund schemes. Employees are also entitled to health and safety practices across the organisation. Regular
parental leave as per our policy. During the reporting mock evacuation drills are also conducted to ensure
period, a total of 42 females and 137 males took parental preparedness in case of fires, earthquakes and other natural
leave. disasters.
Intellectual
Capital
Digital and Data Analytics The digital transformation journey that we have embarked upon
will lead to multifold benefits. Some of the steps that have had a
India is in the midst of a digital revolution, which is In response to these developments, we have completely
transforming the country through inclusive growth, creation revamped our information technology architecture. Our
direct positive impact on the RoE are:
of new businesses and job opportunities. The country's approach has always been proactive and we endeavour to
financial sector has expanded in the past five years on the be ahead of the market. We have developed an architecture
back of the digital revolution, with banks and other financial to enhance our 'Right to Win' in all the focused products by
services firms rapidly adopting technology in every aspect of offering the best Turn Around Time (TAT). At LTFH, our aim is
their operations. The realm of digital opportunities runs to inculcate Digital & Analytics into our culture by rewiring
across various aspects of financial services, including the complete business operation in a way that technology
marketing, customer engagement, channels of acquisition, orchestrates all the processes. This digital transformation is Cost of Collection/ Credit Cost
Robust customer differentiation and credit
process re-engineering, cost optimisation, superior risk focused on making business processes robust through the decisioning capabilities using data analytics
management, product development and even completely use of data intelligence. This will help us achieve multi-fold
new business models. improvement in 'Scale', 'Cost Effectiveness' and 'Customer Early warning detection techniques to identify
potential losses and exposures proactively
Experience'.
Cost of servicing
We have undertaken the following initiatives to revamp the entire IT architecture to create a Seamless multichannel proposition for
technology-driven workspace ensuring sustainable growth at a rapid pace. fulfilment of on-demand service requests
Elimination of manual data entry
Continuous Improvement of LTFH Security Posture

• Implemented 3-tier security architecture with multiple layers of defense & security Cost of Acquisition/ Onboarding
• Leveraging latest technology to secure end points from advanced cyber threats
Interdisciplinary and agile processes
across products
Paperless on-boarding and verification

Leveraging Advanced Analytics in every critical business decision using e-KYC, e-sign, e-stamping
• Identification of risk metrics for Micro Loans
• Collection strategy & Application Score Card - Gen 4 for TW
• Helping farmers through innovative schemes for working-capital needs
Productivity Enhancements
Tech-empowered frontline staff for real-time
algorithm-based decisions
Optimise IT Operations & Services
Dynamic target allocation to tap business
• Leveraging Google Cloud for better space optimisation opportunities
• Implementation of strict controls on production access
Growth
Simplify Data Architecture & Enable Live reporting USP around best-in-market
turnaround time (TAT)
• Leveraging the power of Google Cloud and big query for Data Analytics and
Enterprise Data Warehouse (EDW) Value proposition for higher
customer wallet share
Enhanced Focus on Risk Management

• Mandatory audit controls embedded with each change
• Information best practices introduced right from development stage
Leverage Digital and Data Analytics to create Key Case Studies
Long-Term Customer Value Micro Loans
The strict regulations governing the banking industry do not In a country that has a large un-banked population, our Financial inclusion through deep data analytics
allow customers with bad credit scores to avail loans. The organisation has focused on lending responsibly to people
customer may have defaulted previously for some reason, with little or no credit history or who may be under-served by We use our digital transformation and investment in In order to ensure that customers do not exceed their
affecting the credit score and also the possibility of availing a traditional and formal banking channels. Microcredit, focuses technology to foster responsible financial inclusion. While borrowing requirements, there are training programmes
loan in the future. In such cases, we have established on informal, usually women-owned microenterprises, we originate business using mobile phones, we apply that are an inherent component of our pre-disbursal process.
seamless fraud detection and loan disbursements processes to provides shorter-term loans and helps develop strong algorithm-based data analysis for making lending decisions. Additionally, we have put in place 'early warning signals'
new customer segments through its assisted Mobile App relationships between loan officers and borrowers. Significant guided through in-depth data analytics to prevent over-
technology, bringing about 'Anytime Anywhere' banking to its steps have been taken by us in this space to help people We understand that the customers in rural areas have low borrowing.
users. build more stable economic lives. levels of financial awareness and often tend to over-borrow.
FEW STEPS AIMED IN THIS REGARD ARE AS FOLLOWS:

M I C R O L O A N S
1 2 3 4 5
PRE- SANCTION E A R LY W A R N I N G S I G N A L - 1 E A R LY W A R N I N G S I G N A L - 2
Easy Steps to Educating

Loan Sanction Real-Time Customers Diversified
Cross-Sell
through assisted processing on thier Borrower
of Products
agents of Loans Borrowing Profile
OVERALL INDEBTEDNESS ABOVE BORROWER PAYS LTFH
Capacity ` 80,000/- DURING COURSE LOAN BUT NOT HER OTHER LOANS
OVERALL INDEBTEDNESS
ABOVE ` 80,000/- WHILE
APPRAISING LOAN
RED FLAG
RED FLAG HAVE CUSTOMER INTERVIEW
HAVE CUSTOMER INTERVIEW
We aim to offer value propositions to all our customers across demographics, credit repayment history, credit bureau data
business segments. However, the maximum positive impact and asset selection that assists in evaluation of the credit-
DO NOT LEND DO NOT LEND DO NOT LEND
through technological interventions has been created in the worthiness of a borrower. Our credit decisions for these 2ND CYCLE LOAN
2ND CYCLE LOAN
rural finance segment. With inputs from our historical businesses are therefore largely standardised, template-driven
portfolio trends, we have built analytics-based algorithms and and objective.
evaluation metrics. This includes macro-economic indicators, END RESULT END RESULT
END RESULT PREVENT OVER-BORROWING PREVENT OVER-BORROWING
PREVENT OVER-BORROWING
Digital Advancement - Case Study - Home Loans (Salaried Loans)
Bringing in Ease and Efficiency
Digital advancement and technology have helped us bring financial services to the doorstep of individual customers.
An assisted smart mobile app catering to customer needs has led to a reduction in TAT for loan sanctioning and disbursement.
Reduced 20 mins Faster Intelligent Workflow
Few more offerings that come along with it are: TAT Sanction On-boarding Management
Implementation of straight-through-processing in middle and back-office functions.
Increased integration of third-party providers into operations to improve cost efficiency and build capabilities. Automated Same day Aadhaar compatible Seamless Sanction
Bureau & Credit Policies disbursement Digital Sourcing & Disbursement
Transformation from manual, time-consuming, human judgement-based underwriting process using technology advances to
provide instant, real-time approvals.
Training of front-line collectors to represent organisational values and maintain a customer-centric approach. Analytics-Led Sourcing to Counteract Impact of Climate Change
Education of borrowers on their responsibilities. on Agricultural Practices and Rural Economy
Smarter decision-making and ensuring availability of credit for the customers at the best rates at all times. Climate change has hastened the transition of our rural financial models using different variables as inputs to assess
customers towards sustainable farming practices. Our business dynamics in any specific region. We also analyse
strategy is defined by the impact that climate change has data gathered to provide us district-wise inputs on these
on: changing cropping pattern, precipitation patterns, metrics, which are used for loan disbursement and assessing
ground water levels, reservoir levels etc. for each of the collection patterns, credit stress on borrowers and likelihood
Case Study - Two - Wheeler Finance regional markets we want to penetrate. These factors have
been used to formulate our data analytics algorithm. We
of default. This data also helps us identify and focus on areas
for our integrated water resource management programmes
have a dedicated team which analyses data and develops undertaken by the CSR team in rural areas.
Sangam TAT report [Jan’19 - Mar’19]
Information Security
Sanction TAT in minutes Count of logins % of Biz Cumulative biz %
Increasingly, organisations are relying on emerging security protocols such as firewalls and intrusion
technologies for sustainable development. Companies are prevention system to detect and stop cyber threats. We
<1 1,13,374 56% 56% adopting digital transformation to enable a data-driven have also developed separations for internet facing
decision-making process and to enhance their businesses. applications and critical internal applications. The entire IT
<2 81,222 40% 96% However, integration of new technology with existing infrastructure and applications are periodically assessed to
business systems comes with new security challenges. identify potential security threats and immediately remedy
<3 3,428 2% 98% With faster and more efficient technology, the damages them. Critical applications and systems are continuously
caused by a security threat can also be accelerated. For assessed for any suspicious activity.
<4 2,380 1% 99% organisations that collate personal data, such as financial
institutions, it is becoming imperative to enhance focus on Internal policies have been established for the acceptable
>=4 2,255 1% 100% data security, customer privacy and more comprehensive use of corporate systems, confidential data, email, mobile
compliance requirements. As cyber-attacks continue to devices and passwords. Tools such as Data Loss Prevention
TOTAL VOLUME 2,02,659 become more sophisticated and damaging, regulatory (DLP) and Identity and Access Management (IAM) have
bodies have mandated stringent rules and regulations to also been deployed to tackle different threats and
protect customer data. unauthorised access to the systems and networks.
A disaster recovery system has been established for all
As an organisation that is constantly leveraging digital business critical applications.
technology to drive business growth, we have instituted
Social &
Relationship
Capital
Our 3-S CSR approach is aligned to the organisation's purpose of using the ideal balance of Right Businesses, Right Structure and
Community Development Right People, to maximise stakeholder value.
In our commitment towards good corporate citizenship, we management) and external (implementation partners,
are determined to create a positive social change. Corporate government authorities and rural communities) stakeholders. A framework of 3S, i.e., Social Impact, Scale and Sustainability are the key elements to implement our CSR projects
Social Responsibility (CSR) attempts to transform the Our CSR committee has devised a group-wide policy that
landscape of our businesses with a focus on creating value outlines the activities to be undertaken by our Company for
for indigent communities that desire a secure future by creating value for communities. Our social responsibility Social Impact Sustainability
creating sustainable livelihoods for them. agenda is aligned with United Nation's global development
agenda of Sustainable Development Goals (SDG) particularly
We consider stakeholder inclusivity as a critical driver for 'No Poverty' (SDG -1), 'Gender equality' (SDG -5), 'Climate 3S Stakeholder
value creation
conceptualising projects. Broadly categorising stakeholders Action' (SDG 13) and 'Partnership for the goals' (SDG 17).
as internal and external, we interact and communicate with The CSR policy transcends individual inclinations to bring Scale
each group, valuing every standpoint and suggestion. Every together all stakeholders into one-fold. They are prioritised
CSR programme is co-created through continuous based on their degree of impact on LTFH and vice versa. This
engagement with internal (employees and senior focussed approach enables us to direct our efforts and
channel our energy to the identified set of programmes.
Right Projects Right Structures Right Partners
Improve quality of life Availability of sufficient quantity of The number of beneficiaries

for farmers & rural water in rainfed areas 365 days a year impacted in villages
women entrepreneur and capacity building of rural eco-system
DIGITAL SAKHI JALVAIBHAV RELIEF &
REHABILITATION
Focus on Social Returns on investment for Stakeholder Value Creation
Assess
need-
Participatory
(Baseline)
CSR Vision CSR Mission Impact

assessment
Our mission is to reach Project-based approach after 3 years of
implementation
by third party
Identify
partners
We aspire for an inclusive social marginalised farmers and women
We follow a project-based accountability approach to
transformation of the rural communities micro-entrepreneurs in the rural
emphasise on the long-term sustainability of our CSR
we serve by nurturing and creating communities that we serve and work interventions. Our action plan is clearly defined for
opportunities for sustainable towards rejuvenating their eco-systems mid-term and long-term projects wherein we conduct Assess Define
outputs & programme
livelihoods for them. thereby creating sustainable livelihoods baseline, midline and end-line surveys with clearly outcomes through
through co-creation
and enabling financial inclusion. defined measurable outcomes. end line with partners
surveys
Engage Implement
stakeholder monitoring &
evaluation
Project monitoring Integrated Water Resource PROBLEM STATEMENT
Each programme is aligned to generate certain deliverables

Management (IWRM)
that are derived with a clear co-creation exercise with Water being a key lifeline for rural livelihoods, we are
implementing agencies. We follow the Logical Framework committed to chart out long-term innovative solutions
Analysis with regards to our CSR projects with defined benefitting water-deprived communities. The IWRM
output, outcome and impact indicators. The project programme engages with the communities to prepare and
Memorandum of Understanding (MoU) enunciates each Erratic Less Scarcity of Soil health Migration due to
implement interventions which address their core need of rainfall agricultural drinking water degraded due to decrease in household
activity and aligns deliverables to the objectives of the water availability and enhance the rural economy through production frequent droughts income
project. To support clear understanding, the outcome and agriculture and allied activities. We gained an in-depth
impact indicators are clearly mapped in the MoU as well. understanding of the water scarcity and related distress
In order to standardise data from the fields of intervention, faced by farmers and the community at large, subsequent METHODOLOGY
reporting and monitoring, templates have been developed to the severe drought faced by the Marathwada region of
for each CSR project. The implementing agency has to Maharashtra in FY2014-15.
submit quarterly programme reports as per the formats.
The CSR team interacts with the implementation partners
of the respective projects on a weekly basis to monitor
progress .
The Jalvaibhav programme
As a response to this long-term effect of climate change,
we extended support to these communities to ensure
drought mitigation and resilience building activities in 62
Our CSR Thrust areas villages of Beed, Latur, Osmanabad and Solapur districts by
designing a programme called 'Jalvaibhav'.
Watershed
Management
Community
Ownership
& Sustainability
Convergence
with Government
Schemes
Responding to the need to create a sustainable and

inclusive ecosystem, our key CSR efforts are woven around
Sustainable Livelihoods for rural communities facilitated by
two thematic areas of intervention - Integrated Water
K E Y I N D I C A T O R S
Resource Management and Digital Financial Inclusion for
Women Empowerment. We also work in the areas of
Disaster Relief and Road Safety.
The objective of the programme was to not only create

water structures, but also to strengthen resilience and
Increase in area Increase in Increase in household
adaptive capacity to climate-related hazards amongst the under irrigation availability of water annual incomes
community. To improve education, awareness and
institutional capacity on climate change mitigation and
adaptation and to further enhance livelihood of the
community, the programme strategies included: Impact and outcomes
Components of early warning and drought monitoring 23% increase in ground water levels (in Meters) - 0.73 to 0.90
Contingency crop planning for drought proofing 25% increase in water storage (in Thousand Cubic Meter) - 1,115 to 1,412
Integrated watershed management by creation of
structures 19% increase in Rabi crop area (in Hectares) - 5,482 to 6,507
Improved agronomic (water saving) practices 4% increase in irrigated area for cultivation (in Hectares) - 4,199 to 4,383
Alternative land use systems 16% increase in household annual incomes (` 60,500 to ` 70,320)
Livestock management activities
Animal health and nourishment
Fodder resources and socio-economic impacts
Digital Financial Inclusion Digital Sakhis
Tamil Nadu
Our efforts are to create livelihood opportunities for helps to percolate the national agenda of creating a The BPC is a unique initiative as it resembles the real-world
farmers and women, and educate them to imbibe the cashless economy by bringing in digital modes of payment process of launching, developing and scaling up a business
nuances of financial literacy. This leads to enhanced into their daily lives. This will be a timely intervention in the venture in a rural ecosystem. 521 rural WEs from the three
absorption of facilities and schemes granted by the current context with numerous catalysts being enabled by districts participated in the competition, out of which 24
Government and other financial institutions. This also the Government towards a Digital India. women were short-listed and awarded at the event. Prizes
worth ` 10.6 lakh were distributed amongst the 24 WEs
which will help them scale up their businesses. The top
The Digital Sakhi programme three winners of the competition were:
Maharashtra
Madhya Pradesh
In light of this, we designed a programme called 'Digital
Sakhi', which focuses on Sustainable Development Goal
(SDG) 5. – Gender Equality. Believing that women, when Certain data points of the BAN study suggested that
empowered with relevant skills can become efficient change Financial Inclusion can only be augmented by livelihood
agents in their community, we created the programme for enhancement of the community. To ensure that the 1st Prize - ` 1,50,000/- Ms. Anuradha Kamble,
the under-resourced communities. learnings imparted to the women entrepreneurs through Taluka- Karmala, Dist- Solapur, Trade - Goatery
up-skilling, leadership and EDP training are being put to 2nd Prize - ` 1,00,000/- Ms. Pratibha Girme,
Under this programme, 100 women, Digital Sakhis, are practice, we organised a Business Plan Competition (BPC) Taluka- Daund, Dist- Pune, Trade - Goatery
identified from the community and trained extensively on in Maharashtra wherein we encouraged all our rural 3rd Prize - ` 75,000/- Ms. Sarika Tope,
digital financial literacy (DFL), leadership and technology. women entrepreneurs (WEs) to apply. Taluka- Kalamb, Dist- Osmanabad, Trade - Dairy
Each of these women are equipped with a mobile tablet
with pre-loaded DFL modules. Leveraging strengths from Problem Statement
within the organisation, the DFL modules were prepared in-
house by a cross-functional team. This helped disseminate
information throughout the community on digital payments
Cash driven Lack of awareness on digital Exclusion of women from
and other relevant government schemes. economy modes of payment financial decision making
Methodology
We have established a rural finance portfolio wherein the Additionally, this programme selects 1,000 women
business directly engages with the rural community. This entrepreneurs practising goat rearing, poultry, dairy and Digital Sakhi Model
enables us to understand the challenges faced by farmers, tailoring and provides training in their respective trades to
women entrepreneurs and the community at large. Baseline yield better produce. These women entrepreneurs are also
and Needs Assessment (BAN), a scientific study, was meticulously trained on enterprise development wherein
conducted to ascertain the socio-economic indicators, the Baseline Mobilisation and Identification of Digital Sakhi Digital Sakhi Digital Sakhi leadership Digital Sakhi training the
they are taught to collaboratively develop market linkages survey outreach Digital Sakhi foundation training refresher training and communications women entrepreneurs on
existing infrastructure and prevalent practices amongst and ascertain higher bargaining rights. Simultaneously, these training digital financial literacy
communities. The findings of this study were compared 1,000 women entrepreneurs are trained to perform their Women Entrepreneur’s Model
with the secondary data sources available in the public business transactions through digital modes by the 100
domain. The results were conclusive that the geographies Digital Sakhis.
fared poorly on human development indicators such as Women Entrepreneurs Up-skilling and trade-wise training Enterprise development
are mobilised to Women Entrepreneurs training to Women Entrepreneurs
education levels, income levels and most importantly This programme began in June 2017 across 30 villages of
women empowerment. Multiple data points suggested that Pune, Osmanabad and Solapur districts of Maharashtra. It K E Y I N D I C A T O R S
most women from the identified geographies lacked any was later scaled up to 32 villages of Dhar and Bharwani
kind of contribution in household financial decision-making, districts of Madhya Pradesh, 20 villages of Villupuram district
Increase in knowledge Increase in the average Increase in the overall Increase in adoption of
despite being actively involved in income-generation of Tamil Nadu and 20 villages of Boudh and Balangir districts levels of the Digital Sakhis on monthly savings of annual revenue of Digital modes of payments
Digital Financial Literacy the Digital Sakhi’s household Women Entrepreneurs in the community
activities. of Odisha in FY2019.
Impact and outcomes Road Safety 'Boondein'- Employee Volunteering Programme
13.86% increase in knowledge level of Digital
Sakhis (50% to 63.86%) Every year, thousands of lives are lost on the roads Engaging the key stakeholder group i.e. our employees, into create incremental yet impactful changes in the lives of
nationwide. Creating awareness about road safety among the larger structure of the organisation allows for an those in need. Through Boondein, we attempt to create a
11.6% increase in household average monthly
savings of the 100 Digital Sakhis our younger generation has become imperative to reduce interactive and participative environment that is aligned to culture of sharing wherein employees directly work towards
(` 1,848 to ` 2,063) the perils of unsafe driving practices. our work culture. We believe that the effort put in by each social changes by building capacities of the lesser privileged
employee is a 'Boond' (droplet) which has the potential to communities.
36% increase in usage of digital modes of In an attempt to promote safety on roads, LTFH along with
payments in our project villages (27% to 63%) its implementing partners is working towards spreading
awareness on road safety amongst school children and
13.24% increase in annual profits of the women
community members. In addition to this, LTFH has also
entrepreneurs (` 25,548 to ` 28,930)
partnered with the Mumbai Traffic Police to support and
strengthen the existing road traffic management and
facilitate seamless traffic control. Also, youth traffic wardens
are being supported under this programme, which is leading
Disaster Relief to additional employment generation.
The frequency as well as severity of disasters, natural or

man-made are increasing day-by-day and we, as part of the
community, have a significant role to play in mitigating the
impacts of these disasters. Taking cognisance of this, relief
and rehabilitation of communities coping with after-effects
of these disasters, has become an important component of
LTFH's CSR policy. We have been contributing to disaster
relief through relief campaigns where employees also
participate directly.
Recently, Kerala suffered from one of the most frightful Impact and Outcomes
floods in its history and our employees volunteered to 768 employee volunteers
support the relief programme. A group of our employees 2,200+ hours contributed towards CSR activities
worked tirelessly to ensure that relief packets were provided
Reaching out to 20,000+ beneficiaries
to the affected people.
During the reporting period, we spent a total of ` 13.38 Cr. on our CSR initiatives.
CSR activities undertaken

Digital Financial Inclusion - Maharashtra, Madhya Pradesh, Tamil Nadu and Odisha
Integrated water resource management (Jalvaibhav) -

Maharashtra - Beed, Latur, Solapur and Osmanabad districts
Relief and Rehabilitation - Kerala
Road safety - Mumbai, Maharashtra
Access to health services and breast cancer screening - Nagpur, Maharashtra
OVERALL CSR HIGHLIGHTS Communicating Progress to Stakeholders
Communication plays a significant role in articulating our rural women, in adopting digital finance and offers tangible
Outreach to Created a cadre of Up-skilled
long-term commitment to the communities which are solutions to facilitate more women into the world of digital
2,00,000+ 400 3,500+ identified for CSR interventions. We ensure that a finance. The event was conducted at TERI School of
community members Digital Sakhis across Women Entrepreneurs momentum is created within the organisation through Advanced Studies, New Delhi and was inaugurated by
and their households Maharashtra, Madhya Pradesh, regular communication on the achievements, milestones Mr. Suresh Prabhu, Honorable Minister of Commerce &
Tamil Nadu and Odisha and impact created through the CSR programmes. An Civil Aviation through a video message. The white paper
active internal employee portal named 'MyLTFS' is also was released at the Digital Financial Inclusion Round Table,
used to ensure that all facets of our CSR activities are organised by us in the presence of Mr. Prasanta Kumar
communicated across the organisation. This fosters a sense Swain, Jt Secretary, Ministry of Agriculture, Mr. Manoj
Enhanced incomes of Relief and Rehabilitation Breast Cancer screening for of ownership among the employees and motivates them Shenoy, CE, Wealth Management & Group Head CSR -
provided to about
30,000+ 16,216 26,000 to whole-heartedly participate in these initiatives. L&T Financial Services, Guest of Honour, Mr. Gokul
Patnaik. (Retd IAS) and Dr. Leena Srivastava, Vice
farmers women in Maharashtra
beneficiaries in Kerala and Moreover, our corporate website also encapsulates the Chancellor, TERI School of Advanced Studies. The release
Tamil Nadu progress of programmes for the benefit of our external of the white paper was followed by two participatory
stakeholders. News articles on programmes, social media dialogues on 'Partnerships for Effective Delivery of Financial
bulletins on workshops and other events are prepared at Inclusion' and 'Role of Women Change Agents in
regular intervals to ensure that the interested readers get Empowering Communities through Digital Finance.'
updated about our CSR achievements.
Capacity Building of Implementation Partners To present our learnings garnered over two years of
Our IWRM programme in Beed - Jalvaibhav, was selected as
a case study in December, 2018 by the United Nations
Workshops are organised with our implementation partners Resource Management programmes were invited to the L&T implementing the Digital Sakhi - Digital Financial Literacy Global Compact - India at the 2nd Sustainable Global
to create project models which imbibe the ethos of the Leadership Development Academy at Lonavala. The event programme, we released a white paper based on the Summit- Leveraging CSR for SDG held in Mumbai. The case
identified communities. In order to enhance the execution was organised to explore opportunities to collaborate with learnings in Maharashtra, Madhya Pradesh, Tamil Nadu study was presented jointly with our NGO partner. Our
capabilities of the implementation partners, we encourage each other in order to maximise the social impact of LTFH's and Odisha in February 2019. The paper titled primary focus was on addressing SDG 13- Climate action
them to apply for national- and state-level conferences and CSR programmes. A Social Return on Investment (SRoI) “Finclusion - Empowering Women through Digital Financial through our soil and water management techniques.
seminars of repute which are often funded by us. practitioner training was also part of this event. All of our Inclusion” identifies the issues and barriers, especially for
CSR implementation partners are now certified SRoI
One such event was 'Convergence' - an annual event from practitioners and can measure the impact of our
29 th to 31st August 2018, wherein implementing partners programmes from an impact-oriented lens.
of our Digital Financial Inclusion and Integrated Water
Our organisation believes in striking a balance between environmental impact through various initiatives which India has already established itself as a strong player in the intensity (emission per unit of GDP) by 33-35% and produce
driving financial growth and protecting the environment. include investing in renewable energy, managing resource renewable energy market. Under the Paris climate agreement, 40% of its installed electricity capacity from non-fossil fuels
We take steps towards efficient management of our consumption and driving energy efficiency. our country has committed to reduce its carbon emission source by 2030.
Estimated Capacity Addition by FY2027 in GW

Lending to Renewable
Energy - A viable business case Renewable
Hydro
As per the recent British Petroleum (BP) Energy Outlook by the mid-2020s, India will surpass China as the world's
Report 2019, global energy demand is expected to grow largest growth market, accounting for over a quarter of the Nuclear
by 33% by 2040. Renewables account for around growth in global energy demand. Even so, China will remain
two-thirds of the increase in power generation, with their the largest market for energy: roughly double the size of
Thermal
share in the global power sector increasing to around 30%. India in 2040.
It is expected that by 2040 renewables will become the
primary source of energy in the global power sector with In India, the power demand has increased at 5.1% CAGR 100 200 300
29% of all primary energy generation. over the past 10 years as against GDP growth of 6.9%
CAGR. Against this backdrop, power demand is expected to
Approximately 67% of the increase in energy demand is reach 1,863 Billion Kwh in 2027. With limitations of coal Thermal Nuclear Hydro Renewable
driven by the emerging markets. China's transition to a thermal plant commissioning, this burgeoning demand is
more sustainable pattern of economic growth means that expected to be met through installation of 156 GW of
LTFH Estimates 35 5 19 156
renewable energy projects. Govt. Estimates 48 10 19 218
Primary energy consumption by fuel In line with this proposition, we have built We were awarded the “Best Renewable Energy Financier
renewable energy financing as a core offering of the Year 2017” by the Renewable Energy Investment
Billion Toe and Finance Forum in Solar and Wind Sector.
in the infrastructure financing space based on
25 2040
following major parameters:
LTFH - Renewable Energy Financed
Scope for growth
20 Viability of projects
3,009
Lowest cost medium for power production MW
15 Renewables
Favourable environmental impact.
We are currently the largest financier of renewable power

Hydro
10 in the country. During FY2018-19, we have financed
Nuclear 7,746 MW of wind and solar power. By doing so we have
4,737
helped avoid approximately 13.9 million tonnes of CO2e MW
Coal GHG emissions from being released into the atmosphere.
5 Our renewable energy loan book size for the reporting
Gas period was approximately ` 19,508 Cr.
0 Oil
2017 Evolving More Less Rapid Wind Energy Solar Energy
Transition Energy Globalisation Transition
In the FY2018-19, our organisation utilised 23,021.59 GJ of electricity pan-India.
Energy Consumption within the Organisation
Over a period of time, organisations have evolved from outlook when it comes to managing our environmental Electricity Saved (in KWh) Emission reduced (in Tonnes of CO₂ eq)
managing negative impacts of their operations to actively performance. We take cognizance of the need to closely
enhancing efficiencies to optimise the use of the 'natural monitor our energy consumption in an effort to improve our
12,13,799.83 995.31
capital'. This has enabled companies to use their resources energy management systems.
efficiently and do 'more' with 'less'. We have a similar
We have undertaken the following initiatives within our Corporate headquarters in

Mumbai, which is a Leadership in Energy and Environment Design (LEED), Gold-certified
Water Management
building as well: Currently, we are monitoring the total volume of water process of designing initiatives which will help in recycling
being consumed primarily within the corporate office and and conservation of water. A Sewage Treatment Plant (STP)
are working on development of mechanisms and systems is used for treatment of waste water, at our Corporate
Installing sensor-based lighting within the office premises which automatically turns the lights off
that will help to improve the water management across our office, and the treated water is reused for gardening and air
when not in use.
regional and branch offices. Further, we are also in the conditioning purposes.
Setting up Variable Frequency Drives (VFD's) for Air Handling Units and pumps for optimum use
of electricity.
Installing LED-based energy efficient lighting fixtures in our office premises. Water Consumption FY2018-19
Installing a Sewage Treatment Plant (STP) for treatment of waste water to be reused for gardening Total Water Consumption (KL) 17,462.8
and air conditioning.
The primary source of energy for our organisation is electricity purchased from the grid for our Corporate headquarters,
regional offices and branches. Our offices are also equipped with diesel generators primarily for emergency power Emissions
requirements.
We believe that our operational efficiency will be further emissions. We are also in the process of phasing out the
enhanced by measuring, managing and mitigating ozone-depleting substances (ODS) by reducing our use of
Greenhouse Gas (GHG) emissions. The total carbon them. We remain committed to reducing our GHG
Total Energy Consumed Within the Organisation FY2018-19
footprint is categorised into Scope 1, Scope 2 and Scope 3 emissions and the related impacts in the following years.
Total Energy Consumption (GJ)* 23,796.63
*Total Energy consumption refers to electricity and fuel consumption GHG Emissions Units FY2018-19
Scope 1 tCO₂ eq 57.43
Scope 2 tCO₂ eq 5,243.8

Energy Saving Initiatives Total Emission ( Scope 1 + Scope 2) tCO₂ eq 5301.23
We have implemented several technological solutions to shutting down of air-conditioners beyond operational Scope 3 tCO₂ eq 5,248
conserve electricity and enhance efficiency. These include hours. Engagement with employees is also carried out on a
installation of energy efficient equipment like sensor-based regular basis to spread awareness about the impact they Total No of employees Nos 21,042
lighting in office premises, VFD's for air handling units, have on the environment.
replacing the existing conventional lighting to LED's and Scope 1 & 2 intensity per employee 0.25
Ozone Depleting Substances (ODS) Kg 2848.17
GRI Content Index GRI Standard Disclosure Page Number
102-50 Reporting period 4

This is LTFH's first Sustainability Report
GRI Standard Disclosure Page Number 102-51 Date of most recent report therefore not applicable
102-52 Reporting cycle 4
GRI 101: Foundation 2016
General Disclosures 102-53 Contact point for questions regarding the report 52
102-1 Name of the organisation 10 102-54 Claims of reporting in accordance with the GRI Standards 4
GRI 102: General
Disclosures 2016 102-2 Activities, brands, products, and services 10,11 102-55 GRI content index 86
This Report has not been
102-3 Location of headquarters 10 102-56 External assurance
externally assured.
102-4 Location of operations 10 Material Topics

GRI 201: Economic performance
102-5 Ownership and legal form 10
102-6 Markets served 10,11 GRI 103: Management 103-1 Explanation of the material topic and its Boundary 36 - 37
Approach 2016
102-7 Scale of the organisation 10 103-2 The management approach and components 40
102-8 Information on employees and other workers 55 103-3 Evaluation of the management approach 26, 34 - 35
102-9 Supply chain 16,21 GRI 201: Economic 201-1 Direct economic value generated and distributed 49
performance 2016
102-10 Significant changes to the organisation This is LTFH's first 201-2 Financial implications and other risks and opportunities 67, 72 - 73
Sustainability Report
and its supply chain therefore not applicable due to climate change
102-11 Precautionary Principle or approach 4 GRI 203: Indirect economic impacts
102-12 External initiatives 2-3 GRI 103: Management 103-1 Explanation of the material topic and its Boundary 36 - 37
Approach 2016
102-13 Membership of associations 29 103-2 The management approach and its components 12 - 13, 16 - 21
102-14 Statement from senior decision-maker 2,3 103-3 Evaluation of the management approach 26, 34 - 35
102-16 Values, principles, standards, and norms of behavior 10 GRI 203: Indirect 203-1 Infrastructure investments and services supported 17, 46, 72 - 76
Economic impacts 2016
102-18 Governance structure 24 - 25 203-2 Significant indirect economic impacts 16 - 21, 42 - 45, 70 - 79, 90
GRI 302: Energy
102-40 List of stakeholder groups 33
Not applicable GRI 103: Management 103-1 Explanation of the material topic and its Boundary 36 - 37
102-41 Collective bargaining agreements
for LTFH Approach 2016
103-2 The management approach and its components 82, 84
102-42 Identifying and selecting stakeholders 32
103-3 Evaluation of the management approach 26, 34 - 25
102-43 Approach to stakeholder engagement 33
GRI 302: Energy 2016 302-1 Energy consumption within the organisation 84 - 85
102-44 Key topics and concerns raised 33
302-4 Reduction of energy consumption 83, 85
102-45 Entities included in the consolidated financial 4-5
statements GRI 303: Water
GRI 303: Water 2016 303-1 Water withdrawal by source 85

102-46 Defining report content and topic Boundaries 4, 36 - 37
102-47 List of material topics 34 - 35

102-48 Restatements of information therefore not applicable
102-49 Changes in reporting therefore not applicable
GRI Standard Disclosure Page Number GRI Standard Disclosure Page Number
GRI 305: Emissions GRI 413: Local communities
GRI 103: Management 103-1 Explanation of the material topic and its Boundary 36 - 37 GRI 103: Management 103-1 Explanation of the material topic and its Boundary 36 - 37
Approach 2016 Approach 2016
103-2 The management approach and its components 84 103-2 The management approach and its components 70 - 71
103-3 Evaluation of the management approach 26, 34 - 35 103-3 Evaluation of the management approach 26, 34 - 35
GRI 305: Emissions 2016 305-1 Direct (Scope 1) GHG emissions 85 GRI 413: Local 413-1 Operations with local community engagement,
71 - 79
305-2 Energy indirect (Scope 2) GHG emissions 85 communities 2016 impact assessments \ and development programmes
305-5 Reduction of GHG emissions 83, 85 GRI 417: Marketing and labeling
GRI 401: Employment 103-1 Explanation of the material topic and its Boundary 36 - 37
GRI 103: Management
GRI 103: Management 103-1 Explanation of the material topic and its Boundary 36 - 37 Approach 2016 103-2 The management approach and its components 32 - 33, 64 - 65
Approach 2016
103-2 The management approach and its components 52 - 53 103-3 Evaluation of the management approach 26, 34 - 35
GRI 417: Marketing 417-1 Requirements for product and service information
40, 64 - 55
GRI 401: Employment 2016 401-1 New employee hires and employee turnover 59 and Labeling 2016 and labeling
401-2 Benefits provided to full-time employees that are not Digital and Data Analytics*
58
provided to temporary or part-time employees
GRI 103: Management 103-1 Explanation of the material topic and its Boundary 36 - 37
401-3 Parental leave 58 Approach 2016 103-2 The management approach and its components 62 - 63
GRI 404: Training and Education 103-3 Evaluation of the management approach 26, 34 - 35
GRI 103: Management 103-1 Explanation of the material topic and its Boundary 36 - 37 Enhancing Access to Housing Loans*
Approach 2016 103-2 The management approach and its components 54 - 57 GRI 103: Management 103-1 Explanation of the material topic and its Boundary 36 - 37
103-3 Evaluation of the management approach 26, 34 - 35 Approach 2016 103-2 The management approach and its components 17, 46
GRI 404: Training and 404-1 Average hours of training per year per employee 55 103-3 Evaluation of the management approach 26, 34 - 35
Education 2016
404-2 Programs for upgrading employee skills and
55 - 57
transition assistance programmes
404-3 Percentage of employees receiving regular

57
performance and career development reviews
GRI 405: Diversity and Equal opportunity
GRI 103: Management 103-1 Explanation of the material topic and its Boundary 36 - 37
Approach 2016
103-2 The management approach and its components 54
GRI 405: Diversity and 405-1 Diversity of governance bodies and employees 25
Equal opportunity 2016
SDG Mapping Glossary
SDG # SDG Description GRI Topic GRI Standard Indicator
Local Communities AC Audit Committee
GRI 413-1
End poverty in all its forms everywhere Indirect Economic
Impact GRI 203-1 ALMLC Asset Liability Management Committee
Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education GRI 404-1 AAUM Average Assets Under Management
Training and Education
and promote lifelong learning opportunities
Local Communities GRI 413-1
for all AMF Association of Mutual Funds
Achieve gender equality and empower all Diversity and Equal
women and girls Opportunity GRI 405-1 BAN Baseline and Needs Assessment
Ensure access to affordable, reliable, BOD Board of Directors

Energy GRI 302-1
sustainable and modern energy for all
BP British Petroleum
Diversity and Equal GRI 405-1
Promote sustained, inclusive and sustainable
Opportunity BSE Bombay Stock Exchange
economic growth, full and productive GRI 404-1
Training and Education
employment and decent work for all GRI 302-1, 302-4
Energy CAGR Compound Annual Growth Rate
Build resilient infrastructure, promote inclusive
and sustainable industrialisation and foster Local Communities GRI 413-1 CARE Credit Analysis & Research
innovation
Ensure sustainable consumption and production CEA Central Electricity Authority
Energy GRI 302-1, 302-4
patterns
CEO Chief Executive Officer
Energy GRI 302-1, 302-4
Take urgent action to combat climate change CII Confederation of Indian Industry
and its impacts Emissions GRI 305-1,305-2,305-3
Economic Performance GRI 201-2 CO2e Carbon Dioxide Equivalent
Strengthen the means of implementation and
revitalise the global partnership for sustainable Non- GRI COD Committee of Directors
development
COE Centers of Excellence
CSR Corporate Social Responsibility
DFL Digital Financial Literacy
DLP Data Loss Prevention
e-NAM Electronic National Agriculture Market
ESG Environmental, Social & Governance
ESOP Employee Stock Ownership Plan
EWS Early Warning Signal
FICCI The Federation of Indian Chambers of Commerce and Industry
FY Financial Year
GDP Gross Domestic Product
GEC Group Executive Committee
GHG Green House Gas
GJ Giga Joule
GRI Global Reporting Initiative
GST Goods and Services Tax
GVA Gross Value Added NPA Non-Performing Assets
GW Giga Watt NRC Nomination & Remuneration Committee
HFC Housing Finance Companies NSE National Stock Exchange
IAM Identity and Access Management ODS Ozone Depleting Substance
ICRA Investment Information and Credit Rating Agency OEM Original Equipment Managers
ID Independent Director PAT Profit After Tax
IDF Infrastructure Debt Fund POSH Prevention of Sexual Harassment
IFC International Finance Corporation RAS Risk Appetite Statement
IIBF International Institute of Banking and Finance RBI Reserve Bank of India
INR Indian Rupee RERA Real Estate Regulation Act
IT Information Technology RMC Risk Management Committee
IWRM Integrated Water Resource Management RoE Return on Equity
JLG Joint Liability Group SDG Sustainable Development Goals
KPI Key Performance Indicator SEBI Securities and Exchange Board of India
KRA Key Responsibilities Areas SRC Stakeholders Relationship Committee
KWh Kilo Watt Hour SRI Socially Responsible Investment
L&T Larsen & Toubro STP Sewage Treatment Plant
LAP Loan Against Property TAT Turn Around Time
LED Light Emitting Diode UAE United Arab Emirates
LEED Leadership in Energy and Environment Design VFD Variable Frequency Drive
LTFH L&T Finance Holdings Ltd WBIC Whistle Blower Investigation Committee
MD Managing Director TAT Turn Around Time
MF Mutual Funds UAE United Arab Emirates
MoU Memorandum of Understanding VFD Variable Frequency Drive
MT Management Trainee WBIC Whistle Blower Investigation Committee
MW Mega Watt
NBFC Non-Banking Financial Company
NBFC CIC Non-Banking Financial Company - Core Investment Company
ND Nominee Director
NED Non-Executive Director
NH National Highways
NIMS Net Interest Margins Securities
N O T E S N O T E S
N O T E S N O T E S
N O T E S
98 L&T FINANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED | Sustainability Report 2018 - 19

Registered Office :
Brindavan, Plot No.177, CST Road,
Kalina, Santacruz (East),
Mumbai – 400 098,
Maharashtra, India.
Phone : +91 22 6212 5000
Fax : +91 22 6212 5398
Website : www.ltfs.com
Email : igrc@ltfs.com

Annual Report 18-19

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Annual Report 18-19

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Annual Report 18-19

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

e L&T Financial Services

National Stock Exchange of India Limited SSE Limited

Symbol: L&TFH Security Code No.: 533519

Kind Attn: Head - Listing Department I Dept of Corporate Communications

Dear Sir / Madam,

We request you to take the aforesa id on records.

For L& T Finance Holdings Limited

L & T Fi n a nce Holdings Limite d

44 L&T FINANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED Annual Report 2018 - 19

L&T FINANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED Annual Report 2018 - 19 45

46 L&T FINANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED Annual Report 2018 - 19

recommendation of the NRC of the Company,

L&T FINANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED Annual Report 2018 - 19 47

48 L&T FINANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED Annual Report 2018 - 19

L&T FINANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED Annual Report 2018 - 19 49

50 L&T FINANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED Annual Report 2018 - 19

L&T FINANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED Annual Report 2018 - 19 51

52 L&T FINANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED Annual Report 2018 - 19

L&T FINANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED Annual Report 2018 - 19 53

54 L&T FINANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED Annual Report 2018 - 19

For Deloitte Haskins & Sells LLP

L&T FINANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED Annual Report 2018 - 19 55

56 L&T FINANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED Annual Report 2018 - 19

Sr. No. Name of the Company No. of Shares

NAINA R DESAI Financials

L&T FINANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED Annual Report 2018 - 19 57

58 L&T FINANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED Annual Report 2018 - 19

Sr. No. Particulars Disclosure

For and on behalf of the Board of Directors

S. V. Haribhakti Dinanath Dubhashi

L&T FINANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED Annual Report 2018 - 19 59

L&T FINANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED

5) Manner in which amount spent during the financial year:

Development by inequalities faced Solapur

L&T FINANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED Annual Report 2018 - 19 61

Total CSR Spend in FY 2018-19 0.68 0.68 0.68

S. V. Haribhakti Dinanath Dubhashi

62 L&T FINANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED Annual Report 2018 - 19

1 Larsen and Toubro Limited L99999MH1946PLC004768 Holding 63.91 2(46)

3 L&T Investment Management Limited U65991MH1996PLC229572 Subsidiary 100 2(87)(ii)

L&T FINANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED Annual Report 2018 - 19 63

4 L&T Mutual Fund Trustee Limited U65993MH1996PLC211198 Subsidiary 100 2(87)(ii)

5 L&T Financial Consultants Limited U65100MH2011PLC299024 Subsidiary 100 2(87)(ii)

6 L&T Housing Finance Limited U45200MH1994PLC259630 Subsidiary 100 2(87)(ii)

7 L&T Finance Limited U65910WB1993FLC060810 Subsidiary 100 2(87)(ii)

8 L&T Capital Markets Limited U67190MH2013PLC240261 Subsidiary 100 2(87)(ii)

11 L&T Infra Debt Fund Limited L67100MH2013PLC241104 Subsidiary 100* 2(87)(ii)

12 Mudit Cement Private Limited U26942DL1990PTC041941 Subsidiary 100 2(87)(ii)

14 Grameen Capital India Private Limited U65923MH2007PTC168721 Associate 26 2(6)

* Company along with its wholly-owned subsidiaries.

64 L&T FINANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED Annual Report 2018 - 19

(2) Non - Institutions

L&T FINANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED Annual Report 2018 - 19 65

(ii) Shareholding of Promoters

(iii) Change in Promoters’ Shareholding

66 L&T FINANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED Annual Report 2018 - 19

Sale November 30, 2018 -15,05,374 -0.08 5,06,42,951 2.54

L&T FINANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED Annual Report 2018 - 19 67

68 L&T FINANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED Annual Report 2018 - 19

L&T FINANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED Annual Report 2018 - 19 69